Implementing Global Human Resources PDF
Implementing Global Human Resources PDF
Implementing Global Human Resources PDF
Resources Cloud
19D
Part Number F22474-01
Copyright © 2011, 2019, Oracle and/or its aliates. All rights reserved.
Authors: Alison Firth, Jyothi Meruva, Sweta Bhagat, Megan Wallace, Suzanne Kinkead, Hema Hardikar, Richard Kellam, Angela Brown, Srinivas
Vellikad, Lakshmi Venkat, Phyllis Simons, Timothy Bisset, Carla Fabrizio, Jan Somers, Janet McCandless, Tina Brand, Kathryn Wohnoutka, Asra
Alim, Jacqui Wood, Essan Ni Jirman, Barbara Snyder, Santosh Radhakrishnan, Gayathri Akkipeddi
This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by
intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permied in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate,
broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering,
disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you nd any errors, please report
them to us in writing.
If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, then
the following notice is applicable:
U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware,
and/or documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are "commercial computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition
Regulation and agency-specic supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modication, and adaptation of the programs,
including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, shall be subject to license
terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs. No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.
This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use
in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in
dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe
use. Oracle Corporation and its aliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its aliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or
registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron, the AMD logo, and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Advanced Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle
Corporation and its aliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and
services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle. Oracle Corporation and its aliates will not be responsible
for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or services, except as set forth in an applicable
agreement between you and Oracle.
The business names used in this documentation are ctitious, and are not intended to identify any real companies currently or previously in existence.
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud
Implementing Global Human Resources
Contents
Preface i
1 Overview 1
Overview of Global Human Resources ..................................................................................................................................... 1
Overview of Implementing Global Human Resources .......................................................................................................... 2
9 Person 163
Person Number Generation Methods ................................................................................................................................... 163
Person Types ............................................................................................................................................................................. 164
Person Names and Languages .............................................................................................................................................. 164
Person Name Styles ................................................................................................................................................................. 165
Person Name Formats ............................................................................................................................................................. 166
How You Specify Work Phones ............................................................................................................................................. 168
How You Update Person Search Keywords ........................................................................................................................ 169
Person-Record Keyword Searches ........................................................................................................................................ 170
How You Optimize Person Search Keywords ...................................................................................................................... 171
How You Communicate Person and Assignment Changes to Consumer Applications ............................................. 172
Person Lookups ......................................................................................................................................................................... 173
User and Role-Provisioning Setup Options ......................................................................................................................... 176
The Manager Hierarchy: How It's Maintained .................................................................................................................... 177
FAQs for Person ........................................................................................................................................................................ 178
10 Employment 181
How Action Components Work Together ............................................................................................................................ 181
Employment Model ................................................................................................................................................................... 182
When to Select the Employment Model .............................................................................................................................. 184
Employment Lookups .............................................................................................................................................................. 185
Employment Conguration Options ..................................................................................................................................... 187
Considerations for Conguring Employment Pages ......................................................................................................... 188
Check and Correct Employment-Related Data Issues ...................................................................................................... 189
People Group ............................................................................................................................................................................. 190
How You Congure the Default Expense Account ............................................................................................................ 191
Assignments ............................................................................................................................................................................... 192
Seniority Dates ........................................................................................................................................................................... 198
FAQs for Employment ............................................................................................................................................................ 206
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud
Implementing Global Human Resources
11 Checklists 209
Checklist Templates ................................................................................................................................................................. 209
Considerations for Creating Checklist Templates ............................................................................................................... 211
Considerations for Conguring Checklist Actions .............................................................................................................. 212
How You Congure Events in Checklists ............................................................................................................................. 213
Checklist Task Types ................................................................................................................................................................ 214
How You Create Checklist Tasks ........................................................................................................................................... 216
How Eligibility Prole, Task Performers and Task Owners are Determined ................................................................. 218
Examples of Task Delay Duration ......................................................................................................................................... 219
How You Congure Application Tasks Based on Task Performer ................................................................................. 222
How You Use the Report Task Action Type in a Checklist .............................................................................................. 224
Checklist Descriptive Flexeld ................................................................................................................................................ 225
Congure a Checklist Descriptive Flexeld ......................................................................................................................... 225
Congure Electronic Signature Using DocuSign ............................................................................................................... 227
Integrate Checklist with HireRight for I-9 Employment Eligibility Verication ............................................................ 229
Create Tasks for I-9 Process ................................................................................................................................................... 231
Enterprise Onboarding Checklists ........................................................................................................................................ 234
Create an Enterprise Onboarding Step Checklist .............................................................................................................. 235
Create an Enterprise Onboarding Checklist ....................................................................................................................... 238
How You Enable Email Notications During Preboarding ............................................................................................... 241
How You Enable Access for Preboarding ........................................................................................................................... 242
How You Allocate Checklists .................................................................................................................................................. 242
Task Statuses for Allocated Checklists ................................................................................................................................ 244
Onboarding Lookups ............................................................................................................................................................... 245
FAQs for Checklists .................................................................................................................................................................. 246
31 Elements 697
How Elements Hold Payroll Information for Multiple Features ..................................................................................... 697
Elements ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 698
Element Input Values .............................................................................................................................................................. 700
Employment Level Options for Elements ........................................................................................................................... 703
How You Maintain Elements ................................................................................................................................................. 703
Element Eligibility ..................................................................................................................................................................... 704
Using Element Templates ...................................................................................................................................................... 707
FAQs for Manage Elements ................................................................................................................................................... 727
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud
Implementing Global Human Resources
Preface
This preface introduces information sources that can help you use the application.
Help
Use help icons to access help in the application. If you don't see any help icons on your page, click your user image
or name in the global header and select Show Help Icons. Not all pages have help icons. You can also access the Oracle
Help Center to nd guides and videos.
Watch: This video tutorial shows you how to nd and use help.
You can also read about it instead.
Additional Resources
• Community: Use Oracle Cloud Customer Connect to get information from experts at Oracle, the partner
community, and other users.
Conventions
The following table explains the text conventions used in this guide.
Convention Meaning
boldface Boldface type indicates user interface elements, navigation paths, or values you enter or select.
monospace Monospace type indicates le, folder, and directory names, code examples, commands, and URLs.
i
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Preface
Implementing Global Human Resources
Documentation Accessibility
For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website.
Videos included in this guide are provided as a media alternative for text-based help topics also available in this guide.
Contacting Oracle
ii
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Implementing Global Human Resources Overview
1 Overview
Enterprise Prole Manage geographies, le import, reference data, and data access for users.
Legal Structures Manage information related to legal entities - jurisdictions, authorities, addresses, registration,
and tax prole.
Organization Structures Manage business units and business unit set assignment.
Workforce Structures Manage work structures including legislative data groups, enterprise information, locations,
departments, divisions, reporting establishments, department, position, and organization
trees, disability organizations, grades, grade rates, grade ladders, jobs, and positions. You can
also dene seniority dates, collective agreements, and worker unions.
HCM Data Loader Congure HCM Data Loader and HCM Spreadsheet Data Loader for bulk data loading.
Import and load data using HCM Data Loader. Manage access to spreadsheet templates, and
congure spreadsheets to suit business needs.
Workforce Information Manage your workforce information including banks, actions, assignment statuses, checklist
templates, document types, and eligibility proles.
Elements and Formulas Dene elements for base pay, absences, benets, time and labor, and payroll. You can also
dene formulas for specic areas such as payroll calculation.
Payroll Manage payroll legislations, payroll and time denitions, fast formulas, and rate denitions.
1
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Implementing Global Human Resources Overview
Absence Management Congure absence plans, types, categories, certications, and reasons for employees,
including formulas, eligibility proles, and rates.
Time and Labor Dene time entry, processing, and device processing congurations, including entry eld and
layouts, time categories and consumers, validation and calculation rules, groups and proles.
Workforce Health and Safety Dene seings for environment, health, and safety.
Incidents
Related Topics
• Plan Your Implementation
Dene Batch Data Loads Oracle Human Capital Management Cloud Integrating with Oracle HCM Cloud
Dene Extracts Note: This guide also covers Oracle Taleo Recruiting Cloud Service Integration.
Dene Security for Human Capital Oracle Human Capital Management Cloud Securing Oracle HCM Cloud
Management
Dene Payroll Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Implementing Global Payroll
Dene Payroll Legislations
Dene Absences Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Implementing Absence Management
2
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Implementing Global Human Resources Overview
Dene Transactional Business Oracle Human Capital Management Cloud Creating and Administering Analytics and Reports
Intelligence Conguration
Introduction
Application Implementation
3
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Implementing Global Human Resources Overview
11 HCM Cloud Mobile Setup Mapping reports to work areas and seing
up watchlist options.
4
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Implementing Global Human Resources Overview
5
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Implementing Global Human Resources Overview
Payroll
25 Country Extensions and Address Rules Dening the country extension, address
style, and address validation seings for
each country or territory in the enterprise.
6
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Implementing Global Human Resources Overview
Compensation
Others
7
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Implementing Global Human Resources Overview
8
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 2
Implementing Global Human Resources Synchronization of Users and Roles from LDAP
Once the Oracle Fusion Applications tables are initialized with this information, it's maintained automatically.
9
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 2
Implementing Global Human Resources Synchronization of Users and Roles from LDAP
10
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Geography Structure
Firstly, you need to create a geography structure for each country to dene which geography types are part of the
country structure, and how the geography types are hierarchically related within the country structure. For example,
you can create geography types called State, City, and Postal Code. Then you can rank the State geography type as the
highest level within the country, the City as the second level, and the Postal Code as the lowest level within the country
structure. Geography structure can be dened using the Manage Geographies task, or can be imported using tasks in
the Dene Geographies activity.
Geography Hierarchy
Once the geography structure is dened, the geographies for each geography type can be added to the hierarchy. For
example, in the hierarchy of United States you can create a geography called California using a State geography type.
As part of managing the geography hierarchy you can view, create, edit, and delete the geographies for each geography
type in the country structure. You can also add a primary and alternate name and code for each geography. A
geography hierarchy can be created using the Manage Geographies task, or can be imported using tasks in the Dene
Geographies activity.
Geography Validation
After dening the geography hierarchy, you need to specify the geography validations for the country. You can choose
which address style format you would like to use for the country, and for each selected address style format you can
map geography types to address aributes. You can also select which geography types to include in geography or tax
validation, and which geography types will display in a list of values during address entry in other user interfaces. The
geography validation level for the country, such as error or warning, can also be selected.
Geography Structures
This topic describes geography structures and the tasks you can perform using geography structures.
A geography structure is a hierarchical grouping of geography types for a country. The following table describes the
geography structure for the United States.
11
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
1 State
2 County
3 City
4 Postal Code
You can use the geography structure to relate geography types for a country and dene geography types for a country.
You can use a geography type that you create within the country structure for other country structures as well.
Geography Hierarchy
This topic describes geography hierarchy and various aspects of geography hierarchy.
Geography hierarchy is a data model that creates conceptual parent-child relationships between geographies. At
the highest level of the geography hierarchy is country, which is the parent, and the hierarchy contains several child
geographies. The following table shows sample parent-child relationships in a geography.
12
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
94065 Child
When you enter just 94065, the application determines that the postal code is in California and the corresponding city is
Redwood City.
The application uses geography hierarchy information to facilitate business processes that rely on geography
information, such as, tax calculation, order sourcing rules, and sales territory denition. The geography hierarchy
information is centrally located and shared among other application oerings.
Geography Validation
Geography validation determines the geography mapping and validation for a country's address styles, as well as the
overall geography validation control for a country.
The No Styles Format address style format is the default address style format for a country. By dening the mapping
and validation for this format you will ensure that validations can be performed for any address in the country. After the
No Styles Format is dened you can set up additional mapping for specic address styles.
For each address style format, you can dene the following:
• Map to aribute
• Enable list of values
• Tax validation
• Geography validation
13
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Aribute Mapping
For every address style format, you can map each geography type to an address aribute. For example, you can
map the State geography type to the State address aribute for the United States, or map the State geography type
to the County address aribute for the United Kingdom. The geography types that appear are based on how the
country structure is dened. The list of address aributes that appear are based on address formats delivered with the
application, or your customer dened address formats.
Note: You only need to map geography types that you want to use for geography or tax validation purposes.
Tax Validation
You can also specify whether a geography type will be included in tax validation. For example, for the United States
North America address style format you specify that County, State, and City are used for tax validation. This will mean
that when a transaction involves an address with the North America address style, the address must have the correct
county, state, and city combination based on the geography hierarchy data, to be considered valid for tax calculation.
Geography Validation
You must set up geography validation for those geography elements that you plan to use in your sales territories.
Seing up validation also helps users ll in missing address information, and validate addresses during entry. For
example, you can have users select states or other address elements from lists to ensure accuracy during entry, and
you can have the application ll in missing values. For example, when the user enters a Postal Code, the application can
retrieve the city and state.
You can specify whether a geography type will be included in geography validation. For example, when the user enters
a United States address using the North America address style format, the address must have the correct country, state,
and postal code combination based on geography hierarchy data to be considered geographically valid.
If an address element is mapped to a geography type, but not selected for geography validation usage, then during
address entry suggested values are provided for the address element, but the address element isn't be validated.
14
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
You need to verify that the default mapping between Geography Type and Map to Aribute is valid in the Geography
Mapping and Validation region and update it if required when you dene geography validation. Oracle recommends
that you use the following valid mapping for the countries that GBG | Loqate supports:
15
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
• Nasalje • County
• Postal Code • City
• Postal code
16
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
17
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
18
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
19
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
• County • State
• Division • City
• Settlement • Additional address
attribute 2
20
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
21
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
• Zone • City
22
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
• District • City
Municipality • Postal code
• Local Municipality
• Postal Code
23
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
24
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Note: For either the tax or geography validation, don't skip more than one consecutive level unless you're
certain that the selected geography types can uniquely identify geographies. For example, the United States
country structure is: State, County, City, and Postal Code, and you want to select just State and Postal Code
for geography or tax validation. However, for the combination of California and 94065, the city can be either
Redwood Shores or Redwood City. In this case, you should also select at least the City geography type for
geography or tax validation.
• Error - only completely valid addresses can be saved, with all mandatory address elements entered.
• No Validation - all addresses can be saved including incomplete and invalid addresses.
Regardless of the result of validation, the validation process will try to map any address aribute to a geography of
the country, and store any mapping it could establish based on the available data. This is called Geography Name
Referencing and it's executed as part of validation. The result of this referencing is used in several business processes
in the application to map an address to a specic geography or zone.
The Geography Dimension value in territories is derived from sell-to addresses of sales accounts. To use geography
dimensions in territories, you must validate the geography elements in the addresses, such as state, city, and postal
code. You can validate the address by enabling geography validation for each country using the Manage Geographies
task. Perform the following in the Manage Geographies task:
• Enable at least one level in the geography hierarchy for geography validation.
• Enable geography validation for all geography levels that you intend to use for territory denition for each
country.
• If needed, enable a list of values containing specic geography elements. This will help users search and select
appropriate geography values during addresses entry and eliminate all possibilities of wrong address entry.
You can set geography validation control to Error in the Manage Geography Validation page. This ensures that users
can only use valid geography elements in addresses.
Note: If you have already created addresses before seing up geography validation for a country, you must
enable geography validation and then execute the Run Maintain Geography Name Referencing task for that
country. This validates all your geography elements.
25
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
1. County
2. Post Town
Which address style format will you use when mapping geography The default address style format, called the No Styles Format.
validations?
1. On the Manage Geographies page, enter GB in the Code eld. Click Search.
2. On the Manage Geographies page, click Structure Dened.
3. On the Manage Geography Structure page, click the Create buon next to the Copy Country Structure From
eld.
4. In the Geography Structure section, select the County list item in the Add Geography Type eld.
5. Click Add.
6. Select the Post Town list item in the Add Geography Type eld.
7. Click Add.
1. On the Manage Geographies page, enter GB in the Code eld. Click Search.
2. On the Manage Geographies page, click Hierarchy Dened.
3. In the Geography Hierarchy section, click United Kingdom to highlight the table row, and click Create.
4. In the Create County page, Primary and Alternate Names section, enter Berkshire in the Name eld.
5. Click Save and Close.
6. In the Geography Hierarchy section, click Berkshire to highlight the table row, and click Create.
26
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
7. In the Create Post Town page, Primary and Alternate Names section, enter Reading in the Name eld.
8. Click Save and Close.
Geocoding
This topic explains geocoding and how to enable this option in the application.
Geocoding is the process of nding latitude and longitude coordinates from geographic data such as street addresses
or postal codes. Once these coordinates are available, you can use the spatial services feature to identify points of
interest, such as customer and contact addresses, in the vicinity. The application integrates the Geocoding feature with
eLocation (hp://elocation.oracle.com/maps_oracle_dot_com_main.html), which is a Geocoding service provided by
Oracle.
By default, the Geocoding option is turned o in the application. You can enable the Geocoding option by going to the
Setup and Maintenance work area and performing the following:
If the Geocoding feature is enabled, the feature can be scheduled to run at regular time intervals. This ensures that
newly created or updated locations are picked up and geocoded whenever you create or update an address using the
user interface, web services, bulk import, or le-based import.
Related Topics
• What are Spatial Services
27
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Set Up Geocoding
This procedure lists the steps to set up geocoding in Oracle Cloud applications.
Geocoding is a process that determines the latitude and longitude coordinates for a location. By default, geocoding is
turned o in the application. You can use geocoding to display customers in the vicinity of a mobile address.
28
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
For more information, see the Importing Geographies chapter in the Oracle Engagement Cloud Understanding File-
Based Data Import and Export guide.
The following table lists the object entity, the interface table, the destination tables, and the resulting application object.
29
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Related Topics
• Overview of Implementing Customer Data Management
This procedure is applicable only if there are territories dened using the Geography dimension.
30
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
◦ Oering: Sales
◦ Functional Area: Territories
◦ Task: Manage Territory Geographies
2. On the Manage Territory Geographies page, click View All Hierarchies.
3. Select the highest level node for the country for which you want to replace the master geography data and click
the Delete icon.
4. In the Warning dialog box, click OK.
5. In the Conrmation dialog box, click OK. The parent node of the territory geography data and its children are
deleted.
6. Repeat steps 3 to 5 to delete all the higher nodes in the territory geography data.
7. Click Save and Close.
The Territory Management application retains a copy of the dimension members referenced in the territory denitions.
This copy is updated when you trigger the Load and Activate process from the Enable Dimensions and Metrics task.
Therefore, although the territory geography data is deleted, the territory denitions may appear to remain valid.
The geography data is provided by GBG | Loqate and is third-party content. As per Oracle policy, this software and
documentation may provide access to or information about content and services from third parties. Oracle and its
aliates aren't responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content and
services. Oracle and its aliates aren't responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use
of third-party content, products, or services.
31
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
You can track the progress of the import process by selecting Scheduled Processes from the Navigator.
Note: To access the Scheduled Processes work area, you must be signed in as a user with the Employee
abstract role. The initial user doesn't have this role assigned, but the other users you created do.
After the import is complete, you can search for the country again in the Manage Geographies page. Check marks now
appear in the Structure Dened and Hierarchy Dened columns indicating the import completed successfully.
Next, click the Validation Dened icon to dene the validations, enable List of Values, and choose address style format
for a country as set up before. For more information, see the "Geography Validation: Explained" topic.
The Geocoding Dened and Address Cleansing Dened columns are used for additional features which you must
license from Oracle and set up separately.
• Geocoding makes it possible to display customers in the vicinity of a mobile address. You set up Geocoding
Enabled for those countries where you're using Around Me functionality in Engagement Cloud Mobile.
• Cleansing makes it possible to validate addresses down to the street level.
32
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
9. Click Close.
10. In the Scheduled Processes page, click the Refresh icon.
11. Verify if the status of the process has completed successfully.
After you have recreated the territory geography data, perform the following steps to load the data.
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, go to the following:
◦ Oering: Sales
◦ Functional Area: Territories
◦ Task: Enable Dimensions and Metrics
2. On the Enable Dimensions and Metrics page, click the Actions list, and select Load and Activate. The
process loads the territory geography data to make dimension members available for selection when dening
territories.
3. In the Conrmation dialog box, click OK.
4. Click Done.
You can restore the invalid territory denitions by either importing the previously created export le or making manual
corrections to the territories.
33
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
8. Click the Actions list and select Import to Proposal, and then View Import Status.
9. Review the status of the export job and verify if it has completed successfully.
10. Click OK.
11. From the Tasks pane, click Manage Territory Proposals.
12. In the Manage Territory Proposals page, on the Current Territory Proposals table, search for the proposal with
your import le name.
13. Click the import le name to open the territory proposal.
14. Click Edit Coverage to verify that the territory denitions are valid.
15. Verify that there are no values listed as invalid in the Selected Dimension Members section.
16. Click Save and Close.
17. Click Activate. The territory proposal of your import le is activated.
To restore valid territory denitions through manual corrections:
1. From the Territories and Quotas work area, click Manage Territory Proposals in the Tasks pane.
2. In the Manage Territory Proposals page, click the Create icon.
3. In the Create Territory Proposals dialog box, enter a name and click Save and View.
4. In the Territory Proposals page, add all the territories with the Geography dimension value other than the value
"Any" to the proposal.
5. Select a territory and click Edit Coverage.
6. In the Edit Coverage page, select Geography from the Dimensions list. The invalid dimension members are
displayed in the Selected Dimension Members pane.
7. Expand the values in the Available Dimension Members section or search for the member that has the same
name as the one marked invalid in the Selected Dimension Members pane.
8. Select one or more new geography dimension members from Available Dimension Members pane and click
Add icon to the Selected Dimension Members pane.
9. Click the Remove icon to remove the invalid members from the Selected Dimension Members pane.
10. Click Save and Close.
11. Repeat steps 4 to 10 for all territories that were based on Geography dimension.
12. Click Activate. After the activation process is complete, your territory denitions are valid again and are
referencing to the new geography data.
Although this method is always applicable, it's most appropriate when you have to restore territory denitions for a
smaller number of territories.
34
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Note: Review a small subset of the open opportunities to conrm that the territory
assignment is as expected.
Note: Review a small subset of the accounts to conrm that the territory assignment is as
expected.
Related Topics
• Manage Territory Geographies
Create Countries
This procedure lists the steps to create countries in the application.
The countries are seeded in the application. If you're unable to nd a specic country in the Manage Geographies page,
then you can add it to the application.
35
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Note: The application provides support for GBG | Loqate geography data for countries. For countries
where GBG | Loqate geography data isn't available, you can purchase the geography data from a third-party
data provider and load it into the application using File-Based Data Import. For more information, see the
Importing Geographies chapter in the Oracle Engagement Cloud Understanding File-Based Data Import and
Export guide. If countries aren't available in the application, then use the procedure outlined in this topic to
create them.
Note: After you have added a new country in the application, if you want to import the
geography data for that country, then you must perform Step 5 to 10.
36
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
• How does your legacy or source system store and represent the geography information when compared to
Oracle Engagement Cloud?
• Do you have to congure values in Oracle Engagement Cloud to map your existing data to the Geography
import object?
• Do you have to extend Oracle Engagement Cloud to add aributes?
• What import features are available to import your business data?
• How do I verify my imported data?
Note: Oracle Engagement Cloud ships with third-party master geography data for multiple countries. You
can import geography data using the Manage Geographies task. Search for the country, and select Import
Geography Data from the Actions menu. If the licensed data isn't available for a country, then the Import
Geography Data action is disabled. For more information, see the procedure Replacing Existing Master
Geography Data with Revised Oracle-Licensed Geography Data.
1. Country
2. State
3. County
4. Town
5. ZIP
• Aribute descriptions
• Values that populate aributes by default when you don't provide values
• Validation information for each aribute
The validation information includes the navigation path to the task where you can dene values in Oracle Application
Cloud. For example, if you have values in your data that correlate to a choice list in Oracle Application Cloud, then the
validation information provides the task name where you can dene your values. For additional information, such as a
list of reference guide le names and locations, see the topic How Geography Import Objects Work Together.
37
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Congurable Aributes
Here is how you can congure the objects to import your legacy or source data:
• Use the Application Composer to design your object model extensions and to generate the required artifacts to
register your extensions.
• Make the artifacts available for importing the object.
You can map these congurable aributes to your source le data. You can use the same source le to import both the
congurable aributes and the standard import object aributes.
You can also access these tasks from the Data Import and Export functional area of the Sales oering.
You submit le import activities for each import object. When you're creating a new geography, you use the Geography
object to import your data. You must have the Master Data Management Administrator job role to access and submit
the import activities for geographies.
When importing geography information, you must provide the parent reference information for all parent levels for the
entity.
Related Topics
• How File-Based Data Import Works
• About File-Based Import Documentation
38
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
The target import objects in the Geography import object contain information about the geography hierarchy. When
updating an existing geography, you must provide the parent reference information of the existing geography.
Use the ImpGeography target import object to create and update geography information.
Note: Before you import geography data for a country, you must dene the country's geography structure.
• Aribute descriptions
• Default values
• Validations for the aributes
Review the validation for each aribute to know if you need to do any setup tasks.
◦ Oering: Sales
◦ Functional Area: Data Import and Export
◦ Task: Manage File Import Mappings
2. Dene the mapping when you dene the import activity. Navigate to the following in the Setup and
Maintenance work area:
◦ Oering: Sales
◦ Functional Area: Data Import and Export
◦ Task: Manage File Import Activities
Note: If any of your source aributes doesn't have a corresponding target object aribute, then you can
extend the Geography object. Review the Application Composer Extensibility features for the Geography
object for more information.
39
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Related Topics
• How File-Based Data Import Works
• About File-Based Import Documentation
What le type are you using for your source data? Text le
Where are you uploading your source data le from? Your desktop
Which elds are you importing into the application? All, except for the RecordTypeCode eld
40
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
1 (Country) US 1 NA
2 (State) CA 11 1
41
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Field Value
Object Geography
Note: Ensure that the le type that you select in the Create Import Activity: Set Up page
matches the le type of the source data le.
4. Click Next.
5. In the Create Import Activity: Map Fields page, map each eld from your source le to the database object and
aribute, as shown in the following table.
Primary Geography Primary Geography United States Imp Geography Primary Geography
Name Name Name
42
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
If you don't want to import a column in the text le, then you can select Ignore.
Note: If you can't map the elds from your source le to the relevant target object, then see
the import object spreadsheets.
6. Click Next.
7. In the Create Import Activity: Create Schedule page, select Immediate in the Schedule eld so that the import
will start as soon as you activate it.
Instead of immediately importing the data, you can choose a date and time to start the import. You can also
specify whether the import will be repeated and the frequency of the repeated import.
8. Click Next.
1. In the Create Import Activity: Review and Activate page, verify your import details in the Import Details, File
Details, Import Options, and Schedule sections. Update the import details if required by navigating to the
previous screens using the Back link.
2. Conrm your import details, and click Activate to submit the import.
After the import activity has nished, the Status eld value changes to Completed.
43
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
• How does your legacy or source system store and represent the country structure information when compared
to Oracle Engagement Cloud?
• Do you have to congure values in Oracle Engagement Cloud to map your existing data to the Country
Structure import object?
• Do you have to extend Oracle Engagement Cloud to add aributes?
• What import features are available to import your business data?
• How do I verify my imported data?
1. Country
2. State
3. County
4. Town
5. ZIP
• Aribute descriptions
• Values that populate aributes by default when you don't provide values
• Validation information for each aribute
The validation information includes the navigation path to the task where you can dene values in Oracle Application
Cloud. For example, if you have values in your data that correlate to a choice list in Oracle Application Cloud, then the
validation information provides the task name where you can dene your values. For additional information, such as a
list of reference guide le names and locations, see the topic How Country Structure Import Objects Work Together.
44
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Congurable Aributes
Here is how you can congure the objects to import your legacy or source data:
• Use the Application Composer to design your object model extensions and to generate the required artifacts to
register your extensions.
• Make the artifacts available for importing the object.
You can map these congurable aributes to your source le data. You can use the same source le to import both the
congurable aributes and the standard import object aributes.
You can also access these tasks from the Data Import and Export functional area of the Sales oering.
You must have the Master Data Management Administrator job role to access and submit the import activities for
country structures.
Related Topics
• How File-Based Data Import Works
• About File-Based Import Documentation
45
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
When updating an existing country structure, you must provide the parent reference information of the existing
country structure. This reference information connects the imported geography structure to the existing one. Use the
ImpGeoStructureLevel target import object to create and update country structure information.
• Aribute descriptions
• Default values
• Validations for the aributes
Review the validation for each aribute to know if you need to do any setup tasks.
◦ Oering: Sales
◦ Functional Area: Data Import and Export
◦ Task: Manage File Import Mappings
2. Dene the mapping when creating an import activity in the Setup and Maintenance work area:
◦ Oering: Sales
◦ Functional Area: Data Import and Export
◦ Task: Manage File Import Activities
Note: If any of your source aributes doesn't have a corresponding target object aribute, then you can
extend the Country Structure object. Review the Application Composer Extensibility features for the Country
Structure object for more information.
46
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
For detailed information about importing geographies using le-based import, refer to Document No. 1481758.1,
Importing Master Reference Geography Data, on the Oracle Support site.
Related Topics
• How File-Based Data Import Works
• About File-Based Import Documentation
• How You Import Country Structures
47
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
Related Topics
• Manage Territory Geographies
You can specify the real-time address cleansing level for each country by choosing either of these options:
• None: Species no real time address cleansing.
• Optional: Provides option to cleanse addresses.
Once you have enabled address cleansing for a country, a Verify Address icon appears at address entry points in the
application. Click the icon to perform address cleansing and receive a corrected, standardized address. If the application
doesn't nd a matching address, then an alert message is displayed.
48
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
49
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Implementing Global Human Resources Geographies for HCM
50
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Implementing Global Human Resources Currencies and Currency Rates
Manage Currencies
Considerations for Dening Currencies
When creating or editing currencies, consider these points relevant to entering the currency code, date range, or symbol
for the currency.
Currency Codes
You can't change a currency code after you enable the currency, even if you later disable that currency.
Date Ranges
You can enter transactions denominated in the currency only for the dates within the specied range. If you don't enter
a start date, then the currency is valid immediately. If you don't enter an end date, then the currency is valid indenitely.
Symbols
Some applications support displaying currency symbols. You may enter the symbol associated with a currency so that it
appears along with the amount.
Derivation Type
The Euro currency derivation type is used only for the Euro, and the Euro derived derivation type identies national
currencies of EMU member states. All other currencies don't have derivation types.
Derivation Factor
The derivation factor is the xed conversion rate by which you multiply one Euro to derive the equivalent EMU currency
amount. The Euro currency itself must not have a derivation factor.
51
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Implementing Global Human Resources Currencies and Currency Rates
• Spot
• Corporate
• User
• Fixed
You can use dierent rate types for dierent business needs. During journal entry, the conversion rate is provided
automatically based on the selected conversion rate type and currency, unless the rate type is User. For User rate types,
you must enter a conversion rate. You can dene additional rate types as needed. Set your most frequently used rate
type as the default. Conversion rate types can't be deleted.
52
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Implementing Global Human Resources Currencies and Currency Rates
Assign conversion rate types to automatically populate the associated rate for your period average and period end
rates for the ledger. For example, you can assign the conversion rate type of Spot to populate period average rates, and
the conversion rate type of Corporate to populate period end rates. Period average and period end rates are used in
translation of account balances.
Conversion rate types are used to automatically assign a rate when you perform the following accounting functions:
Action Results
Selected When you enter a daily rate to convert currency A to currency B, the inverse rate of currency
B to currency A is automatically calculated and entered in the adjacent column. If either rate is
changed, the application automatically recalculates the other rate.
You can update the application calculated inverse rate, but once you do, the related rate is
updated. The option enforces the inverse relationship is maintained but doesn't prevent you
from updating the rates.
Not Selected The inverse rate is calculated, but you can change the rate and update the daily rates table
without the corresponding rate being updated.
53
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Implementing Global Human Resources Currencies and Currency Rates
For example, if you have daily rates dened for the pivot currency, USD to the contra currency, EUR, and USD to another
contra currency, CAD, the application automatically creates the rates between EUR to CAD and CAD to EUR. You don't
have to manually dene the EUR to CAD and CAD to EUR rates.
Select the Allow Cross Rates Override check box to permit your users to override application generated cross rates. If
you accept the default of not selected, the application generated cross rates cannot be overridden.
Related Topics
• What's the dierence between calendar and scal period naming
• Spot
• Corporate
• User
• Fixed
54
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Implementing Global Human Resources Currencies and Currency Rates
Scenario
You are the general ledger accountant for Vision US Inc. You are entering a journal entry to capture three transactions
that were transacted in three dierent foreign currencies.
You enter two journal lines with accounts and amounts for each foreign currency transaction. Based on your company
procedures, you select the rate type to populate the rate for Corporate and Spot rate types from your daily rates table.
You manually enter the current rate for the User rate type.
The following table lists the currency, the rate type that you select, and the reasons for the rate type selection.
Your company does not currently use the Fixed rate type. From January 1, 1999, the conversion rate of the French franc
FRF against the Euro EUR was a xed rate of 1 EUR to 6.55957 FRF. Your French operations were started in 2007, so you
maintain all your French business records in the Euro.
• Spot: For currencies with uctuating conversion rates, or when exact currency conversion is needed.
55
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Implementing Global Human Resources Currencies and Currency Rates
• Corporate: For seing a standard rate across your organization for a stable currency.
• User: For infrequent entries where daily rates for the entered foreign currency aren't set up.
• Fixed: For rates where the conversion is constant between two currencies.
If you have infrequent foreign currency transactions, the User rate type can simplify currency maintenance. The User
rate type can also provide an accurate conversion rate on the date of the transaction.
Use the Currency Rates Manager page to create, edit, and review currency rate types, daily rates, and historical
rates.
3. Click the Daily Rates tab.
Use the Daily Rates tab to review and enter currency rates.
4. Click the Create in Spreadsheet buon.
Use the Create Daily Rates spreadsheet to enter daily rates in a template that you can save and reuse.
5.Click in the From Currency eld. Select the GBP - Pound Sterling list item.
6.Click in the To Currency eld. Select the USD - US Dollar list item.
7.Click in the Conversion Rate eld. Select the Spot list item.
8.Click in the From Conversion eld. Enter a valid value: 10/2/2017.
9.Click in the To Conversion Date eld. Enter a valid value: 10/6/2017.
10. Click in the Conversion Rate eld. Enter a valid value: 1.6.
11.Click Submit and click OK twice.
12. Review the Record Status column to verify that all rows were inserted successfully.
13. Save the template to use to enter daily rates frequently. You can save the spreadsheet to a local drive or a
shared network drive.
14. Optionally, edit the rates from the Daily Rates user interface or resubmit the spreadsheet.
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Using Desktop Integrated Excel Workbooks
56
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Implementing Global Human Resources Currencies and Currency Rates
Use the Period Close work area to link to close processes and currency process.
2. Click the Manage Currency Rates link.
Use the Currency Rates Manager page to create, edit, and review currency rate types, daily rates, and historical
rates.
3. Click the Daily Rates tab.
Use the Daily Rates tab to review and enter currency rates.
4. Click the From Currency list. Select the GBP - Pound Sterling list item.
5. Click the To Currency list. Select the USD - US Dollar list item.
6. Enter the dates for the daily rates that you are changing. Enter today's date.
7. Click the Rate Type list. Select the Spot list item.
8. Click the Search buon.
9. Click in the Rate eld. Enter the new rate of 1.7 in the Rate eld.
10. Click in the Inverse Rate eld. Enter the new inverse rate of 0.58822 in the Inverse Rate eld.
11. Click the Save buon.
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Using Desktop Integrated Excel Workbooks
57
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Implementing Global Human Resources Currencies and Currency Rates
58
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Overview
Oracle Fusion Applications have been designed to ensure your enterprise can be modeled to meet legal and
management objectives. The decisions about your implementation of Oracle Fusion Applications are aected by your:
• Industry
• Business unit requirements for autonomy
• Business and accounting policies
• Business functions performed by business units and optionally, centralized in shared service centers
• Locations of facilities
Every enterprise has three fundamental structures that describe its operations and provide a basis for reporting.
• Legal
• Managerial
• Functional
In Oracle Fusion, these structures are implemented using the chart of accounts and organization hierarchies. Many
alternative hierarchies can be implemented and used for reporting. You are likely to have one primary structure that
organizes your business into:
• Divisions
• Business Units
• Departments
59
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
This gure illustrates a grid with Business Axis, representing the enterprise division, Legal Axis representing the
companies, and the Functional Axis representing the business functions.
Business Axis
Business Divisions
A B C
A1 A2 A3 A.. B1 B2 B3 B.. C1 C2 C3 C..
Service Teams
R & D Teams
Selling Support Teams
Finance Team
HR Team
IT Team
Management
Legal Structure
The gure illustrates a typical group of legal entities, operating various business and functional organizations. Your
ability to buy and sell, own, and employ comes from your charter in the legal system. A corporation is:
60
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Many other kinds of legal entities exist, such as sole proprietorships, partnerships, and government agencies.
A legally recognized entity can own and trade assets and employ people in the jurisdiction in which the entity is
registered. When granted these privileges, legal entities are also assigned responsibilities to:
• Account for themselves to the public through statutory and external reporting.
• Comply with legislation and regulations.
• Pay income and transaction taxes.
• Process value added tax (VAT) collection on behalf of the taxing authority.
Many large enterprises isolate risk and optimize taxes by incorporating subsidiaries. They create legal entities to
facilitate legal compliance, segregate operations, optimize taxes, complete contractual relationships, and isolate risk.
Enterprises use legal entities to establish their enterprise's identity within the laws of each country in which their
enterprise operates.
For example, a group might have a separate company for each business in the United States (US), but have its United
Kingdom (UK) legal entity represent all businesses in that country.
The divisions are linked across the cards so that a business can appear on some or all of the cards. For example, the
air quality monitoring systems business might be operated by the US, UK, and France companies. The list of business
divisions is on the Business Axis.
Each company's card is also horizontally striped by functional groups, such as the sales team and the nance team.
This functional list is called the Functional Axis. The overall image suggests that information might, at a minimum, be
tracked by company, business, division, and function in a group environment. In Oracle Fusion Applications, the legal
structure is implemented using legal entities.
Management Structure
Successfully managing multiple businesses requires that you segregate them by their strategic objectives, and measure
their results. Although related to your legal structure, the business organizational hierarchies don't have to be reected
directly in the legal structure of the enterprise. The management structure can include divisions, subdivisions, lines of
business, strategic business units, prot, and cost centers. In the gure, the management structure is shown on the
Business Axis. In Oracle Fusion Applications, the management structure is implemented using divisions and business
units as well as being reected in the chart of accounts.
Functional Structure
Straddling the legal and business organizations is a functional organization structured around people and their
competencies. For example, sales, manufacturing, and service teams are functional organizations. This functional
61
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
structure is represented by the Functional Axis in the gure. You reect the eorts and expenses of your functional
organizations directly on the income statement. Organizations must manage and report revenues, cost of sales, and
functional expenses such as research and development and selling, general, and administrative expenses. In Oracle
Fusion Applications, the functional structure is implemented using departments and organizations, including sales,
marketing, project, cost, and inventory organizations.
Enterprise Conguration
• What is the level of conguration needed to achieve the reporting and accounting requirements?
• What components of your enterprise do you need to report on separately?
• Which components can be represented by building a hierarchy of values to provide reporting at both detail and
summary levels?
• Where are you on the spectrum of centralization versus decentralization?
Security Structure
• What level of security and access is allowed?
• Are business unit managers and the people that report to them secured to transactions within their own
business unit?
• Are the transactions for their business unit largely performed by a corporate department or shared service
center?
62
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Compliance Requirements
• How do you comply with your corporate external reporting requirements and local statutory reporting
requirements?
• Do you tend to prefer a corporate rst or an autonomous local approach?
• Where are you on a spectrum of centralization, very centralized or decentralized?
Scenario
Your company, InFusion Corporation, is a multinational conglomerate that operates in the United States (US) and the
United Kingdom (UK). InFusion has purchased an Oracle Fusion Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) solution including
Oracle Fusion General Ledger and all of the Oracle Fusion subledgers. You are chairing a commiee to discuss creation
of a model for your global enterprise structure including both your US and UK operations.
InFusion Corporation
InFusion Corporation has 400 plus employees and revenue of 120 million US dollars. Your product line includes all
the components to build and maintain air quality monitoring applications for homes and businesses. You have two
distribution centers and three warehouses that share a common item master in the US and UK. Your nancial services
organization provides funding to your customers for the initial costs of these applications.
Analysis
The following are elements you must consider in creating your model for your global enterprise structure.
• Your company is required to report using US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) standards and
UK Statements of Standard Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting Standards. How many ledgers do you
want to achieve proper statutory reporting?
• Your managers need reports that show prot and loss (revenue and expenses) for their lines of business. Do
you use business units and balancing segments to represent your divisions and businesses? Do you secure
data by two segments in your chart of accounts which represents each department and legal entity? Or do you
use one segment that represents both to produce useful, but condential management reports?
• Your corporate management requires reports showing total organizational performance with drill-down
capability to the supporting details. Do you need multiple balancing segment hierarchies to achieve proper
rollup of balances for reporting requirements?
63
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
• Your company has all administrative, account payables, procurement, and Human Resources functions
performed at their corporate headquarters. Do you need one or more business units in which to perform all
these functions? How is your shared service center congured?
• Consolidation of results for application components, installations, and maintenance product lines across the
enterprise
• All UK general and administrative costs processed at the UK headquarters
• US Systems' general and administrative costs processed at US Corporate headquarters
64
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
InFusion Corporation
InFusion Financial
InFusion UK Systems Ltd.
Services Inc.
InFusion America Inc. Primary Ledger (GBP)
Primary Ledger
Primary Ledger (USD) with Reporting Currency
(USD)
Standard, Jan - Dec (USD)
Average Balancing
Standard, Jan - Dec
May-April
BU 1 BU 2 BU 3
US Systems Fin Services UK Systems
BU 4
Corporate Administration, Procurement, and HR Shared Services Center
US LE 2 UK LE 4
US LE 1 US LE 3
Bal Seg 201, Bal Seg 103, 301,
Bal Seg 101 Bal Seg 102
202, 203 302, 303
US Distribution UK Distribution
Center Center
Common Item
Master
65
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
In this chart, the green globe stands for required and gold globe stands for optional setup. The following statements
expand on the data in the chart.
• The enterprise is required because it serves as an umbrella for the entire implementation. All organizations are
created within an enterprise.
• Legal entities are also required. They can be optionally mapped to balancing segment values or represented
by ledgers. Mapping balancing segment values to legal entities is required if you plan to use the intercompany
functionality. The InFusion Corporation is a legal entity but isn't discussed in this example.
• At least one ledger is required in an implementation in which you record your accounting transactions.
• Business units are also required because nancial transactions are processed in business units.
• A shared service center is optional, but if used, must be a business unit.
• Divisions are optional and can be represented with a hierarchy of cost centers or by a second balancing
segment value.
• Departments are required because they track your employees.
• Optionally, add an item master organization and inventory organizations if you're tracking your inventory
transactions in Oracle Fusion Applications.
66
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Note: Some Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management implementations don't require recording accounting
transactions and therefore, don't require a ledger.
Scenario
InFusion Corporation is a multinational enterprise in the high technology industry with product lines that include all
the components that are required to build and maintain air quality monitoring systems for homes and businesses.
Its primary locations are in the US and the UK, but it has smaller outlets in France, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab
Emirates (UAE).
Enterprise Details
In the US, InFusion employs 400 people and has company revenue of 120 million US dollars. Outside the US, InFusion
employs 200 people and has revenue of 60 million US dollars.
Analysis
InFusion requires three divisions.
InFusion requires legal entities with legal employers, payroll statutory units, tax reporting units, and legislative data
groups for the US, UK, France, Saudi Arabia, and UAE, to employ and pay its workers in those countries.
InFusion requires a number of departments across the enterprise for each area of business, such as sales and
marketing, and a number of cost centers to track and report on the costs of those departments.
InFusion has general managers responsible for business units within each country. Those business units may share
reference data. Some reference data can be dened within a reference data set that multiple business units may
subscribe to. Business units are also required for nancial purposes. Financial transactions are always processed within
a business unit.
67
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
This gure illustrates the enterprise conguration that results from the analysis of InFusion Corporation.
InFusion
Corporation
Extensions for
Localization
Support
- UAE
- Saudi Arabia
US UK France
Tax Reporting Tax Reporting Tax Reporting
Unit Unit Unit
Legal Legal Legal
Entity Entity Entity
Legislative Legislative Legislative
Data Group Data Group Data Group
68
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Scenario
You are part of a senior management team at InFusion Corporation. InFusion is a global company with organizations in
the following countries:
The company's main area of business is in the high tech industry, and it recently acquired a new company. You must
analyze the company's current enterprise structure and determine the new organizations to create in the new company.
Analysis
The following table summarizes the key decisions that you must consider when determining what new organizations to
set up and how to structure the enterprise.
69
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Create location? The Financial Services company and its departments are based in Frankfurt. Therefore, you
only have to create one location.
Create separate division? Yes. Although the new division will exist in the current enterprise structure, you want to
keep the Financial Services company as a separate line of business. By creating a separate
division, you can manage the costs and reporting separately from the InFusion Corporation.
Additionally you don't have to modify any organizations in the enterprise setup.
Create business unit? Yes. The Financial Services business requires you to create several jobs that don't exist in your
high tech business. You can segregate the jobs that are specic to nancial services in a new
business unit.
How many departments? The Financial Services company currently has departments for sales, accounting, and
marketing. As you have no plans to downsize or change the company, you can create three
departments to retain the structure.
How many cost centers? Although you can have multiple cost centers to track the department costs, you decide to
create one cost center for each department.
• Record assets
• Record liabilities
• Record income
• Pay transaction taxes
• Perform intercompany trading
You must dene the legal entity as a legal employer and payroll statutory unit. As the new
division operates only from Germany, you can congure the legal entity to suit Germany's legal
and statutory requirements.
Note: You can identify the legal entity as a payroll statutory unit. When you
do so, the application transfers the legal reporting unit associated with the
legal entity to Oracle Fusion HCM as a tax reporting unit.
Create legislative data group? Yes. Because you currently don't employ or pay people in Germany, you must create one
legislative data group to run payroll for the workers in Germany.
70
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
71
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
The following gure illustrates the structure of InFusion Corporation after adding the new division and the other
organizations.
InFusion
Corporation
Tax
Business Unit Reporting
Unit
Legislative
Data
Group
72
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Responsibility to reach objectives can be delegated along the management structure. Although related to your legal
structure, the business organizational hierarchies don't reect directly the legal structure of the enterprise. The
management entities and structure can include:
These organizations can be included in many alternative hierarchies and used for reporting, as long as they have
representation in the chart of accounts.
Divisions
A division refers to a business-oriented subdivision within an enterprise, in which each division organizes itself
dierently to deliver products and services or address dierent markets. A division can operate in one or more
countries, and can be many companies or parts of dierent companies that are represented by business units.
A division is a prot center or grouping of prot and cost centers, where the division manager is responsible for
achieving business goals including prots. A division can be responsible for a share of the company's existing product
lines or for a separate business. Managers of divisions may also have return on investment goals requiring tracking of
the assets and liabilities of the division. The division manager generally reports to a corporate executive.
By denition a division can be represented in the chart of accounts. Companies can use product lines, brands, or
geographies as their divisions: their choice represents the primary organizing principle of the enterprise.
Historically, divisions were implemented as a node in a hierarchy of segment values. For example, Oracle E-Business
Suite has only one balancing segment, and often the division and legal entity are combined into a single segment where
each value stands for both division and legal entity.
Overview
A legal entity is a recognized party with rights and responsibilities given by legislation.
Legal entities have the following rights and responsibilities to:
• Own property
• Trade
• Repay debt
• Account for themselves to regulators, taxation authorities, and owners according to rules specied in the
relevant legislation
Their rights and responsibilities may be enforced through the judicial system. Dene a legal entity for each registered
company or other entity recognized in law for which you want to record assets, liabilities, expenses and income, pay
transaction taxes, or perform intercompany trading.
73
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
A legal entity has responsibility for elements of your enterprise for the following reasons:
• Facilitating local compliance
• Minimizing the enterprise's tax liability
• Preparing for acquisitions or disposals of parts of the enterprise
• Isolating one area of the business from risks in another area. For example, your enterprise develops property
and also leases properties. You could operate the property development business as a separate legal entity to
limit risk to your leasing business.
Legal entities must comply with the regulations of jurisdictions, in which they register. Europe now allows for companies
to register in one member country and do business in all member countries, and the US allows for companies to register
in one state and do business in all states. To support local reporting requirements, legal reporting units are created and
registered.
You are required to publish specic and periodic disclosures of your legal entities' operations based on dierent
jurisdictions' requirements. Certain annual or more frequent accounting reports are referred to as statutory or external
reporting. These reports must be led with specied national and regulatory authorities. For example, in the United
States (US), your publicly owned entities (corporations) are required to le quarterly and annual reports, as well as other
periodic reports, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), which enforces statutory reporting requirements
for public corporations.
Individual entities privately held or held by public companies don't have to le separately. In other countries, your
individual entities do have to le in their own name, as well as at the public group level. Disclosure requirements are
diverse. For example, your local entities may have to le locally to comply with local regulations in a local currency, as
well as being included in your enterprise's reporting requirements in dierent currency.
A legal entity can represent all or part of your enterprise's management framework. For example, if you operate in a
large country such as the United Kingdom or Germany, you might incorporate each division in the country as a separate
legal entity. In a smaller country, for example Austria, you might use a single legal entity to host all of your business
operations across divisions.
When your legal entities are trading with each other, represent them as legal entities and as customers and suppliers in
your customer and supplier registers. Use legal entity relationships to determine which transactions are intercompany
and require intercompany accounting. Your legal entities can be identied as legal employers and therefore, are
available for use in Human Capital Management (HCM) applications.
74
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Several decisions you should consider when you create legal entities.
• The importance of using legal entity on transactions
• Legal entity and its relationship to business units
• Legal entity and its relationship to divisions
• Legal entity and its relationship to ledgers
• Legal entity and its relationship to balancing segments
• Legal entity and its relationship to consolidation rules
• Legal entity and its relationship to intercompany transactions
• Legal entity and its relationship to worker assignments and legal employer
• Legal entity and payroll reporting
• Legal reporting units
In another example, if you revalued your inventory in a warehouse to account for raw material price increases, the
revaluation and revaluation reserves must be reected in your legal entity's accounts. In Oracle Fusion Applications,
your inventory within an inventory organization is managed by a single business unit and belongs to one legal entity.
75
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
In Oracle Fusion General Ledger, there are three balancing segments. You can use separate balancing segments to
represent your divisions or strategic business units to enable management reporting at the balance sheet level for each.
This solution is used to empower your business unit and divisional managers to track and assume responsibility for
their asset utilization or return on investment. Using multiple balancing segments is also useful when you know at the
time of implementation that you're disposing of a part of a legal entity and want to isolate the assets and liabilities for
that entity.
Implementing multiple balancing segments requires every journal entry that isn't balanced by division or business unit,
to generate balancing lines. You can't change to multiple balancing segments after you begin using the ledger because
your historical data isn't balanced by the new balancing segments. Restating historical data must be done at that point.
If your enterprise regularly spins o businesses or holds managers accountable for utilization of assets, identify the
business with a balancing segment value. If you account for each legal entity in a separate ledger, no requirement exists
to identify the legal entity with a balancing segment value.
While transactions that cross balancing segments don't necessarily cross legal entity boundaries, all transactions that
cross legal entity boundaries must cross balancing segments. If you make an acquisition or are preparing to dispose of
a portion of your enterprise, you may want to account for that part of the enterprise in its own balancing segment even
if the portion isn't a separate legal entity. If you don't map legal entities sharing the same ledger to balancing segments,
you can't distinguish them using intercompany functionality or track individual equity.
76
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Intracompany trading, in which legal ownership isn't changed but other organizational responsibilities are, is also
supported. For example, you can track assets and liabilities that move between your departments within your legal
entities by creating departmental level intercompany organizations.
Tip: In the Oracle Fusion Supply Chain applications, you can model intercompany relationships using
business units, from which legal entities are derived.
Legal Entity and Its Relationship to Worker Assignments and Legal Employer
Legal entities that employ people are called legal employers in the Oracle Fusion Legal Entity Congurator. You must
enter legal employers on worker assignments in Oracle Fusion HCM.
Business Units
A business unit is a unit of an enterprise that performs one or many business functions that can be rolled up in a
management hierarchy. A business unit can process transactions on behalf of many legal entities. Normally, it has a
manager, strategic objectives, a level of autonomy, and responsibility for its prot and loss. Roll business units up into
divisions if you structure your chart of accounts with this type of hierarchy.
In Oracle Fusion Applications you do the following:
• Assign your business units to one primary ledger. For example, if a business unit is processing payables
invoices, then it must post to a particular ledger. This assignment is required for your business units with
business functions that produce nancial transactions.
• Use a business unit as a securing mechanism for transactions. For example, if you run your export business
separately from your domestic sales business, then secure the export business data to prevent access by the
domestic sales employees. To accomplish this security, set up the export business and domestic sales business
as two separate business units.
The Oracle Fusion Applications business unit model provides the following advantages:
• Enables exible implementation
• Provides consistent entity that controls and reports on transactions
• Shares sets of reference data across applications
Business units process transactions using reference data sets that reect your business rules and policies and can dier
from country to country. With Oracle Fusion Application functionality, you can share reference data, such as payment
terms and transaction types, across business units, or you can have each business unit manage its own set depending
on the level at which you want to enforce common policies.
77
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
• Transaction processing
• Transactional data security
• Reference data sharing and denition
Related Topics
• Reference Data Sets and Sharing Methods
Other types of reference data can be specic to certain business units, so you can restrict the use of the data to those
business units. In this case, you can create sets specically for this type of data, and assign the sets to the business
units.
78
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Enterprise
InFusion Corporation
Division Division
InFusion Lighting InFusion Security
When deciding how to create business units, InFusion decides to create them using the country and business function
level. Therefore, they created the following business units:
• Sales_Japan
• Marketing_Japan
• Sales_US
• Sales_UK
• Marketing_India
• Sales_India
Because locations, departments, and grades are specic to each business unit, InFusion does not want to share these
types of reference data across business units. They create a reference data set for each business unit so that data
of those types can be set up separately. Because the jobs in the Sales business function are the same across many
locations, InFusion decides to create one additional set called Jobs. They override the set assignment for the Jobs
reference data group and assign it to the Jobs set. Based on these requirements, they create the following sets:
• Sales_Japan_Set
• Mktg_Japan_Set
• Sales_US_Set
• Sales_UK_Set
• Mktg_India_Set
• Sales_India_Set
• Grades_Set
79
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
The following table describes the default set assignment and the set assignment overrides for each business unit in
InFusion:
Sales_Japan Sales_ Japan_Set for grades, departments, Jobs set for jobs
and locations
Sales_India Sales_ India_Set for grades, departments, Jobs set for jobs
and locations
When seing up grades, departments, and locations for the business units, InFusion assigns the data to the default set
for each business unit. When seing up jobs, they assign the Jobs set and assign the Common Set to any jobs that may
be used throughout the entire organization.
When using grades, departments, and locations at the transaction level, users can select data from the set that
corresponds to the business unit they enter on the transaction, and any data assigned to the Common Set. For example,
for transactions for the Marketing_Japan business unit, grades, locations, and departments from the Mktg_Japan_Set is
available to select, as well as from the Common Set.
When using jobs at the transaction level, users can select jobs from the Jobs set and from the Common Set when they
enter a sales business unit on the transaction. For example, when a manager hires an employee for the Sales_India
business unit, the list of jobs is ltered to show jobs from the Jobs and Common sets.
The following gure illustrates what sets of jobs can be accessed when a manager creates an assignment for a worker.
80
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
81
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
This gure illustrates the process to congure your enterprise using the Enterprise Structures Congurator.
Determine
Divisions
Position Usage
Define
Legal Entities Enterprise-Level
Attributes
Define Contextual
Business Units
Attributes
Reference Data
Sets
Business Unit
Set Assignment
Assign Reference
Data Sets to
Locations
To be able to use the Enterprise Structures Congurator, you must select the Enterprise Structures Guided Flow feature
for your oerings on the Congure Oerings page in the Setup and Maintenance work area. If you don't select this
feature, then you must set up your enterprise structure using individual tasks provided elsewhere in the oerings, and
you can't create multiple congurations to compare dierent scenarios.
82
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
make an initial recommendation. You can either accept the recommendation, or you can answer additional questions
about how you manage people in your enterprise, and then make a selection. After you select whether to use jobs or
positions, you are prompted to set up a descriptive exeld structure for jobs, and for positions if applicable. Descriptive
exelds enable you to get more information when you create jobs and positions.
Review Conguration
You can view a result of the interview process prior to loading the conguration. The review results, show the divisions,
legal entities, business units, reference data sets, and the management reporting structure that the application will
create when you load the conguration.
Load Conguration
You can load only one conguration. When you load a conguration, the application creates the divisions, legal entities,
business units, and so on. After you load the conguration, you then use individual tasks to edit, add, and delete
enterprise structures.
Conguration Workbench
The Oracle Fusion Enterprise Structures Congurator is an interview based tool to help you analyze how to represent
your business in the Oracle Fusion Applications. The interview process poses questions about the name of your
enterprise, legal structure, management reporting structure, and primary organizing principle for your business. Based
on your answers, the applications suggest the best practices to use to implement business units in your enterprise. You
can use or modify these answers to ensure that both your reporting and administrative goals are met in your Oracle
Fusion deployment.
83
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Any legal entities that you create automatically cannot be deleted from the Create Legal Entities page within the
Enterprise Structures Congurator. You must return to the Map Divisions by Country page and deselect the legal
entities that you no longer want.
Enterprise
InFusion Corporation
Division Division
InFusion Lighting InFusion Security
Japan US UK India
This table represents the selections that InFusion Corporation makes when specifying which legal entities to create on
the Map Divisions by Country page.
Japan No Yes No
US No Yes No
84
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
UK No No Yes
India No No Yes
Based on the selections made in the preceding table, the ESC creates the following four legal entities:
• InFusion Lighting Japan LE
• InFusion Lighting US LE
• InFusion Security UK LE
• InFusion Security India LE
Related Topics
• Examples of HCM Organization Models
• Guidelines for Using Desktop Integrated Excel Workbooks
• How Legal Employers Work with Payroll Statutory Units and Tax Reporting Units
85
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Select the option that best meets your business requirements, but consider the following:
• If you use Oracle Fusion Financials, the legal entity option is recommended because of the manner in which
nancial transactions are processed.
• The business unit level that you select determines how the application automatically creates reference data
sets.
After you select a business unit level, the application generates a list of business units, and you select the ones you
want the application to create. If you select a level that has two components, such as country and division, then
the application displays a table listing both components. You select the check boxes at the intersections of the two
components.
The business units listed by the application are suggestions only, and are meant to simplify the process to create
business units. You aren't required to select all of the business units suggested. When you navigate to the next page in
the ESC guided ow, the Manage Business Units page, you can't delete any of the business units created automatically.
You must return to the Create Business Units page and deselect any business units that you no longer want.
86
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Enterprise
InFusion Corporation
Division Division
InFusion Lighting InFusion Security
The following table lists the options for business unit levels and the resulting business units that the application
suggests for InFusion Corporation.
Country • US
• UK
• Japan
• India
87
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
• InFusion Lighting: US
• Infusion Security: UK
• Infusion Security: India
Related Topics
• Reference Data Sets and Sharing Methods
• What reference data objects can be shared across asset books
88
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Common Set
The Common set is a predened set that enables you to share reference data across business units. When you select
set-enabled data at the transaction level, the list of values includes data in the:
• Common set
• Set associated with the data type for the business unit on the transaction
For example, when you create an assignment, the list of values for grades includes grade in the:
• Common set
• Set that is assigned to grades for the business unit in which you creating the assignment
During implementation, one of the earliest decisions is whether to use jobs or a combination of jobs and positions. The
determinants for this decision are:
• The primary industry of your enterprise
• How you manage your people
Mining Positions
Utilities Positions
Manufacturing Positions
89
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
Construction Jobs
Information Jobs
Management of People
Consider the following scenarios how industries manage their employee turnover:
• Scenario 1: Replace employees by rehiring to the same role.
90
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
• Scenario 2: Replace headcount but the manager uses the headcount in a dierent job.
• Scenario 3: Rehire employees to the same position, but the manager requests reallocation of budget to a
dierent post.
The following table displays suggestions of what the industry should use, either jobs or positions, in these three
scenarios:
Related Topics
• How Grades and Grade Rates Work with Jobs, Positions, Assignments, Compensation, and Payroll
91
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
analysis or compensation, or for grouping records in reports, for example, to nd all jobs of a specic job type. You
should not use aributes with values that change regularly, for example, salary ranges or expense approval levels that
change every year.
This gure illustrates how job type and job level provide further details for the HR Application Specialist job.
Job Attributes
HR Application
Consultant 4
Specialist
92
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
This gure illustrates how title and position number provide further details for the manager position.
Position Attributes
Position
Position Name Title
Number
Assistant
Manager Store 10050
Manager
93
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Initial Conguration
94
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
Trading Community Model Customer Account Relationship Assignment to one set only, no common
values allowed
Trading Community Model Customer Account Site Assignment to one set only, no common
values allowed
Opportunity Management Sales Method Group Assignment to one set only, with common
values
Work Management Assessment Templates Assignment to one set only, with common
values
Enterprise Contracts Contract Types Assignment to one set only, with common
values
Common Components Activity Templates Assignment to one set only, with common
values
95
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
Receivables Auto Cash Rules Assignment to one set only, with common
values
Advanced Collections Collections Setups Assignment to one set only, with common
values
Advanced Collections Dunning Plans Assignment to one set only, with common
values
96
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
Project Billing Project and Contract Billing Assignment to multiple sets, no common
values allowed
Project Foundation Project Accounting Denition Assignment to one set only, no common
values allowed
Project Foundation Project Rates Assignment to one set only, with common
values
Order Management Hold Codes Assignment to one set only, with common
values
Order Management Orchestration Process Assignment to one set only, with common
values
Jurisdictions
Jurisdiction is a physical territory such as a group of countries, country, state, county, or parish where a particular piece
of legislation applies. French Labor Law, Singapore Transactions Tax Law, and US Income Tax Laws are examples of
97
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
particular legislation that apply to legal entities operating in dierent countries' jurisdictions. Judicial authority may be
exercised within a jurisdiction.
Types of jurisdictions are:
• Identifying Jurisdiction
• Income Tax Jurisdiction
• Transaction Tax Jurisdiction
Identifying Jurisdiction
For each legal entity, select an identifying jurisdiction. An identifying jurisdiction is your rst jurisdiction you must
register with to be allowed to do business in a country. If there's more than one jurisdiction that a legal entity must
register with to commence business, select one as the identifying jurisdiction. Typically the identifying jurisdiction is the
one you use to uniquely identify your legal entity.
Income tax jurisdictions and transaction tax jurisdictions don't represent the same jurisdiction. Although in some
countries, the two jurisdictions are dened at the same geopolitical level, such as a country, and share the same legal
authority, they're two distinct jurisdictions.
Legal Authorities
A legal authority is a government or legal body that's charged with powers to make laws, levy and collect fees and taxes,
and remit nancial appropriations for a given jurisdiction.
For example, the Internal Revenue Service is the authority for enforcing income tax laws in United States. In some
countries, such as India and Brazil, you're required to print legal authority information on your tax reports. Legal
authorities are dened in the Oracle Fusion Legal Entity Congurator. Tax authorities are a subset of legal authorities
and are dened using the same setup ow.
Legal authorities aren't mandatory in Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management (HCM), but are recommended and are
generally referenced on statutory reports.
98
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
Legal Jurisdictions
Create a legal jurisdiction by following these steps:
1. Navigator > Setup and Maintenance > Manage Legal Jurisdictions > Go to Task.
2. Select Create.
3. Enter a unique Name, United States Income Tax.
4. Select a Territory, United States.
5. Select a Legislative Category, Income tax.
6. Select Identifying, Yes. Identifying indicates the rst jurisdiction a legal entity must register with to do business
in a country.
7. Enter a Start Date if desired. You can also add an End Date to indicate a date that the jurisdiction may no
longer be used.
8. Select a Legal Entity Registration Code, EIN or TIN.
9. Select a Legal Reporting Unit Registration Code, Legal Reporting Unit Registration Number.
10. Optionally enter one or more Legal Functions.
11. Save and Close.
Legal Authorities
Create a legal authority by following these steps:
1. Navigator > Setup and Maintenance >Manage Legal Authorities > Go to Task.
2. Enter the Name, California Franchise Tax Board.
3. Enter the Tax Authority Type, Reporting.
Note: Create an address for the legal authority.
4. Select Create.
5. The Site Number is automatically assigned.
6. Optionally enter a Mail Stop.
7. Select Country, United States
8. Enter Address Line 1, 121 Spear Street, Suite 400.
9. Optionally enter Address Line 2, and Address Line 3.
10. Enter or Select the postal code, 94105.
11. Select Geography 94105 and Parent Geography San Francisco, San Francisco, CA.
12. OK.
13. Optionally enter a Time Zone, US Pacic Time.
14. Optionally click the One-Time Address check box.
99
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
Legal Entity
Create a legal entity by following these steps:
1. Navigator > Setup and Maintenance > Manage Legal Entity > Go to Task.
2. Accept the default Country, United States.
3. Enter Name, InFusion USA West.
4. Enter Legal Entity Identier, US0033.
5. Optionally enter Start Date. When the start date is blank the legal entity is eective from the creation date.
6. Optionally enter an End Date.
7. Optionally, if your legal entity should be registered to report payroll tax and social insurance, select the Payroll
statutory unit check box.
8. Optionally, if your legal entity has employees, select the Legal employer check box.
9. Optionally, if this legal entity is not a payroll statutory unit, select an existing payroll statutory unit to report
payroll tax and social instance on behalf of this legal entity.
10. Enter the Registration Information
11. Accept the default Identifying Jurisdiction, United States Income Tax.
12. Search for and select a Legal Address, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065.
The legal address must have been entered previously using the Manage Legal Address task.
13. OK.
14. Optionally enter a Place of Registration.
15. Enter the EIN or TIN.
16. Enter the Legal Reporting Unit Registration Number.
17. Save and Close.
18. Navigator > Setup and Maintenance > Dene Legal Entries > Manage Legal Entity > Select to set scope.
19. Select the Manage Legal Entity.
20. In the *Legal Entity list, select Select and Add.
21. Click Apply and Go to Task.
22. Select your legal entity.
23. Save and Close.
This sets the scope for your task list to the selected legal entity.
24. Save and Close.
100
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
Related Topics
• Overview
• Plan Legal Reporting Units
• Model Legal Entities
101
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
Payroll-related information, such as elements, is organized by legislative data group. Each legislative data group:
• Marks a legislation in which payroll is processed.
• Is associated with a legislative code, currency, and its own cost allocation key exeld structure.
• Is a boundary that can share the same set up and still comply with the local laws.
• Can span many jurisdictions as long as they're within one country.
• Can contain many legal entities that act as payroll statutory units.
How Legal Employers Work with Payroll Statutory Units and Tax
Reporting Units
You can designate legal entities as legal employers and payroll statutory units, which makes them available for use in
Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management (HCM). You can have only one legal entity that's also a payroll statutory unit
and legal employer, or multiple legal entities, payroll statutory units and legal employers.
Payroll statutory units and tax reporting units share a parent child relationship with the payroll statutory unit being a
parent of a tax reporting unit.
For example, if a single tax reporting unit is linked to a payroll statutory unit and two legal employers are associated
with this payroll statutory unit, then both legal employers are associated with the tax reporting unit. Use the Manage
Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task to designate an existing legal reporting unit as a tax reporting unit. You
need to select a parent payroll statutory unit when you create a legal reporting unit belonging to a legal employer (that
isn't a payroll statutory unit as well). Next, you need to designate the legal reporting unit as a tax reporting unit and
select the legal employer.
Related Topics
• Overview
102
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
These models include a legislative data group (LDG) that isn't an organization classication and show how you can
partition payroll data by associating them with a payroll statutory unit
Simple Conguration
This is an example of a simple conguration without any tax reporting units. The enterprise has only one legal entity,
which is both a payroll statutory unit and a legal employer, and shares the same boundaries. In this type reporting can
be done only at a single level. Countries such as Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) might use this type of
model, as these countries report at the legal entity level.
This gure illustrates a simple conguration where the enterprise has only one legal entity, which is both a payroll
statutory unit and a legal employer.
InFusion Corporation
Enterprise
Division
PSU
Legal
Employer
103
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
statutory unit. Tax reporting units are always associated with a specic legal employer (or employers) through the
payroll statutory unit.
The implication is that payroll statutory reporting boundaries vary from human resources (HR) management, and you
can categorize the balances separately as either a payroll statutory unit, legal employer, or a tax reporting unit.
This conguration is based on tax ling requirements, as some tax-related payments and reports are associated with a
higher level than employers. An example of a country that might use this model is the US
This gure illustrates an enterprise that has one payroll statutory unit and multiple legal employers and tax reporting
units.
InFusion Corporation
Enterprise
US Division
InFusion US
Legal Entity
USA Legislative
Data Group PSU
US LE 1 InFusion Inc
Legal Reporting Unit Legal Reporting Unit
Legal
Legal Employer
Employer
Tax Reporting
Tax Reporting
Unit
Unit
In this enterprise, legal entity is the highest level of aggregation for payroll calculations and reporting. Statutory
reporting boundaries are the same for both payroll and HR management. An example of a country that might use this
model is France.
104
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
This gure illustrates an example of an organization with one legal entity. The legal entity is both a legal employer and a
payroll statutory unit and that has two tax reporting units.
InFusion Corporation
Enterprise
Division
InFusion France
Legal Entity
France
Legislative Data PSU
Group
Legal
Employer
Using this model, you can't report on tax reporting unit balances within a legal employer, and categorize balances by
either or both organizations, as required. An example of a country that might use this model is India.
105
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
This gure illustrates an enterprise with one legal entity that's a payroll statutory unit and a legal employer. The tax
reporting units are independent from the legal employer.
InFusion Corporation
Enterprise
India Division
InFusion InFusion
Hyderabad Bangalore
Tax Reporting Tax Reporting
Unit Unit
Using this model, you can't report on tax reporting unit balances within a legal employer, and categorize balances by
either or both organizations, as required. An example of a country that might use this model is the United Kingdom
(UK).
106
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
This gure illustrates an enterprise with two legal entities, and legal employers and tax reporting units are independent
from each other.
InFusion Corporation
Enterprise
Division
Legislative
Data Group
Legal Entity Legal Entity
PSU PSU
Legal
Employer
Related Topics
• Overview
107
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
Use these examples to understand when you might dene calculation cards at each level.
Task: Manage Calculation Cards task in the Payroll Administration work area.
Task: Manage Legal Reporting Unit Calculation Cards task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Task: Manage Legal Entity Calculation Cards task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Task: Manage Calculation Value Denitions task in the Payroll Calculation work area.
If an employer qualies for a special tax rate, enter these values on a calculation card at the appropriate level.
108
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
Note:
• You must create legal addresses before creating legal entities
• You can create legal addresses for legal authorities when creating legal authorities
109
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Implementing Global Human Resources Enterprise Structures: Maintenance
If you identify a legal entity as a legal employer, and not as a payroll statutory unit, you must enter a parent payroll
statutory unit. The resulting legal reporting units are transferred to Oracle Fusion HCM as tax reporting units, but as
children of the parent payroll statutory unit that you entered, and not the legal entity that you identied as a legal
employer.
110
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Scenario
InFusion Corporation is a multinational enterprise in the high technology industry with product lines that include all
the components that are required to build and maintain air quality monitoring systems for homes and businesses.
Its primary locations are in the US and the UK, but it has smaller outlets in France, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab
Emirates (UAE).
Enterprise Details
In the US, InFusion employs 400 people and has company revenue of 120 million US dollars. Outside the US, InFusion
employs 200 people and has revenue of 60 million US dollars.
Analysis
InFusion requires three divisions.
InFusion requires legal entities with legal employers, payroll statutory units, tax reporting units, and legislative data
groups for the US, UK, France, Saudi Arabia, and UAE, to employ and pay its workers in those countries.
InFusion requires a number of departments across the enterprise for each area of business, such as sales and
marketing, and a number of cost centers to track and report on the costs of those departments.
InFusion has general managers responsible for business units within each country. Those business units may share
reference data. Some reference data can be dened within a reference data set that multiple business units may
subscribe to. Business units are also required for nancial purposes. Financial transactions are always processed within
a business unit.
111
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
This gure illustrates the enterprise conguration that results from the analysis of InFusion Corporation.
InFusion
Corporation
Extensions for
Localization
Support
- UAE
- Saudi Arabia
US UK France
Tax Reporting Tax Reporting Tax Reporting
Unit Unit Unit
Legal Legal Legal
Entity Entity Entity
Legislative Legislative Legislative
Data Group Data Group Data Group
112
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Related Topics
• Model Your Financial Reporting Structure
Disability Organizations
You can set up disability organizations to identify the external organizations with which disabled employees are
registered, and assess the degree of disability in the employee. You set up disability organizations using the Manage
Disability Organizations task in the Workforce Structures work area.
For employees with disability, you can select the disability organization in their person records, identify the registration
and expiration dates, and enter any other descriptive or legislative information about the disability.
113
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Related Topics
• Person Records
• Create Third Parties Options
Departments
A department is an organization to which you assign workers. It is an organization with one or more operational
objectives or responsibilities that exist independently of its manager. You track the department's nancial performance
through one or more cost centers. For example, sales, research and development, and human resources. You can report
and keep track of headcount by creating a department hierarchy using Oracle Fusion Trees.
Departments and cost centers example:
This gure illustrates how departments belong to legal entities within the enterprise structure.
US UK
Legal Legal
Entity Entity
Tax Tax
Business Unit Business Unit
Reporting Reporting
(US High Tech) (UK High Tech)
Unit Unit
Legislative Legislative
Data Data
Group Group
114
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
assets used by the department. You can track the nancial performance of a department through one or more cost
centers.
Related Topics
• Upload Workforce Structures Using a Spreadsheet
Cost Centers
A cost center represents the destination or function of an expense rather than the nature of the expense which is
represented by the natural account. For example, a sales cost center indicates that the expense goes to the sales
department.
A cost center is generally aached to a single legal entity. To identify the cost centers within a chart of accounts
structure use one of these two methods:
• Assign a cost center value in the value set for each cost center. For example, assign cost center values of
PL04 and G3J1 to your manufacturing teams in the US and India. These unique cost center values allow easy
aggregation of cost centers in hierarchies (trees) even if the cost centers are in dierent ledgers. However, this
approach requires dening more cost center values.
• Assign a balancing segment value with a standardized cost center value to create a combination of segment
values to represent the cost center. For example, assign the balancing segment values of 001 and 013 with
cost center PL04 to represent your manufacturing teams in the US and India. This creates 001-PL04 and 013-
PL04 as the cost center reporting values. The cost center value of PL04 has a consistent meaning. This method
requires fewer cost center values to be dened. However, it prevents construction of cost center hierarchies
using trees where only cost center values are used to report results for a single legal entity. You must specify a
balancing segment value in combination with the cost center values to report on a single legal entity.
Departments
A department is an organization with one or more operational objectives or responsibilities that exist independently of
its manager. For example, although the manager may change, the objectives don't change. Departments have one or
more workers assigned to them.
115
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
The manager of a sales department may also be responsible for meeting the revenue targets.
The nancial performance of departments is generally tracked through one or more cost centers. In Oracle Fusion
Applications, departments are dened and classied as Department organizations. Oracle Fusion Human Capital
Management (HCM) assigns workers to departments, and tracks the headcount at the departmental level.
The granularity of cost centers and their relationship to departments varies across implementations. Cost center
and department conguration may be unrelated, identical, or consist of many cost centers tracking the costs of one
department.
Department Classications
A department can be classied as a project organization, sales and marketing organization, or cost organization.
Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management (HCM) uses trees to model organization hierarchies. It provides predened
tree structures for department and other organizational hierarchies that can include organizations with any
classication.
Project Organization
Classify departments as a project owning organization to enable associating them with projects or tasks. The project
association is one of the key drivers for project access security.
In addition, you must classify departments as project expenditure organizations to enable associating them to project
expenditure items. Both project owning organizations and project expenditure organizations can be used by Oracle
Fusion Subledger Accounting to derive accounts for posting Oracle Fusion Projects accounting entries to Oracle Fusion
General Ledger.
The following gure illustrates a management hierarchy, in which the System Components Division tracks its
expenses in two cost centers, Air Compressors and Air Transmission. At the department level, two organizations with a
classication of Department are dened, the Marketing Department and Sales Department. These two departments can
be also identied as a Resource Organizations, which enable assigning resources, such as salespeople, and other sales
116
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
specic information to them. Each department is represented in the chart of accounts by more than one cost center,
enabling granular as well as hierarchical reporting.
Air Air
Compressors Transmission
Business Unit Business Unit
Sales Marketing
Department Department
US East US West
Cost Center Cost Center
Cost Organization
Oracle Fusion Costing uses a cost organization to represent a single physical inventory facility or group of inventory
storage centers, for example, inventory organizations. This cost organization can roll up to a manager with
responsibility for the cost center in the nancial reports.
A cost organization can represent a costing department. Consider this relationship when determining the setup of
departments in HCM. No system dependencies are required for these two entities, cost organization and costing
department, to be set up in the same way.
117
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
The following table summarizes key decisions that you must consider when creating a chart of .
What should be the validation type Independent. Only this type is supported for creating General Ledger (GL) cost center
for the value set? information for departments in HCM.
What should be the segment labels The rst segment is Primary Balancing Segment and the second segment is Cost Center
for the chart of account? Segment. Selecting these labels in this order is crucial in specifying the General Ledger cost
center information for a department.
Summary of Tasks
In the Setup and Maintenance work area, create a chart of account and cost center value sets to create a chart of
account structure and instance, and then associate it with the department.
1. Create the chart of account value set for the Vision Corporation US enterprise.
2. Specify Arizona and California as the values for the chart of account value set
3. Create the cost center value set for the Vision Corporation US enterprise.
4. Specify Arizona and California as the values for the cost center value set.
5. Create the chart of account structure by associating it with the chart of account and cost center value sets you
created earlier.
6. Create the chart of account structure instance by associating it with the structure.
7. Specify the General Ledger cost center information by associating it with the chart of account and the cost
center you created earlier, for creating the sales department.
Field Value
118
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Field Value
Maximum Length 5
Field Value
Value AZ
Description Arizona
Field Value
Value CA
Description California
119
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Field Value
Maximum Length 5
Field Value
Value AZ
120
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Field Value
Description Arizona
Field Value
Value CA
Description California
Field Value
121
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
6. Click Save.
7. In the Segments section, click Create.
8. Complete the elds as shown in this table.
Field Value
Sequence Number 1
Display Width 1
Field Value
122
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Field Value
Sequence Number 2
Display Width 1
Default Value Set Code Vision Corporation US Cost Center Value Set 1
Field Value
123
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Field Value
Field Value
Record Identier 10
Company AZ
Cost Center Value Set Vision Corporation US Cost Center Value Set 1
Cost Center AZ
Locations
A location identies physical addresses of a workforce structure, such as a department or a job. You create and manage
locations using the Manage Locations task in the Workforce Structures work area.
You can also create locations to enter the addresses of external organizations that you want to maintain, such as
employment agencies, tax authorities, and insurance or benets carriers.
124
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
The locations that you create exist as separate structures that you can use for reporting purposes, and in rules that
determine employee eligibility for various types of compensation and benets. You enter information about a location
only once. Subsequently, when you set up other workforce structures you select the location from a list.
Location Sets
When you create a location, you must associate it with a set. Only those users who have access to the set's business unit
can access the location set and other associated workforce structure sets, such as those that contain departments and
jobs.
The following gure shows how locations sets restrict access to users.
has
access to ...
Common Set
UK
Business Unit
UK
Location Set
125
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Related Topics
• What happens if I inactivate a location
• Upload Workforce Structures Using a Spreadsheet
Related Topics
• What's a job set
For example, the termination-related action Resignation can have the termination type as voluntary and the action
Reduction in Force can have the termination type as involuntary. Typically you enter this information to meet specic
legislative requirements or for reporting purposes.
126
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
127
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Organizations
Related Topics
• How an Employee's Schedule Is Determined
128
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Dene Grades
Grades
From the Manage Grades page, create grades to record the level of compensation for workers. You can:
• Create grades for multiple pay components, such as salary, bonus, and overtime rates
• Dene one or more grades that are applicable for jobs and positions
This list of valid grades, combined with the seings for two prole options, enables you to restrict the grades that can be
selected when you set up assignments for a worker.
Grade Steps
Grade steps are distinct increments of progression within a grade. You can set up grades with or without grade steps.
129
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
The following gure illustrates the dierence between grades with and without steps.
Pharmacy Technician
Trainee Pharmacy Technician Trainee
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Pharmacy Technician I
Pharmacy Technician I
Step 4
Pharmacy Technician II Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Grade Rates
Grade rate values are the compensation amounts associated with each grade. You can set up rates at the same time
that you create grades, or set them up independently from grades.
For grades with steps, you set up the step rates when you include them in a grade ladder. Grade rates are optional.
Grade Ladders
You can combine grades into grade ladders to group your grades or grades with steps in the sequence in which your
workers typically progress. For example, you might create three grade ladders for your enterprise: one for technical
grades, another for management grades, and a third for administrative grades.
Related Topics
• How Grades and Grade Rates Work with Jobs, Positions, Assignments, Compensation, and Payroll
• Examples of Grades, Grade Rates, and Grade Ladders
130
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Grade Rates
Grade rates contain the pay values that are related to each grade.
Grade rate values can be either a xed amount or a range of values, and you can set up rates for dierent types of pay
such as salary, overtime, and bonuses.
• Grade rates for some jobs or positions might include an hourly salary rate and an overtime rate.
• Grade rates for other jobs or positions might contain a salary rate type with a range of amounts and a bonus
rate type with a xed amount.
• Grade rates typically serve only as a guideline to validate that the salary you propose during the compensation
process for a worker on a certain grade is appropriate for that grade.
This gure illustrates a grade that has two rate types associated with it:
Grade: Admin01
131
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
This gure illustrates a dierent grade that has two rate types associated with it:
• Salary rate type that has a xed amount
• Overtime rate type that also has a xed amount
Grade: Tech02
Rate Types
The types of rates that you can set up depend on the values for lookup type GRADE_PAY_RATE_TYPE. Examples of rate
types are salary, bonus, and overtime pay.
For grades with steps, you enter rates when you aach the grades to a grade ladder.
Related Topics
• How Grades and Grade Rates Work with Jobs, Positions, Assignments, Compensation, and Payroll
• Examples of Grades, Grade Rates, and Grade Ladders
Grade Ladders
Grade ladders group grades and grades with steps in the sequence in which your workers typically progress. You create
grade ladders either from the Manage Progression Grade Ladders page (in the Compensation work area) or from the
Manage Grade Ladders page (in the Workforce Structures work area).
132
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Grade ladders describe the grades and steps to which a worker is eligible to progress and compensation value
associated with that grade and step. You may create dierent grade ladders for your enterprise: one for technical
grades, another for management grades, and a third for administrative grades.
You don't dene any grade rates when you set up a ladder with grades; the rates for the grades within the ladder are
inherited from the rates that were added when you set up the grades. To add or edit rates for grades, you must use the
Manage Grade Rates task.
You dene step rates when you set up the ladder, and the rates are unique to each ladder. You can't share step rates
between grade ladders.
Related Topics
• Examples of Grades, Grade Rates, and Grade Ladders
How Grades, Grade Rates, and Sets Work with Legislative Data
Groups
You assign grades to sets, and grade rates to legislative data groups from the Workforce Structures > Manage Grade
Rates page.
If you have grades that are common across multiple business units, you can:
133
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
The following gure illustrates how you can use sets to share grades across multiple business units and change the
grade rates for each legislative data group.
InFusion Corporation
Grade Set ID
E01 INFUS
E02 INFUS
E03 INFUS
E04 INFUS
E05 INFUS
US UK Australia
Legislative Data Group Legislative Data Group Legislative Data Group
Set ID: INFUS Set ID: INFUS Set ID: INFUS
US Dollar GB Pound AUS Dollar
For example, if your enterprise has engineer jobs in the United States, the United Kingdom, and Australia, you can
set up grades for a set that's shared between the countries, but set up dierent grade rates for each country in the
applicable currency.
134
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
The following table summarizes key decisions for the grades, rates, and grade ladder in this scenario.
Which step in each grade should be the ceiling step? The last step in each grade.
Will the ladder be created using grades or grades with steps? Grades with steps.
Creating Grades
1. In the Workforce Structures work area, click Manage Grades to open the Manage Grades page.
2. On the Manage Grades page, click Create to open the Create Grade: Grade Details page.
3. In the Grade Details region of the Create Grade: Grade Details page, complete the elds as shown in this table,
using the default values unless otherwise indicated.
Field Value
Common
Grade Set
Technicians 03
Name
Tech03
Code
Field Value
Year 1
Step Name
135
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Field Value
Year 2
Step Name
Year 3
Step Name
Year 4
Step Name
Field Value
Year 1
Step Name
Year 2
Step Name
Year 3
Step Name
Year 4
Step Name
136
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Field Value
Common
Grade Set
Metal Technicians
Name
Field Value
Salary
Rate Type
Monthly
Frequency
12
Annualization Factor
EUR
Currency
18. In the Step Rate Values region, enter rates for the four steps in each grade by completing the elds as shown in
this table.
137
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Related Topics
• Examples of Grades, Grade Rates, and Grade Ladders
138
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Spine Points
Some public sector organizations in the United Kingdom (UK) use spine points to structure their grades. Each spine
point corresponds to one or more steps within a grade, as grades often overlap each other.
Grade Structure
You can use grade ladders to meet the requirements of a grade structure with spine points. The following table
illustrates a grade structure with spine points that's similar to the one used for university workers in the UK.
2 26,361
3 27,068
4 27,796
5 30,394
6 31,778 2
7 32,648
8 33,542
9 34,466
10 35,425
11 38,441
12 39,510 3
13 40,634
14 41,746
15 42,914
16 44,118
17 45,358
139
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Analysis
To set up grades for the spine point structure, you must:
• Create three grades with steps and name each step using the spine point number.
• Create a grade ladder with all three grades.
• Create step rates with annual salary amounts.
The following table lists the grades, steps, and rates to add to the ladder.
140
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Related Topics
• Examples of Grades, Grade Rates, and Grade Ladders
141
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
• Viewed in Manage Progression • Viewed in Manage Grade Ladders page in Workforce Structures work area
Grade Ladders page in
Compensation work area
• Required if you are using
grade step progression or rate
synchronization processes
• Enables population of worker
salary record from grade or
step rates during employment
transactions
• Only one rate (grade rate
or step rate) allowed per
progression grade ladder
• Associated with a single
legislative data group
Worker Unions
The worker union is a Human Capital Management (HCM) organization. You can create a new worker union or select an
existing organization to dene a worker union. The details of a worker union are country-specic and the country value
is mandatory for a worker union. You can optionally aach any supporting documents for the worker union. A worker
union holds date-eective aributes. Therefore, you can track the changes to the worker union over a period of time.
You can also inactivate the worker union. You can congure additional aributes specic to any legislation or customer
using the available descriptive exelds and extensible exelds.
You can provide additional information for the worker union organization, such as worker union code and its
description. You can optionally associate worker unions with their aliated bargaining units. The values in the
Bargaining Unit and Location elds are ltered to match the country you selected. You can add more than one work
union contact and enter the contact details, such as contact name, union title, work phone, and work Email.
142
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
You can provide details of the parties negotiating the collective agreement, such as the employee and employer
organizations. The employee organization can be the trade union or bargaining unit representing the employee while
the employer organization is represented by the company management.
A collective agreement is date-eective, therefore, you can track changes to a collective agreement over time.
You can also inactivate the collective agreement. You can congure additional aributes specic to a legislation or
customer using the available descriptive exelds and extensible exelds. If you specify a Valid To date for a collective
agreement, it lapses after that date and you can't link it to an employee.
Note: If the collective agreement is linked to an assignment, you can't edit the Identication Code, Country,
Bargaining Unit, Union, and Legal Employer elds. Additionally, you can't delete the collective agreement.
Collective Agreements
A collective agreement is a special type of commercial agreement that's negotiated collectively between the
management (on behalf of the company) and trade unions (on behalf of employees). The agreement regulates the
terms and conditions of employees in their workplace, their duties, and the duties of the employer.
The union, bargaining unit, and collective agreement that you can select for linking with an assignment are ltered as
described in this table:
Union The list of values is ltered to show unions that are active as of the start date and whose
country matches the country of the legal employer on the worker assignment.
Bargaining Unit • The list of values is ltered to show bargaining units that are active as of the start date
and are associated with the selected union.
• If you don't select a union, the list of values is ltered to show bargaining units that are
active as of the start date, and whose country matches the legal employer country or
have no country tag itself.
143
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Collective Agreement
If you select a bargaining unit without selecting a union, the list of values is ltered this way:
• List of values shows collective agreements that are active and don't have an associated
union or bargaining unit value.
• List of values shows collective agreements that are active and match the selected
bargaining unit, but don't have an associated union.
If you select a union without selecting a bargaining unit, the list of values is ltered this way:
• List of values shows collective agreements that are active and don't have an associated
union or bargaining unit value.
• List of values shows collective agreements that are active and match the selected union,
but don't have an associated bargaining unit.
If you don't select a union or bargaining unit, the Collective Agreement list of values is ltered
to show all active collective agreements as of the start date.
If you select a union and a bargaining unit, the list of values is ltered this way:
• List of values shows collective agreements that are active and don't have an associated
union or bargaining unit value.
• List of values shows collective agreements that are active and match the selected union
and bargaining unit.
144
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Related Topics
• Modify Pages
• Modify Page Components Using Resource Catalog
Basic Details
Basic details for a job include an eective start date, a job set, a name, and a code.
A job code must be unique within a set. Therefore, you can create a job with the code DEV01 in the US set and another
job with the same code in the UK set. However, if you create a job with the code DEV01 in the Common set, then you
can't create a job with the same code in any other set.
Benchmark Information
You can identify a job as being a benchmark job. A benchmark job represents other jobs in reports and salary surveys.
You can also select the benchmark for jobs. Benchmark details are for informational purposes only.
Progression Information
A progression job is the next job in a career ladder. Progression jobs enable you to create a hierarchy of jobs and are
used to provide the list of values for the Job eld in the Promote Worker and Transfer Worker tasks.
The list of values includes the next three jobs in the progression job hierarchy. For example, assume that you create
a job called Junior Developer and select Developer as the progression job. In the Developer job, you select Senior
Developer as the progression job. When you promote a junior developer, the list of values for the new job will include
Developer and Senior Developer. You can select one of these values, or select another one.
145
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Evaluation Criteria
You can dene evaluation criteria for a job, including the evaluation system, a date, and the unit of measure for the
evaluation system.. The Hay system is the predened evaluation system that's available. An additional value of Custom
is included in the list of values for the Evaluation System eld, but you must add your own criteria and values for this
system.
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Using Desktop Integrated Excel Workbooks
• Considerations for Enforcing Grades at Assignment Level
Examples of Jobs
Jobs are typically used without positions by service industries where exibility and organizational change are key
features.
Software Industry
For example, XYZ Corporation has a director over the departments for developers, quality assurance, and technical
writers.
In software industries, the organization is uid. Using jobs gives an enterprise the exibility to determine where to use
headcount, because the job only exists through the person performing it. In this example, when the three developers
leave XYZ Corporation, their jobs no longer exist, therefore the corporation has the exibility to move the headcount to
other areas.
146
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
XYZ Corporation
Technology
Department
Quality Assurance
Developer Technical Writer
Specialist
Job Titles
Examples of Positions
Positions are typically used by industries that use detailed approval rules, which perform detailed budgeting and
maintain headcounts, or have high turnover rates.
Retail Industry
ABC Corporation has high turnovers. It loses approximately 5% of its cashiers monthly. The job of the cashier includes
three positions: front line cashier, service desk cashier, and layaway cashier. Each job is cross-trained to take over
another cashier's position. When one cashier leaves from any of the positions, another existing cashier from the
front line, service desk or layaway can assist where needed. But to ensure short lines and customer satisfaction, ABC
Corporation must replace each cashier lost to turnover. Since turnover is high in retail it's beer for this industry to use
positions.
Also, an added advantage to using Positions is when you hire somebody new, many of the aributes are inherited from
the position. This speeds up the hiring process.
147
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Store Manager
Phil Jones
Assistant Store
Manager
Anita Camp
Cash Supervisor
Currently vacant
Service Desk
Front Line Cashier Layaway Cashier
Cashier
10 positions 2 positions
3 positions
The hospital has a structured headcount and detailed budgeting. For example, a specic number of surgeons, nurses,
and interns of various types are needed. These positions must be lled in order for the hospital to run smoothly. Use
jobs and positions when you apply detailed headcount rules.
148
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Hospital
Licensed
Cardiac Neural Registered Cardiac Neural
Practical
Surgeon Surgeon Nurse Intern Intern
Nurse
Positions
General Nursing General
Surgeon Aide Intern
Job Lookups
The following table describes Job lookup types.
JOB_ FUNCTION_CODE Describes the primary function of a job. Used for grouping and reporting jobs of like functions.
EVAL_SYSTEM Identies the evaluation system used for the job or position.
EVAL_ SYSTEM_MEAS Identies the measurement unit for the evaluation criteria.
Position Lookups
The following table describes Position lookup types.
149
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
EVAL_SYSTEM Identies the evaluation system used for the job or position.
EVAL_ SYSTEM_MEAS Identies the measurement unit for the evaluation criteria.
BARGAINING_ UNIT_CODE Identies a legally organized group of people which has the right to negotiate on all aspects of
terms and conditions with employers or employer federations.
PROBATION_ PERIOD Species the unit of measurement for the probation period of a position. For example, 365
Day, 52 Week, 12 Month, or 1 Year.
Related Topics
• Overview of Lookups
150
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Note: You can't enter values in the DFF Reference sheet, you can only view details of the descriptive exelds.
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Using Desktop Integrated Excel Workbooks
Position Synchronization
If position synchronization is enabled, assignments inherit specied values from the associated position.
Synchronized Aributes
You can select any of the following aributes for synchronization when position synchronization is enabled:
• Department
• Job
• Location
• Grade
• Grade Ladder
• Manager
• Full Time or Part Time
• Regular or Temporary
• Assignment Category
• FTE and Working Hours
• Start Time and End Time
• Probation Period
• Union, Bargaining Unit and Collective Agreement
• Synchronize Mapped Flexelds
Position Changes
All active assignments that are synchronized from position automatically inherit changes from the position. Assignment
aributes synchronized from position automatically inherit changes from the position. For those aributes not
synchronized from position, you can either retain the existing values or update values from the position.
151
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
The Review page in the Edit Position page displays the list of impacted assignments with a status for each assignment.
The status indicates if there are any issues due to the position change. You must correct all errors before submiing the
position changes.
Assignment Changes
When you change the position in existing assignments you have a choice whether to inherit the values for those
aributes which aren't synchronized from the position. If you choose not to inherit, then the previous values remain
unchanged.
The incremental aening process is triggered when you add or change a parent position. The aening process will
update the changes in the position hierarchy.
When you change the position in an existing assignment, the manager value is updated based on the parent position of
the changed position. If the parent position doesn't have an incumbent, the incumbent in the position in the next level
up in the hierarchy is the new manager.
• Enable position synchronization before you load the assignments. If you enable it after the assignments are
loaded, then you can synchronize from positions for current and future dates only.
• Set the Synchronize from Position (Position Override) aribute on the employment terms or assignment
object to Y.
After loading the assignments, you must run the Synchronize Person Assignments from Position process to
synchronize the assignments. When you run the process, set the Past Period to Be Considered in Days parameter to
an appropriate value. For example, if you set this parameter to 60 days, then any assignment records with start dates
during the previous 60 days are synchronized from positions. By default, Past Period to Be Considered in Days is set
to 30 days.
Related Topics
• How Assignment Values Are Inherited from Position
152
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
If you enable position synchronization at the legal entity and the enterprise levels, then the seings specied at the legal
employer level takes precedence over the seings specied at the enterprise level.
Select No for the Enable Position Synchronization aribute, to exclude a specic legal employer.
You can also use the same seings as dened for the enterprise. In this case, you must select the Use Enterprise option,
which is the default value. If position synchronization is congured only at the enterprise level, then the assignment
inherits the aribute values from the position selected. You can also override these values at the assignment level.
• You can specify the parent position for a position on the Create and Edit Position pages in the Workforce
Structures work area. When you search for positions based on a parent position, it will show all child positions
for the specic parent position.
• You can also use the hierarchy to synchronize the line manager in the assignment from the line manager value
in the parent position.
• You can view the positions that are part of the HCM position hierarchy on the My Team page and view the
incumbents for a position.
• You can inactivate a position only if an incumbent with an inactive assignment exists.
153
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
When the position hierarchy is aened, then schedule to run the Synchronize Person Assignments from Position
process. This will apply the manager changes in assignments if the position hierarchy is changed after person and
assignments are created. The assignment changes can exist on the current date, date in the future, or in the past.
You can't change the position hierarchy conguration if the line manager is synchronized based on the HCM position
hierarchy. However, if line manager synchronization was congured as of a date in the past, then you can correct the
position hierarchy conguration.
The nodes of the position hierarchy represent positions and parent positions. You can:
• Add child positions under a position either by creating a new position or by selecting an existing position as the
child.
• Create a copy of an existing position by specifying a new name and code. The rest of the information is copied
from the original position to the copy. You can change any information that you want.
• Edit the position.
• View the incumbent details including name, person type, person number, position entry and exit dates, and
their status as of the current date.
• Delete any position that doesn't have any incumbents or child positions.
When there is a change in the position hierarchy, the aected assignments are automatically updated. Alternately, when
you update a position using the HCM Data Loader run the Synchronize Person Assignments from Position process for
154
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
the assignments to inherit the position changes. For example, if a position is moved under a dierent parent position, if
there are any direct reports they're automatically reassigned to the incumbent in the new parent position. If there is no
manager in the parent position, the application checks for the incumbent in the grandparent position, or until it nds an
incumbent. If there are multiple incumbents in a parent position, the incumbent with the longest tenure in the position
is assigned as the new manager, You can change the manager to the other incumbent on the Manage Employment
page.
If you move a position or remove it from the hierarchy, the grandparent position becomes the new parent position for
all the child positions. For example, if you have a hierarchy as follows: Manager (grandparent), Team lead (parent), and
Developer (child), and you move the Team Lead position to a dierent branch. The Manager position is the new parent
position for the Developer position.
Note: If you're using HCM position hierarchy, remove the function privilege for the Manage Position Trees
task in the Setup and Maintenance work area for your users. You can also hide the Manager eld on the
Create Position and Edit Position pages using personalization if you synchronize the line manager using
position hierarchy.
Position Manager
Use the position manager to synchronize the line manager on the assignment with the line manager dened for the
position. You can use this option if you're not using the HCM Position Hierarchy and want to manually maintain the
manager at the position. .
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Loading Positions
Note: You must schedule this process to run on a regular basis. If you are synchronizing the manager, then
it's recommended to run this process daily.
Use the Schedule New Process page in the Scheduled Processes work area to run the Synchronize Person Assignment
from Position process.
Before you run the process, you must enable position synchronization on the Manage Enterprise HCM Information or
Manage Legal Entity HCM Information tasks in the Setup and Maintenance work area
Process Parameters
Past Period to Be Considered in Days
155
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Number of days in the past to be considered for updating the aribute in the assignments. The default value is 30 days.
Select Yes to run the process for the enterprise, or No to run it for a specic legal entity.
Legal Entity
Process Results
This process updates all aected assignments with the changes from the position. This includes:
• Changes due to position synchronization.
• Past or future-dated changes to the position hierarchy.
• Rollback of line manager changes in assignments for reverse termination.
• Line manager hierarchy changes
• Flexeld-mapping changes.
• Changes in position loaded using HCM Data Loader
Use the task to map assignment descriptive exeld segments to position descriptive exeld segments. Synchronizing
mapped exelds includes the following steps:
1. Dene exeld mapping
2. Enabling exeld synchronization
3. Synchronizing assignment exelds from position exelds
Field Description
Source Context The context for the position descriptive exeld. If you want to map a global position
exeld segment, leave the source context blank
Source Segment The position descriptive exeld segment of the selected context or the global segment if
the context was left blank
156
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Field Description
Destination Context The context for the assignment descriptive exeld you want to map the position exeld to.
If you want to map it to a global assignment exeld segment, leave the destination context
blank.
Destination Segment The assignment descriptive exeld segment of the selected assignment context or the
global segment if the context was left blank.
Enterprise Conguration: Enable Specify whether you want to use this exeld mapping for position synchronization for the
Position Synchronization enterprise. Leave this eld blank if the exeld mapping applies to a specic legal employer.
Legal Employer Conguration: Legal Use this option if the exeld mapping doesn't apply to the enterprise. You can select
Employer multiple legal employers. Select the legal employer.
Legal Employer Conguration: Specify whether you want to use this exeld mapping for position synchronization for the
Enable Position Synchronization selected legal employer.
3. Add more mappings as required and specify information described in step 2 for each row.
4. Save the mapping.
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, click the Manage Enterprise HCM Informationtask to enable the
seing for the enterprise, or click the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task to enable the seing for a
specic legal entity.
2. Click Edit and select Update.
3. Select the Enable Position Synchronization and Synchronize Mapped Flexelds check boxes in the Position
Synchronization Conguration section.
4. Click Submit.
157
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
When you change the position value in an assignment, all synchronized global segments inherit the value from the new
position. You can manually update those segments that have a blank value in the position.
When you change the position value in an assignment, all context specic segments inherit the value from the new
position. If the new position has similar values to the old position and additional contexts dened, the assignments
retain the same values and inherit the additional values from the new position.
Selecting and removing a position in an assignment makes the context and segments editable but the current values
aren't removed if they are synchronized from the position.
Numeric or Character
You can map exelds of the same type (for example, numeric-to-numeric or character-to-character only), same
precision, and the same value set (same value set ID).
Related Topics
• Considerations for Managing Descriptive Flexelds
• Manually
• Automatically prior to submission
• Automatically upon nal save
Manual: Use this method to manually enter a position code when creating a position. You can update the position code
in the Manage position page. This method is the default method for generating the position code.
Automatic prior to submission: Use this method to automatically create and display the position code when you create
a position. This method may create gaps in the position code sequence if the transaction is canceled after the position
code is generated.
Automatic upon nal save: Use this method to create position codes only after the Create Position transaction is
approved. You can't see the position code when you are creating the position but can see it on the Manage Position
page after the transaction is approved. This method generates position codes without gaps in the sequence.
158
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
The Automatic prior to submission and Automatic upon nal save methods use an enterprise number sequence. All
position codes that are generated using the automatic methods are numeric only. By default, the sequence starts from
1; however, you can change the starting number. The position code increments by one for each new position created.
You can change the position code generation method from Automatic prior to submission method to the Automatic
upon nal save method and the other way around. You can also change from the automatic method to the manual
method and the other way around but you must be careful which method you choose if you have existing data. You
can't edit an automatically generated position code.
Using the initial position code option, you can retain the legacy position codes for existing positions. Additionally, you
can automate the number generation for new positions, starting from the last legacy person number plus one. You can
change the initial position code.
As a prerequisite, you specify a parent position to synchronize the line manager from the parent position. When you
select to synchronize the line manager using the position hierarchy the incumbent in the parent position is populated as
the new manager.
159
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
Related Topics
• Work Day Information
Why can't I see the position code for the new position?
Based on your enterprise seings, the position code is generated after the Create Position transaction is approved. For
example, once the transaction is approved, you can see the position code on the Manage Position page.
Manage Trees
HCM Trees
Oracle Fusion trees graphically represent the hierarchical structures of your organization. You manage trees in the
Workforce Structures work area.
There are predened tree structures for department, organization, position, and geography. You can't change the
predened HCM tree structures. With the exception of geography trees, you can create multiple trees for each HCM tree
type, and multiple versions of each tree. however, only one version of a tree can be active at any time.
Department Trees
You can create multiple department trees using the predened department tree structure. The rst node of the tree is
a department and you can have only one rst node for a department tree. You can't add a department as a node more
than once in the same tree version. You can secure data by using department trees in an organization security prole.
Organization Trees
You can automatically create a default organization tree if you use the Oracle Fusion Enterprise Structures Congurator
to set up your enterprise. You can create the tree with the ultimate holding company as the rst node, divisions and
country holding companies in the second level and legal employers in the third level. If you aren't using the Enterprise
Structures Congurator, you can create organization trees using the predened tree structure. You can select any type
of organization as the rst node and for the child nodes, but there can be only one rst node.
You can secure HCM data using an organization tree, to identify organizations in an organization security prole
Position Trees
You can create multiple position trees using the predened position tree structure in the Workforce Structures work
area. You can then create multiple versions to establish reporting relationships among positions. position trees can have
only one rst node.
160
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
The following gure illustrates a position hierarchy that you can establish using a position tree.
Director of Director of
Information Human Director of
Technology Resources Manufacturing
Geography Trees
You can create versions of the predened geography tree structure to represent countries in which your enterprise
operates. For each country, you can dene lower-level nodes such as states and cities. For example, United Kingdom -
England - London. You manage trees in the Workforce Structures work area.
Although you can create multiple versions, you can create only one tree in the hierarchy. Geography trees also have
only one rst node.
Calendar Events
You use the geography tree to specify the locations to which calendar events apply. You can create the tree using these
conditions.
• If an event applies to your entire enterprise, you can aach it to the rst node in the tree, for example, Global.
• If an event applies only to specic countries in your enterprise, you can aach it to the nodes for those specic
countries, for example, United Kingdom.
• If an event applies only to specic states or cities in a country, you can aach it to the state or city level nodes.
For example, England, London.
161
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Structures: Others
This gure illustrates the geographical hierarchy that you can establish using a geography tree.
Global
Related Topics
• Create a Calendar Event Using a Geographic Tree
• How can I associate calendar events with countries
• Guidelines for Managing Trees and Tree Versions
162
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
9 Person
Manual: You can use the Manual method to manually enter a person number when creating person records. You can
update person numbers in the Manage Person page.
Automatic prior to submission: The Automatic prior to submission method automatically creates and displays person
numbers when creating person records. This method is the default method for person number generation.
Note: The Automatic prior to submission method may create gaps in the person number sequence if the
transaction is canceled after the person number is generated.
Automatic upon nal save: The Automatic upon nal save method creates person numbers only after the Add Person
transaction is approved. You can't view the person number when creating the person record. However, you can view the
person number on the Manage Person page after the transaction is approved. This method generates person numbers
without gaps in the sequence.
Note: Person numbers are also assigned to contacts if they are created as a part of the Add Person
transaction. For example, if a person is assigned person number 5 and two contacts are created during the
Add Person transaction, then the contacts will be assigned person number 6 and 7. This means the next new
person will be assigned person number 8.
The Automatic prior to submission and Automatic upon nal save methods use an enterprise number sequence. By
default, the sequence starts from 1; however, you can change the starting number. The person number increments by
one for each new person record created.
You can change the person number generation method but you must be careful of the method that you select if you
have existing data. You can change from Automatic prior to submission method to the Automatic upon nal save
method and change it back again. You can also change from the automatic method to the manual method and change
this to the former.
Using the initial person number option, you can retain the legacy person numbers for existing persons. Additionally,
you can automate the number generation for new persons, starting from the last legacy person number plus one. You
can change the initial person number.
163
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
Related Topics
• Worker Numbers
Person Types
You use person types to identify dierent groups of people in your enterprise.
For example, for purposes of reporting, you may want to identify the following:
• Contractual workers in your enterprise with the Contingent Worker person type.
• Regular employees with the Employee person type.
164
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
Name Styles
The name style determines these things:
• Which components of a person's name to display. For example, one country may display rst name and last
name while another may display the middle name too
• What's the order of display of the components
• Which components are required and which are optional. For example, title may be optional in some countries.
The legal employer sets the legislative context for the person record. So, if the legal employer is a Canadian
legal entity, the Canadian name style is used. When a country-specic name style doesn't exist, a universal
name style (last name, rst name, title, and middle names) is used
Note: A person's contacts have the same name style as the person for whom they're contacts.
Name Formats
A name format is an arrangement of the name components.
• The format is an arrangement of these name components: rst name, last name, and title. You can choose
from these predened name formats: Display name, List name, Full name, and Order name.
• The format can dier based on the display context. For example, in an ordered list of names, last name may
appear before rst name, but in other contexts rst name appears before last name.
Global or Local
The prole option HR: Local or Global Name Format controls whether users see local names or global names. The
prole option HR: Local or Global Name Format controls whether users see local names or global names by default.
Global names use one name format. Users who manage people across countries may want to see the names displayed
consistently so may use global names for example. Users who view or manage persons in a single country may prefer to
see local names
Person-Name Languages
Each enterprise has a global-name language. Person names appear in this language by default. When you create a
person record, you can dene what language to use for the local name. Names appear in this language for users whose
HR: Local or Global Name Format prole option value matches the language.
• You set the local-name language in a person record to Japanese. Users whose HR: Local or Global Name
Format prole option is set to Japanese see the person's name in Japanese.
• All other users (those who are viewing global-format names or whose HR: Local or Global Name Format
prole option is set to a value other than Japanese) see the person's name in American English. Users can set
preferences to select the language in which they want to see person names displayed in.
165
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
• You can create name styles for countries that have none.
• You can copy an existing style to use as the basis.
• You can create a new name style in case of specic requirements for a country
For countries that do not have a predened person name style, the universal name style applies by default.
You cannot delete predened components and make mandatory components optional. You can delete only those
components that were added to a predened name style. You cannot delete a predened name style.
Note: You can create, edit, and delete user-dened name style and its components any time. If a user-dened
name style is deleted after person names have been created using that style, the universal name style applies
by default.
• The name components Name Information 1 through Name Information 14 are reserved for localization
requirements.
• You can use the components Name Information 15 through Name Information 30 to dene specic person
name components for a country.
For example, if you want to capture Mother's Maiden Name for a country, you can use the name component Name
Information 15, and denote the display name for this component as Mother's Maiden Name.
166
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
The following gure displays a sample name format, including the components and punctuation marks.
2 5 8 10
1 3 4 6 7 9
2 Comma 7 Space
Full Name Names that appear in reports. [Last Name], [First Name] [Middle Name]
[Title]
Display Name Names that appear singly, for example, on [First Name] [Prex] [Last Name]
the Person Management page header.
167
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
List Name Names that appear in lists [Prex] [Last Name], [First Name]
Order Name Names that appear in name-ordered lists [Last Name] [First Name]
where the full name alone isn't sucient
to sort the list.
Note: When you create or edit format types, to avoid creating blank person names, ensure that you include at
least one name component that is never blank.
When you create a new format on the basis of an existing format type, you identify it as either local or global. For local
format types, you must also select the legislation that the format type applies to
• A local format is suitable for users in a single legislation who prefer to see person names in a character set
appropriate to their legislation.
• A global format is suitable for users in a multinational enterprise who prefer to see person names in a single
(typically, Western) character set, so that all names, regardless of origin, have the same representation.
It's important to understand these phone lookup codes since the virtual private database policy relies on the lookup
codes:
W1 Work Phone
168
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
WF Work Fax
If you want to change the phone type, keep in mind the lookup code and how the VPD policy works with that lookup
code. Lookup codes starting with W indicate the phone number is public and can be viewed by all. Lookup codes not
starting with W indicate the phone number is private and can be seen only by people with the required privileges.
• The automatic process doesn't apply future-dated changes to the PER_KEYWORDS table.
• The process ensures that all changes are copied to the PER_KEYWORDS table, despite any temporary failures
of the automatic process.
169
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
The likely volume and frequency of changes to person records in your enterprise will determine how often you run the
process:
• If the volume and frequency are high, you need to schedule the process to run frequently.
• If the volume and frequency are low, running the process once a month is recommended.
Running the Update Person Search Keywords process refreshes the whole PER_KEYWORDS table. Therefore, you must
run the process at times of low activity to avoid performance problems.
Keyword Indexing
Keywords are indexed values, which means that they're copied from person records and organized in a keywords table
for fast retrieval. Most changes to person records are copied to ensure that the source and indexed values don't dier.
Your enterprise can also run a keyword-refresh process to update all keywords and x any discrepancies. Depending on
when this process was last run, some recent changes to person records may not appear in search results.
There's an implied OR condition between the search criteria when you use keyword search. When you use the name
search, there's an implied AND condition between the search criteria For example, when you enter Chris Harper in the
Name eld, all person records that have both Chris and Harper in the full name are shown in the search results. Here are
some examples:
170
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
• Harper, Chris
• Harper, Christopher
Date-Eective Search
In the person search UI, you can enter an eective as-of date. When date-eective values such as work location are
copied to the keywords table, their history isn't copied: only the latest change is stored in the keywords table. Therefore,
if you enter both a keyword value and an eective as-of date, the search results may not be as expected. Here's an
example:
• You change the work location of assignment 12345 from Headquarters to Regional Oce on 27 January, 2011.
• The changed work location is copied automatically to the keywords table on 27 January, 2011.
• You search for a person on 1 February, 2011 using the keyword Headquarters and the eective as-of date 10
January, 2011.
Although the work location on 10 January, 2011 was Headquarters, assignment 12345 doesn't appear in the search
results because the work location stored in the keywords table at the time of the search is Regional Oce.
171
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
Note: You must run the Update Person Search Keywords process rst and then the Optimize Person Search
Keywords process. You cant schedule both processes simultaneously. If you schedule them at the same time,
the second process will wait for the rst process to complete before it starts.
If you make changes to person records daily, it is recommended that you schedule Synchronize Person Records to run
daily on the system date (without specifying start and end dates).
Note: In the Coexistence for HCM environment, you can run Synchronize Person Records after you upload
person records to Oracle Fusion for the rst time. When you run the process, specify the start date (start date
of the oldest person record) and end date (system date). When you load person records subsequently, run
Synchronize Person Records on the system date (without specifying start and end dates). Don't schedule the
process to run daily.
172
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
• Person details:
◦ Name
◦ Work email
◦ Phones
◦ Image
◦ Service dates
• Assignment details:
◦ Job
◦ Position
◦ Department
◦ Work location
◦ Work location address
◦ Manager
◦ Work type
Note: The ChangedPersonDetails event is not generated if you make changes to the following existing person
details:
• Job
• Position
• Department
• Work location
• Work location address
Person Lookups
This topic identies common lookups that are person-related and have user or extensible conguration levels. Review
these lookups, and update them as appropriate to suit enterprise requirements using the Manage Common Lookups
task.
173
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
ORA_ PER_ EXT_ IDENTIFIER_ TYPES Type of a person's identier in an external User
application, such as time device badge
identier, third-party payroll identier, or
third-party payroll alternate identier
PER_ NATIONAL_ IDENTIFIER_ TYPE Type of a person's national identier, such User
as social security number, civil registration
number, or national insurance number
174
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
175
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
ORA_ PER_ SELF_ DISCLOSE_ DISABILITY Type of self-disclosure responses for a User
disability based on the country selection.
• Whether user accounts are created automatically when you create a person, user, or party record
• The automatic provisioning of roles to users at account creation
Note: User accounts without roles are suspended automatically. Therefore, roles are provisioned
automatically at account creation to avoid this automatic suspension.
176
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
Related Topics
• User Account Creation Option
• User Account Role Provisioning Option
• User Account Maintenance Option
• User Account Creation for Terminated Workers Option
177
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
You run the Refresh Manager Hierarchy process in the Scheduled Processes work area. To run the process, you
must have the Human Resource Specialist job role. The process has no default schedule. You can run the process
occasionally to perform a complete refresh of the denormalized manager hierarchy. Alternatively, you can specify a
schedule to run the process at regular intervals. Refresh Manager Hierarchy processes all types of manager hierarchies.
In addition to performing full refreshes of the manager hierarchy, you can perform incremental refreshes. With this
approach, you refresh the hierarchy based on manager changes occurring in the previous N days. Schedule a full
refresh every month or quarter and an incremental refresh every day or week, for example.
Note: You cannot inactivate a default user person type. You must rst select a dierent user person type as
the default.
178
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
Related Topics
• Edit and Reorder Groups and Page Entries for Navigation
179
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Implementing Global Human Resources Person
180
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
10 Employment
Action
You can view a history of eective-dated changes (assignment history, for example), and the action and reason details
are particularly useful for reporting and tracking.
You can use actions to categorize the type of change. Each predened termination action is associated with a
termination type (either voluntary or involuntary) to help categorize the termination. For example, the termination
actions Death and Reduction in Force are categorized as voluntary and involuntary respectively.
In certain cases, actions determine the business ow. For example, you can select from a list of employment-related
actions, such as Assignment Change, Transfer, or Termination. The action you select determines the path you take
through the current business ow.
To create your own actions, use the Manage Actions task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Note: If you are creating your own termination-related action, it is highly recommended that you specify the
termination type for the action, whether it is voluntary or involuntary. This information is useful for analysis
and reporting purposes.
Action Reason
You can optionally associate reasons with actions, which is primarily useful for analysis and reporting purposes. For
example, a generic action of termination could have reasons such as voluntary retirement or involuntary layo. You can
view the action and reason details in the Employee Termination Report. Line managers can view predictions about who
is likely to leave voluntarily, which are based on existing and historical terminations data.
The process that generates the predictions uses the action and reason data to identify whether a termination is
voluntary or involuntary. When managers allocate compensation to their workers, they can select from a list of action
reasons that help identify the type of or reason for the compensation allocation.
Action Type
An action type:
• Identies the type of business process associated with the action and determines what happens when you
select an action.
• Is associated with one or more predened actions.
You can associate the actions you create with the predened action types. For example, the Hire an Employee action
type is associated with the Hire action. You could create an action Hire Part-Time and associate it with the Hire an
Employee action type. Your action will then appear in the Actions list in the Hire an Employee page. To hire a part-time
employee, users can select the Hire Part-Time action instead of the predened Hire action
181
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Action Tracking
When an assignment-related action occurs, a record of the action is stored in the PER_ACTION_OCCURENCES table. For
example, when you cancel a work relationship, the assignment record is deleted. However, the record of this action is
stored in the PER_ACTION_OCCURENCES table. You can search for a person whose work relationship was canceled by
querying this table. The PARENT_ENTITY_KEY_ID column in the table stores the person ID of the person whose work
relationship was canceled.
Related Topics
• What's the purpose of the legislative action aributes
Employment Model
The employment model comprises two types of entities, which are work relationships and assignments. To congure
employment models for the enterprise or for individual legal employers, use the Manage Enterprise HCM Information
and Manage Legal Entity HCM Information tasks in the Setup and Maintenance work area respectively.
When you congure the employment model for the enterprise or legal employer (when you create or update the
enterprise or legal employer), you can select from four options:
• Single Assignment
• Single Assignment with Contract
• Multiple Assignments
• Multiple Contracts with Single Assignment
Single Assignment
If you select Single Assignment, each work relationship of any type has one assignment only.
182
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Creating the work relationship automatically creates the assignment. Including contract information in the assignment
is optional.
Multiple Assignments
If you select Multiple Assignments, each work relationship of any type can include one or more assignments.
Creating the work relationship automatically creates one assignment. Additional assignments are optional; you create
those manually.
183
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Creating the work relationship automatically creates one assignment. Additional assignments are optional; you create
those manually. Including contract information in the assignment is optional.
Related Topics
• Assignments
• Work Relationships
184
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Note: Yes, provided that no work relationships exist in the enterprise or legal employer.
Employment Lookups
This topic identies common lookups that are employment-related and have user or extensible conguration levels.
Review these lookups, and update them as appropriate to suit enterprise requirements. You review lookups using the
Manage Common Lookups task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
185
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Assignment Lookups
Assignment lookups are described in the following table.
Note: If your enterprise uses matrix management (where a worker assignment has multiple managers of
dierent types), then you must review the predened manager types in the PER_SUPERVISOR_TYPE lookup
and add any missing types. You may also need to create job roles for managers other than line managers and
ensure that they have appropriate access to the records of workers who report to them.
Terminations Lookups
Terminations lookups are described in the following table.
186
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Guided Flows: Future-Dated Records You can use this option to control whether None
Validation managers can update assignments with
future-dated records using the self service
employment pages. You can select from
the following values:
None: No validation is displayed.
Error: An error message is displayed
indicating that the assignment has a
future-dated record and the user is
prevented from updating the assignment.
Warning: A warning message is displayed
indicating that the assignment has a
future-dated record. The user can choose
to ignore the message and continue with
the transaction.
Validation For Existing Subordinates You can use this option to control whether Error
Termination users can terminate workers with direct
reports using the Terminate Work
Relationship page. You can select from the
following values:
Error: An error message is displayed
indicating that the worker has direct
reports and the user is prevented from
terminating the worker.
None: No validation is displayed.
Warning: A warning message is displayed
indicating that the worker has direct
reports. The user can choose to ignore
the message and continue with the
transaction.
187
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Employment: Approver Region Collapsed You can use this option to control whether Y
the Approvers region appears expanded
or collapsed in the Review pages in
employment ows. You can select from
the following values:
Y: The Approvers region appears
collapsed.
N: The Approvers region appears
expanded.
Automatically Convert Pending Workers You can use this option to apply the Null or Blank
seing to all new pending worker records.
You can select from the following values:
Y: All new pending worker records have
a default value of Yes in the Include for
Automatic Conversion eld. The records
that match the conversion criteria will be
automatically converted when the Convert
Pending Workers Automatically process is
run.
N: All new pending worker records have
a default seing of No for the Include for
Automatic Conversion eld. These records
aren't converted when the scheduled
process is run.
Null or Blank: The behavior is similar to N.
188
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
appearance of these pages simplies the interactions that they support while meeting the needs of the typical user.
However, you can tailor these pages to include any of the hidden aributes.
You must run the following procedures in the order specied to detect and correct any issues, and verify the results:
189
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Note: If you don't select a name from the list, the process runs for all people.
3. Click Submit, and click OK in the Conrmation dialog box. Note the process ID.
4. Click Close in the Process Details dialog box.
You can view the .zip le when you select the row containing the process ID in the search results table in the Overview
page.
Related Topics
• Submit Scheduled Processes and Process Sets
190
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
People Group
Use the People Group key exeld to record people group information and assign people to specic groups, such
as unions or working groups. For example, you may want to assign people to unions or pension plans to determine
eligibility or regulate access to payrolls.
The key exeld is part of the Global Human Resources application and is identied by the PPG exeld code and
People Group Flexeld name.
People Group is an optional eld and is available on all assignment and employment pages (except the Change
Manager page).
Note: The People Group eld is hidden out-of-the-box, you can enable it through personalization.
Related Topics
• Overview of Key Flexelds
Default Expense Account is a key exeld. It is part of the General Ledger application and is identied by the GL#
exeld code and Accounting Flexeld name.
191
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
In the Expense Check Send-to Address eld, you specify where to send the worker's expense reimbursement check. The
values for this eld are populated using the PER_WORKER_ADDRESS_TYPE application lookup.
Note: These elds are hidden out-of-the-box. You can unhide the elds using personalization.
Related Topics
• Overview of Key Flexelds
• Example of Loading a Default Expense Account for a Worker
Assignments
How You Set Up Assignment Statuses
Each assignment contains an assignment status. The assignment status contains an HR status, a payroll status ,
and optionally user statuses. The HR status and payroll status values are linked to the assignment status and are set
automatically when the assignment status changes.
This table summarizes the values of the three statuses.
192
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Assignment Status
When you create or edit an assignment, you select an action that categorizes the change and determines what are
the next steps. Some actions make an automatic change to the assignment status. For example, when you create an
assignment, its status is set automatically to Active - payroll eligible. The same action sets the HR status to Active and
the payroll status to Process. Otherwise, you must set the assignment status directly.
Payroll Status
The payroll status Process When Earning indicates that payroll is processed only during payroll periods with earnings.
The Process When Earning status typically is used in countries with cumulative tax rules, to stop tax refunds when
payments are not issued. The status Process Nonrecurring Element Entry indicates that only the active element entry
for the nonrecurring element is processed. The Process Nonrecurring Element Entry status typically is used for one-
time payments for terminated employees.
User Status
You can dene one or more user names for each assignment status value, using the Manage Assignment Status task in
the Setup and Maintenance work area. If multiple user statuses exist for an HR status, you must designate any one user
status as the default status corresponding to the HR status. The default assignment status is aached to an assignment
unless you specify a default user status. For example, when you create an assignment, its status is set automatically to
the default assignment status corresponding to the HR status Active.
193
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
If you set this prole option to No (default value), users can select from all grades.
You can also dene work day information for positions. In any assignment, standard working hours are inherited from
one of the following entities in this order of preference:
1. Position
2. Department
3. Legal employer
4. Enterprise
194
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
If you select automatic worker-number generation, numbers can be allocated from either an enterprise sequence or
a legal employer sequence. If you use a legal-employer sequence, worker numbers aren't guaranteed to be unique in
the enterprise. When you use a legal-employer sequence, the worker number doesn't change if you rehire in the same
legal employer. However, the worker number changes if you rehire in a dierent legal employer or globally transfer to a
dierent legal employer.
If you use an enterprise sequence, the worker number doesn't change when you:
Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task in the Setup and Maintenance work area, to select the number
generation method for the legal employer.
195
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
You can use the assignment or work relationship aributes as input parameters when you create a value set by
selecting the table validation type. The following is the syntax that you can use for the WHERE Clause eld:
196
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
Related Topics
• Default Segment Values
• Overview of Value Sets
1. Search and click the Manage Extensible Flexelds task name in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
2. Enter PER_ASSIGNMENT in the Flexeld Code eld, and then click Search.
3. In the Search Results area, click the Edit icon.
4. Select the PerAssignmentEITCategory item in the Category area, and then click the Pages tab in the
PerAssignmentEITCategory: Details area.
5. Click the Create icon.
6. In the Create Page dialog box, enter Grade Retention Info in the Display Name eld.
7. Enter PER_RETAINED_GRADES_PAGE in the Code eld.
8. Enter the information in the Description eld. For example, you can enter: Provides additional assignment
information for grade retention.
9. Select the Assignment EIT Information EFF value from the Usage list.
10. Click OK.
11. Select the Grade Retention Info page that you created from the PerAssignmentEITCategory: Details area. The
list of associated contexts for the page is displayed in the Grade Retention Info: Associated Contexts Details
area.
12. Click the Select and Add icon in the Grade Retention Info: Associated Contexts Details area.
13. Search for the Retained Grade name in the Select and Add: Contexts dialog box.
14. Select the Retained Grade row from the search results.
15. Click Apply, and then click OK.
16. Click Save and Close.
17. In the Search Results area, select the Assignment EIT Information EFF row and deploy the exeld.
Related Topics
• Overview of Extensible Flexelds
197
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
What happens if the position that I selected in an assignment has no open headcount
or FTE?
If the Overlap Allowed aribute is set to Yes in Edit Position page, then a warning is displayed and you can continue with
the assignment. If the aribute is set to No, then you must select a dierent position as the number of incumbents for
the selected position has already been reached.
2. Select the Apply Incumbent Validation aribute in the Position Incumbent Validation section in the Edit Enterprise
page.
Related Topics
• Considerations for Managing Extensible Flexelds
Seniority Dates
Overview of Seniority Dates
All topics in this section pertain to version 3 (V3) of the seniority dates functionality. You can dene and manage the
seniority of workers using version 3 of the seniority dates functionality.
198
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
You can congure seniority dates using the Congure Seniority Dates task and a fast formula. You can manage them
using the Manage Seniority Dates task.
For more information, see these white papers on My Oracle Support (hps://support.oracle.com).
• Calculating Seniority Dates Using Fast Formula (2370526.1)
• Comparison between Dierent Seniority Dates Versions (2414630.1)
• Enabling Enterprise and Legal Employer Seniority Dates During Hire (2432162.1)
• Seniority Changes in V3 Seniority Dates (2446329.1)
• Seniority Dates Version 1 Frequently Asked Questions (2434532.1)
• Seniority Dates Version 2 (2438572.1)
• Common Use Cases Congured Using V3 Seniority Dates (2476188.1)
Note: If you're using V3 seniority dates, you can't view and manage V1 seniority dates of the legal employer
and enterprise on the Manage Work Relationship page.
Related Topics
• Seniority Dates
• Examples of Calculating Seniority Dates
• Examples of Calculating Cumulative Seniority Dates
Conguration Options
You can use the following options in the Congure Seniority Date Rules page:
• Active: You can enable or disable the seniority date rule using this option. If the rule is active, seniority dates
are automatically generated when the employment data is changed, according to the rule denition. If the rule
isn't active, seniority dates aren't generated.
Note: You can't edit or delete a seniority date rule if the corresponding seniority date rule has
been used to populate seniority dates for a person in the application. However, you can disable the
seniority date rule in the Active eld.
• Seniority Rule Name: You must select from one of the predened values, such as the bargaining unit seniority
date - assignment level, enterprise seniority date - person level, and legal employer seniority date - work
relationship level. These values are dened in the ORA_PER_SENIORITY_ITEMS lookup type. You can add a
new value to the Seniority Rule Name list by adding the value as a lookup code to this common lookup type.
• Aribute: You can dene the seniority date conguration based on this aribute. For example, legal employer
is the seniority aribute in case of a legal employer seniority date and enterprise is the seniority aribute in
case of an enterprise seniority date. When the seniority aribute is created or modied, the corresponding
seniority date will be populated in the application according to the rules in the setup.
199
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
• Level: You can congure seniority dates at the person, work relationship, and assignment levels.
At the person level, all the work relationships and assignments for the given person are considered while
deriving the seniority date. At the work relationship level, all the assignments for the given work relationship
are considered while deriving the seniority date. At the assignment level, all the date eective records for the
given assignment are considered while deriving the seniority date.
• Adjustment Formula: You can congure an adjustment formula to calculate the seniority date adjustments
using the Employment Seniority Date Adjustment formula type.
• Cumulative: Identies the calculation logic of seniority when there is a gap in service. When this option is set
to yes, the application also considers the previous seniority calculations for the calculation of seniority. For
example, consider a worker who was associated with an organization from 1-Jan-2001 to 31-Dec-2009 and
the Cumulative option is set to yes for both the seniority dates. The details of his association and the seniority
calculation is shown in the following table.
Termination 31-Dec-2002
200
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
be cumulative.
Therefore, the
seniority for
the Vision US
legal employer
is the sum of
2 years in the
current work
relationship
and 1 year
in the
previous work
relationship.
The enterprise
seniority
date is
congured to
be cumulative.
Therefore,
the enterprise
seniority is
the sum of 2
years in the
current work
relationship
and 4
years in the
previous work
relationship.
Termination 31-Dec-2009
• Allow Edit: Specify whether users can override the seniority date using the Manage Seniority Dates task. If you
set the value in this eld to No, you can't edit the corresponding seniority date on the Manage Seniority Dates
page.
• Display in Guided Flows: Specify whether the seniority date can be displayed in the guided processes. If this
option is set to yes for a seniority date, the seniority date is displayed in the guided processes in view-only
mode.
• Override Seniority Basis: Seniority is calculated in days or hours based on the seniority basis value in the
worker's assignment. You can dene an override for the seniority basis at the individual seniority rule level.
For example, you can specify that a seniority rule must always be calculated in hours even though the worker's
assignment basis is days.
• Conversion of Hours: When you can't use a single set of conversion rules, you can convert hours to days using
the Employment Seniority Hours to Days Conversion formula type. You can dene the hours for:
201
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
• Seniority Filters: You can optionally display seniority lters in the conguration options and restrict the
population of seniority dates by using dierent lter conditions. For example, if you use a lter condition
worker type equal to employee, the seniority dates are populated for employees only.
Note: There are additional seniority lter options hidden out of the box in the Seniority Date Rule
List table. You can display these lter options using the View menu from the table.
Related Topics
• Seniority Dates
Seniority Basis on the Assignment Overridden Seniority Basis Basis for Calculating Seniority Rule
Hours Either Days or Hours Hours loaded in the seniority hours table
202
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
• Work Relationship: All the assignments under the work relationship are considered while deriving the seniority
date at the work relationship level.
• Assignment: Only the individual assignment is considered while deriving the seniority date at the assignment
level.
Version Description
V1 Seniority dates that are managed using the Manage Work Relationship task are referred to
as V1 seniority dates. You can only manage the Enterprise Seniority Date and Legal Employer
Seniority Date using V1 seniority dates. V1 seniority dates are stored in the PER_ PERIODS_
OF_SERVICE table.
V2 Seniority dates that are congured using the Congure Seniority Dates task without using
advanced conguration options are referred to as V2 seniority dates. You can congure
multiple seniority dates as per your requirement. These seniority dates are managed using
the Manage Seniority Dates task. V2 seniority dates are stored in the PER_ SENIORITY_ DATES
table.
Note: You run the Populate Seniority Dates ESS job to initially populate the
seniority dates. After this job is run, you don't need to run any other scheduled
process.
V3 Seniority dates that are congured using the Congure Seniority Dates task and advanced
conguration options are referred to as V3 seniority dates. You can congure multiple seniority
dates as per your requirement. These seniority dates are managed using the Manage Seniority
Dates task. V3 seniority dates are stored in the PER_ SENIORITY_ DATES_F table.
Note: The seniority dates aren't calculated during run time. You must run the
Calculate seniority Dates process to calculate seniority dates. You need to schedule
this process because V3 seniority dates are populated only after the process is
completed.
For more information, see Comparison Between Dierent Seniority Dates Versions (2414630.1) on My Oracle Support at
hps://support.oracle.com.
◦ Select the Migrate Seniority Data from V1 version of Seniority process parameter.
203
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
◦ Select the Migrate Seniority Data from V1 version of Seniority process parameter.
◦ After the migration, you can't view or modify V1 seniority dates.
◦ You can no longer view or modify V2 seniority dates.
◦ Select the Migrate Seniority Data from V2 version of Seniority process parameter.
◦ After the migration, you can't view or modify V2 seniority dates.
◦ You can no longer view or modify V1 seniority dates.
◦ Create new rules for V3 seniority dates because all the V1 seniority date rules are inactivated.
◦ Select the Migrate Seniority Data from V2 version of Seniority process parameter.
◦ After the migration, you can't view or modify V2 seniority dates.
◦ You can no longer view or modify V1 seniority dates.
You can run the process only once to migrate seniority data from V1 to V3 or V2 to V3. For example, if you use V1 and V2
and migrate from V1 to V3, you can't migrate from V2 to V3. This is because the seniority dates are already converted to
V3. In this case, you have to manually convert the V2 data to V3.
After you migrate to V3, you can't migrate back to V1 or V2 because only one version of seniority date can be active at a
time.
204
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
The process hides the seniority dates on the Manage Work Relationship page and the application stops populating V1
seniority dates. However, the application will retain the value of the V1 seniority dates. If there are adjusted values for V1
seniority dates, the application automatically creates the corresponding adjustments for V3 seniority rules. Therefore,
the resulting seniority dates values are the same in V3. The seniority dates region in the employment information UI
will display V3 seniority dates instead of V1 seniority dates. After the migration to V3, seniority data is maintained in the
PER_SENIORITY_DATES_F table and the PER_PERIODS_OF_SERVICE table is no longer used to maintain V1 seniority
dates.
V2 to V3 conversion: In V2, you can congure seniority rules at various levels. When you run the process to migrate
seniority data from V2 to V3, the application automatically converts the V2 seniority rules to V3 and retains the seniority
date. The advanced conguration options of V3 seniority dates become available on the Congure Seniority Dates page.
The seniority dates are now populated in the PER_SENIORITY_DATES_F table instead of the PER_SENIORITY_DATES
table. The new seniority dates are displayed on the Manage Seniority Dates page.
Note: You must re-evaluate the integrations, extracts, reports, derived factors, eligibility proles, and fast
formulas. This is because these items may be using the tables or database items where the underlying
seniority dates version is V1 or V2.The existing data is retained from the older version of seniority dates.
Process Parameter
The Migrate to Version 3 of Seniority Dates process uses the Migrate Seniority Data From parameter. This parameter
indicates whether you want to migrate seniority dates data to V3 from V1 or V2 based on your current application setup.
Related Topics
• Overview of Scheduled Processes
• Submit Scheduled Processes and Process Sets
PER_ SENIORITY_ DATES_ V3_SDC_UE This user entity is used to describe the
seniority date information for V3 seniority The following contexts must be provided
dates. for this user entity:
• PERSON_ID
• EFFDT
205
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
• SENIORITY_DATE_CODE
How can I nd the most recent hire date when using V3 seniority dates?
You can do so by conguring a non-cumulative rule at the person level for the enterprise aribute. For more
information, see the document (Doc ID 2476188.1) on My Oracle Support: hps://support.oracle.com
How can I exclude pending workers from the seniority dates calculation?
You must clear the Pending worker check box in the Worker Type seniority lter on the Congure Seniority Date Rules
page.
206
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
207
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Implementing Global Human Resources Employment
208
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
11 Checklists
Checklist Templates
Create checklists for actions that require the completion of standard tasks, such as creating users, reassigning
resources, or onboarding new hires. You create and maintain tasks within a checklist template. For example, you can
create a checklist for onboarding new hires.
Create checklist templates using the Checklist Templates task in the Setup and Maintenance work area. By default,
when a checklist is created, the status is Draft. If the checklist is ready for use set it to Active, else set it to Inactive.
Note: You can use the Globe icon on the Create Checklist or Create Task pages to translate checklist and task
details.
The following gure shows the components of a checklist template and their major relationships.
Contains
May be associated with
Responsibility
Tasks May be associated with Types
Contains
Eligibility Profiles
209
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Validity
Specify the validity period during which the checklist template is available for allocation.
Checklist Category
Select a category depending on whether you want to create a standard checklist or an enterprise onboarding checklist.
• Line Managers and HR specialists manage standard checklists using the Allocate Checklists quick action.
• Employees, line managers, and HR specialists manage enterprise onboarding checklists using the Onboarding
work area specic to their role (Me, My Team, My Client Groups respectively) or Quick Actions menu.
• You manage checklists of types other than enterprise onboarding, using the Checklist Tasks app and Quick
Actions menu.
Action Name
Actions track changes in personal circumstances, for example, new hire, transfer, or termination. Assign an action to
allocate the checklist to persons automatically when they experience the action. The checklist template is still available
for manual allocation, even if it's linked to an action.
Add Pending Worker Enterprise Onboarding Adding external candidates (through any
source) and internal candidates.
Hire, Add Contingent Worker, Add Enterprise Onboarding Adding a new hire.
Nonworker
Add Pending Work Relationship Enterprise Onboarding Rehires who already have a terminated
work relationship in the application.
Create Oer Category other than enterprise Creating an oer where multiple
onboarding stakeholders need to perform an action as
part of oer generation. Applicable only if
using Oracle Recruiting Cloud.
Transfer, Global Transfer, Promotion, Category other than enterprise Movement of existing workers
Termination and so on onboarding
Eligibility Prole
Link an eligibility prole at the checklist template level or at the task level to determine to whom the template or task is
applicable. The checklist template or task is assigned only if it matches specic eligibility criteria such as person type,
business unit, or legal employer and so on. Create the eligibility prole with Checklist as the value for Prole Usage.
210
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
The value you select in Assignments to Use can only be one of these options:
For the eligibility criteria, you can enter criteria only in the Person and Employment tabs as they contain aributes which
are applicable for the checklist. Additionally, you could create a fast formula.
• Allocation Criteria: The checklist is allocated if it meets the specied criteria. Select a criterion to determine
when the checklist will be allocated.
◦ Allocated manually, or when the record is created or approved. The checklist can be allocated manually
or based on the action. For example, if a transfer action record is created on March 16th, 2019 and the
transfer is eective on March 19th, 2019 it will be allocated on March 16th which is the date on which the
record was created.
◦ When the checklist action record becomes eective. The value entered in Days for Initiation eld will
determine the number of days before or after which the action occurs to allocate the checklist. The
checklist is allocated based on the action. For example, if a transfer action record is created on March
16th, 2019 and eective on March 19th, 2019 it will be allocated on March 19th which is the date on which
the action record is eective. If you enter 2 in Days for Initiation eld, it will be allocated on 21st March
which is 2 days after the eective date.
• Completion Criteria: The checklist is marked completed automatically if it meets the specied criteria. Select a
criterion to determine when the checklist will be marked complete:
◦ All mandatory tasks completed. That is, whenever all the mandatory tasks in that checklist are completed,
checklist status will be set to completed.
◦ All mandatory and optional tasks completed. That is, whenever all mandatory and optional tasks are
completed, the checklist status will be set to completed.
◦ All mandatory tasks completed, oset period elapsed for optional tasks. That is, the oset days
determine when the checklist can be marked as completed. If you specify a certain number of days,
example 5, then after 5 days even if the optional tasks are still incomplete, the checklist status will be
completed.
• Standard checklist: A generic checklist type that can be used for any process involving a series of tasks. Such
checklists can be allocated and managed using the Allocate Checklists quick action.
211
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
• Enterprise Onboarding checklist: A specic checklist type used in the employee onboarding process. The
Onboarding work area includes advanced features to manage the onboarding process in a systematic manner.
You create checklist templates using the Checklist Templates task in Setup and Maintenance.
Standard Checklists
Select either the On boarding or O boarding category to create a standard checklist. As a Line Manager, you can
allocate the checklist to your worker using the Allocate Checklists quick action. Task performers access the tasks
assigned to them using Checklists Tasks app, Current Tasks quick action, or from their Worklist.
• Dashboard: The Dashboard tab appears only when you select Enterprise Onboarding. You can congure
messages, notes, or greetings that appear on the Onboarding home page. Other types of content that can be
included are links or videos that are specic to the organization, and those that should be shared with new hires
as part of the onboarding process.
• Enterprise Onboarding Step: An Onboarding step includes tasks that need to be performed in each phase of
the onboarding process. On the Onboarding home page, the steps appear as per the sequence specied in
Enterprise Onboarding parent checklist.
• Messages: Enables messages to be included for each step. The message appears on the worker's Onboarding
home page at each step. The following aributes are supported in the step message - FirstName, LastName,
FullName, and DisplayName.
Before you congure the action, here are some points for you to consider.
Where you congure the action Checklist category this applies to What you can do
General tab • All categories • You can include one action in the
checklist but can't include an action
reason.
Actions and Events tab • All except Enterprise Onboarding • You can include multiple actions for
and Enterprise Onboarding Step a single checklist.
212
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Where you congure the action Checklist category this applies to What you can do
How to Congure
Dene one or more events to include in your checklist by selecting a predened aribute and specifying the existing
value and new value. When a worker makes updates that match the ones that you have dened, it causes the event to
trigger the checklist. These are the aribute values you can specify when dening an event in a checklist. By default, the
conguration is active.
Any value Noneditable, considers the existing value in the person record.
No value Noneditable, indicates that a value isn't present in the person record.
Specic value Indicates a specic value for the event. For example, Marital Status = Married
213
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Task Type What You Use it For When is Task Complete Example
Manual Task Create a task that workers User clicks the Complete Introduce the new hire to the
need to perform outside of the buon. team.
application.
External URL Dene an external URL that User is taken to another page Link to the benets provider
workers will use to perform to do the task but revisits the site.
the task. task drill down page to mark
the task as complete.
Video Add a video. Requires you User clicks the Complete Welcome video from the CEO
to add an embedded URL if buon. to address new hires in the
you want the video to open organization.
up in the same window, else
it will open up in a new tab or
window.
If you need to use a video
hosted on an external website
(example, Youtube), dierent
websites have dierent ways
for providing embedded URL
for the video. This isn't owned
by Oracle but by the external
website.
For example,
Application Task Select a task from a list of User is taken to another page Update personal details.
tasks that can be performed to do the task but revisits the
within the application itself. task drill down page to mark
You can select the task based the task as complete
on the performer of the task.
Document Aach a document that User clicks the Complete Download insurance form,
workers can download, see, buon. print (optional), ll up or
and read as part of their tasks. enter details, scan (if printed)
214
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Task Type What You Use it For When is Task Complete Example
Report Specify and include a link to a User is taken to another page Report that has all the
published BI report. to do the task but revisits the employee details such as
task drill down page to mark personal and assignment
Note: Ensure that you the task as complete. details for employee review.
provide the required
privileges to access the
BI Publisher area since
the generated report will
open in that area.
Questionnaire Add a questionnaire to collect User clicks the Complete Onboarding survey, exit
feedback from workers. buon. questionnaire, collect
information.
Note: You use
the questionnaire
functionality in HCM to
create a questionnaire
and select HR Checklists
as the subscriber.
215
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Task Type What You Use it For When is Task Complete Example
Congurable Form Dene congurable forms User clicks the Complete Fill forms related to corporate
and capture additional details. buon. policy, tax.
Although the details will be
captured using the form, the
information won't be updated
in the respective elds of the
application.
Note: This action type
requires additional
setup. Use the Checklist
Descriptive Flexelds
task to create a
descriptive exeld
associated to PER_
PERSON_ ALLOCATED_
TASKS_DFF.
I-9 Verication Enables users to update or User is taken to another page Verify employment eligibility
verify personal details during to do the task but revisits the during onboarding.
I-9 employment eligibility task drill down page to mark
verication (US specic only) the task as complete.
using HireRight.
Note: Workers can add aachments and comments for all task types. The aachments aren't stored in
Document Records, but are stored in Unied Content Manager.
Tasks
You can congure tasks as optional or required. You can also congure tasks that are dependent on other tasks
for completion. HR specialists or line managers can't send task reminders for such tasks until the preceding task is
completed. For example, verifying personal information details could be a task that needs to be completed on the rst
day. This information is mandatory and needs to be completed before the worker can request for their identity badge
on the rst day. On the worker dashboard, such tasks are displayed with a locked icon. When you send a reminder,
the reminder is per task and not a single reminder for multiple tasks. Tasks that are incomplete in a particular step are
automatically carried forward to the next step in the onboarding process.
Task Library
HR administrators add tasks to the task library which is a repository of tasks. These tasks are assigned by line managers
or HR specialists during the onboarding process using Add Task. Tasks from the task library can also be selected and
added while creating a checklist template. Any changes done to the task details of a task in the task library won't be
reected in a task that's already added to a checklist template.
216
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Task Type
Specify the type of task that should be performed, whether it requires the performer to go to an external website or can
be performed in an internal application. For example, the task could require a new hire to enroll for benets. You can
use the available task types in any checklist category.
Task Duration
Set the task duration. The target end date is derived based on the duration entered.
Task Performer
Task performer is the person who carries out the task. You select one of the following performers:
• Worker
• Line Manager: The worker's line manager
• Initiator: The person who initiates the transaction, such as the action itself or the manual checklist allocation
• User: A specic person
• Area of Responsibility: Persons with the selected responsibility are automatically assigned the task. The
performer name displays the responsibility type name and not the name of the person who has that area of
responsibility.
If there are multiple performers for a task, then the task needs to be created for each performer by specifying the
precedence to control the sequence.
Task Owner
Task owner is the person responsible for ensuring task completion. Task owners can review task allocation details.
Managers and HR specialists can view the tasks and monitor the status themselves or assign alternative owners for the
tasks. If the performer to whom the task is assigned is invalid (person derived as performer is terminated, for example)
217
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
or not assigned, the task owner is designated as the performer by default. If a checklist is assigned automatically to a
person based on an action, then the task owner is the user who performed the action on the person.
Note: When you use HDL or REST API to allocate a checklist through a user who doesn't have a person
record, then nothing is shown in the Contacts Info section of the task. When such a task is assigned to new
hires, the Contacts Info section appears blank.
Notes
Include instructions and details for task performers on how and where to perform the task.
218
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
For example, in a checklist for the termination action let's see how the eligibility prole is evaluated and when task
performers such as line manager and HR representative are notied of their tasks.
Name Complete Performance Set Development Goals Orientation Session with New
Appraisal Employee
Task allocated and notication 14-Jun 2019 18-Jun 2019 21-Jun 2019
sent to task performers on
Task performer determined Current Line Manager New Line Manager New HR representative
based on oset days
219
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
In these examples let's see how the task allocation date changes based on the checklist allocation criteria and the delay
duration.
Example 1
Allocate a checklist task to a task performer 2 days after the new hire record is created.
220
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Example 2
Allocate a checklist task to a task performer 2 days after the new hire record becomes eective.
Example 3
Allocate a checklist task to a task performer 5 days after a pending worker record is created.
221
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Example 4
Allocate a checklist task to a task performer 5 days after a pending worker record is eective.
222
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Line Manager
My Team
• Absence Balance
• Add Absence
• Contact Info
• Career Development
• Career Planning
• Check-ins
• Document Records
• Edit My Details
• Existing Absences
• Family and Emergency Contacts
• Goals
• Identication Info
• My Public Info
• Manage Absence Records
• My Compensation
• Personal Details
• Performance Evaluations
• Payment Methods
• People to Cover
• Primary Care Physician
• Publish Video
• Report a Life Event
• Request Noncatalog Learning
• Schedule Absence
• Social Security Accounts
• Skills and Qualications
• Tax Withholding
• Your Benets
Area of Responsibility
My Client Group
• Employment Info
• Document Records
223
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Note:
• You need to set the prole option to Y for the application task to be visible in the list of values.
For example, for the application task - Family and Emergency Contact, set the prole option
PER_PERSONAL_INFORMATION_RESPONSIVE_ENABLED to Y and HCM_RESPONSIVE_PAGES_ENABLED to
Y.
• A task performer must have the required access to the work area or task to be able to do the task in the
application. For example, a worker assigned the task of updating their personal details can do so only if they
have access to the Personal Details area in the application.
• If you select User as the performer then all the tasks are displayed.
• Specify the BI Publisher report folder path followed by the report name concatenated with a "/".
• Include optional parameters in the format parameter name={parameter value}.
• Use the prex "?" before the rst parameter followed by "&" before additional parameters.
Note: Don't include Shared Folders in the path even if the report is in Shared Folders. Don't include spaces,
replace all spaces with the + character.
Here are checklist specic parameters you can include in the report path:
The application runs the report with the parameter P_ALLOCATED_TASK_ID mapped to the current allocated task ID.
224
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
If you don't specify any parameters then the default layout and output format are used to render the report. For
example, if you specify this:/Custom/Reports/ChecklistCompletionReport.xdo The application runs the report with the
default options and generates the output in PDF format.
Summary of Tasks
1. Create the context for the descriptive exeld and add three context sensitive segments.
2. Deploy the exeld.
225
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Value
Enabled Checked
5. Click Save.
6. In the Context Sensitive Segment section, enter the values listed in the following table:
Field Values for Segment 1 Values for Segment 2 Values for Segment 3
Display Name I found the Orientation What is your overall Overall rating of your
program interesting and impression of your rst few onboarding experience.
interactive. days?
Description I found the Orientation What is your overall Overall rating of your
program interesting and impression of your rst few onboarding experience.
interactive. days?
Context Code Auto-populated but can be Auto-populated but can be Auto-populated but can be
modied modied modied
API Name Auto-populated but can be Auto-populated but can be Auto-populated but can be
modied modied modied
226
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Values for Segment 1 Values for Segment 2 Values for Segment 3
Prompt I found the Orientation What is your overall Overall rating of your
program interesting and impression of your rst few Onboarding experience.
interactive. days?
7. Click on Save and Close till you return to the Checklist Descriptive Flexelds page.
8. Click Deploy Flexeld.
9. Click OK and then Done.
227
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Value
Module Checklist
4. Click Save.
228
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Note: Make sure that the email address in the person's record is set as Primary.
For more information on integration with DocuSign, see the white paper: Onboarding Checklists - Integration
with DocuSign (2486626.1) on My Oracle Support at hps://support.oracle.com
229
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Values
Integration Code EMP_VERIFY, user dened and required during I-9 task setup
Enable integration and send Selected, indicates that aributes from HCM will be shared with HireRight
information to external service
provider
230
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Values
4. Click Save.
Field Value
Description Optional
Status Active
231
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Value
Mandatory Yes
Aachments Selected
Comments Selected
Notes Complete this task before the end of the rst day.
5. Click Save.
Field Value
Description Optional
Status Active
Mandatory Yes
232
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Value
Aachments Selected
Comments Selected
2. Click Save.
Field Value
Description Optional
Status Active
Mandatory Yes
233
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Value
Aachments Selected
Comments Selected
2. Click Save.
Note: Checklists of the Enterprise Onboarding category are available to line managers and HR specialists only
in the Allocated Checklists responsive UI.
Category
Dene a master checklist using Enterprise Onboarding category. The master checklist links steps in the onboarding
process. You need to congure at least one step that needs to be linked to this master checklist. There's no maximum
limit for the number of checklist steps that can be created. You can specify the sequence of the steps. You add tasks to
the checklist of category Enterprise Onboarding Step. For example, in your master checklist, you can congure a step
titled Your First Day to include onboarding tasks that the employee needs to complete on their joining date. You can
add one or more tasks that a new hire needs to perform before their rst day, such as providing identity proofs.
234
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Note:
• If you don't specify an action in the master checklist which is of the Enterprise Onboarding category, then it
won't be allocated automatically. The checklist will still be available for manual allocation.
• If your Enterprise Onboarding checklist has multiple steps, then it's recommended that the action specied in
the rst step checklist be the same as the action in the master checklist.
• Only one Enterprise Onboarding checklist is allocated automatically. In case another Enterprise Onboarding
checklist is manually allocated with a specic Allocation Date, only the most recent checklist based on the
checklist allocation date will be displayed on the Onboarding home page of the new hire.
• In case there are any eligibility proles associated to the checklist template, the Enterprise Onboarding
checklist will get allocated randomly as there is no order in which the checklist is evaluated for eligibility. The
rst checklist that meets the criteria gets allocated to the new hire.
Messages
Include messages to display on the home page when the worker signs in during the onboarding process. You can add
messages specic to each step including onboarding sponsor details for new hires to contact when completing their
onboarding tasks.
Dashboard
Congure dierent content types such as links or videos that appear on the worker dashboard. Furthermore, you can
add notes related to the onboarding process, which will be displayed on the Note Board of a new hire. You can only add
text as part of the notes and provide links to any aachments.
Summary of Tasks
To create the checklists, you need to:
235
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Prerequisites
1. Create an eligibility prole Work_Location_US for workers in the US.
Allocation Criteria When the action record becomes When the action record becomes
eective eective
236
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Completion Criteria When all mandatory tasks are completed When all mandatory tasks are completed
Message Hello, you're in step 1 of the onboarding Hello, you're in step 2 of the onboarding
process. process.
4. Click Save.
Creating Tasks
1. Click the Tasks tab and click Create.
2. Complete the elds, as shown in the table for each of the two high level steps. The tasks must be associated to
the respective Enterprise Onboarding Step checklists created as prerequisites.
3. Create the tasks that need to be included in each of the checklists as shown in the table:
Field Values for task included in On Your Values for task included in Your First
First Day - Step 1 Week - Step 2
237
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Values for task included in On Your Values for task included in Your First
First Day - Step 1 Week - Step 2
Notes Complete this task before the end of your Don't forget to update your details before
rst day. the end of your rst week.
4. Similarly, create one more task titled Provide Identity Proofs to include in On Your First Day - Step 1 and two
more tasks titled Meet Your Team and Review Campus Map Directions to include in Your First Week - Step 2.
5. Click Save and Close.
Related Topics
• Search for a Task
Note: If you want the checklist to be automatically allocated based upon an action, the action needs to
be congured in the master checklist which is of the category Enterprise Onboarding. Additionally, the
same action needs to be congured in the rst step checklist which is of the checklist category Enterprise
Onboarding Step.
Summary of Tasks
To create the checklists, you need to:
238
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Prerequisites
1. Create two Enterprise Onboarding Step checklists titled On Your First Day - Step 1 and Your First Week - Step 2.
In the On Your First Day - Step 1 checklist include two tasks titled Provide Identity Proofs and Request Identity
Badge. In the Your First Week - Step 2 checklist include three tasks namely Verify Your Personal Information,
Review Campus Map Directions, and Meet Your Team.
Fields Values
Status Active
Date To 10-Jan-2021
239
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
4. Click Save.
Field Values to include for On Your First Day Values to include for Your First Week
Sequence 1 2
Checklist Name On Your First Day - Step 1 Your First Week - Step 2
Adding a Message
1. Click the Message tab and enter the title and message shown in the table:
Field Value
Title Welcome
2. Click Add and specify details of the onboarding sponsor for workers to contact during the onboarding process.
The contact details display on the workers Onboarding home page.
3. Click Save.
240
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Field Value
2. In the What's Happening section, click Add and complete the elds as shown in the table:
Field Value
Category Insight
Status Active
3. Click OK.
4. Click Save.
Related Topics
• Search for a Task
241
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Provide Access
When you create a pending worker, their user credentials are automatically generated. Based on how you congure the
email template in the Security Console, a notication with the credentials goes to either the new hire or their manager. If
the manager gets the notication, they can forward the details to the new hire.
You need to do either of these additional tasks if you use the Single Sign-on (SSO) mode for authentication:
• Enable the SSO Chooser feature, which allows pending workers to be authenticated.
• Create an SSO account in the corporate LDAP and share the details with the new hires.
If you use VPN or IP white listing for authentication, you need to give necessary privileges to pending workers so that
they can access the application.
Grant Roles
You need to grant new hires the Pending Worker role that contains the Manage Onboarding by Worker privilege.
Alternatively, you may create a custom role that's a copy of the pending worker role and add more privileges.
For more information on granting document records privilege to pending workers, see the following white
paper: Granting Document Records Access to Pending Workers (2451071.1) on My Oracle Support at hps://
support.oracle.com
Related Topics
• Examples of Location-Based Access in Oracle HCM Cloud
242
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
243
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
The gure shows the tasks workers perform for automatically allocated checklists for which they're eligible.
Note:
• If you allocate a checklist using HDL it doesn't send notications.
• While allocating checklists using REST the only restriction is that eligibility evaluation happens at the
checklist task level and not at the checklist level.
244
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Initiated The checklist and the tasks in the checklist are automatically set to Initiated when you allocate
the checklist.
Completed The checklist or task is complete based on the criteria specied in the Completion Date eld.
On completion, the task doesn't disappear from the allocated checklist or the worklist. You will
need to manually delete it.
Not Applicable The checklist or task is marked as not applicable because it's wrongly allocated to a person. A
task performer or owner can mark a wrongly assigned task as not applicable.
Other Task Statuses Other statuses to indicate tasks are in progress or are suspended because resources aren't
available.
Onboarding Lookups
This topic identies lookups related to onboarding and have user or extensible conguration levels. Review these
lookups, and update them as appropriate to suit enterprise requirements. You review lookups using the Checklist
Lookups task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Onboarding Lookups
Onboarding lookups are described in the following table:
ORA_ PER_ ONB_ CONTENT_ CATEGORY Content category indicates the Extensible
onboarding event
245
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
246
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
247
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 11
Implementing Global Human Resources Checklists
Related Topics
• Congure Checklist Notications Using Reports
Where can I nd the documents that are signed using DocuSign?
The signed document is saved and stored on the service provider site that's DocuSign. It isn't available in HCM Cloud.
248
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
12 Workforce Records
The Workforce Information functional area and the Dene Workforce Records task list cover tasks in the following
areas:
Area Includes
Availability Calendar events, work schedules and assignment, work shifts and workday paerns
Person Record Values Person lookups, exelds, prole options, person name formats and style, and person types
Employment Record Values Employment lookups, exelds, prole options, and assignment statuses
Related Topics
• Person Number Generation Methods
Document Records
Document Types and Categories
You use document records to create and manage documents such as medical certicates, licenses, and visas. Use
the Document Records task from Quick Actions, person spotlight, My Team work area, or person smart navigation to
create and maintain document records for a person. To supplement the predened document types, categories, and
subcategories, you can create your own to suit the requirements of your enterprise.
249
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Document Types
Document types (for example, leave approval or medical report) provide a lower level categorization of documents. The
type of documents you can access depends on your role. For example, line managers, but not HR managers, may be
able to view workers' payslips. Using the document type security prole, you can restrict which users or roles can access
particular documents. The document type also indicates if the document requires approval. If you want to track the
expiry of the document record, dene Valid Till as a required or relevant aribute in the document type and specify the
expiration notication period.
Document Categories
Document categories (for example, absence) provide a way to group these documents into meaningful categories at a
higher level. Document subcategories (for example, general or medical) provide further grouping of documents. Use the
DOCUMENT_CATEGORY lookup type to dene new document categories and subcategories. Dene document categories as
values for the DOCUMENT_CATEGORY lookup type and document subcategories as extended lookup values for the selected
category.
Related Topics
• Examples of Document Type Security Proles
250
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Aribute Value
Publish Y
Publish Date Date you want to publish the document records. For example, 2017/12/01.
Note: You can only provide these aribute values using HCM Data Loader.
For more information about loading document records using HCM Data Loader, see the Integrating with HCM guide in
the Help Center.
No No No
No No Yes
251
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
When you click Yes for the Restrict Create option, the application automatically selects Yes for the Restrict Update and
Restrict Delete options. Additionally, the Restrict Update and Restrict Delete options are disabled. When you click Yes
for the Restrict Update option, the application automatically selects Yes for the Restrict Delete option. Additionally, the
Restrict Delete option is disabled.
To automatically populate the context, you must enter a context code for the document exeld that exactly matches
the internal document type.
252
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
After this, the exeld context and its associated exeld segments are automatically populated in the Create
Document Record page when you select a document type.
Example
Let's say you want a worker to view all document records but manage documents of type adoption and birth. Here's
how you do it:
1. Create a document security prole by including the document types (adoption and birth) that require manage
access.
2. Create a custom role for the worker with the View Person Documentation aggregate privilege.
3. Assign the document security prole created in step 1 to the delivered employee role (that contains Manage
Person Documentation by Worker aggregate privilege).
4. Assign the delivered and custom employee roles to the user.
For more information about controlling access to document records, see the Oracle Human Capital Management Cloud
Securing HCM guide on the Oracle Help Center (hps://docs.oracle.com/en/cloud/saas/index.html).
Work Schedules
Overview of Worker Schedule Conguration
To dene worker schedules, you congure calendar events and work schedules. Complete these tasks in the Setup and
Maintenance work area. Use the Workforce Deployment oering, Workforce Information functional area.
253
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
254
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
10 Manage Work Schedule Assignment Modify the work schedule assignment for
a specic worker.
This task is in the Person Management
work area, on the Tasks panel tab after
you nd the specic worker.
255
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Search Order
This ow chart shows you the order that the application searches for an employee's schedule, before applying it to the
assignment.
Search Order
Assign the
1. Published schedule Schedule
schedule to the
2. Employment work week found?
employee
3. Primary work schedule
4. Standard working hours
Schedule not
found?
Assign default
hours to the
employee
256
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
7. Enterprise
The process moves through the schedule hierarchy in the specied order and stops as soon as it nds a primary
schedule. This example hierarchy shows primary work schedules associated with three levels.
Primary
Schedule
Enterprise
Primary
Schedule
Department 1 Department 2 Department 3
Primary
Schedule
Departments 1 and 3 don't have primary schedules. So, the primary schedule at the enterprise-level applies to all those
employees, with one exception. One employee in department 3 has a schedule for their primary assignment. That
primary assignment schedule applies instead of the enterprise-level schedule. Department 2 has a primary schedule,
and it applies to all employees in that department.
All employee schedules are aected by the calendar events and resource exceptions that exist in the primary work
schedule, regardless of level. They're also aected by any absences they report during the selected time period.
Default Hours
If the application doesn't nd a schedule, it uses the default hours 8:30a to 5:00p.
• Organizational
• Geographic
257
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
You create calendar events using the Manage Calendar Events task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Note: A calendar event, by default, applies to all workers belonging to the hierarchy nodes you included in
the coverage. However, for workers assigned work schedules, the event only applies if you add the event as an
exception in the work schedule.
For either hierarchy to be visible when you create a calendar event, you must ensure that the hierarchy is active.
Organization Hierarchy
Use an organizational hierarchy to apply a calendar event to your workers' assignments on the basis of the department
that they belong to. For example, you want the Annual Sales Team Outing calendar event to apply to workers in
the Sales department and its subordinate nodes. You don't want it to apply to the Research department. Create
organizational hierarchies using the Manage Organization Trees task in the Setup and Maintenance work area. This
task is part of the Workforce Deployment oering, Workforce Structures functional area.
Geographic Hierarchy
Use a geographic hierarchy to apply a calendar event to your workers' assignments on the basis of the country, or state
they belong to. For example, in the UK you may want to identify January, 2 as a holiday in Scotland but not in England,
Wales, or Northern Ireland. Create geographic hierarchies using the Manage Geography Trees task in the Setup and
Maintenance work area. This task is part of the Workforce Deployment oering, Workforce Information functional area.
Include
+
Your
Enterprise
Exclude
X
Sales Finance Support
258
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
This gure shows a visual summary of this calendar event coverage using a sample geographical hierarchy.
Your
Enterprise
India France
Events Events
India France
Bangalore workers to
Hyderabad workers temporarily follow
follow India events France events
This gure shows a visual summary of this calendar event coverage using a sample geographical hierarchy.
259
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
India
Events
India
Hyderabad Bangalore
Finally, this example demonstrates how you can override the default calendar event geographical hierarchy.
260
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Task Summary
Create a geographic tree and associated calendar events using this basic process:
1. Dene the country, state and city level nodes in the Geographic Tree Nodes lookup.
Note: You dene this lookup only when you want to dene calendar events for states and cities.
2. Create a geography tree based on the delivered tree structure HCM Geography Tree Structure and add a tree
version.
3. Add geographic tree state and city nodes.
4. Audit, activate and row-aen the tree version.
5. Dene calendar events for the country, state, and city level nodes.
6. Dene geography hierarchy overriding for the location.
7. View the dened calendar events for the worker.
Complete these congurations using tasks in the Setup and Maintenance work area, Workforce Deployment oering,
Workforce Information functional area.
GL Global
IN India
UK United Kingdom
261
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
US United States
US_CA California, US
Field Value
Code ENT_LOC
c. Click Next.
d. On the Create Tee: Specify Labels page, click Next.
e. On the Create Tree: Specify Access Rules page, click Submit.
3. Create a geographic tree version by completing these steps:
a. On the Manage Trees and Tree Version page, select the tree that you just created.
b. On the Create icon menu, select Create Tree Version.
c. On the Create Tree Version: Specify Denition page, complete the elds, as shown in this table.
Field Value
262
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Field Value
d. Click Next.
e. On the Conrmation dialog box, click OK.
1. On the Create Tree Version: Specify Nodes page, click the Create icon.
a. On the Add Tree Node dialog box, in the Data Source eld, select Geographic Tree Calendar Top
Scopes Data Source.
b. In the Available Nodes eld, select Global.
c. Move it to the Selected Nodes eld. You select Global because the rst node in a geographic tree must
be the root node.
d. Click OK.
2. On the Create Tree Version: Specify Nodes page, select Global.
3. Click the Create icon.
a. On the Add Tree Node dialog box, in the Data Source eld, select Geographic Tree Territory Code Data
Source.
b. In the Available Nodes eld, select these country level nodes:
• GB United Kingdom
• IN India
• US United States
c. Move them to the Selected Nodes eld.
d. Click OK.
4. On the Create Tree Version: Specify Nodes page, expand the Global node.
5. Select a country node, for example, GB United Kingdom.
6. Click the Create icon.
a. On the Add Tree Node dialog box, in the Data Source eld, select Geographic Tree Calendar Events
Data Source. This enables you to dene state and city level nodes.
b. In the Available Nodes eld, select England, United Kingdom and Scotland, United Kingdom.
c. Move them to the Selected Nodes eld.
d. Click OK.
7. On the Create Tree Version: Specify Nodes page, expand the GB United Kingdom node
8. Select England, United Kingdom.
9. Click the Create icon.
a. On the Add Tree Node dialog box, in the Data Source eld, select Geographic Tree Calendar Events
Data Source.
b. In the Available Nodes eld, select London, England.
c. Move it to the Selected Nodes eld.
d. Click OK.
10. On the Crate Tree Version: Specify Nodes page, click Submit.
11. On the Conrmation dialog box, click OK.
263
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
You created a geographic hierarchy tree for Global > United Kingdom > England, United Kingdom > London,
England. Repeat steps 6 and 11 to create country and state level nodes for India and the United States, such as:
Field Value
264
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Field Value
c. In the Coverage Source section, expand the India > Telangana, India nodes.
d. Select Hyderabad, Telangana.
e. Click Include.
f. Click Submit.
g. On the Conrmation dialog box, click OK.
On the Manage Calendar Events page, you can see that the Calendar event May Day was created. Repeat step 2
to create other events, such as:
◦ Thanksgiving day for San Mateo
◦ Boxing day for England
3. On the Manage Calendar Events page, click Done.
265
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Managing Tree Structures
• Guidelines for Improving the Performance of a Tree Structure
Time A time-based work schedule has a xed work day paern. For example, you dene an 8-hour
schedule, 5 days a week. You can create a time-based work schedule that starts at 8:00 a.m.
and ends at 5:00 p.m. A worker assigned to a time-based work schedule is considered to be
available for a xed number of hours each day.
Duration HCM applications ignore work schedules of this type. Use either Time or Elapsed type work
schedules instead.
Elapsed In an elapsed work schedule, workers don't have a xed start or end time. For example, some
workers may start work at 9.00 a.m., and some at 11.00 a.m. A worker assigned to an elapsed
work schedule is considered to be available for a number of hours in a day.
Calendar Event An exception for a single event on a single day, or across multiple days, such as a public
holiday or training event.
Calendar Event Category An exception for all calendar events that compose the event category, such as all UK public
holidays.
Resource Exception
An exception for all of the workers associated with the work schedule. For example, all workers
associated with the Night Shift schedule are scheduled to aend a training event and so aren't
available for their regular work.
266
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Work period exceptions show on the Time work area calendar when either or both of these
display options are enabled: Employment schedule and My schedule. O period exceptions
don't.
Task Summary
Create and assign a work schedule using this basic process:
1. Create calendar events in the Public Holiday category.
2. Create the day and night shifts.
3. Create a weekly work paern composed of the day and night shifts.
4. Create a work schedule composed of the weekly work paern and a Public Holiday calendar event category
exception.
5. Assign this work schedule to the Support IN department.
6. Assign this work schedule to Vijay Singh and add the training calendar event exception, indicating that he is
unavailable during the training.
Prerequisites
Make sure that these tasks are complete. The tasks are in the Setup and Maintenance work area, Workforce
Deployment oering, Workforce Information functional area.
1. Ensure that the geographic hierarchy that you created for your enterprise contains a country node for India.
Use the Manage Geographic Trees task to conrm that the country node exists or create it.
2. Ensure that the Support_Workers eligibility prole exists and identies all workers in your support department.
Use the Manage Eligibility Proles task to conrm that they prole exists or create it.
Field Value
Name
The name of the public holiday, such as Gandhi Jayanti
267
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Field Value
Start Date
The date when the public holiday starts, such as October 2 12:00 AM
End Date
The date when the public holiday ends, such as October 2 11:59 PM
Short Code
A code to identify the public holiday, such as GANJAY
Hierarchy
The geographic hierarchy that you created for your enterprise, such as Enterprise Locations
4. In the Coverage section that displays the selected geographic hierarchy, expand the hierarchy and select the
India node.
5. Click Include.
6. Click Submit.
7. On the Conrmation dialog box, click OK.
8. To add other calendar events, repeat steps 2 through 7.
9. Click Done.
Creating Shifts
1. In the Workforce Information section, click Manage Work Shifts.
2. Create the 2 shifts by completing these steps twice.
a. On the Manage Work Shifts page, Create icon menu, select Create Time Shift.
b. On the Create Time Shift dialog box, complete the elds for 1 of the shifts, as shown in this table:
268
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
2. On the Manage Work Workday Paerns page, Create icon menu, select Create Time Workday Paern.
3. On the Create Time Workday Paern dialog box, complete the elds, as shown in this table:
Field Value
Length in Days 7
Start Day 1 4
End Day 3 5
Field Value
Category Work
Type Time
269
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Field Value
Sequence 1
Field Value
Field Value
Name Support IN
Primary Yes
5. Click Submit.
6. On the Conrmation dialog box, click OK.
7. On the Manage Work Schedule Assignment Administration page, click Done.
270
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
Field Value
Primary Yes
Field Value
Name
In the choice list, click Create. Create a resource exception called Advanced Communication
Skills that starts and ends on February 8.
Availability O Period
8. Click Submit.
271
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 12
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Records
You can also dene calendar events for nodes below country level such as states, cities, or cantons. For example, in the
UK you may want to declare a holiday in Scotland, but not in England, Wales or Northern Ireland.
If you assign only a single work schedule, that schedule automatically determines worker availability.
272
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
13 Workforce Proles
• Prole search
• Prole comparison
• Best-t analysis
Prole Search
You can search for worker, job, and position proles based on certain criteria. For example, a Human Resource (HR)
Specialist in London requiring to ll an Applications Developer position internally, can search for proles of all workers
who are based in London and have experience with Java and PL/SQL.
Prole Comparison
Use the Compare option in the Organization Chart tab on the person gallery to compare proles You can compare
proles to determine next career moves or training needs for workers, and identify suitable candidates for jobs. For
example, John is looking for his next career move He can compare his prole to that of a job to determine whether his
competency ratings match the targeted competency ratings in a job prole. If his Teamwork rating is 3 and the rating
requirement for the job is 4, he has a deciency of -1. John and his manager can use this gap to drive development
plans and other talent management-related functions.
Best-Fit Analysis
Use the best-t analysis to determine the person prole that most closely matches a job prole and vice versa. For
example, if you want to ll a Developer vacancy, and the job prole requires a B.S. degree in Computer Science, level 4
expertise in Java, and a rating of at least 3 in Teamwork, you can review an automatically-generated list of workers who
most closely match this set of requirements. You can also use the best-t analysis to nd workers who are similar to a
selected worker, or jobs that are similar to a selected job.
Note: If you're an existing customer and have Oracle Recruiting Cloud or Oracle Learning Cloud, you must
enable the enhanced Talent Prole feature. For more information, see the documents in this article: Controlled
Availability -- Upgrading Oracle Fusion Prole Management (Doc ID 2421964.1) on My Oracle Support at
hps://support.oracle.com.
273
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Related Topics
• Comparing Items
• How Best-Fit is Calculated
274
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Content Library
Content
Subscribers Content Types Content Items
Communication
Competencies Leadership
Rating Customer Focus
Models
French
Languages Spanish
Educational Japanese
Establishments
Master of Science
Degrees Bachelor of Science
Instance Master of Arts
Qualifier Sets
Competencies Competencies
Person Languages Languages Job
Profile Degrees Degrees Profile
Type Type
Communication Communication
Content Library
The content library provides the foundation for proles as it stores both content types and content items.
Prole Types
Prole types are templates that you use to create proles. Prole types determine:
• Whether the prole is for a person or for a workforce structure such as a job or a position.
• The content of the prole.
275
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
You select content types from the content library to create content sections for the prole type.
Proles
You create person proles for individual workers and model proles for workforce structures, such as jobs or positions.
The prole type that you select for the model prole determines the information that you complete for the prole.
For example, a person prole might contain information about a person's education, language skills, competencies,
and activities and interests. A job prole might contain information about the requirements for the job, such as
competencies, language skills, degrees, or certications.
Content Subscribers
Content subscribers are applications external to Prole Management that use content types.
Educational Establishments
You can dene educational establishments to enable workers to add education information, such as degrees, to their
prole.
Rating Models
When you create content types in the content library, you can aach rating models to determine the scale for measuring
performance and prociency. You can also use rating models to measure the risk and impact of loss for workers, and to
measure their potential.
Rating Models
Rating Models
Use rating models to rate workers on their performance and level of prociency in the skills and qualities that are set up
on the person prole. You can also use rating models to specify target prociency levels for items on a model prole, so
that the model prole can be compared to workers' proles. Use the Manage Prole Rating Models task in the Proles
work area to create a rating model.
To rate workers on their performance and prociency, aach rating models to the content types included in the
person prole. Then you can rate workers on the items within the type. For example, you can rate workers on the
Communication content item within the Competencies content type.
276
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
For model proles, you can specify target prociency levels for items on the prole, to compare model proles with
worker proles. Using the ratings:
• Managers can compare a model prole to workers' proles with and determine the best person suited to ll a
position.
• Workers can compare their prole to model proles to identify:
Rating models that measure workers' potential and the impact and risk of loss are also available.
Rating models can include some or all of the following components, depending on the use for the model:
• Rating levels
• Review points
• Rating categories
• Distributions
Rating Levels
Rating levels identify the qualitative values, such as 1, 2, 3, or 4, that you use to rate a worker.
For rating models that are used by Oracle Fusion Performance Management, you must:
• Dene numeric ratings, particularly for rating models in performance documents that use calculated ratings.
• Dene rating levels using whole numbers, with the highest number indicating the best rating. Rating levels
determine high and low ratings in the analytics.
Review Points
Dene review points for rating models in performance documents that use the average, sum, or band calculation
method. The review points and point ranges that you dene for the rating model are used to calculate ratings.
Rating Categories
Using rating categories you can group rating levels together for analysis tools used in the talent review process, such as
the box chart that is used in the talent review process. You can group rating levels into categories such as low, medium,
and high, and those categories then become the labels for the analytic. You should not change rating categories after
seing them up, as the changes could aect the analytic.
Distributions
Oracle Fusion Compensation Management and Oracle Fusion Performance Management both use rating model
distributions to determine the targeted minimum and maximum percentage of workers that should be given each rating
level. Compensation Management uses the distribution values that you set up directly on rating models. However,
you can set up distributions using the Manage Target Ratings Distribution task for rating models that are used in
Performance Management.
Related Topics
• How You Compare Workers Using the Performance and Potential Box Chart
• Considerations for Creating Performance Template Sections
277
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Talent score Evaluate a person's overall value to the organization using a rating model your organization
denes.
Potential level Evaluate a person based on the execution of the person's work.
Potential score Evaluate a person's aainable level of excellence or ability to achieve success.
N box cell assignment Evaluate a person's current contribution and potential contribution to the organization on a
box chart matrix with N boxes. N represents the number of boxes in the grid.
Advancement readiness Evaluate a person's readiness for the next position in their career development.
Impact of loss Evaluate the real or perceived eects on an organization when the person leaves.
Behavior ratings Evaluate a person's actions for a behavior associated with a competency.
278
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Talent Ratings Can Be Updated on Can Be Updated in Can Be Updated Can Be Updated
the Career Planning Talent Review? in Performance in Succession
page? Management? Management?
Advancement Yes No No No
readiness
Note: You can update Behavior ratings under Competencies on the Edit Skills and Qualications page for a
person.
Related Topics
• How You Congure Performance Ratings in Compensation
• How You Modify the Skills and Qualications Page to View Talent Ratings
Content Types
Content types are the skills, qualities, and qualications that you want to track in talent proles. The content library
contains predened content types such as competencies, languages, and degrees, but you can create custom content
types as needed. You can also create free-form content types. Use the Manage Content Types task in the Proles work
area to create a custom content type.
Depending on your business requirements, you can use predened content types or create custom content types. A
predened or custom content type, can be a free-form content type or not.
• Properties: Represents the information that you want to capture for the content type. You dene properties for
a content type on the Field Properties tab on the Edit Content Type page.
Note: On the Field Properties tab, the values of the following elds are automatically generated and
can't be edited:
◦ Content Type ID
◦ Content Item ID
◦ Name
◦ From Date
◦ Content Supplier
• Relationships: Associations between content types, where one content type is a parent of another, or where
one content type supports another. You dene relationships for a content type on the Relationships tab on the
Edit Content Type page. On the Relationships tab, the Prociency Calculation Rule eld is applicable for the
Behaviors content type only. The value of this eld is set to Average by default and can't be edited.
You can specify whether one content type is a parent of another, or whether one content type supports
another. Content items inherit the relationship of associated content types. After you create a relationship, you
can't delete it. You can only specify an end date for it so that the relationship is no longer applicable from the
end date.
◦ Two kinds of relationships between two content types. For example, the content type A can't be both the
parent and child of the content type B.
◦ A relationship between a content type and itself. For example, a content type can't be related to itself.
• Subscribers: Codes that represent other Oracle Cloud products or applications that use content types. To use
a content type in an Oracle Cloud application, you must add the predened subscriber code associated with
the application to the content type. Custom subscriber codes aren't supported. You add subscriber codes to a
content type on the Subscribers tab on the Edit Content Type page.
• Categories
• Competencies
• Components
280
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
• Degree
• Education Levels
• Goals
• Honors and Awards
• Languages
• Licenses and Certications
• Memberships
• N Box Cell Assignment
• Platforms
• Platform codes
• Product problem codes
• Technical Post Details
Note: Free-form content types don't contain relationships or properties. You add properties for free-form
content types when you add them to a prole type.
You can use free-form content types when you don't need a content item because the aribute captured for the content
section is free-formed or less-structured. For example, you cant set up a free-form content type to store information for
career-related information.
281
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
The values of the following content type properties for content types that aren't free-form content types are
automatically generated for a prole item and should not be modied:
• CONTENT_ITEM_ID
• CONTENT_SUPPLIER_CODE
• CONTENT_TYPE_ID
• DATE_FROM
• NAME
Note: The DATE_FROM property stores the start date information of a content item within the content type.
This eld is used for maintaining the history of content items and isn't recommend to be displayed on the UI
Aribute Description
Determines if the property is editable, hidden, or display only for a content item
Display
Label for the property displayed on UI when the property is included within a content type
Label
Source Name of the lookup type that provides values for the property. This aribute is specied for
properties ITEM_TEXT_1 to ITEM_TEXT_10
282
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
The country ID associated with the content item within the content type
COUNTRY_ID
Any date. Use these elds to enter dates for prole items
ITEM_DATE_1 to ITEM_DATE_10
ITEM_TEXT_1 to ITEM_TEXT_10 Data that requires selecting values from a list. Each eld can store up to 30 characters of data.
You provide values for ITEM_TEXT_1 to ITEM_TEXT_10 properties by specifying a lookup type
for their Source aribute
Nontranslatable data, such as a code or serial ID. Each eld can store up to 30 characters of
ITEM_TEXT_11 to ITEM_TEXT_30 data
The rating model. The rating model you specify for a content type is also applicable for
RATING_MODEL_ID content items associated with the content type. However, for the content items added to the
Competencies content type, the rating model selected for the Competencies content section
takes precedence
The state ID associated with the content item within the content type
STATE_PROVINCE_ID
Content Subscribers
Content subscribers are codes that represent functional areas that use content types. You manage subscriber codes
using the Manage Content Subscribers task in the Proles work area.
To use a content type in a functional area, you must add the associated predened subscriber code to the content type.
Example: You add a new custom content type Corporate Citizenship to the Person prole type. To view the content
section for Corporate Citizenship in the Skills and Qualications work area, you must add the HRMS content subscriber
code to the new content type.
283
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
◦ Talent Review
◦ Succession Management
◦ Performance Management
◦ Network at Work
◦ Resource Management
◦ Person Management
◦ Proles
Note: Dierent subscriber codes are used to make content types available for job proles and
person proles in the Proles work area.
• Other Oracle Cloud applications such as Oracle Taleo Recruiting Cloud Service
The following table displays the predened subscriber codes and the corresponding Oracle Fusion application where
the subscribed content types are displayed.
Talent Review
HRTR
Succession Management
SM
Performance Management
HRA
Network at Work
HRS
Resource Management
RM
284
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
The following table displays the predened subscriber codes, the corresponding work area where the subscribed
content types are displayed, and the navigation to the work area.
Person Management
HRMSSPC Select My Workforce then Person
Management on the Home page.
Team Talent
HRMS Select My Team then Team Talent on the
Home page.
285
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Note: Because these content types and relationships apply only to the Resource Manager component of
Oracle Fusion Trading Community Model, this product is the only predened content subscriber to these
content types.
Content Items
Content items are the individual skills, qualities, and qualications within the content types in the content library. For
example, within the Competencies content type, communication is a content item. Use the Manage Content Items task
in the Proles work area to create content items that meet your business needs.
This topic discusses:
• Item properties
• Related content items
• Prociency descriptions
Item Properties
Content items inherit the elds and eld properties that you dene for the content type to which the item belongs. For
example, one of the elds dened for the Memberships content type is ITEM_DESCRIPTION eld. The aributes of this
eld are set up so that the label is Description, the eld is editable, and the eld doesn't require an entry. When you set
up a content item for the Memberships content type, the application displays a eld labeled Description, in which you
can enter text to describe the agency, but the eld isn't required.
Prociency Descriptions
If the content item belongs to a content type that has a rating model dened for it, then you can either use the existing
descriptions for the ratings within the model, or dene descriptions for the ratings that are specic to the content item.
When ratings exist for the content item, the descriptions dened for the item are used instead of those on the rating
model.
286
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Content types are dened as content sections in prole types. You can enable approvals for a content section when you
edit or create a prole type by using the Manage Prole Types task. You can open the task:
• In the Setup and Maintenance work area. To open the Setup and Maintenance work area, select Navigator >
Setup and Maintenance.
• In the Proles work area. To open the Proles work area, select Navigator > My Workforce > Proles.
As an HR specialist or implementor, follow these steps to enable approval for a content section when you create or edit
the person prole type on the Manage Prole Types page:
1. On the Content Sections tab, click the link to the content section.
2. Click the content section link in the Content Sections region to open the Content Section page.
3. Select the Approval Required check box to enable approval for that content section.
4. Click OK to save your changes.
Note: You can enable approval for a content section added to only the Person prole type.
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Managing Approval Rules
Can a predened rating model be used to rate corporate No. The predened rating models don't have relevant rating
citizenship? descriptions.
Should the content type be a free-form content type? No. Content items are needed, and the content should be stored
in the content library.
• ITEM_TEXT_20
• RATING_MODEL_ID
287
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Does the content type need any content subscribers? Yes. In order to be visible on the person prole, the new content
type must be added to the HRMS content subscriber code.
What content items are needed to track the required information? • Corporate social responsibility
• Corporate environmental responsibility
• Corporate industrial citizenship
• Corporate state citizenship
• Corporate borough, council, or municipal citizenship
To track corporate citizenship for your workers, complete the following tasks:
Field Value
Citizenship
Code
Corporate Citizenship
Rating Name
4. On the Rating Levels tab, complete the following elds, as shown in this table.
288
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Field Value
Citizenship
Code
Corporate Citizenship
Name
4. Set up the following eld properties, as shown in this table. Use the default values except where indicated.
289
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Field Value
Corporate Citizenship
Content Type
4. On the Create Content Item: Corporate Social Responsibility page, select the Corporate Citizenship rating
model in the Rating eld.
5. Click Save and Close.
6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 to add content items for Corporate Environmental Responsibility, Corporate Industrial
Citizenship, Corporate State Citizenship, and Corporate Borough, Council, or Municipal Citizenship.
Adding the Corporate Citizenship Content Type to the Person Prole Type
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, search for the Manage Prole Types task and click Go to Task.
2. On the Manage Prole Types page, locate the Person prole type and click Edit.
3. On the Edit Prole Type: Person page, select the Content Sections tab.
4. In the Content Sections region, click Add Content Section.
5. In the Content Types dialog box, select Citizenship.
6. In the Content Sections region, click Citizenship.
7. On the Content Section page, set up the following eld properties, as shown in this table. Use the default values
except where indicated.
8. On the Edit Prole Type: Person page, click Save and Close.
290
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Must the content type be a free-form content type? Yes. Content items aren't needed, and the content must not be
stored in the content library.
Does the content type need any content subscribers? Yes. In order to be visible on the person prole, the new content
type must be added to the HRMS content subscriber code.
• ITEM_TEXT30_1
• ITEM_DATE_1
• ITEM_DATE_2
• ITEM_TEXT240_1
291
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
• Label: To Date
• Display: Detail
What role access must be granted for the content section? Employees, managers, and HR specialists must all have access to
update the section.
To set up a free-form content type to track previous employment information for workers, you must:
• Set up a free-form content type
• Add the free-form content type to the person prole type
Field Value
PREVEMP
Code
Previous Employment
Name
292
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
The following features aren't available for the Behaviors content type:
• Print behaviors in the Talent Prole Summary report
• Search for persons or competencies based on behaviors using the advanced search
293
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
• Upload behaviors content such as from a third-party supplier or HCM Data Loader
• Support for using behaviors in other Oracle Fusion products
Note: The prociency calculation rule is applicable for the Behaviors content type only. The value of the
Prociency Calculation Rule eld on the Relationships tab on the Edit Content Type page for Behaviors is set
to Average by default and can't be edited. Using this rule, the application calculates the prociency rating for
the competency as the average of the behavior ratings. The rating provided at the competency level is ignored
by the application.
Talent Proles
294
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Prole Types
Prole types include person prole types and model prole types. Use the Manage Prole Types task in the Proles or
Setup and Maintenance work area to create a prole type.
Note: You must use the Job prole type to create proles for jobs or positions.
• Identies the targeted and required skills and qualications for a job or position.
• Identies work requirements, such as work schedule and travel frequency.
Note: You access the Behaviors content section only after you select the Competencies content section on
the Edit Prole Type page.
Section Properties
The properties determine the elds and how they are displayed when you create proles based on the type. For
example, properties determine the label for the eld, whether the eld is required, and whether the eld should be
included in prole searches.
295
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Role Access
You can specify user roles such as Employee or Manager, which dene who can view the content section, and who can
update the section.
Related Topics
• Model Proles
• Create Job Proles
• Create Position Proles
If you choose to deselect the Autocreate Person Proles check box for the person prole type and no prole exists
for a person, the application displays an error message to create or upload prole when you access that person's Skills
and Qualications page. However, when uploading talent prole data from external sources, you must deselect the
Autocreate Person Proles check box to avoid duplication of person proles.
Related Topics
• Person Records
• How can I hide an aribute on the person prole
296
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Note: The tools available to you for uploading talent prole data depend on the seing of the HCM Data
Loader Scope parameter. The ADFdi workbook isn't aected by the HCM Data Loader Scope parameter. You
can continue to upload competencies using the ADFdi workbook regardless of the parameter seing.
• Uploading content items using an ADFdi workbook, see Uploading Competencies and Content Items into
Oracle Fusion Prole Management (1453118.1) on My Oracle Support at hps://support.oracle.com.
• All data loaders mentioned earlier, see Oracle Human Capital Management Cloud Integrating with Oracle HCM
Cloud Guide.
Uploading Actions
The following table displays the type of talent prole data you typically upload and the actions you perform to load that
data.
Note: Use the Open Competency Excel Template option to generate the ADFdi workbook for uploading
competencies. The option is available on the Manage Content Items page in the Proles work area.
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Using Desktop Integrated Excel Workbooks
297
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Tip: Alternatively, use the Manage Talent Prole task in the Person Management work area
to open a person's Skills and Qualications page.
3. Click Edit on the Skills and Qualications page to either edit the content, or add it to the worker's prole.
As a manager, follow these steps to either edit the content or add it to a report's prole:
1. Click My Team > Team Talent.
2. Click a report's person card to open the Skills and Qualications page for the report.
3. Click Edit on the Skills and Qualications page to either edit the content, or add it to the report's prole.
Report Sections
The Talent Prole report can contain a person summary and ve congurable sections. This table describes the
contents of each section.
Talent Overview Performance evaluation information for up three years. The section includes the evaluation
period, overall rating, overall comments, and a bar graph comparing the performance ratings.
You can also include talent ratings.
Education and Qualications Competency ratings and evaluation types, degrees, licenses and certications, honors and
awards, and memberships.
Career Options and Interests Career preference and advancement readiness information, including willingness to travel,
relocate, consider part-time employment, or adopt exible work schedules. You can also
include preferred career moves and any jobs in a worker's interest list.
298
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Goals Development and performance goal information, such as goal names, completion dates,
statuses, and descriptions. This section includes a graph of goal achievements for the worker.
Print Formats
You can print the Talent Prole Summary in the following formats:
Microsoft Excel Includes all selected workers in an Excel workbook, with one prole per worksheet and the
worker's name as the tab label. This format doesn't include the photograph, performance
history, or goals graphs.
Content Sections
Content Sections
Content sections are sections in a prole, person or model, containing prole items. The properties for the content
sections are congured under the prole type. You dene properties for each content section. However, the accessibility
of a content section for person proles is dependent on the role and security privileges assigned to you.
299
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
enable or disable approval for a content section. You open the Content Section page, when you add or edit a content
section for the person or job prole type on the Manage Prole Types page in the Proles or Setup and Maintenance
work area. You must have the HR specialist or implementor role or privileges to perform this task.
If you search for person proles, the search results display proles that match the search criteria. However, you can view
content sections details of a person prole based on the access level given to your role. You search for person proles
on the Search: Proles page in the Proles work area.
Content sections in person proles are unsecured when person proles are included in:
• Best-t analyses
• Prole comparisons
• Oracle Transactional Business Intelligence reports
No access is required for content sections added to model proles as their content aren't secured.
Related Topics
• How You Secure Content Sections in Person Proles
Aribute Description
Value that appears by default for the content section property on the prole
Default Value
Determines if the content section property is displayed on the prole. If yes, then whether the
Display property is displayed on the content section summary, content section details area, or both
300
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Aribute Description
Label for the content section property displayed on the prole when the property is included
Label within a content section
Determines if the content section property name must be included in prole searches
Searchable
Value Set Name Name of the lookup type or a predened value set that provides values for the content section
property. You specify a lookup type for properties ITEM_TEXT30_6 to ITEM_TEXT30_15. The
value set is already dened for a predened content section property, if applicable. For custom
content types, you can specify only a lookup type as the value for this aribute
View Aribute Species the aribute in the predened value set that provides the list of values for a content
section property. You enter a value for this aribute only for predened content section
properties and when you mention a predened value set in the Value Set Name aribute. The
view aribute is already dened for a predened content section property, if applicable. You
can't use this aribute for custom content types
Note: The functionality associated with the Searchable aribute isn't available for use in the application.
COUNTRY_ID The country ID associated with the prole item. Ensure that the value of the Value Set Name
aribute is CountryPVO and View Aribute aribute is GeographyName, where CountryPVO
is the name of the value set and GeographyName is the aribute in the CountryPVO value set
that provides a list of values for the COUNTRY_ID property
The start date information of a content section. This property is used for maintaining the
DATE_FROM history of prole items and isn't recommend to be displayed on the UI
The end date information of a content section. This property is used for maintaining the
DATE_TO history of prole items and isn't recommend to be displayed on the UI
Any date. Use these properties to enter dates for prole items
ITEM_DATE_1 to ITEM_DATE_10
Numeric data that includes decimals. For example, price USD 2.99
ITEM_DECIMAL_1 to
ITEM_DECIMAL_5
301
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Numeric data that doesn't include decimals. For example, age 29 years
ITEM_NUMBER_1 to
ITEM_NUMBER_10
ITEM_TEXT30_6 to Data that requires selecting values from a list. Ensure that the value of the Value Set Name
ITEM_TEXT30_15 aribute is a lookup type. For example, HRT_RISK_REASON is a lookup type for selecting risk
of loss reasons
ITEM_TEXT_240_1 to A simple text string, such as a name. Each property can store up to 240 characters of data. If
ITEM_TEXT_240_15 the ITEM_TEXT_240_1 property is used in:
• A predened free-form content type, you can't enter duplicate data for this property for
a prole item
• A custom free-form content type, you can enter duplicate data for this property for a
prole item
• A predened or custom content type that aren't free-form, you can't enter duplicate
data for this property for a content item
Long text data, such as a comment. Each property can store up to 2000 characters of data
ITEM_TEXT2000_1 to
ITEM_TEXT2000_5
The priority of the content section. The value of this property is used in the best-t algorithm
IMPORTANCE
The level of interest. This property is added to the Competency content section. The value of
INTEREST_LEVEL this property is based on the Interest Rating Model and is automatically generated for a prole
item
MANDATORY Whether the item in a content type is required or not. This property is used by content types
that are added to the Job prole type. Ensure that the value of the Value Set Name aribute
is YES_NO. If added to a content type, the label for this property, is displayed as a check box
column for content items within the content type for a job prole. The default label for this
property is Required
The instance qualier information assigned to the prole content section. To uniquely
QUALIFIER_ID1 to QUALIFIER_ID2 identify dierent instances of competencies, you must not modify the predened value of the
QUALIFIER_ ID1 and QUALIFIER_ID2 properties for the Competency content section included in
the Person prole type
The last updated date of the content section. The value of this property is automatically
LAST_UPDATE_DATE generated for a prole item
RATING_MODEL_ID1 to The rating model information of a prole content section. The RATING_MODEL_ID1 property
RATING_MODEL_ID3 is used for storing the rating model information for the Competencies content section
302
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
associated with a job or person prole type. The default value for this property is Prociency
Rating Model
STATE_PROVINCE_ID The state ID associated with the prole item. This property is used in conjunction with
the COUNTRY_ID property. Ensure that the value of the Value Set Name aribute is
StateProvincePVO and View Aribute is GeographyName, where StateProvincePVO is the
name of the value set and GeographyName is the aribute in the StateProvincePVO value set
that provides a list of values for the STATE_PROVINCE_ID property
Note:
• For content sections associated with free-form content types, the values of the properties
CONTENT_TYPE_ID and DATE_FROM are automatically generated for a prole and should not be modied.
• For content sections associated with content types that aren't free-form, the values of the properties
CONTENT_TYPE_ID, CONTENT_ITEM_ID, and DATE_FROM are automatically generated for a prole and
should not be modied.
• The SOURCE_ID property isn't used by the application and can be ignored.
Scenario
The First Software organization associates the following content sections with the person prole type. These content
sections are available as searchable prole content.
• Competencies
• Degree
• Languages
• Licenses and Certications
The organization has employee, line manager, and license manager roles. An appropriate person security prole is
assigned to each role. According to the person security prole:
• Users with the employee role can search for workers according to their access privileges for person records in
the directory and manage their own records.
• Users with the line manager role can manage the person records of their reports.
• Users with the license manager role can manage the person records of workers in their department.
The access level for each content section for a role is dened as shown in the following table.
Content Section Access Level for the Access Level for the Line Access Level for the License
Employee Role Manager Role Manager Role
303
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Content Section Access Level for the Access Level for the Line Access Level for the License
Employee Role Manager Role Manager Role
• Search for all workers in the directory and view the publicly accessible content of a person prole
• Search for their own person prole using the searchable prole content
• View their own person prole content for which they have edit or view access. In the example, all employees
can view their competencies, degree, languages, and licenses and certications content on their prole
• Edit their own person prole content for which they have edit access. In the example, all employees can edit
their competencies, degree, and languages content on their person prole
• View, add, and remove aachments for their person prole content
• Search for direct reports within their own person security prole on the Team Talent page
• View secured content of person proles of their direct reports within their own person security prole. In this
example, all line managers can view competencies, degree, languages, and licenses and certications content
on their reports' person prole
• Edit secured content of person proles of their direct reports within their own person security prole. In this
example, all line managers can edit competencies, degree, languages, and licenses and certications content
on their reports' person prole
• View, add, and remove aachments for person prole content of their direct reports within their own person
security prole
• Search for workers within their own person security prole in the directory using the searchable prole content
• View Licenses and Certications content for person proles of workers within their own person security prole
• Edit Licenses and Certications content of person proles of workers within their own person security prole
304
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Related Topics
• How You Secure Content Sections in Person Proles
Purpose
Instance qualiers identify the role of a person or the application that updated a content type. For example, if a worker,
the worker's peer, and the worker's manager all enter a rating for a competency on the worker's prole, instance
qualier sets uniquely identify each instance, or the rating given by each dierent role. Uniquely identifying dierent
instances of competencies enables you to specify which instance is used when you view or compare proles. Instance
qualiers also aect data entered for content types. For example, if congured, a worker with an employee prole can
enter a competency with the Evaluation Type instance qualier as Self only.
Properties
Each instance qualier contains a code and a description, which indicate the role or the application that updated the
content type.
The following examples list the instance qualiers displayed on the UI or BI reports when the content type is updated by:
• An application: If an employee's potential rating is updated in a talent review meeting, the instance qualier of
the rating appears as TRPOTENTIAL in BI reports. Similarly, if the rating is updated on the employee's Career
Planning page, the instance qualier appears as PROFILEPOTENTIAL in BI reports.
• A role: If a competency is updated by an employee, the value of the Evaluation Type instance qualier appears
as Self on the employee's Edit Skills and Qualications page and BI reports. Similarly, if the competency is
updated by a manager, the value of the Evaluation Type qualier appears as Supervisor.
• Priority
• Employee and manager views
• Search ability
• Default instance qualier for employee and manager
Priority
Priority determines:
305
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Search Ability
You can specify whether items that have been assigned the instance qualier code should be included in prole
searches. For example, you might not want the ratings for competencies given by peers to display when other workers
are searching person proles.
Lookups
Prole Management Lookups
This topic identies common lookups that are prole management-related and have user or extensible conguration
levels. Review these lookups, and update them as appropriate to suit enterprise requirements.
HRT_ CONTENT_ SUPP_CODE Codes to identify where the content type Extensible
originated, such as from the customer or
from a third party. Human Resource (HR)
Specialists assign supplier codes when
seing up new content types.
306
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
307
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
HRT_ VALIDITY_ PERIOD Periods of time for which content items User
such as licenses and certications are
valid. Managers and human resource (HR)
specialists select validity periods when
seing up content items for the Licenses
and Certications content type.
Related Topics
• Overview of Lookups
308
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Development Readiness
The Human Resource (HR) department at InFusion Corporation wants to track development readiness for employees
using the person prole. They would also like to indicate whether a worker is a candidate for serving as a mentor to
another worker.
To indicate whether a worker is a candidate for being a mentor, they want three choices:
• Yes
• No
• Maybe
Analysis
InFusion analyzes the existing content types in the content library, and decides that none of the content types works.
They must create a free-form content type called Development Readiness. The content type is free-form because
content items aren't needed, and the information needn't be stored in the content library.
Next, they analyze the existing common lookups, and determine that they can use an existing lookup type,
HRT_READINESS but add lookup codes and meanings to suit their needs. For the indicator for mentorship, they must
create a common lookup.
After creating the content type and lookup and changing the lookup codes for HRT_READINESS, they must add the
content type as a content section to the person prole. Adding the content section to the person prole enables HR
Specialists and managers to add the section to workers' proles. they can then rate workers on their readiness level and
ability to be a mentor.
Note: You can aach lookup values to only these content section properties: ITEM_TEXT30_6 through
ITEM_TEXT30_15.
Resulting Setup
To track development readiness for workers, InFusion must complete the following setup:
1. Using the Manage Common Lookups task in the Setup and Maintenance work area, locate the
HRT_READINESS lookup type.
2. Add codes for 1 to 2 years, 3 to 4 years, and Ready Now.
3. Using the Manage Common Lookups task, create a common lookup called HRT_MENTOR, and add the three
values of Yes, No, and Maybe.
4. Using the Manage Content Types task in the Setup and Maintenance work area, create a free-form content
type called Development Readiness. Add HRMS and TM as the content subscribers.
309
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
5. Using the Manage Prole Types task in the Setup and Maintenance work area, select the Person prole type
and add Development Readiness to it.
6. Using the Manage Prole Types task, select the Development Readiness content section to access the Content
Section page.
Set up the content section by adding two properties as described in this table.
7. In the Content Section Access region on the Content Section page, add the HR Specialist and Manager roles.
Select the option for each role to be able to edit the content section.
HR specialists and managers can then access worker proles and add the Development Readiness content section to
the proles.
Related Topics
• Overview of Lookups
Writing Assistant
How You Upload Writing Assistant Data Using Spreadsheets
Human resource (HR) specialists can upload and associate new Writing Assistant data for competencies using an
application-generated spreadsheet. Use the Export option on the Manage Content Items page in the Proles work area
to generate the spreadsheet for uploading writing assistant data. The uploaded data is associated with each separate
competency.
The application-generated spreadsheet for uploading Writing Assistant data contains the following two worksheets:
• Feedback Suggestions - Upload feedback suggestions for each prociency level for each competency.
• Development Tips - Upload development tips associated for each competency.
Spreadsheet Generation
You can generate the spreadsheet to upload and associate Writing Assistant data with competencies as follows:
1. Navigate to the Manage Content Items page from the Setup and Maintenance work area by querying on the
Manage Prole Content Items task and selecting Go to Task.
2. In the Search Results region, click the Export icon and select the Writing Assistant Excel Template action. A
File Download dialog box appears.
310
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
3. Click Save. Select a destination on your local hard disk to save the CompetencyFeedbackSuggestion.xlsx
spreadsheet.
To update an existing feedback suggestion, click Download to download all feedback suggestions for competencies
into the spreadsheet. You can then update the suggested text and click Upload. After you click Upload, click Save to
commit the feedback suggestions for prociency levels for associated competencies into the application database.
Note: You can enter the same suggestion text for multiple competencies and for multiple prociency levels.
To update an existing development tip, click Download to download all development tips for competencies into the
spreadsheet. You can then update the suggested text and click Upload. After you click Upload, click Save to commit the
updated development tips for associated competencies into the application database.
Note: You can enter the same suggestion text for multiple competencies.
Related Topics
• How Writing Assistant Works with Performance Documents
• Guidelines for Using Desktop Integrated Excel Workbooks
• How You Set up Writing Assistant for Performance Documents
Writing Assistant
Writing Assistant is a tool that provides suggestions for a manager when writing comments or feedback for a worker's
competency or rating level during performance evaluation. Writing Assistant suggests statements associated with
competencies and prociency levels within those competencies, to help describe a worker's observed and wanted
actions. The Writing Assistant data is displayed in the form of feedback suggestions and development tips. Use the
Export option on the Manage Content Items page in the Proles work area to generate the spreadsheet for uploading
writing assistant data.
Related Topics
• How Writing Assistant Works with Performance Documents
• Guidelines for Seing Up Performance Templates
311
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Questionnaires
Questionnaires
You can create questionnaires to gather information in applications that support them. For example, you can use
questionnaires to collect feedback in a performance evaluation. This topic describes aspects of questionnaire creation
and maintenance. Use the Manage Questionnaire Templates, Manage Questionnaires, and Manage Question Library
tasks in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Subscriber Applications
Applications which are eligible to use questionnaires are called subscriber applications. You must select the subscriber
application for each questionnaire. When you select the subscriber on the Manage Questionnaires page, you can create
questionnaires for the selected subscriber only. In addition, the subscriber lters your search results to display only
questionnaires created for that subscriber.
Note: Some subscriber applications use Setup and Maintenance tasks to manage questionnaire components
while others provide their own tasks or don't allow modication of questionnaires. See the documentation for
the subscriber applications for more information.
Folders
You maintain folders to store questionnaires. For each subscriber application, you can create as many folders as
required to dierentiate or identify the questionnaires.
Questionnaire Templates
All questionnaires are based on templates, which promote consistency. When creating a questionnaire, you must
select a template on which to base the questionnaire. The template can provide default seings or enforce mandatory
requirements such as specic sections and questions that must be in all questionnaires created using the template. You
can congure templates for:
• Specic applications
• General audiences, such as an entire organization or all internal customers
• Targeted audiences, such as particular roles (managers, for example)
• Specic purposes, such as providing feedback for performance evaluation periods or rate worker potential in an
assessment for a talent review
You can create questionnaires only from templates that were created for the same subscriber as the questionnaire.
Questionnaire Presentation
You can specify how the questionnaire appears in the subscriber application. For example, you can:
• Make the questionnaire single- or multiple-paged.
• Add sections to group questions by type or other classication.
• Mark questions as required.
312
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
For each question type, you also congure responses and select a presentation method. For example, for single-choice
questions, you can specify that the possible responses appear either in a list or as radio buons.
For the Single-Choice and Multiple-Choice question types, you can create conditional questions by selecting Display
the question conditionally check box. You need to specify the controlling question code and response. Based on the
respondent's answer to a previous question, you can display a question. The conditional question and the controlling
question must both exist in the questionnaire to display the conditional question.
For example, for a controlling question such as, Did you receive assistance with this form? If the controlling response
is Yes, then you can display the conditional question, Which type of assistance did you receive?
You can also add response feedback visible to respondents to display a targeted message to their response, if the
subscribing application uses response feedback.
Tip: You can assign your own response codes to the responses that you create in choice-based questions.
The application provides the response code by default. But you can remove the response code and enter a
code of your choice so that it is meaningful and helpful in organizing your setup.
Related Topics
• How Performance Documents Work with Questionnaires
313
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
based on a scored template doesn't have to be scored. To score a questionnaire, you must also select the overall score
calculation rule that species the formula used to calculate scores.
Note: Scoring only applies to subscriber applications that allow scoring.
If you edit the template and deselect Score Questionnaire, existing questionnaires made from the template aren't
aected. Only questionnaires made in the future from the template aren't scored.
Value Description
Stack Regions Multiple sections appear as specied on the Section Order option.
The Section Order option controls section order. This table describes the Section Order values.
Value Description
Each respondent views the sections in a dierent order. Reviewers view the sections in
Random sequential order to provide consistency when reviewing responses.
You can specify whether questionnaires based on this template can override these values.
Value Description
Each respondent views the questions in a dierent order. Reviewers view the questions in
Random sequential order to provide consistency when reviewing responses.
314
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
You can override the default values of these options for individual sections. You can also specify whether
questionnaires based on this template can override these values.
Section Format
The Allow Additional Questions option controls whether authorized users can add questions in the subscriber
application. For example, for performance documents, that could be managers or workers.
If you select the Required option, then respondents must answer all questions in the section.
If you select New Page option, the section starts a new page. A section may ll more than one page, depending on the
number of questions specied in the Maximum Number of Questions per Page eld.
If the section itself isn't required, then you can mark individual questions as required. Otherwise, respondents must
answer all questions.
Preview
You can use the Preview action to review sections, questions, responses, response feedback, and test scoring.
315
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
You can also create, edit, and copy questions directly in questionnaire templates and questionnaires. Use the Manage
Questionnaire Templates and Manage Questionnaire tasks in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Subscriber Applications
When creating a question, you must select a subscriber application for the question and a folder in which to include it.
You can create folders for each subscriber application to store questions for the subscriber. A question is only available
to questionnaires with the same subscriber.
Text Questions
Respondents enter their responses in a text eld. For the response, you can specify:
• Both a minimum and a maximum number of characters.
• Either plain text or rich text. Select rich text to let respondents use formaing, such as bold and underline.
Single-Choice Questions
Respondents select one response from several. You specify whether the responses appear in a list or as radio buons.
You can select a rating model to quickly provide consistent responses. When you select a rating model, the rating levels
appear as responses. You can add, remove, or edit the responses. If you change the rating model, the question doesn't
update to reect the changes. For example, if the rating model contains ve rating levels, the short descriptions for each
level appear as responses from which the respondent can select.
You can add feedback to display messages to respondents for responses. The response feedback appears when the
respondent submits the questionnaire.
When you congure a single-choice question as a radio buon and specify that it isn't required, the No opinion
response appears automatically as a response. This option allows respondents to change their responses to no opinion
if they already selected a response that they can't deselect.
Multiple-Choice Questions
Respondents can provide one or more answers. Specify whether the responses are presented as check boxes or a
choice list. You can set both a minimum and maximum number of required responses. As with single-choice questions,
you can associate a rating model with the response type. You can add response feedback to multiple-choice questions,
as with single-choice questions.
No-Response Questions
Use this question type when no response is required. You can use it to add instructions or information to the section.
Response Scoring
You can congure single- and multiple-choice questions to score the responses. To score responses, you can either set
them up to use user-dened scoring or select a rating model to use the predened numeric rating. Responses using
rating models are only scored when the question is congured for scoring. The application uses the score from the
responses to calculate the score of questionnaires that are congured to be scored. With the rating models, you can edit
the short description and score.
Note: The Potential Assessment, a specic questionnaire type, calculates potential ratings. The potential
assessment is available only in the talent review business process. Set up the potential assessment using the
Manage Potential Assessment task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Aachments
For all types of questions, including no-response questions, specify whether respondents can add aachments.
316
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Create a Questionnaire
This topic summarizes how to create a questionnaire. Use the Manage Questionnaires task in the Setup and
Maintenance work area. Select Navigator > Setup and Maintenance.
317
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Set the questionnaire Status value to Active when the questionnaire is ready for use.
Subscriber Applications
Only eligible subscriber applications can use scored questionnaires. Recruiting is the only subscriber eligible to use
scored questionnaires.
Scored Questions
To create a questionnaire that can be scored, you must add questions that have responses congured for scoring to the
section. You can either add questions from the question library or create scored questions in the section itself.
You can add questions that aren't congured for scoring to a scored questionnaire. These questions aren't included in
the overall score calculation.
Percentage (Sum of question scores / Sum of maximum possible question scores) * 100
When calculating the score, questions that are congured for scoring have no value when no score is provided.
318
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Aribute Value
For this questionnaire, the maximum possible score is 45 (9 x 5). The maximum average score is 5 (45/9).
A respondent responds to the questionnaire and selects the maximum value of 5 for eight of the nine scored questions,
leaving one blank. The respondent also selects a response for the question that isn't scored. The application calculates
the questionnaire score in the following manner:
• The sum of the responses is 40 (8 x 5). The question that isn't scored doesn't aect the score.
• Using the Average calculation rule, the nal questionnaire score is 4.44 (40/9).
Preview
Click Preview to review the questionnaire questions and scoring. Select answers and click Test to see the resulting
questionnaire score and any response feedback. Click Reset to clear the scores and test again.
Subscriber Applications
Only eligible subscriber applications can use scored questions.
If you select single choice, the question score is the value of the selected response. For multiple-choice questions, the
total value of all selected responses is the question score.
319
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Score Question
To score the question, select Score Question. Scored questionnaires use scored questions to determine the
questionnaire score. You set the default calculation rule in the template, but this can be overridden in the questionnaire.
You can edit a saved question to remove scoring for any subsequent uses of the question. If you remove scoring from a
question that is in use in a scored questionnaire, the scoring is retained in that questionnaire.
You can add scored questions to questionnaires that aren't scored. In questionnaires that aren't scored, response scores
aren't available.
Tip: Use the Preview feature to ensure that the scoring works as you anticipated.
If you don't dene the maximum calculated score or maximum number of responses, the maximum possible score is
the sum of all responses.
Response Conguration
To provide responses for users to select, you must add responses. You can then specify additional conguration for the
responses.
Short Description
When you add responses, you can dene the score for the response. You must enter a short description, which appears
to respondents. You can enter any score for the response and as many responses as your business process requires.
The scores can be the same or varied. For example, you can have ve responses with 5 as the score for each. Or, you
can have ve responses with values of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
Tip: After adding responses, use the Preview feature to ensure that the list of responses isn't to long for
respondents to view eectively.
Rating Model
You can select a rating model to provide a predened short description and score. However, you can edit both the short
descriptions and scores.
320
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Response Feedback
You can add feedback to display messages associated with the responses selected by the respondent. This feedback
may appear to the respondent or to a reviewer depending upon conguration in the subscribing application.
Preview
Click Preview to review the question and responses. Select answers and click Test to see the resulting score and any
response feedback. Click Reset to clear the scores and test again.
321
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Field Value
Active
Status
Any
Description
Select
Allow changes to instructions
Any
Instructions and Help Materials
9. On the Create Questionnaire Template: Contents page, complete the elds, as shown in this table. Use the
default values unless otherwise indicated.
Field Value
Select
Allow changes to format options
Select
Allow changes to sections
322
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
12. Complete the elds, as shown in this table. Use the default values unless otherwise indicated.
Field Value
Section 1
Title
Any
Description
Any
Introduction
Field Value
Section 2
Title
Any
Description
Any
Introduction
Field Value
Deselect
Allow Additional Questions
Select
Required
323
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
4
Ready in 1 year
3
Ready in 2-3 years
2
Ready in 4-5 years
1
Ready in more than 5 years
Note: Alternatively, you can select a predened rating model to score the question rather than
adding short descriptions and scores.
15. Click Save and Close to open the Conrmation dialog box.
The question is added to the question library.
16. Click OK to return to the Create Questionnaire Template: Contents page.
324
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
6. Select a folder, then click OK to reopen the Vision Scored Questionnaire Template: Create Question dialog
box. The question is added to the selected folder in the question library.
7. In the Questions section, complete the elds as shown in this table. For other elds, use the default values
unless otherwise indicated.
Field Value
Select all the tasks that you think this person can assume for the coming year.
Question Text
Multiple Choice
Question Type
Select
Score Question
0
Minimum Calculated Score
8. In the Response section, complete the elds as shown in this table. For other elds, use the default values
unless otherwise indicated.
Field Value
Select
Allow aachments
1
Minimum Number of Selections
3
Maximum Number of Selections
9. Click Add.
10. In the Short Description column, enter Mentoring.
11. In the Score column, enter 5.
12. Click the icon in the Response Field column to open the text eld.
13. In the text eld, enter This person will be assigned a person to mentor for six months.
14. Repeat steps 9-13 to add two rows. Complete the elds as shown in this table.
Field Value
Hiring
Short Description
-5
Score
Incorrect. A manager may participate in interviews only. The recruiter handles hiring..
Response Field
Teaching
Short Description
325
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Field Value
5
Score
15. Click Save and Close to open the Conrmation dialog box.
The question is added to the question library.
16. Click OK to return to the Create Questionnaire Template: Contents page.
Eligible Languages
The languages that you can translate are those that are that are installed and active in the application. The translated
text appears in the application for the respective language a user selects when signing in.
326
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Translation Inheritance
Questionnaires inherit translations from the template. You can edit the translations to change them. Question
translations that you congure are also inherited by that question if it's used later in another questionnaire or template.
You can edit the translation either in the Question Library, or in the questionnaire or template in which it's used.
Related Topics
• Enter or Edit Translated Text
Feedback
Considerations for Conguring Feedback Visibility Options
You can congure Feedback visibility options and default options to specify who can see feedback. Use the Manage
Feedback Visibility task in the Setup and Maintenance work area, Workforce Deployment (or Workforce Development)
oering, Workforce Proles functional area.
Feedback Context
You can set feedback for the following contexts:
• ORA_NO_CONTEXT: Used for feedback notes for a person in the person spotlight, person smart navigation,
and elsewhere throughout Oracle Fusion applications.
• ORA_TALENT_REVIEW_TYPE: Used for feedback notes only for talent review meetings. Notes created in
a talent review are visible as Feedback elsewhere in Oracle Fusion applications, but no Feedback created
elsewhere appears in talent review meetings.
327
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
Managers only Managers in the hierarchy of the worker about whom the Feedback is created
Managers and the worker Managers in the hierarchy of the worker, and the worker who receives the feedback
Only me A private note created by an author about the author or another person and visible only to the
author
Only worker and me A private note created by an author about the worker and visible only to the worker and author
of the note
HR specialists can view all feedback except that with the Only me visibility seing.
Note: Feedback visibility is also determined by data security; you can only create or see notes for people
whom you have authorization to view.
Defaults
You can edit the default value that appears in the Visibility choice list when a person creates feedback. If you select the
No default option, no predened option appears in the eld. Users can select the available options whether a default is
set or not. Default seings for the contexts are as follows:
• ORA_NO_CONTEXT: No default
• ORA_TALENT_REVIEW_TYPE: Managers only
If you don't edit the visibility options or defaults, the default seings apply.
Related Topics
• Feedback: Explained
To delete an aribute that isn't a predened aribute from the person prole:
1. Click Manage Prole Types on the Tasks tab in the Proles work area.
329
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
2. Search for the Person prole type and select the row for the prole type in the Search Results section.
3. Click Edit in the Search Results section to open the Edit Prole Type page.
4. On the Content Sections tab, select the content section that includes the aribute you want to delete.
5. In the Content Sections region, click the selected content section link to open the Content Section page.
6. In the Content Properties section, select the row for the aribute and click Delete.
If you create a new version, the previous version isn't aected. The status of the new version is set to Draft and the
questionnaire version number increases by one. The In Use status is set to Prior Version. When a questionnaire is
completed using this version, the In Use status changes to Yes. The changes take eect when you set the status to
Active and save the questionnaire. Respondents see the new version when they start a new response or open a saved
response. Completed questionnaires display the questionnaire version under which it was completed. If respondents
answered questions and saved the questionnaire prior to the new version, their saved responses don't appear when
they reopen the new version.
To enable the custom approval rules for the person prole type, select the Person prole type on the Manage Prole
Types page and click Edit. You then select the Enable Custom Approval Rules check box on the Edit Prole Type page.
For conguring approval rules for person proles, use the Manage Approval Rules interface.
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Managing Approval Rules
330
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
• Business Group Validation: Checks the business group is valid and exists in the Oracle Fusion Global Human
Resources business group table.
• Foreign Key Validation: Foreign key aributes must not be null.
• Field Level Validation: Field level aributes must match the business rules set up in Prole Management
• Row Count Validation: The row count on the setup tables must be greater than 0.
331
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 13
Implementing Global Human Resources Workforce Proles
332
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
• Controls workows for business processes such as hiring an employee or managing promotions.
• Enables you to dene task routing policies that can be as simple or as complex as needed.
• Is fully integrated with HCM to derive approvers based on the supervisory hierarchy, areas of responsibility
(such as HR or Benet Representatives) and other criteria, such as job levels.
For workows, Oracle Fusion Applications uses the approval management extensions of the human workow services
from Oracle Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) Suite as well as the Oracle Business Process Management (BPM)
Worklist application.
• Is a comprehensive software suite used to build, deploy, and manage service-oriented architectures.
• Provides a human workow service that handles all interactions with users or groups in business processes.
For more information about using human workow in SOA Suite, see Developing SOA Applications with Oracle SOA
Suite.
• Users to access tasks assigned to them and perform actions based on their roles in the workow.
• Implementors to perform approval management setup, to dene who should act on which types of transactions
under what conditions.
For more information about working on tasks, see Managing and Monitoring Processes with Oracle Business Process
Management.
333
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
The role BPM Workow All Domains Administrator Role (BPMWorkowAllDomainsAdmin) provides workow access for
all Oracle Fusion product families. This role isn't assigned to any predened job role, but you can add it to custom job
roles.
Note: If you or another administrator has selected news feed as the default home page
layout, then users also get notications in the Things to Finish section on the home page, as
well as the Notications page. The same mode seing that applies to the notications in the
global header also applies to the Things to Finish section and the Notications page.
5. Click Save.
334
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
If the news feed home page layout is selected, then after synchronization, the notication:
The scheduled process doesn't update the title of notications in the global header. Similar to email subjects, the
notication titles are static.
Related Topics
• Submit Scheduled Processes and Process Sets
335
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
You can select approvers for a task, arrange approvers in the required sequence, dene approval rules for each
approver, and congure conditions for each rule.
Note: The HCM Simplied UI does not allow you to modify rules that were created using Advanced Mode in
the BPM Worklist. If you originally created your rule conditions using Advanced Mode in the BPM Worklist, you
must continue to use the BPM Worklist to make changes.
Approval Flow
Approval Management conguration options for Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management determine most of the
actions that are available to the participants in the approval process. For example:
• Either approver can reject the transaction. By default, the approval process stops when the transaction is
rejected.
• The second-level manager can push the transaction back to the rst-level manager, who then has a second
opportunity to review the transaction and either approve or reject it, as appropriate.
336
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
If you change the default seings of the Approval Management conguration options for a task, then dierent actions
or action outcomes become available to this approval ow.
Bypassing Approvals
The application automatically initiates the approval process upon submiing a transaction, if the transaction has
approvals congured. You can override this behavior by enabling the Bypass Approvals option for the transaction. If
you bypass approval for a transaction, the transaction is commied immediately upon submit and is not routed for
approval.
Note:
337
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
When you submit a termination transaction, you can select the Deferred processing option to postpone processing the
transaction until the termination date. This option is typically used in future-dated terminations. However, if you enable
Bypass Approvals for the termination transaction, the Deferred processing option will not be available for selection.
For more information, see Oracle HCM Cloud Common Features Release 13 Transaction Console (2430452.1) on My
Oracle Support at hps://support.oracle.com.
Related Topics
• Manage Transactions That Involve Workow Tasks
• Statuses for Filtering Transactions
• Actions for Managing Transactions
For more information, see Oracle HCM Cloud Common Features Release 13 Transaction Console 2430452.1 on My
Oracle Support at hps://support.oracle.com.
Transfer (Line Manager) Action, Action Reason, Assignment Category, Business Unit, Department, Grade, Destination
Legal Employer, Hourly Paid or Salaried, Job, Location, Position, Salary Amount, Salary
Components, Worker Category, Working at Home
Promotion (Line Manager) Action, Action Reason, Assignment Category, Business Unit, Department, Grade, Hourly Paid
or Salaried, Job, Location, Position, Salary Amount, Salary Components, Worker Category,
Working at Home
338
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Change Working Hours Action, Action Reason, Assignment Category, Hourly Paid or Salaried, Worker Category
Terminate Work Relationship Termination Action, Termination Reason, Notication Date, Recommended for Rehire, Rehire
Recommendation Reason, Termination Date
Hire an Employee Hire Action, Hire Reason, Assignment Category, Business Unit, Citizenship Nationality,
Citizenship To Date, Citizenship Status, Contract Type, Contract Duration, Department, Grade,
Grade Ceiling Step, Grade Ladder, Grade Rate Value, Grade Step, Hourly Paid or Salaried, Job,
Legislative Information (all aributes), Location, National ID Country, National ID Type, Notice
Period, Passport Country, Passport Expiration Date, Passport Type, Payroll, Person Type,
Position, Probation Period, Role Name, Salary Amount, Salary Basis, Salary Components, Visa
or Permit Country, Visa or Permit Expiration Date, Visa or Permit Status, Visa or Permit Type,
Worker Category, Working as a Manager, Working at Home, Working Hours, Working Hours
Frequency
Add a Nonworker Action, Action Reason, Assignment Category, Business Unit, Citizenship Nationality,
Citizenship To Date, Citizenship Status, Contract Type, Contract Duration, Department, Grade,
Grade Ceiling Step, Grade Ladder, Grade Rate Value, Grade Step, Hourly Paid or Salaried,
Job, Legislative Information (all aributes), Location, National ID Country, National ID Type,
Passport Country, Passport Expiration Date, Passport Type, Payroll, Person Type, Position, Role
Name, Salary Amount, Salary Basis, Salary Components, Visa or Permit Country, Visa or Permit
Expiration Date, Visa or Permit Status, Visa or Permit Type, Worker Category, Working as a
Manager, Working at Home, Working Hours, Working Hours Frequency
Add a Contingent Worker Placement Action, Placement Reason, Assignment Category, Business Unit, Citizenship
Nationality, Citizenship To Date, Citizenship Status, Contract Type, Contract Duration,
Department, Grade, Grade Ceiling Step, Grade Ladder, Grade Rate Value, Grade Step, Hourly
Paid or Salaried, Job, Legislative Information (all aributes), Location, National ID Country,
National ID Type, Passport Country, Passport Expiration Date, Passport Type, Payroll, Person
Type, Position, Role Name, Salary Amount, Salary Basis, Salary Components, Visa or Permit
Country, Visa or Permit Expiration Date, Visa or Permit Status, Visa or Permit Type, Worker
Category, Working as a Manager, Working at Home, Working Hours, Working Hours Frequency
Add a Pending Worker Action, Action Reason, Assignment Category, Business Unit, Citizenship Nationality,
Citizenship To Date, Citizenship Status, Contract Type, Contract Duration, Department, Grade,
Grade Ceiling Step, Grade Ladder, Grade Rate Value, Grade Step, Hourly Paid or Salaried, Job,
Legislative Information (all aributes), Location, National ID Country, National ID Type, Notice
Period, Passport Country, Passport Expiration Date, Passport Status, Passport Type, Person
Type, Position, Probation Period, Role Name, Visa or Permit Country, Visa or Permit Expiration
Date, Visa or Permit Status, Visa or Permit Type, Worker Category, Working as a Manager,
Working at Home, Working Hours, Working Hours Frequency, Worker Type
Create Work Relationship (if Action, Action Reason, Assignment Category, Business Unit, Citizenship Nationality,
redirected from an Add Person task) Citizenship To Date, Citizenship Status, Contract Type, Contract Duration, Department, Grade,
Grade Ceiling Step, Grade Ladder, Grade Rate Value, Grade Step, Hourly Paid or Salaried, Job,
Legislative Information (all aributes), Location, National ID Country, National ID Type, Notice
Period, Passport Country, Passport Expiration Date, Passport Status, Passport Type, Payroll,
Person Type, Position, Probation Period, Role Name, Salary Amount, Salary Basis, Salary
Components, Visa or Permit Country, Visa or Permit Expiration Date, Visa or Permit Status,
Visa or Permit Type, Worker Category, Worker Type, Working as a Manager, Working at Home,
Working Hours, Working Hours Frequency
339
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Approval by Worker
For the Share Information task, approval by the worker whose information is shared is required if the task is performed
by a manager or Human Resource Specialist.
Change Marital Status Address (all aributes), Marital Status, Phone Number (all aributes)
Create Employment Terms Action, Action Reason, Assignment Category, Business Unit, Contract Type, Contract Duration,
Department, Grade, Grade Ceiling Step, Grade Ladder, Grade Rate Value, Grade Step, Hourly
Paid or Salaried, Job, Location, Notice Period, Payroll, Position, Probation Period, Salary
Amount, Salary Basis, Salary Components, Person Type, Worker Category, Working as a
Manager, Working at Home, Working Hours, Working Hours Frequency
Manage Employment Action, Action Reason, Assignment Category, Business Unit, Contract Type, Contract Duration,
Department, Grade, Grade Ceiling Step, Grade Ladder, Grade Rate Value, Grade Step, Hourly
Paid or Salaried, Job, Location, Notice Period, Payroll, Position, Probation Period, Salary
Amount, Salary Basis, Salary Components, Person Type, Worker Category, Working as a
Manager, Working at Home, Working Hours, Working Hours Frequency
Manage Grades Grade Code, Grade Name, Grade Status, Grade Step Name
340
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Manage Grade Ladders Grade Ladder Status, Grade Name, Step Rate Name, Step Rate Value
Manage Grade Rates Grade Rate Name, Grade Rate Status, Grade Rate Type, Maximum Value, Midpoint Value,
Minimum Value
Manage Jobs Approval Level, Full Time or Part Time, Job Family, Job Function, Job Name, Management
Level, Regular or Temporary, Status, Valid Grade
Manage Locations Address (all aributes), Designated Receiver, Fax Number, Main Phone Number, Location
Status, Ship-to-Site
Manage Person All aributes of: Address, Citizenship, Communication Methods, Contact Relationship, Email,
Ethnicity, Legislative Information, National ID, Passport, Person Name, Phone Number,
Religion, Visa, Work Permit
Manage Positions Bargaining Unit, Business Unit, Department, Entry Grade, Hiring Status, Job, Location, Regular
or Temporary, Seasonal, Security Clearance, Valid Grades
For other Global Human Resources tasks such as Manage Checklist Templates, no predened approval rules exist and
no aributes are enabled for customer-dened approval rules. Transactions without approval rules or for which no
approval task ows exist are approved automatically when approvals are enabled.
341
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Period before task escalates None Approval tasks aren't escalated to other
approvers.
Repeated approver frequency Once per approval An approver receives one notication
per transaction, even when the approver
appears multiple times in the approver list.
342
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Approvers
You can add the following types of approvers:
• Management Hierarchy or Supervisory Hierarchy
• Users
• Approval groups, which you dene in BPM Worklist
• Position hierarchy
• Representatives, who are workers with assigned responsibilities, for example Benets Representative
• Application role
• Job-level based line manager hierarchy
• Self auto approve
You should use the BPM Worklist instead of the HCM Simplied UI if you are conguring complex rules. The simplied
UI does not display more than 25 rules and does not allow more than 10 approvers in a single rule.
343
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
For any HCM tasks that are not available in the Manage Approval Transactions interface, you can use the BPM Worklist
to congure all aspects of approvals. To congure in the BPM Worklist, use the Manage Task Congurations for Human
Capital Management task.
Note: The HCM Simplied UI does not allow you to modify rules that were created using Advanced Mode in
the BPM Worklist. If you originally created your rule conditions using Advanced Mode in the BPM Worklist, you
must continue to use the BPM Worklist to make changes.
Approver Types
You can include any number of approvers of various types in your approval sequence by dragging and dropping them
into the approval ow. This topic explains each of the approver types.
If your enterprise denes additional types of managers, then they appear automatically in the Approvers section of the
Manage Approval Rules page. You can include them in the approval sequence.
Users
You can include one or more Oracle Fusion Applications users in the approval sequence.
Approval Groups
You create approval groups using the BPM Worklist. When dening your approval sequence, you can enter the names
of one or more existing approval groups.
Position Hierarchy
If you include a position hierarchy in your approval sequence, then position holders are invited to approve the
transaction. For positions with more than one position holder, the transaction is approved by the rst position holder to
approve.
Responsibility Holders
You can include holders of the following predened responsibilities in your approval sequence:
• Human Resources Representative
• Benets Representative
• Union Representative
344
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
• Payroll Representative
If your enterprise denes additional responsibility types, then they appear automatically in the Approvers section of the
Manage Approval Rules page. You can include them in the approval sequence.
Human Resource (HR) Specialists assign responsibilities to workers using the Manage Areas of Responsibility task.
A worker becomes an approver for a transaction if he or she has that responsibility for the transaction subject. For
example, if you specify the Benets Representative as an approver for a promotion, then the Benets Representative of
the worker who is being promoted is invited to approve the promotion.
Note: If you use a responsibility holder, then ensure that responsibility holders are already dened in the
application. For example, if you include a HR representative as an approver for an employee process, then all
employees must have HR representatives assigned to them.
Application Roles
You can use any of the existing duty roles to include in your approval sequence. If your enterprise denes duty roles
for security purposes, then you can enter the duty role to include them in the approval sequence. Users with job or data
roles that inherit the duty role become transaction approvers.
Job Level
You can include a job level in your approval sequence.
Job level routings are based on the manager hierarchy dened in Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management. The
approval list is generated based on the starting level specied in a rule and continues until an approver with a sucient
job level is found. The approval ow uses the job level dened in the Manage Jobs interface.
Related Topics
• How You Assign Areas of Responsibility
IF Statements (Conditions)
IF statements are tests that determine when an approval rule takes eect. For example, you could specify that an
approval rule for a promotion takes eect when the worker's department is Sales or the worker's job is Area Manager.
You can specify multiple IF statements. If you join multiple statements with "AND" operators, then all statements must
be true before the approval rule takes eect. If you join multiple statements with "OR" operators, then at least one of the
statements must be true before the approval rule takes eect.
345
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Approval required Notications are issued to the identied approvers and their response is required.
Automatic approval
No notications are issued to the identied approvers. The transaction is either approved or
rejected automatically, and the approvers are recorded as having approved or rejected the
transaction. The value of the Set Outcome To aribute for manager hierarchies determines
whether the transaction is approved or rejected.
FYI only Notications are issued to the identied approvers, but no response is expected.
For more information about creating approval rules, see the Oracle Fusion Middleware User's Guide for Oracle Business
Rules.
Aributes
The following table summarizes the aributes of the manager-hierarchy approval rules and their default values.
346
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Route Using Allows users to choose which • Resource manager Line Manager
manager to route through. • Line manager
• Project manager
• Regional manager
• Customer—Dened
Manager Types
347
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
• A dierent manager
(rst-level or second-
level, as appropriate).
• A user who is a
manager from the same
manager hierarchy as
the initial approver.
If you select a user
who is not a manager
or is from a dierent
manager hierarchy
from the initial
approver, then the
topmost approver
is not found. In this
case, routing of
approvals stops when
the number-of-levels
value is reached.
348
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Aributes
The following table summarizes the aributes of the position-hierarchy approval rules and their default values.
Position Hierarchy • The name of the All position hierarchies in the None
position hierarchy enterprise
349
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Starting PositionChanged • The position of the rst All positions in the selected None
from Initial Approver approver position hierarchy
• The approval
notication is sent to
all workers who have
the position, and the
transaction is approved
by the rst worker to
approve
Top Position • The position of the All positions in the selected None
topmost approver position hierarchy
• The approval
notication is sent to
all workers who have
the position, and the
transaction is approved
by the rst worker to
approve
• Approval routing stops
when either the number
of levels or the topmost
approver is reached,
whichever is sooner
350
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
If the Department of the new hire is Finance, approvals should route to the second level line manager of the requester
and FYI only to the HR Representative of the worker.
Who will approve employee hire requests? • Managers in the Sales department.
• The human resources representative of any new hire
doesn't need to approve but is informed of the hire after
the relevant manager has approved.
Which approval actions must approvers take? • Managers must approve the hire.
• The human resources representative receives an approval
notication for all hires, but no response is needed.
The requester's:
351
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Grade <= 3
6. In the THEN statement for the SalesHiresTraineeGrades rule, complete the elds as shown in this table.
Field Value
Approval required
Action
Line Manager
Route Using
352
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Field Value
Requester
Approval Chain of
Manager
Start with
1
Number of Levels
Manager
Top Approver
Grade <= 6
6. In the THEN statement for the SalesHiresProfessionalGrades rule, complete the elds as shown in this table.
Field Value
Approval required
Action
Line manager
Route Using
Requester
Approval Chain of
353
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Field Value
1
Number of Levels
Department == Sales
5. In the THEN statement of the SalesHiresAllGrades rule, complete the elds as shown in this table.
Field Value
Information Only
Action
6. Click Submit.
354
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Note: Any modications made to a notication will aect all notications of the same transaction type.
Modifying Notications
To modify a notication using the Page Composer, click the Edit buon on the top right corner of the notication. You
can edit the notication using either the design view or the source view. The design view:
• Is the basic or default view.
• Supports region changes, such as changing the page layout, showing or hiding regions, and adding customer-
dened content in regions.
• Can be easily used by functional users who are not familiar with the Oracle Application Development
Framework (ADF).
You can preview the changes before submiing them by clicking the Apply buon. The Reset Page option removes
all past edits (regardless of when they were made) and restores the page to its default state. Modications made in a
Worklist notication are also visible in an email notication.
355
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Related Topics
• Overview of Page Modication
Display the Edit Grade Details link? No, hide the region containing the link.
Display a screenshot of the Grade Yes, add a link to the screenshot in the Details region
Creation page?
Change the Eective Start Date label? Yes, change to Grade Eective Date
Highlight the Grade Eective Date? Yes, display the date in bold
356
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Related Topics
• Overview of Page Modication
Set Up Access
Check with your security administrator to make sure everything is set up correctly for access to transactions.
• People who need access to the Transaction Console have it.
• They see only the transactions that they should see, unless you have people who should have access to all
transactions.
Related Topics
• Submit Scheduled Processes and Process Sets
Note: For more information about approvals, see Frequently Asked Questions About Approvals (Doc ID
1987850.1) on My Oracle Support at hps://support.oracle.com.
358
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
notications that appear in the global header or are sent through any other congured channels, such as instant
messaging.
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, go to the following:
◦ Functional Area: Application Extensions or another functional area
◦ Task: Manage Task Congurations or another approval setup task
2. In BPM Worklist, on the Task Conguration tab, select the workow task to congure and click the Edit task
icon in the Tasks to be congured toolbar.
3. Open the Notications subtab and make your changes.
4. Click the Commit task icon in the Tasks to be congured toolbar when you're ready to deploy your changes.
The following gure shows the Task Conguration tab, with the rst task in the Tasks to be congured pane selected,
the Edit task icon clicked, and the Notications subtab open. In this example, the Task Status column indicates that
email notications are sent whenever the selected task is assigned to anyone, and when the task is complete or results
in error.
359
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
You can click the Expand More icon on the Notications subtab to open the More section and see other setup options
for email notications. In general, leave the default seings in this section for every workow task. Seings in this
section include the following check boxes, which, if selected, would:
• Make notication secure (exclude details): Exclude business transaction details in email notications.
• Hide End User Web URL in notications: Remove the default rst line in the email body: Access this task in
the Workspace Application or take direct action using the links in this email. This line includes a link that opens
BPM Worklist. It is recommended to select this check box.
• Make notication actionable: Include links in email notications that users can click to directly take action, for
example to approve or reject.
• Send task aachments with email notications: Include les aached to the task as aachments in the email
notications.
1. Navigate to the Notications subtab in BPM Worklist for the task you want to edit.
2. Click the Add Notication icon to enable additional notication scenarios, or edit existing rows directly.
a. In the Task Status column, select when to send the email, for example when the task has expired. Aside
from the actions or statuses available to end users, you can also select any of the following:
• Alerted: Usually, an error condition that can be xed. The task is assigned to the error assignee, or
someone else if the task doesn't have error assignees.
• Update: Whenever the task is updated, for example by adding a comment or aachment, without
aecting the approval status or routing.
• Update Outcome: Whenever the outcome of the task is updated, for example approved or
rejected.
• All other actions: Any action that's not already in the list of values.
b. In the Recipient column, select whom to send the email to.
• Assignees: The users or groups whom the task is currently assigned to.
• Initiator: The user who created the task.
• Approvers: The users who already approved the task as part of a sequential approval chain.
• Owner: The task owner, who's responsible for the business process that the task is related to.
• Reviewer: The user who can only add comments and aachments to a task.
3. To disable specic notication scenarios, select a row and click the Delete Notication icon.
4. Click the Save icon in the Tasks to be congured toolbar.
360
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
The following gure shows the table on the Notications subtab with predened scenarios for a workow task. In this
example, email notications are sent to assignees whenever the task is assigned to them. The task initiator also gets a
notication when the task is complete, and administrators are notied if the task results in error.
Related Topics
• Actions and Statuses for Workow Tasks
• Dene People to Support Workow Tasks
361
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
For some workow tasks, you can enable congurable email notications based on report layouts to be used instead of
the standard email notications. The Notication Header seing doesn't apply to those congurable email notications.
1. Navigate to the Notications subtab in BPM Worklist for the task you want to edit.
2. For the specic notication scenario on the Notications subtab, click the icon in the Notication Header
column.
3. In the Edit Notication Message dialog box, delete any existing content and enter the following in the
Notication Message eld.
◦ For company name: Enter text in single quotes, for example 'Oracle'. You can also use HTML
formaing, for example '<h2>Oracle</h2>'.
◦ For company logo: Enter the URL to your logo, following this syntax: '<img src="https://
cloud.oracle.com/res/images/header/oracle-cloud-logo.png" width="230" height="69" alt="Oracle
Logo">'. Replace the URL and alternative text with your own.
4. Click the Save icon in the Tasks to be congured toolbar.
You can set up the sender name in application preferences for all workow tasks, or have dierent setup for specic
workow tasks. If not specied at the task level, the sender name seing defaults from the preferences.
362
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
◦ Select to specify the text to display. Enter your value or leave blank if you want nothing to appear in the
From eld.
◦ Select Submier to show the person who created the task.
◦ Select Previous Approver to show the previous assignee in the approval chain. When the notication is
sent to the rst assignee in the approval chain, the From eld shows the person who created the task.
3. Click Save.
363
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
1. Navigate to the Notications subtab in BPM Worklist for the task you want to edit.
2. On the Notications subtab, click the Expand More icon.
3. Select one of the Email "From:" Display Name options.
◦ Select Not Applicable so that what appears in the From eld depends on the application preferences
that apply to all workow tasks.
◦ Select to specify the text to display. Enter your value in quotes, for example "Oracle", or leave blank if
you want nothing to appear in the From eld.
◦ Select Previous Approver to show the previous assignee in the approval chain. When the notication is
sent to the rst assignee in the approval chain, the From eld shows the person who created the task.
4. Click the Save icon in the Tasks to be congured toolbar.
364
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
4. On the Application Preferences page that's on the Administration tab, click the Test Notication Email
Address icon.
5. In the dialog box, enter an email address in the Test Notication Email Address eld.
6. Click OK and then Save.
After you're done testing, go back and delete the email address that you entered.
365
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
• Change manager
• Change work schedule
• Change working hours
• Create contracts
• Document records
• Manage areas of responsibility
• Manage checklists
• Manage directs
• Manage employment
• Manage grades
• Manage grade ladders
• Manage grade rates
• Manage jobs
• Manage locations
• Manage organizations
• Manage positions
• Manage work relationship
• New hire
• Person external identiers
• Person notes
• Personal information
• Promotion
• Share information
• Termination
• Transfer
Process Overview
The process to generate email and in-app notications is the same as generating other types of report output. The
process involves various types of objects in the business intelligence catalog, including data models, subtemplates, style
templates, and reports.
366
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
This gure shows how these BI objects work together to generate the notication content.
Subtemplate
Email
Data Model Notification
Layout
Template
HTML
Report
Data
Sources Style Template
In-App
Notification
• Data Sources: Store the aributes and aribute values for business objects and transactions in the application
(example of data sources being transaction tables)
• Data Model: Determines which aributes from data sources are available to be included in the notication and
how that data is retrieved
• Subtemplate: Provides common components, for example a branding logo and buons, that can be reused in
multiple reports
• Style Template: Provides styles such as the type of lines and fonts to use in tables, or the font type, size, and
color to use for headings
• Report: Contains a layout template that determines:
◦ Which aributes appear in the notication, from the data model used for the report
◦ What the notication looks like, leveraging components from the subtemplate and styles from the style
template used for the report
• HTML: Is the output generated from the report
• Email Notication: Has the HTML output embedded in the email body
• In-App Notication: Has the HTML output embedded in the application UI
Each workow task with congurable notications has a corresponding predened report in the BI catalog. For example,
the goal management approval notications report contains the PerformanceGoalApprovalNoticationsReport layout
template and uses the PerformanceGoalApprovalNoticationsDM data model. The generated output is included in
emails that are sent to users for goal approval.
367
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Notication Modications
After you enable congurable email and in-app notications, the predened reports and related objects in the BI catalog
work by default. The report-based notications provide the same information as the standard notications, but in a
format optimized for mobile devices. If you must modify the notications, you can edit copies of the predened reports
and data models, but not the style template. You proceed as you would to edit any report or data model in the catalog,
for example:
1. Find a predened report for goal approvals in the business intelligence catalog.
2. Use the Customize option to create a copy of the report that's linked to the original.
3. Edit the copied report layout template.
For more information about conguring reports, see Oracle Human Capital Management Cloud Creating and
Administering Analytics and Reports. You should get familiar with reports and BI Publisher in general before conguring
workow email and in-app notications. Aspects specic to email and in-app notications include:
• You use only the Template Builder for Word add-in to congure the .rtf template in Microsoft Word. You don't
use the layout editor or other tools available for conguring report layout.
• You usually edit a copy of predened layout templates, rather than create reports or layout templates.
Security
To congure reports and data models for email and in-app notications, you must have one of these duty roles or
privilege:
• BI Platform Administrator duty role
• Publisher Data Model Developer duty role
• Manage BI Publisher Template privilege
Setup
You congure prole options to specify the HCM applications that use the BI Publisher reports rather than the default
FYI and approval notications. To use BI Publisher reports rather than the default workow and approval notications,
you must:
• Congure prole options for email and in-app notications to specify the HCM applications that use the BI
Publisher reports.
• Download and install the Template Builder for Word add-in.
You congure prole options using the Manage Administrator Prole Values task in the Setup and Maintenance work
area.
This table shows the prole option codes that determine which business processes use BI Publisher templates for email
notications. It also describes the eect of each code.
368
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
This table shows the prole option codes that determine which business processes use BI Publisher templates for in-
app notications. It also describes the eect of each code.
369
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Related Topics
• Set Up for RTF and Excel Report Layout Templates
• Overview of Workow Tasks
• Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Components
370
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
ProlesApprovalNoticationFYIReport (ProlesApprovalNoticationDM)
ProlesApprovalNoticationReport (ProlesApprovalNoticationDM)
371
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
EligibleJobsReport (EmploymentUpdateProcesses)
ExternalIdentierReport (ExternalIdentier)
ManageDirectsReport (EmploymentUpdateProcesses)
ManageDorReport (ManageDOR)
ManageEmploymentReport (EmploymentUpdateProcesses)
ManageWorkRelationshipReport (EmploymentWRProcesses)
NewHireReport (EmploymentCreateProcesses)
NoteSentToManagerReport (PersonNotes)
NoteSentToWorkerReport (PersonNotes)
NotifyCopyConictReport (EmploymentWRProcesses)
NotifyDeleteConictReport (EmploymentWRProcesses)
NotifyMultipleConictReport (EmploymentWRProcesses)
NotifyWithdrawConictReport (EmploymentWRProcesses)
PersonalInformationReport (PersonalInformation)
PromotionReport (EmploymentUpdateProcesses)
ResponsibilityInfoFYIReport (ManageAOR)
ResponsibilityInfoReport (ManageAOR)
ShareInfoApprovalFYIReport (ShareInformation)
ShareInfoApprovalReport (ShareInformation)
ShareInfoFYIReport (ShareInformation)
ShareInfoRejectFYIReport (ShareInformation
TerminationReport (EmploymentWRProcesses)
TransferReport (EmploymentUpdateProcesses)
UpdateGradeLadderReport (ManageGradeLadders)
UpdateGradeRateReport (ManageGradeRates)
UpdateGradeReport ((ManageGrades))
UpdateJobReport (ManageJobs)
UpdateLocationReport (ManageLocations)
UpdateOrganizationReport (ManageOrganizations)
UpdatePositionReport (ManagePositions)
ChecklistWelcomeReport (ChecklistWelcomeDataModel)
372
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
TaskActionRequiredReport (TaskNoticationDataModel)
TaskFYIReport (TaskNoticationDataModel)
373
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
General Structure
In general, the workow notications contain a set of components that are displayed in a certain order.
The callouts in this gure identify the email notication components listed in the following table.
The callouts in this gure identify the in-app notication components listed in the following table. In addition to
describing each component, the table also indicates if the component appears in the email notication, in-app
notication, or both.
374
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
1 In-app
Buons with the primary actions to
take on the task, such as Approve and
Reject. These buons aren't part of the
congurable, report-based notication
content.
3 Email
Buons for the primary actions to take on
the task, such as Approve and Reject.
375
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
When you modify notications, try to keep to this general structure and don't remove essential elements such as the
action buons. Likewise, don't change the styles in your layout template. The predened style template should still
apply to your notication; don't edit a copy of the style template and apply that to your notication.
To add components to your notication, for example another table, consider rst downloading another style template
from My Oracle Support. This template contains Quick Parts content that you can use in Word when you do more
advanced work on layout templates. For example, from the Quick Parts gallery, you can select and add the table that's
consistent in format with predened tables already on your notication.
By default, the components that you add in the layout template appear in both email and in-app notications, where
available. You can add conditions to explicitly make a particular element, for example a eld, appear only in one type of
notication and not the other.
Shared Components
A predened subtemplate in the business intelligence (BI) catalog applies to all predened layout templates for workow
notications. The subtemplate contains components that are shared among the notications, for example:
• Branding logo, if you add one to the subtemplate, which would appear as the rst component in the email
body. The logo appears in email notications only.
• Action buons in email notications.
• Links at the end of the email notication, one to the corresponding transaction page, and another to the in-app
notication.
When you make a copy of a predened layout template to edit, the copy automatically inherits the same predened
subtemplate. To edit these shared components, make a copy of the predened subtemplate, edit the copied version,
and apply it to your own layout templates.
Mobile Considerations
Because users can view the workow notications on mobile devices, always consider mobile rst and keep the
notications as simple as possible. For example:
• Don't put too much content horizontally, such as too many columns in tables.
• Keep all text, including aributes and column headings, as short as possible.
376
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
• Center align lists of aributes and their values, if they appear outside tables.
Related Topics
• Subtemplates
• Dene the Number of Rows in Tables
All reports using the predened subtemplate are automatically redirected to point to your subtemplate in the
Custom folder. This applies:
377
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Related Topics
• Subtemplates
• How You Modify Copies of Predened Reports
• Generate Sample Report Data
Prerequisites
To get the predened Quick Parts content into your Quick Parts gallery:
1. Open Congurable Workow Notications: Implementation Considerations (2215570.1) on My Oracle Support at
hps://support.oracle.com.
2. Download the .dotx le and save it to your Microsoft Word template folder, for example C:\Users\<user name>
\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Templates.
Also, to preview your layout template changes before uploading the .rtf le back to the business intelligence (BI) catalog:
• Generate sample report data from the data model for the report that you're editing.
378
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
• Download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to the layout template.
a. Copy the predened report and paste it in an appropriate subfolder within the Custom folder.
b. Click the Edit link for the copied report.
3. Click Edit for the layout template to insert Quick Parts content into, and save the .rtf le to your computer with
a new le name.
4. Open the .rtf le with Microsoft Word.
5. Put your cursor where you want to insert new content.
6. From the Insert tab on the ribbon, click Quick Parts within the Text group, and select the component to insert.
7. Edit the inserted component as needed and add any other components.
8. Save your changes in Word.
Related Topics
• Congurable Email Notications: Implementation Considerations
• How You Modify Copies of Predened Reports
• Generate Sample Report Data
• Style Templates
379
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Prerequisites
Generate sample report data from the data model used for the report, and save the .xml le to your computer.
380
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
4. Enter <?end if?>, which functions the same as the EC form eld.
5. Save your changes in Word.
Related Topics
• Generate Sample Report Data
Which language do I use for the .rtf template? English (United States)
Prerequisites
1. Download and install the Oracle BI Publisher Desktop: hp://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/bi-
publisher/downloads/index.html.
2. Download and install the Template Builder for Word to use Microsoft Word to edit the layout templates. To
download, install, and set up Template Builder for Word, see Creating RTF Templates by Using BI Publisher
11g Template Builder for Word: hp://www.oracle.com/webfolder/technetwork/tutorials/obe/fmw/bi/bip/
tb4word/tbwordbip.htm.
381
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
3. To preview the congured templates, download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to your custom
own report layout template:
◦ Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator Role to open the
Oracle Business Intelligence Home page.
◦ Click Catalog.
◦ In the BI catalog, go to Shared Folders > Common Content > Templates for the predened
subtemplate.
◦ Click Edit for Workow Notication Subtemplate.
◦ In the Templates section, click the link in the Locale column.
◦ Save the subtemplate .rtf le to your computer.
4. Click Catalog to open the Catalog page.
Note: To add data model aributes to the template, perform steps 5 and 6. Otherwise, skip to step
7.
5. Click the Data tab.
6. Enter the following aributes for an existing goal that are key aributes and enable you to pull in all the goal
aributes:
◦ GoalID
◦ NoticationType
7. Click View to see the sample data in the report, and all the available aributes.
8. Click Export to open the Opening CareerDevelopmentFyiDM dialog box.
9. Select Save File and click OK.
10. Save the CareerDevelopmentFyiDM_.xml le to a local drive.
382
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
383
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
4. In the dialog box to select XML data that appears, browse to open the CareerDevelopmentFyiDM_.xml le you
saved in the Exporting the Data Model XML File task and click Open.
5. In the Data loaded successfully dialog box, click OK.
6. Scroll to the Development Goal Added notication.
7. Place the cursor after the sentence: PPERFORMERNAME added development goal GOAL_NAME for you.
and press the Enter key.
8. On the new line, enter Goal ID:.
9. Enter a space after Goal ID:
10. On the BI Publisher tab, in the Insert section, click the 123 Field buon to open the Field dialog box.
11. In the DATA_DS folder, select PGOALID and click Insert. The eld appears in the document.
12. Click Close to return to the UpdatedCareerDevelopmentFYINoticationLayout.rtf template.
13. Preview the template using the steps in the Previewing the Document task.
14. Save and close the document.
15. Proceed to the task Uploading the Modied Report Layout to the Oracle BI Publisher Catalog.
Related Topics
• Set Up for RTF and Excel Report Layout Templates
• How You Modify Copies of Predened Reports
384
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Do I add data model aributes to the template? Yes, for Goal ID and Goal Plan ID
Which language do I use for the .rtf template? English (United States)
Prerequisites
1. Download and install the Oracle BI Publisher Desktop: hp://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/bi-
publisher/downloads/index.html.
2. Download and install the Template Builder for Word to use Microsoft Word to edit the layout templates. To
download, install, and set up Template Builder for Word, see Creating RTF Templates by Using BI Publisher
11g Template Builder for Word: hp://www.oracle.com/webfolder/technetwork/tutorials/obe/fmw/bi/bip/
tb4word/tbwordbip.htm.
3. To preview the congured templates, download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to your own report
layout template:
◦ Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator Role to open the
Oracle Business Intelligence Home page.
◦ Click Catalog.
◦ In the BI catalog, go to Shared Folders > Common Content > Templates for the predened
subtemplate.
◦ Click Edit for Workow Notication Subtemplate.
◦ In the Templates section, click the link in the Locale column.
◦ Save the subtemplate .rtf le to your computer.
385
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Note: To add data model aributes to the template, perform steps 5 and 6. Otherwise, skip to step
7.
5. Click the Data tab.
6. Enter the following aributes for an existing goal that are key aributes and enable you to pull in all the goal
aributes:
◦ GoalID
◦ NoticationType
7. Click View to see the sample data in the report, and all the available aributes.
8. Click Export.
9. In the Opening PerformanceGoalNoticationsDM dialog box, select Save File and click OK.
10. Save the PerformanceGoalNoticationsDM_.xml le to a local drive.
386
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Note: The exact steps can vary depending on your version of Microsoft Word.
1. Open the UpdatedPerformanceGoalNotications.rtf template in Microsoft Word with the Template Builder
installed, if not already open. The document contains all notications for the goal management business
process.
2. Scroll to the notication with the header Realign the Goal ALIGNED_GOAL_NAME Because the Goal
GOAL_NAME was Canceled.
3. Place the cursor in front of the Description header text.
4. Enter Goal. The text now reads Goal Description.
5. In the header Realign the Goal ALIGNED_GOAL_NAME Because the Goal GOAL_NAME was Canceled,
place your cursor after Realign, enter Your, and delete the. The text now reads Realign Your Goal
ALIGNED_GOAL_NAME Because the Goal GOAL_NAME was Canceled.
6. Save the document.
7. Proceed to the task Previewing the Document.
387
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
14. Place the cursor after the data code DESCRIPTION and press the Enter key to enter a new line.
15. On the Field dialog box, in the GOALDETAILS folder, select CATEGORY_MEANING and click Insert. The eld
appears in the document.
16. Click Close to return to the PerformanceGoalNotications.rtf template.
17. Preview the template using the steps in the Previewing the Document task.
18. Save and close the document.
19. Proceed to the task Uploading the Modied Report Layout to the Oracle BI Publisher Catalog.
Related Topics
• Set Up for RTF and Excel Report Layout Templates
• How You Modify Copies of Predened Reports
388
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Do I add predened data model aributes to the template? Yes, for Evaluation ID
Prerequisites
1. Download and install the Oracle BI Publisher Desktop: hp://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/bi-
publisher/downloads/index.html.
2. Download and install the Template Builder for Word to use Microsoft Word to edit the layout templates. To
download, install, and set up Template Builder for Word, see Creating RTF Templates by Using BI Publisher
11g Template Builder for Word: hp://www.oracle.com/webfolder/technetwork/tutorials/obe/fmw/bi/bip/
tb4word/tbwordbip.htm.
3. To preview the congured templates, download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to your report
layout template:
◦ Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator Role to open the
Oracle Business Intelligence Home page.
◦ Click Catalog.
◦ In the BI catalog, go to Shared Folders > Common Content > Templates for the predened
subtemplate.
◦ Click Edit for Workow Notication Subtemplate.
◦ In the Templates section, click the link in the Locale column.
◦ Save the subtemplate .rtf le to your computer.
389
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
2. Click Catalog
3. On the Catalog page, in the Folders section, expand Shared Folders > Human Capital Management >
Workow Notications and select Data Models to display the data models in the right pane.
4. Under PerformanceFyiNoticationsReport Data Model, click Edit to open the Diagram tab on the Performance
Fyi NoticationsReport Data Model page.
Note: To ensure that all data sets include requested elements with null values in the output XML
data, do the following:
◦ In the Data Model section, select Properties.
◦ In the Properties section, select Include Empty Tags for Null Elements.
◦ In the Data Model section, select Data Sets.
Note: To add data model aributes to the template, perform steps 5 and 6. Otherwise, skip to step
7.
5. Click the Data tab.
6. Enter the Evaluation ID of an actual performance evaluation in the EvaluationID eld to pull in all the
performance document aributes. The Evaluation ID is a key aribute that enables you to see all available data
aributes. Leave any existing sample data in these elds for any other elds.
7. Click View to see the sample data in the report, and all the available aributes.
8. Click Export.
9. In the Opening PerformanceFYIDM dialog box, select Save File and click OK.
10. Save the PerformanceFYIDM.xml le to a local drive.
1. Open the UpdatedPerformanceFYINotications.rtf template in Microsoft Word with the Template Builder
installed, if not already open. The document contains all notications for the performance management
business process.
2. Scroll to the Performance Document Reopened notication.
3. Select the Performance Document Reopened header text.
390
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
391
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Related Topics
• Set Up for RTF and Excel Report Layout Templates
• How You Modify Copies of Predened Reports
Do I add data model aributes to the template? Yes, for Content Type Name
Which language do I use for the .rtf template? English (United States)
392
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Prerequisites
1. Download and install the Oracle BI Publisher Desktop: hp://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/bi-
publisher/downloads/index.html.
2. Download and install the Template Builder for Word to use Microsoft Word to edit the layout templates. To
download, install, and set up Template Builder for Word, see Creating RTF Templates by Using BI Publisher
11g Template Builder for Word: hp://www.oracle.com/webfolder/technetwork/tutorials/obe/fmw/bi/bip/
tb4word/tbwordbip.htm.
3. To preview the congured templates, download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to your custom
own report layout template:
◦ Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator Role to open the
Oracle Business Intelligence Home page.
◦ Click Catalog.
◦ In the BI catalog, go to Shared Folders > Common Content > Templates for the predened
subtemplate.
◦ Click Edit for Workow Notication Subtemplate.
◦ In the Templates section, click the link in the Locale column.
◦ Save the subtemplate .rtf le to your computer.
4. Click Catalog to open the Catalog page.
393
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Note: To add data model aributes to the template, perform steps 5 and 6. Otherwise, skip to step
7.
5. Click the Data tab.
6. Enter the following aributes for an existing worker prole that are key aributes and enable you to pull in all
the available prole aributes for changes to worker prole content data:
◦ Context Name
◦ Prole Item Id
◦ Content Item Name
◦ Prole Name
◦ Content Item Id
◦ Content Type Id
◦ Notication Name
Leave any existing sample data in these elds for any other elds.
Note: To congure a template for worker job prole interest, use the following key aributes:
◦ Image Person Id
◦ Person Id
◦ Job Prole Id
◦ Prole Interest Id
◦ Notication Name
7. Click View to see the sample data in the report, and all the available aributes.
8. Click Export.
9. Save the ProleChangeNotication_.xml le to a local drive.
394
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
1. Open the UpdatedProleReport.rtf template in Microsoft Word with the Template Builder installed, if not
already open. The document contains all notications for the prole management business process that
involve changes to worker prole content or job prole interest data. It doesn't include approval notications.
2. Scroll to the notication with the header CONTENT_TYPE_NAME Added.
3. Place the cursor at the end of the text A competency was added to PPROFILENAME talent prole by
PLOGGEDINPERSONNAME.
4. Enter to fulll update job requirements..
5. Place your cursor in front of the label Competency, and enter New.
6. Save the document.
7. Proceed to the task Previewing the Document.
395
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Related Topics
• Set Up for RTF and Excel Report Layout Templates
• How You Modify Copies of Predened Reports
Do I add data model aributes to the template? Yes, for meeting date and meeting ID
396
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Which language do I use for the .rtf template? English (United States)
Prerequisites
1. Download and install the Oracle BI Publisher Desktop: hp://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/bi-
publisher/downloads/index.html.
2. Download and install the Template Builder for Word to use Microsoft Word to edit the layout templates. To
download, install, and set up Template Builder for Word, see Creating RTF Templates by Using BI Publisher
11g Template Builder for Word: hp://www.oracle.com/webfolder/technetwork/tutorials/obe/fmw/bi/bip/
tb4word/tbwordbip.htm.
3. To preview the congured templates, download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to your custom
own report layout template:
◦ Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator Role to open the
Oracle Business Intelligence Home page.
◦ Click Catalog.
◦ In the BI catalog, go to Shared Folders > Common Content > Templates for the predened
subtemplate.
◦ Click Edit for Workow Notication Subtemplate.
◦ In the Templates section, click the link in the Locale column.
◦ Save the subtemplate .rtf le to your computer.
397
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Note: To ensure that all data sets include requested elements with null values in the output XML
data, do the following:
◦ In the Data Model section, select Properties.
◦ In the Properties section, select Include Empty Tags for Null Elements.
◦ In the Data Model section, select Data Sets.
Note: To add data model aributes to the template, perform steps 5 and 6. Otherwise, skip to step
7.
5. Click the Data tab.
6. Enter the following aributes for an existing meeting that are key aributes and enable you to pull in all the
meeting aributes:
◦ MeetingId
◦ ParticipantId
◦ FYINoticationName
7. Click View to see the sample data in the report, and all the available aributes.
8. Click Export.
9. In the Opening TalentCalibFYIDM dialog box, select Save File and click OK.
10. Save the TalentCalibFYIDM_.xml le to a local drive.
1. Open the UpdatedTalentCalibReport.rtf report template using MS-Word. The document contains all
notications for the talent review business process.
2. Scroll to the rst notication with the header Talent Review Meeting Scheduled.
3. Place the cursor after the You are invited to the talent review meeting MEETING_TITLE. Meeting details
are listed in this notication. body text.
4. Enter Ensure that you update content for your reports before the meeting.
5. Place the cursor right in front of Meeting Date. Enter Talent Review. The text now reads Talent Review
Meeting Date.
398
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
399
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Related Topics
• Set Up for RTF and Excel Report Layout Templates
• How You Modify Copies of Predened Reports
Do I add data model aributes to the template? Yes, for Person Type and Annual Salary
Which language do I use for the .rtf template? English (United States)
400
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Prerequisites
1. Download and install the Oracle BI Publisher Desktop: hp://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/bi-
publisher/downloads/index.html.
2. Download and install the Template Builder for Word to use Microsoft Word to edit the layout templates. To
download, install, and set up Template Builder for Word, see Creating RTF Templates by Using BI Publisher
11g Template Builder for Word: hp://www.oracle.com/webfolder/technetwork/tutorials/obe/fmw/bi/bip/
tb4word/tbwordbip.htm.
3. To preview the congured templates, download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to your own report
layout template:
◦ Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator Role to open the
Oracle Business Intelligence Home page.
◦ Click Catalog.
◦ In the BI catalog, go to Shared Folders > Common Content > Templates for the predened
subtemplate.
◦ Click Edit for Workow Notication Subtemplate.
◦ In the Templates section, click the link in the Locale column.
◦ Save the subtemplate .rtf le to your computer.
Note: To add data model aributes to the template, perform steps 5 and 6. Otherwise, skip to step
7.
5. Click the Data tab.
6. Enter the following aributes for the promotion that are key aributes and enable you to pull in all the goal
aributes:
◦ TransactionID
7. Click View to see the sample data in the report, and all the available aributes.
8. Click Export.
401
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
9. In the Opening Promotion_.xml dialog box, select Save File and click OK.
10. Save the Promotion_.xml le to a local drive.
1. Open the UpdatedPromotionReportR11.rtf.rtf template in Microsoft Word with the Template Builder installed, if
not already open. The document contains all notications for the workforce deployment business process.
2. Scroll to the notication with the header Promotion Details.
3. Place the cursor in front of the Description header text.
4. Enter Your. The text now reads Your Promotion Details.
5. Scroll to the prompt Mail Stop. Replace Mail Stop with Post Oce Box.
6. Save the document.
7. Proceed to the task Previewing the Document.
402
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Related Topics
• Set Up for RTF and Excel Report Layout Templates
• How You Modify Copies of Predened Reports
403
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Do I add data model aributes to the template? Yes, for Person Name and Person Number
Which language do I use for the .rtf template? English (United States)
Prerequisites
1. Download and install the Oracle BI Publisher Desktop: hp://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/bi-
publisher/downloads/index.html.
2. Download and install the Template Builder for Word to use Microsoft Word to edit the layout templates. To
download, install, and set up Template Builder for Word, see Creating RTF Templates by Using BI Publisher
11g Template Builder for Word: hp://www.oracle.com/webfolder/technetwork/tutorials/obe/fmw/bi/bip/
tb4word/tbwordbip.htm.
3. To preview the congured templates, download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to your own report
layout template:
◦ Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator Role to open the
Oracle Business Intelligence Home page.
◦ Click Catalog.
404
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
◦ In the BI catalog, go to Shared Folders > Common Content> Templates for the predened subtemplate.
◦ Click Edit for Workow Notication Subtemplate.
◦ In the Templates section, click the link in the Locale column.
◦ Save the subtemplate .rtf le to your computer.
Note: To add data model aributes to the template, perform steps 5 and 6. Otherwise, skip to step
7.
5. Click the Data tab.
6. Enter the following aributes for the document record that are key aributes and enable you to pull in all the
aributes:
◦ TransactionID
7. Click View to see the sample data in the report, and all the available aributes.
8. Click Export.
9. In the Opening ManageDOR_.xml dialog box, select Save File and click OK.
10. Save the ManageDOR_.xml le to a local drive.
405
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
1. Open the ManageDorReportR13.rtf template in Microsoft Word with the Template Builder installed, if not
already open. The document contains all notications for the workforce deployment business process.
2. Scroll to the notication with the header New Document Record.
3. Place the cursor in front of the Description header text.
4. Enter Your. The text now reads Your New Document Record.
5. Scroll to the prompt Issuing Authority. Replace Issuing Authority with Issuing Agency.
6. Save the document.
7. Proceed to the task Previewing the Document.
406
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
14. Proceed to the task Uploading the Modied Report Layout to the Oracle BI Publisher Catalog.
Related Topics
• Set Up for RTF and Excel Report Layout Templates
• How You Modify Copies of Predened Reports
Which template do I update? TaskFYIReport, for updates about a worker's checklist task
Do I add data model aributes to the template? Yes, for Task Contact Details
Which language do I use for the .rtf template? English (United States)
407
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Prerequisites
1. Download and install the Oracle BI Publisher Desktop: hp://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/bi-
publisher/downloads/index.html.
2. Download and install the Template Builder for Word to use Microsoft Word to edit the layout templates. To
download, install, and set up Template Builder for Word, see Creating RTF Templates by Using BI Publisher
11g Template Builder for Word: hp://www.oracle.com/webfolder/technetwork/tutorials/obe/fmw/bi/bip/
tb4word/tbwordbip.htm.
3. To preview the congured templates, download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to your own report
layout template:
◦ Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator Role to open the
Oracle Business Intelligence Home page.
◦ Click Catalog.
◦ In the BI catalog, go to Shared Folders > Common Content > Templates for the predened subtemplate.
◦ Click Edit for Workow Notication Subtemplate.
◦ In the Templates section, click the link in the Locale column.
◦ Save the subtemplate.rtf le to your computer.
408
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Note: To add data model aributes to the template, perform steps 5 and 6. Otherwise, skip to step
7.
1. Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator role to open the Oracle
Business Intelligence Home page.
2. Click Catalog.
3. On the Catalog page, in the Folders section, expand Shared Folders > Human Capital Management and select
Workow Notications to display the templates in the right pane.
4. Under TaskFYIReport, click More, and then select Customize. A copy of the TaskFYIReport is created
automatically in the Custom folder.
5. On the TaskFYIReport page, under TaskFYIReport, click Edit.
6. On the Opening TaskFYIReport.rtf dialog box, select Save File and click OK to save the document to your local
hard drive. Save the template with the name UpdatedTaskFYIReport.rtf to distinguish it from the original
template.
1. Open the UpdatedTaskFYIReport.rtf.rtf template in Microsoft Word with the Template Builder installed, if not
already open. The document contains all notications for the workforce deployment business process.
2. Scroll to the notication with the header FYI: Task.
3. Place the cursor in front of the FYI: header text.
4. Enter Checklist. The text now reads FYI: Checklist Task.
5. Save the document.
6. Proceed to the task Previewing the Document.
1. In the Ribbon, open the BI Publisher tab and click Sample XML within the Load Data group.
2. Browse to and select the TaskNotication_.xml le you downloaded to import sample data from the data
model.
3. In the Data Loaded Successfully dialog box, click OK.
409
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
4. At the top of the document, replace the path with the location of the downloaded subtemplate le on your
computer. For example, change <?import:xdoxsl:///Common Content/Templates/Workflow Notification
Subtemplate.xsb?> to<?import:file:C:///Template_Directory/Workflow Notification Subtemplate.rtf?> .
5. From the BI Publisher tab in the Ribbon, click HTML in the Preview group.
6. If the preview reects your changes as expected, then change the path back to the original location.
7. From the BI Publisher tab in the Ribbon, click Validate Template in the Tools group.
8. Also in the Tools group, click Check Accessibility.
9. Save your changes in Word.
410
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
14. On the right side of the page, click the Save Report icon.
Do I add data model aributes to the template? Yes, for DISPLAY_NAME and WORKER_ DISPLAY_NAME
Which language do I use for the .rtf template? English (United States)
Prerequisites
1. Download and install the Oracle BI Publisher Desktop: hp://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/bi-
publisher/downloads/index.html.
2. Download and install the Template Builder for Word to use Microsoft Word to edit the layout templates. To
download, install, and set up Template Builder for Word, see Creating RTF Templates by Using BI Publisher
11g Template Builder for Word: hp://www.oracle.com/webfolder/technetwork/tutorials/obe/fmw/bi/bip/
tb4word/tbwordbip.htm.
3. To preview the congured templates, download a local copy of the subtemplate that applies to your own report
layout template:
◦ Sign in to the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher server with the BI Administrator Role to open the
Oracle Business Intelligence Home page.
411
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
◦ Click Catalog.
◦ In the BI catalog, go to Shared Folders > Common Content > Templates for the predened
subtemplate.
◦ Click Edit for Workow Notication Subtemplate.
◦ In the Templates section, click the link in the Locale column.
◦ Save the subtemplate .rtf le to your computer.
Note: To add data model aributes to the template, perform steps 5 and 6. Otherwise, skip to step
7.
5. Click the Data tab.
6. In the empty text eld, enter the Note_ID for an existing feedback note to pull in all the feedback aributes.
7. Click View to see the sample data in the report, and all the available aributes.
8. Click Export.
9. In the Opening PersonNotes dialog box, select Save File and click OK.
10. Save the PersonNotes_.xml le to a local drive.
412
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
1. Open the UpdatedNoteSentToManagerReport.rtf template in Microsoft Word with the Template Builder
installed, if not already open.
2. Place the cursor at the end of the text AUTHOR_DISPLAY_NAME added feedback about
WORKER_DISPLAY_NAME.
3. Enter recently.. The text now reads AUTHOR_DISPLAY_NAME added feedback about
WORKER_DISPLAY_NAME recently.
4. Place the cursor in front of the feedback code that includes <html2fo: NOTE_TEXT> and press the Enter key
to add a line.
5. Enter Check out this feedback:. When you preview the document, the feedback note appears below the text
that you entered.
6. Save the document.
7. Proceed to the task Previewing the Document.
413
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Note: Ensure that you don't alter or remove the code WORKER_DISPLAY_NAME or Online
Notication that appear at the boom of the template.
13. Click Close to return to the UpdatedNoteSentToManagerReport.rtf template.
14. Preview the template using the steps in the Previewing the Document task.
15. Save and close the document.
16. Proceed to the task Uploading the Modied Report Layout to the Oracle BI Publisher Catalog.
414
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
When assignees don't read or dismiss an FYI task within the specied number of days after the task was created, the
task is then eligible to be automatically dismissed. All other tasks are eligible for automatic withdrawal when assignees
don't take action to send the task to a nal status within six months after the task was created.
Related Topics
• Set Prole Option Values
• Update Existing Setup Data
Archive
Tasks are automatically archived once a month without you doing any setup. You can't change or stop this automatic
archive. You can, however, also run the Archive Workow Tasks scheduled process as needed; for example, you need
the latest data archived immediately for reporting purposes. The process includes all eligible tasks that aren't yet
archived.
Archived data includes task details, approval history, comments, and aachments. How you view or use the archived
data depends on the products you're using. For example, the data might be displayed in a table on a page, or available
through a business intelligence subject area that you can select to create an analysis.
Purge
Archived tasks that were last updated over 30 days ago are immediately purged after the monthly automatic archive,
without you doing any setup. You can't change or stop this automatic purge.
Related Topics
• Submit Scheduled Processes and Process Sets
415
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Dene the Due Date and Expiration Policies for Workow Tasks
For workow tasks that should be completed within a general time frame, you can set a due date, expiration policies, or
both. The current assignee will get notied before the due date to take action. Even after the due date passes, the task
doesn't expire and the assignee, as well as any subsequent approvers, can still act on it. But if you set expiration policies,
the task can expire based on your seings. Expired tasks are in a nal state and no one can make any more updates to
them. To set due dates and expiration policies, use the Manage Task Congurations or other approval setup task in
the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Overall Process
To set the due date, expiration policies, or both:
416
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
417
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
1. In the Expiration Seings section of the Deadlines subtab, specify a duration and optionally select the Exclude
Saturday and Sunday check box. For example, if you enter 30 days and select the check box, then:
◦ For sequential routing, the task expires if the last assignee doesn't act on the task within 30 weekdays
after the task is routed to that assignee. If the rst assignee doesn't act in 30 weekdays, the task is passed
to the next assignee, who gets another 30 weekdays. And so on, until the last assignee.
◦ For parallel routing, the task expires if the current assignees don't act on the task within 30 weekdays
after the task is assigned.
2. If you want tasks to get escalated or renewed after they expire, select the Escalate or Renew option. Otherwise,
leave the Expire only option selected.
3. To escalate, indicate how many times the approval escalates up the management chain. For example, you enter
2 in the Maximum Escalation Levels eld. When the task expires:
◦ For sequential routing, the task is routed to the manager (User 2) of the last assignee (User 1).
◦ For parallel routing, the task is routed to the managers (User 2) of all current assignees (User 1).
When User 2 doesn't act within 30 weekdays, then the task is escalated to the manager of User 2, who has
another 30 weekdays before the task goes into a nal Expired status.
4. To renew, indicate how many times the task can get renewed. For example, you enter 2 in the Maximum
Renewals eld. When the task expires:
1. In the Expiration Seings section of the Deadlines subtab, specify a duration and optionally select the Exclude
Saturday and Sunday check box. For example, if you enter 30 days and select the check box, then the task
expires if not all approvals are done 30 weekdays after the task is routed to the rst assignee. If there are three
assignees and the rst two take 25 weekdays to act, then the last assignee only gets 5 weekdays.
2. If you want tasks to get escalated or renewed after they expire, select the Escalate or Renew option. Otherwise,
leave the Expire only option selected.
3. To escalate, indicate how many times the approval escalates up the management chain.
For example, you enter 2 in the Maximum Escalation Levels eld and select Director in the Highest Approver
Title eld. When the task expires, it's routed to the manager (User 2) of the current assignee (User 1). When
User 2 doesn't act within 30 weekdays, then:
◦ If User 2 isn't a director, the task is escalated to the manager of User 2, who has another 30 weekdays
before the task goes into a nal Expired status.
◦ If User 2 is a director, then the task goes into a nal Expired status.
4. To renew, indicate how many times the task can get renewed. For example, you enter 2 in the Maximum
Renewals eld. When the task expires, all pending assignees get another collective 30 weekdays to act. If they
don't all act within that period, then the task is renewed for another 30 weekdays. If the task still isn't complete
in that time, then it goes into a nal Expired status.
418
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
Note: If you don't see this task, then make sure that the Application Toolkit Component Maintenance feature
is enabled at the oering level in the Oerings work area.
On the Manage Application Toolkit Administrator Prole Values page, set the Welcome Dashboard Worklist Timeout
Interval prole option.
• If you don't set a value for this prole option, which is blank by default, then the region doesn't time out.
• Retrieving data for the Worklist region aects the performance of My Dashboard as a whole. So, select a value
for this prole option if your users have the Worklist region on My Dashboard and notice performance issues.
After the timeout, users can refresh the region to try retrieving the data again.
Related Topics
• Set Prole Option Values
• Congure Oerings
• Update Existing Setup Data
419
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 14
Implementing Global Human Resources Notications and Approvals
420
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
15 Alerts Composer
Overview
Alerts Composer is a tool that enables you to send informational notications to Oracle HCM Cloud users by email and
worklist. You can congure the notication templates and add recipients. On the home page, click Navigator > Alerts
Composer to open the tool.
Notications are triggered based on predened conditions for two types of alerts.
• Event Alerts: Event Alerts are based on the context provided by the calling client. They're triggered when a
specic event occurs in the application. You can't modify the triggering criteria for notications.
For example, Time Exceptions from Compliance Rules is a predened Event alert which is triggered when
compliance exceptions are available. Notications are sent to managers informing them of the exceptions.
• Resource Alerts: Resource Alerts are based on Oracle HCM Cloud REST API resources. The resources must be
deployed in the environment. You can modify the triggering criteria for notications by dening lters on the
resource aributes if you have the required privileges to access the REST resources.
For example, Visa Expiration is a predened Resource alert which is triggered when a worker visa is
approaching expiration. A lter is dened on the emps resource for the visa aribute. Notications are sent to
the worker and the manager informing them of visa expiration.
Key Features
Using the Alerts Composer tool, you can:
• Congure the notication templates and email formats and dene language-specic templates.
• Dene multiple templates for the same triggering criteria.
• Use Groovy expressions and dene variables to substitute runtime values.
• Schedule jobs for processing the Resource alert notications.
• Verify the alerts history and notications activity.
Related Topics
• Alerts Composer
421
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
Access Alerts Composer Allows access to Alerts Composer. Human Capital Management Integration
Specialist
HRC_ ACCESS_ ALERTS_
COMPOSER_PRIV
Process a Predened Alert Allows processing of predened alerts. Human Capital Management Integration
Specialist
HRC_ PROCESS_ PREDEFINED_
ALERT_PRIV
Additionally, you require functional privileges to access REST API resources to create or modify user-dened and
predened resource alerts. For example, you require the functional privilege Use REST Services - Employees to access
the emps resource and its child resources to manage the alert templates that are based on this resource.
Access Levels
Access levels are predened for alerts to control the actions that can be performed on the alerts. For example, you can
add new templates and modify predened templates for an alert if its Access Level is set to Extensible or User but not if
its Access Level is set to System.
You can view the access level for an alert when editing the alert; however, you can't modify it. Alerts that are predened
with access levels System or Extensible are always enabled. You can't disable them. Alerts that are user-dened are
enabled by default. You can disable them.
422
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
Functions
The following table describes the functions that are supported for alerts.
• Name: hrRep Returns zero or one HR Name is : ${AlertUtils. Name is : John Smith
• Display name: Representative person hrRep(emps. PersonId).
Human resources aributes for the PersonId or DisplayName}
representative AssignmentId provided.
Name is : ${AlertUtils.
If no record is found, then a hrRep(assignments[0].
NULL value is returned. AssignmentId). DisplayName}
• Name: payRep Returns zero or one Payroll Email is : ${AlertUtils. Email is : john. smith@abme.
• Display name: Payroll Representative person payRep(emps. PersonId). com
representative aributes for the PersonId or WorkEmail}
AssignmentId provided.
Email is : ${AlertUtils.
If no record is found, then a payRep(assignments[0].
NULL value is returned. AssignmentId). WorkEmail}
• Name: benRep Returns zero or one Benets User Name is : ${AlertUtils. User Name is : JSMITH
• Display name: Benets Representative person benRep(emps. PersonId).
representative aributes for the PersonId or UserName}
AssignmentId provided.
423
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
• Name: unionRep Returns zero or one Union Name is : ${AlertUtils. Name is :nullJulie Jones }}}
• Display name: Union Representative person unionRep(emps. PersonId).
representative aributes for the PersonId or DisplayName}
AssignmentId provided.
Name is : ${AlertUtils.
If no record is found, then a unionRep(assignments[0].
NULL value is returned. AssignmentId). DisplayName}
• Name: person Returns zero or one person's Person Name is ${AlertUtils. Person Name is Edward
• Display name: Person person aributes for the person(emps. PersonId).
details PersonId or AssignmentId DisplayName}
provided.
Person Name is ${AlertUtils.
If no record is found, then a person(assignments[0].
NULL value is returned. AssignmentId). DisplayName}
• Name: userName Returns zero or one person's ${AlertUtils. userName(emps. simon. stringer@abme. com
• Display name: User person aributes for the UserName). WorkEmail}
name UserName provided.
If the user name is not found,
then a NULL value is returned.
• Name: getSysdate Returns the system date. ${AlertUtils. getSysdate()} Date : 2016-04-25
• Display name: System
date
424
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
docs/api/java/text/
NumberFormat.html.
Note: Date
provided must be
in the [yyyy-MM-
dd] format, which
is the default
date format
for Application
Developer
Framework (ADF)
REST response.
• Name: formatJSON Returns formaed JSON Format Jsonnull${AlertUtils. Format Jsonnull{ "emps" :
• Display name: Format (in a hierarchy, if it exists) formatJSON('emps. { "PersonId" :
JSON for a given set of aributes PersonId''emps. "300100016699983",
provided in the AributeList DisplayName''assignments. "DisplayName" : "ANC_
parameter. AssignmentName''assignments. Manager_ Vision1
AssignmentId''visas. Absence" "assignments" :
VisaPermitNumber''visas. [ { "AssignmentName" :
VisaPermitExpiration')} }}} "E955160008173479",
"AssignmentId" :
"300100016700747" } ],
"visas" :
[ { "VisaPermitNumber" :
"US85966798",
"VisaPermitExpiration" :
"2018-05-13" },
{ "VisaPermitNumber" :
"US85966798",
"VisaPermitExpiration" :
"2014-05-13" },
{ "VisaPermitNumber" :
"US85966798",
"VisaPermitExpiration" :
"2014-05-13" } ] } } }}}
• Name: formatXML Returns formaed XML Format Xml ${AlertUtils. Format Xml
• Display name: Format (in a hierarchy, if it formatXML('emps.
XML exists) for a given set of PersonId''emps. <emps> <data>
aributes provided in the DisplayName''assignments. <PersonId>300100016699983</
{{AributeList}} parameter. AssignmentName''assignments. PersonId>
AssignmentId''visas. <DisplayName>ANCManager_
VisaPermitNumber''visas. Vision1 Absence</
VisaPermitExpiration')} DisplayName>
<assignments> <data>
<AssignmentName>E955160008173479</
AssignmentName>
425
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
<AssignmentId>300100016700747</
AssignmentId> </data> </
assignments> <visas> <data>
<VisaPermitNumber>US85966798</
VisaPermitNumber>
<VisaPermitExpiration>2018-05-13</
VisaPermitExpiration>
</ data> <data>
<VisaPermitNumber>US85966798</
VisaPermitNumber>
<VisaPermitExpiration>2014-05-13</
VisaPermitExpiration>
</ data> <data>
<VisaPermitNumber>US85966798</
VisaPermitNumber>
<VisaPermitExpiration>2014-05-13</
VisaPermitExpiration> </
data> </visas> </data> </
emps>
• Name: Returns the display value for Gender is ${AlertUtils. Gender is Male
showDisplayValue the LOV aribute. showDisplayValue('Gender')}
• Display name: Show
display value
• Name: getURI Constructs the URI for the Url is ${AlertUtils. Url is hp: //slc07dsnus abc.
• Display name: URI application name and context getURI('HcmCoreApp''/ com: 7011/ / hcmRestApi/
provided. hcmRestApi/ resources/ resources/ latest/emps
latest/ emps')}
• Name: loop
Loops through a collection. Sample 1 Sample 1
• Display name: Loop This function can be used
to construct tables in the
message content as follows: Hello ${FirstName}, Hello John,
Visas of these
${AlertUtils.loop('ResourceName1,ResourceName2' , Visas of these employees
'Content1','Content2')} employees expire in the expire in the next 30 days:
next 30 days:
426
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
Groovy Expressions
Alerts Composer supports Groovy expressions to substitute variables and add conditions based on the values provided
at runtime. The following table shows some examples.
Hi ${FirstName} Hi John,
427
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
Dene Templates
Use the Templates tab on the Edit Alert page for dening templates. A template is the format for an alert notication. It
includes the message text and Groovy expressions dened for the variables in the message. For alerts with access levels
Extensible and User, you can dene multiple templates and modify and disable the templates. You can delete templates
for alerts with access level User.
Alerts Composer supports multiple language templates. You can set the default language when creating the template.
When you save the template, language-specic templates are created in the application based on the installed
languages. During runtime, worklist notications are sent based on the recipient's user language preference. If the
corresponding language template is not found, then Alerts Composer uses the default language template.
You can dene Groovy expressions in the templates and add conditions to substitute variables with runtime data.
You can set alert notications to be delivered to recipients by email and worklist. If you provide an expression for email,
the notication is delivered by email. If you provide an expression for user name, the notication is delivered by both
email and worklist.
Dene Filters
Use the Filters tab for dening lters on Resource alerts. If you have the required privileges to access the REST
resources, you can dene lters on specic resources and set the triggering criteria for notications. You can dene
428
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
multiple lters on a resource by adding lter expressions for specic aributes. For example, you can dene lters on
the emps resource and its child resources for location, organization, legal entity, and so on.
Filters enable you to specify the triggering criteria for alert notications. To dene lters:
1. On the Filters tab, click Add Filter.
2. On the Add Filter page, in the Resource eld, select the specic parent or child resource such as emps/
assignments.
3. Click Add Expression to dene lter expressions on specic aributes of the resource.
4. In the Edit Expression dialog box, select the parameters to build the lter expression.
a. Enter a name for the expression.
b. Use the Prex With option to specify any prex operators on the expression.
c. In the Aribute eld, select the resource name and the aribute that you want to specify the lter
condition on.
d. In the Operator eld, select the logical operator.
e. In the Value eld, specify the value for the condition.
429
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
Templates enable you to dene the format for alert notications. To dene templates:
1. On the Add Resource Alert page, click the Templates tab and then click Add Template.
2. Enter a name for the template and select the default language. The character limit for template name is 80.
By default, the template is enabled.
3. Click Edit and select Manage Recipients and Message.
4. On the Edit Template page, click Add Recipient.
5. In the Communication Method column, select email or worklist from the list of values.
6. In the Expression eld:
◦ Add the expression for the email address or user name of the recipient.
◦ Add comma-delimited expressions for email addresses or user names of multiple recipients.
or
i. Click the Expression icon to build the expression.
ii. In the Edit Expression dialog box, follow one of these steps:
◦ In the Literal eld, enter the expression directly, for example, [email protected].
◦
Select the parameters to build the expression, for example, ${emps.WorkEmail}. See Alerts
Composer Functions and Groovy Expressions: Explained for more examples.
iii. Click Apply. The expression appears on the Edit Template page.
7. In the Message section, set up the notication format.
a. Select the HTML or Text format for the message text.
b. Enter the message subject. You can also insert expressions in the subject using the Expression icon.
c. In the Group By eld, specify an expression for the aribute that the message should be grouped by.
d. Use the rich text editor to format the message text. You can select options such as font, size, style, and so
on.
e. Enter the message text. You can also include expressions in the text.
Use the Insert Expression option to build expressions and insert them into the message text.
8. Click Apply to save the changes and return to the Add Resource Alert page.
Set Run Options
Run Options enable you to specify the runtime seings for an alert. To set the run options:
1. On the Add Resource Alert page, click the Run Options tab.
2. In the Automatically Run eld, select one of these options:
430
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
3. Set the Log Activity History eld to Yes to enable activity logging for the alert on the Alerts History page.
4. Specify the seings for the Stop Duplicate Messages option.
5. Set the Simulate Run option to Yes to do a test run of the alert. Notications are not triggered in a
nonproduction environment. However, you can review the notication content on the Alerts History page.
6. Click Schedule to return to the Alerts page.
7. Select the resource alert and click Action Run to run the alert.
Related Topics
• Alerts Composer
Templates enable you to dene the format for alert notications. To modify an existing template:
1. On the Templates tab, click Edit and select Manage Recipients and Message for the template.
2. On the Edit Template page, click Add Recipient to add a new recipient.
3. In the Communication Method column, select email or worklist from the list of values.
4. In the Expression eld:
◦ Edit or add the expression for the email address or user name of the recipient.
◦ Edit or add the expressions for comma-delimited email addresses or user names of multiple recipients.
5. In the Message section, set up the notication format.
Use the Insert Expression option to build expressions and insert them into the message text.
6. Click Apply to save the changes and return to the Edit Event Alert page.
Set Run Options
431
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 15
Implementing Global Human Resources Alerts Composer
Run Options enable you to specify the runtime seings for an alert. To set the run options for the alert:
1. On the Edit Event Alert page, click the Run Options tab.
2. Specify the seings for Stop Duplicate Messages option.
3. Set the Log Activity History eld to Yes to enable activity logging for the alert on the Alerts History page.
4. Set the Simulate Run option to Yes to do a test run of the alert. Notications are not triggered in a
nonproduction environment. However, you can review the notication content on the Alerts History page.
5. Click Save and Close to return to the Alerts page.
Related Topics
• Alerts Composer
1. Enable the Log Activity History option on the Run Options tab when seing up an alert.
2. Use the Alerts History page to review the success, warning, and error messages for the alert.
3. Review the alert log to identify any processing errors of templates and lters.
4. Verify the application logs for event alerts if required and take necessary action.
5. Verify the diagnostic logs on the Scheduled Processes page for resource alerts if required and take necessary
action.
432
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 16
Implementing Global Human Resources Application Toolkit Conguration
Tasks
Use these tasks in the Application Extensions functional area:
• Map Reports to Work Areas: Determine what's available in the Reports and Analytics pane for specic work
areas.
• Set Watchlist Options: Dene seings that aect what's displayed in the Watchlist and how often items are
refreshed.
• Manage Application Toolkit Administrator Prole Values: Set prole options to aect how some Application
Toolkit components work.
• Use other Application Toolkit tasks in this functional area to set up help:
◦ Set Help Options
◦ Assign Help Text Administration Duty
◦ Manage Help Security Groups
Related Topics
• Set Up the Mapping Service for Contextual Addresses
• Set Up the Worklist Region on My Dashboard
• Set Up Help
433
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 16
Implementing Global Human Resources Application Toolkit Conguration
Related Topics
• Reports and Analytics Work Area and Panel Tab
Field Value
Enterprise Scheduler Job Package The path for the job denition, for example: / oracle/ apps/ ess/<product family>/
Name <product>/ <business area>/ Jobs
434
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 16
Implementing Global Human Resources Application Toolkit Conguration
Field Value
Enterprise Scheduler Job Denition The job denition name (not display name), for example: ABCDEFG
Name
Related Topics
• How You Set Up Reports to Run as Scheduled Processes
• How You Access and Modify Report Components
Why can't I see reports when I edit seings for the Reports and Analytics panel tab?
In the Edit Seings window, you might not see a currently mapped report because you don't have access to it.
Similarly, when you're selecting a report to map, you can see only the reports that you have access to. Ask your
administrator to either:
• Assign you roles that have access to the reports you want to map to work areas.
• Grant the Reports and Analytics Region Administration Duty to someone who already has access to those
reports.
435
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 16
Implementing Global Human Resources Application Toolkit Conguration
Ultimately, what users see in their own Watchlist would be the categories and predened items that you enable in the
Set Watchlist Options page:
• Plus any saved searches that the user is using as Watchlist items
• Minus any categories or items that the user decides to hide using Watchlist preferences
• Minus any items with no results found, if the user decides to hide such items using Watchlist preferences
If you disable a Watchlist category, then the category isn't available for users to include in their Watchlist. All Watchlist
items within the category are also disabled.
Watchlist Category
If you disable a Watchlist category, then:
• The category isn't available for users to include in their Watchlist.
• All Watchlist items within the category are also disabled.
Note: You can see the Watchlist icon in the global header only if your default home page layout is Panel or
Banner.
Related Topics
• Create Watchlist Items
• Show or Hide Watchlist Items
• Why can't I see some icons in the global header
436
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 16
Implementing Global Human Resources Application Toolkit Conguration
Related Topics
• Create Watchlist Items
Related Topics
• Overview of Lookups
437
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 16
Implementing Global Human Resources Application Toolkit Conguration
438
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 17
Implementing Global Human Resources Help Conguration
17 Help Conguration
Set Up Help
You don't have to set anything up for help to work. But you can do optional setup, for example to make help icons
visible to everyone, or to give people access to add help content. First enable help features, then do some tasks in the
Application Extensions functional area.
Enable Features
In the Oerings work area, review these features at the oering level.
• Local Installation of Help: Make sure to leave this enabled.
• Access to Internet-Based Help Features: This feature isn't used, so it doesn't maer if you enable it or not.
• Help Content Management: Enable this feature if you want some people to be able to add company-specic
help to help windows or the Geing Started work area.
• Security for Added Help: Enable this feature if you want certain help to be available only to a restricted set of
user roles.
Caution: Enable this feature only if you have this requirement, because the feature can aect
performance.
Related Topics
• Congure Oerings
• How You Manage Dierent Types of Help
By default, help icons that open help windows are hidden. You can set it up so that users do see the icons every time
they sign in, on any page that has help icons.
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, go to the Set Help Options task in the Application Extensions
functional area.
2. On the Set Help Options page, select the Show help icons by default check box. You just need to do this for
one oering, and the seing applies to everyone.
To hide the icons, people can still click their user image or name in the global header and select Hide Help Icons, and
later select Show Help Icons to see the icons again.
Related Topics
• Update Existing Setup Data
439
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 17
Implementing Global Human Resources Help Conguration
By default, the administrators for product families have this privilege. Your security administrator can assign job roles
with this privilege to other users. The Assign Help Text Administration Duty task is a reminder for you to follow up
with your security administrator. Make sure that people who want to create and edit help have the access to do so.
Related Topics
• How You Manage Dierent Types of Help
Related Topics
• Overview of Global Search Setup
440
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 17
Implementing Global Human Resources Help Conguration
Field Value
HR
Help Security Group
HR Only
Display Name
4. Click Save.
5. With your new help security group selected, go to the Associated Roles section and add a new row.
6. Select PER_HUMAN_RESOURCE_SPECIALIST as the role name.
7. Click Save and Close.
Related Topics
• Congure Oerings
• Update Existing Setup Data
• Add Your Content to Help Windows
441
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 17
Implementing Global Human Resources Help Conguration
442
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Overview
The Maintain Common Reference Objects task list contains tasks that support implementation of common
functionality, such as data security, reference data sets, or general preferences.
Use this task list to manage common reference objects that are dened centrally and shared across applications. You
can search for and access this task list in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
To make the Maintain Common Reference Objects task list available in your implementation project, go to the Oerings
work area and enable the Maintain Common Reference Objects feature.
Related Topics
• Overview of Moving Common Reference Objects
Caution: Use this task only if you want to update preferences for all users. To update preferences for a
specic user, use the General Preferences page.
If you want to set the preferences for new users whose preferences haven't been set at all, select the Reset preferences
for new users only check box. Selecting this option excludes all users whose preferences were set at some point in
time.
443
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Related Topics
• How can I set general preferences for myself
A detailed introduction to application taxonomy is provided in the Oracle Fusion Applications Developer's Guide.
Hierarchy
• The application taxonomy hierarchy contains various levels and types of nodes, or modules.
Usage
• Use application taxonomy to understand relationships among applications and between an application and its
les. This information is helpful in managing various phases of the product life cycle.
444
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Identiers
Module ID is the unique primary key for nodes in the taxonomy table. When you create a module, a unique read-only ID
is automatically generated. The module contains two other identiers: Module key and alternative ID. The module key is
a string identier, for example AP for the Oracle Fusion Payables application. The alternative ID is a numeric identier,
for example 1 for the Oracle Fusion product line. These additional identiers are provided for the product line, product
family, and application modules. However, you can optionally add them for logical business areas and new modules.
Note: Don't change the module key or alternative ID for predened modules.
The product code is relevant only to application and logical business area modules. You can leave the eld blank for
other module types. The product code for applications is the short name that can be displayed in lists of application
values. For example, FND for Oracle Fusion Middleware Extensions for Oracle Application.
Names
Module name is the logical name for the module. The name must be unique among nodes within the hierarchy level
with the same parent, but Oracle recommends keeping it unique in the entire hierarchy. The user name and description
can appear to users in other parts of Oracle Applications Cloud.
Usage Types
Though you can update the usage type to reect the current state of the module, just doing so doesn't aect the actual
state. For example, seing a module as installed doesn't mean the module is actually installed if the installation itself
didn't take place. Installation refers to operations related to laying down all the components required to create an Oracle
Applications Cloud environment. Deployment is the process that starts the managed servers and clusters and facilitates
the actual use of product oerings. A licensed module is available for installation and deployment, and a deployed
module is considered actively used when actually used by users.
Seed Data
If seed data is allowed, then data residing in exelds and lookups can be extracted for the module using seed data
loaders. By default, extract is allowed for all predened modules of type application and logical business area.
Associations
You can associate a logical domain to modules of the type Product Family, as well as one or more enterprise
applications to modules of type Application. This association represents the relationship between the taxonomy
modules and the corresponding domain and enterprise applications stored in the Oracle Applications Cloud Functional
Core (ASK) tables.
445
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
For example, XYZ Corporation uses the same grades throughout the entire organization. Instead of dierent business
units seing up and using the same grades, XYZ Corporation decides to create a set called Grades, which contains the
grades. All business units in the organization have the Grades set so that the grades can be shared and used.
Note: For specic information about conguring reference data sharing for a particular object or product,
refer to the relevant product documentation.
Partitioning
Partitioning reference data and creating data sets provide you the exibility to handle the reference data to fulll your
business requirements. You can share modular information and data processing options among business units with
ease. You can create separate sets and subsets for each business unit. Alternatively, you can create common sets or
subsets to enable sharing reference data between several business units, without duplicating the reference data.
446
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
The following gure illustrates the reference data sharing method. The user can access the data assigned to a specic
set in a particular business unit, as well as access the data assigned to the common set.
has
access to ...
Common Set
UK
Business Unit
UK
Location Set
Related Topics
• Dene Default Reference Data Sets
447
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Your enterprise can determine that certain aspects of your corporate policy can aect all business units. The remaining
aspects are at the discretion of the business unit manager to implement. This allows your enterprise to balance
autonomy and control for each business unit. For example, your enterprise holds business unit managers accountable
for their prot and loss, but manages working capital requirements at a corporate level. In such a case, you can let
managers dene their own sales methods, but dene payment terms centrally. In this example:
• Each business unit has its own reference data set for sales methods.
• One central reference data set for payment terms is assigned to all business units.
The reference data sharing is especially valuable for lowering the cost of seing up new business units. For example,
your enterprise operates in the hospitality industry. You are adding a new business unit to track your new spa services.
The hospitality divisional reference data set can be assigned to the new business unit to quickly set up data for this
entity component. You can establish other business unit reference data in a business unit-specic reference data set as
needed.
• Assignment to one set only, no common values allowed. This method is the simplest form of sharing reference
data that allows assigning a reference data object instance to one and only one set. For example, Asset Prorate
Conventions are dened and assigned to only one reference data set. This set can be shared across multiple
asset books, but all the values are contained only in this one set.
• Assignment to one set only, with common values. This method is the most commonly used method of sharing
reference data that allows dening reference data object instance across all sets. For example, Receivables
Transaction Types are assigned to a common set that's available to all the business units. You need not
explicitly assign the transaction types to each business unit. In addition, you can assign a business unit-specic
set of transaction types. At transaction entry, the list of values for transaction types includes the following:
• Assignment to multiple sets, no common values allowed. The method of sharing reference data that allows
a reference data object instance to be assigned to multiple sets. For instance, Payables Payment Terms use
this method. It means that each payment term can be assigned to one or more than one set. For example,
you assign the payment term Net 30 to several sets, but assign Net 15 to a set specic only to your business
unit. At transaction entry, the list of values for payment terms consists of only the set that's assigned to the
transaction's business unit.
Note: Oracle Fusion Applications contains a reference data set called Enterprise. Dene any reference data
that aects your entire enterprise in this set. Also update the data set going forward as you create new
reference data items.
Related Topics
• Items and Supplier Site Reference Data Sharing
• What reference data objects can be shared across cost organizations
• What reference data objects can be shared across project units
• What reference data objects can be shared across business units
• What reference data objects can be shared across asset books
448
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Determinant Types
The partitioned reference data is shared using a business context seing called the determinant type. A determinant
type is the point of reference used in the data assignment process. The following table lists the determinant types used
in the reference data assignment.
Asset Book Information about the acquisition, depreciation, and retirement of an asset that belongs to a
ledger or a business unit.
Cost Organization The organization used for cost accounting and reporting on various inventory and cost centers
within an enterprise.
Project Unit A logical organization within an enterprise that's responsible for enforcing consistent project
management practices.
Determinant
The determinant (also called determinant value) is a value that corresponds to the selected determinant type. The
determinant is one of the criteria for selecting the appropriate reference data set.
Reference Groups
A transactional entity may have multiple reference entities (generally considered to be setup data). However, all
reference entities are treated alike because of similarity in implementing business policies and legal rules. Such
reference entities in your application are grouped into logical units called reference groups. For example, all tables
and views that dene Sales Order Type details might be a part of the same reference group. Reference groups are
predened in the reference groups table.
449
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Currency Codes
You can't change a currency code after you enable the currency, even if you later disable that currency.
Date Ranges
You can enter transactions denominated in the currency only for the dates within the specied range. If you don't enter
a start date, then the currency is valid immediately. If you don't enter an end date, then the currency is valid indenitely.
Symbols
Some applications support displaying currency symbols. You may enter the symbol associated with a currency so that it
appears along with the amount.
Related Topics
• What's the dierence between precision, extended precision, and minimum accountable unit for a currency
• What's a statistical unit currency type
• Euro Currency Derivation
Derivation Type
The Euro currency derivation type is used only for the Euro, and the Euro derived derivation type identies national
currencies of EMU member states. All other currencies don't have derivation types.
Derivation Factor
The derivation factor is the xed conversion rate by which you multiply one Euro to derive the equivalent EMU currency
amount. The Euro currency itself must not have a derivation factor.
450
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Tasks
Once you add a language, it can't be deleted, but just disabled. You can optionally associate natural languages with
International Organization for Standardization (ISO) languages and territories, just for reference.
Values
When you create a natural language, use the alpha-2 ISO code as the language code, or, if not available, then alpha-3.
If the language is not an ISO language, then use x- as a prex for the code, for example x-ja for a Japanese dialect.
Use the sgn code of ISO-639-2 for sign languages, followed by territory code, for example sgn-US for American Sign
Language. You can also use Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) language tags.
The natural language description must be the language name with territory name in parenthesis where needed, for
example English (Australia) and English (Canada).
451
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Related Topics
• Considerations for Dening Currencies
452
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
existing time zones and enable them. Only the enabled time zones are available for all users to select while seing their
regional general preferences.
To add or edit time zones, use the following in the Setup Maintenance work area:
To enable auditing for Oracle Fusion Middleware products, select one of the levels at which auditing is required for that
product. The audit levels are predened and contain the metadata and events to be audited. For more information,
see Audit Events for Oracle Applications Cloud Middleware (Doc ID 2114143.1) on My Oracle Support at hps://
support.oracle.com.
If you don't want an application to be audited, you can stop the audit process by seing the Audit Level option to None.
Related Topics
• Audit Events for Oracle Applications Cloud Middleware
453
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Selecting an Application
To set up auditing, you must select a web application that contains the required business objects that can be audited.
From the list of business objects, select those business objects that you want to audit. Selecting a business object also
displays its aributes that are enabled for auditing.
Selecting Aributes
For each selected business object to be audited, select the corresponding aributes to include in the audit. All aributes
that belong to that object are by default selected for audit and appear on the user interface. However, you can add or
remove aributes from the list. When you remove an aribute from the list, you stop auditing it even when the parent
object is selected for audit. So, if you want an aribute to be audited, you must add it to the list. If the object selected in
an audit hierarchy is also a part of several other audit hierarchies, the aribute conguration for that object is applicable
to all the hierarchies in that application.
Tip: For business objects based on exelds, select the Flexelds (Additional Aributes) check box to view
and add or remove exeld aributes, to include or exclude them from the audit.
For example, users intend to view the audit history of an object for the previous week, but auditing for that object was
stopped last month. They wouldn't get any audit results for that week, because during the entire month that object
wasn't audited. Even if you enable audit for that object today, users can't get the wanted results because audit data until
today isn't available.
454
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Related Topics
• Audit Events for Oracle Applications Cloud Middleware
Impersonation Audit
Users can temporarily designate other users to impersonate their proles and perform application tasks on their behalf.
Impersonation auditing is active even when auditing is disabled for an application. At run time, the audit setup tracks
and stores information about aributes, even when auditing isn't enabled for the aributes. Impersonation auditing is
enabled by default so that all actions performed by the impersonator are audited. Therefore, while viewing audit history,
users can retrieve the audited information, ltered by an impersonated user.
However, impersonation auditing is limited in scope and applies only to the business objects in the Manage Audit
Policies task. While impersonation auditing is enabled, updates are permied only to the business objects in the Manage
Audit Policies task. The impersonator can't update business objects in other tasks. If updates to business objects in
other tasks are required, the impersonation auditing must be disabled.
Caution: If impersonation auditing is disabled, impersonation information won't be audited. The activities are
audited as if the actual user performed them.
Impersonation auditing is controlled through the Audit Impersonation Transaction Enabled prole option. By default
it's enabled. To disable it, set the prole value to No.
Related Topics
• Designate Proxies
455
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
The following table lists the talent management business objects to audit.
Talent content library, including • From and to dates, code, name, distribution threshold, and description for rating models
rating models, rating levels, and • From and to points, maximum and minimum distributions, numeric and star ratings,
content items name, rating level, short description, review points, and description details for rating
levels
• Item code, from and to dates, item description, name, rating model details for content
items
Talent proles, including person and Keywords and from and to dates for person and model proles
model proles
Talent proles setup, including Label, column name, default value, display, source, required, searchable, value set name, and
content section properties view aribute for prole type section properties (also called content section properties)
Performance evaluations, including • Manager ID, status, start and end dates, performance document name, and evaluation
evaluation sections, evaluation context (descriptive exelds for additional aributes) for performance evaluations
section ratings, evaluation items, • Comments and performance rating for evaluation section ratings
evaluation item ratings, participant • Item name, minimum weight, and weight for evaluation item
details, and performance task.
• Comments, performance rating, and prociency level for evaluation item ratings
• Participant ID and role, status of the task, optional overall comments, and notied by
data to indicate which person requested the participant to participate in the evaluation
• Status of performance task, and action performed by data to indicate which person
performed the task
Audit Reports
Talent management enables users with the Internal Auditor job role to view audit reports for audit-enabled talent
management business objects. You can view the changes that the application data underwent. The report provides you
with details of the talent management business objects that were created, updated, and deleted. You can select among
several search parameters to decide the type of audit history report that you require. To access the Audit Reports work
area, select Navigator > Tools > Audit Reports.
Related Topics
• Audit History
456
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
You can view the audit history to determine how a business object obtained its current value and to compare old
and new values. To view the history or to create an audit report from the Audit History work area, you require
appropriate duty roles and privileges. Enterprises typically assign the following two audit duty roles to the application
implementation consultant and master data management application roles:
1. Select the HCM Payroll application on the Congure Business Object Aributes page.
2. Specify the aributes to audit for the objects.
For example, you might audit the start and end date aributes for the calculation card component details.
The following table lists the payroll business objects you can set up for auditing payroll. You track changes to aributes
specied for these objects.
Assigned Payroll More Details Holds details that aren't date-eective about the payroll assigned to a worker.
Calculation Card Component Holds the denition of a component that represents one or more logically related payroll
components.
Calculation Card Component Detail Holds the input values of a person's calculation card.
Calculation Reporting Card Denes the tax reporting units that report the calculation.
Element Entry Value Holds the values of the compensation and benets granted to a person.
Payroll Calculation Range Value Denes the values or sets of values used in the calculation of a value denition.
Payroll Calculation Value Denition Denes how a value is calculated in payroll processing.
457
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Personal Payment Method Holds the payment method details for a person.
Related Topics
• Audit History
To open the Manage Oracle Social Network Objects page, use the following in the Set and Maintenance work area:
• Functional Area: Application Extensions
• Task: Manage Oracle Social Network Objects
An important aspect of managing Oracle Social Network objects is enabling business objects for integration.
458
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
After you click Enable Object, select one of the following enablement options:
• Manual
• Automatic
• No
Manual
If you select this option, which is recommended, you let users decide whether to share each instance of the object with
the social network. Once shared, all updates to the enabled aributes of the instance appear on the social network. If the
instance is deleted, that information is also shared.
Click Enable All to enable all objects for all applications. Enable All automatically applies the Manual option, which
means that the user can choose whether to share an object instance.
Automatic
With this option, news about all instances of the object appears on the social network, including:
• Every newly created instance
• All subsequent updates to the enabled aributes
• Deletion of any instances
No
With this option, which is the default value, no news about the object appears on the social network.
Note: When you click Disable Object, the enabled seing of the selected business object is automatically
changed to No.
After you enable a business object, you must enable one or more aributes of the object. Only the enabled aributes
are shared. The Status column in the Business Objects table indicates which enabled business objects don't yet have an
enabled aribute. For these objects, only the following information appear on the social network:
• Internal bookkeeping information, when creating or updating an instance of the object.
459
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Update Translations
The Update Translations process sends aribute labels and business object names to Oracle Social Network for use in
the user interface.
In social network, aributes or business object labels appear in the language of your locale. If you change the locale in
social network, then the aribute or business object labels appear in the updated language. However, the data appears
in the language in which it was originally sent to social network. If you have previously sent an instance of the business
object to social network, then the instance data isn't updated. Clicking Update Translations on the Manage Oracle
Social Network Objects page sends translations for business objects with the option to enable as Manual or Automatic.
• Business Objects table level: To resend the denitions of a selected business object to social network. This
buon is enabled only when you select a row for a business object with the enablement option as Manual or
Automatic.
• Manage Oracle Social Network Objects page level: To resend the denitions of all business objects with the
enablement option as Manual or Automatic to social network.
Note: If you had modied any business object enabled for social network and not saved your changes, then
on clicking Synchronize, a warning message appears. This message informs you that you have not saved
your changes, and you can select one of the following options:
• Save and Synchronize: To save the modied business objects, and synchronize the unmodied business
objects.
• Synchronize: To ignore any unsaved business objects, and only synchronize the unmodied business
objects.
• Cancel: To cancel the synchronization task.
460
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Note: When you save the enablement of a business object to social network, it sends the translations as well.
Hence, you need not click Update Translations after saving the enablement.
Note: When you save the enablement of a business object to social network, it sends the translations as well.
Hence, you need not click Update Translations after saving the enablement.
461
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Related Topics
• Contents of the Conguration Set
General Preferences
When users dene their preferred Date Format, Language, or Currency, they are seing the value of a prole option at
the user level.
Prole Options
When users don't specify anything as their preferences, the Site level prole option takes eect.
1. Check with your help desk to make sure that objects, categories, and schedules are already set up.
2. Set the Global Search Enabled (FUSION_APPS_SEARCH_ENABLED) prole option to Yes at the Site level.
◦ Otherwise, the Search eld isn't available in the global header for any user.
◦ After you set the prole option, users must sign out and sign back in to see the global search.
Note: Enabling global search is the only mandatory setup. You can skip the following setup steps, and just
use the default conguration for the global search.
462
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
Related Topics
• Set Prole Option Values
• Examples of Global Search Congurations Set as Enabled or Default
• Create Global Search Congurations
• Suggestion Groups for Global Search
• Considerations for Managing Alternate Words for Global Search
463
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 18
Implementing Global Human Resources Common Reference Objects
464
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Overview
The Dene Applications Core Congurations task list contains the Oracle Middleware Extensions for Oracle Application
(Applications Core) tasks that support implementation of common functionality such as lookups, prole options,
document sequences, and so on. Some of the tasks are also available in the Application Extensions functional area. You
may also nd specic versions of this task list depending upon the product family or the oering that uptakes those
tasks.
Use this task list to manage conguration objects that are dened centrally and shared across applications, in addition
to tasks classied in the Maintain Common Reference Objects task list. You can search for this task list in the Setup and
Maintenance work area.
Related Topics
• Overview of Common Reference Objects
465
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Example
The following example is about importing the prole values using the web service. To import lookups or extensible
exelds, initiate the web service in the same way as shown here, after replacing the methods and other relevant values
in the code.
5. Run the following command to generate the JAX-WS proxy for the FndManageImportExportFilesService web
service.
C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.7.0_04\bin>wsimport -s "d:\wsimport\FndManageImportExport" -d "d:\wsimport
\FndManageImportExport" http://<host>:<port>/fndAppCoreServices/FndManageImportExportFilesService?wsdl
import com.sun.xml.ws.developer.WSBindingProvider;
466
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
import java.io.File;
import java.io.IOException;
import java.util.List;
import java.util.Map;
import javax.xml.ws.BindingProvider;
import javax.xml.ws.WebServiceRef;
import javax.xml.ws.handler.Handler;
import oracle.webservices.ClientConstants;
import weblogic.wsee.jws.jaxws.owsm.SecurityPoliciesFeature;
// !THE CHANGES MADE TO THIS FILE WILL BE DESTROYED IF REGENERATED!
// This source file is generated by Oracle tools
// Contents may be subject to change
// For reporting problems, use the following
// Version = Oracle WebServices (11.1.1.0.0, build 130224.1947.04102)
requestContext.put(ClientConstants.WSSEC_KEYSTORE_TYPE,"jks");
// Provide location of 'mycompclient-keystore.jks' which was created during Step I)
requestContext.put(ClientConstants.WSSEC_KEYSTORE_LOCATION,"/home/user1/mycompclient-keystore.jks");
requestContext.put(ClientConstants.WSSEC_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD,"password");
requestContext.put(ClientConstants.WSSEC_RECIPIENT_KEY_ALIAS,"cdrmkey");
String id = invokeUploadFiletoUCMMethod(fndManageImportExportFilesService);
if (id != null) {
invokeUserProfileValuesDataLoader(fndManageImportExportFilesService, new Long(id));
}
}
467
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
try {
} catch (IOException e) {
System.out.println(e.getMessage());
}
catch(Exception e) {
System.out.println("Exception: "+e.getMessage());
}
try {
response = fndManageImportExportFilesService.uploadFiletoUCM(document);
System.out.println("Response: " + response);
} catch (ServiceException e) {
System.out.println(e.getMessage());
}
return response;
}
Note: Wherever applicable, replace the values referring to the prole values with those of the
lookups or exelds value sets.
468
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Here's a sample program that's a web service client for the asynchronous method deployFlexAsync(). This client
program starts callback client and does the asynchronous call. The required callback web service starts at the line no 58.
The callback web service will still be in Running state after the client program execution completes and you need to
close it manually. Alternatively, you can also comment the previous line here and run it in a separate client program.
package com.ws.client;
import com.sun.xml.ws.api.addressing.AddressingVersion;
import com.sun.xml.ws.api.addressing.WSEndpointReference;
import com.sun.xml.ws.developer.WSBindingProvider;
import com.sun.xml.ws.message.StringHeader;
import com.ws.client.callback.ApplicationsCoreSetupServiceResponseImpl;
import com.ws.client.types.DeployFlexAsyncResponse;
import java.util.Map;
import java.util.UUID;
import javax.xml.ws.Endpoint;
import javax.xml.ws.Response;
import javax.xml.ws.WebServiceRef;
import oracle.webservices.ClientConstants;
import weblogic.wsee.jws.jaxws.owsm.SecurityPolicyFeature;
// !THE CHANGES MADE TO THIS FILE WILL BE DESTROYED IF REGENERATED!
// This source file is generated by Oracle tools
// Contents may be subject to change
// For reporting problems, use the following
// Version = Oracle WebServices (11.1.1.0.0, build 150302.2135.1.30348)
ApplicationsCoreSetupService applicationsCoreSetupService =
applicationsCoreSetupService_Service.getApplicationsCoreSetupServiceSoapHttpPort(features);
requestContext.put(ClientConstants.WSSEC_KEYSTORE_TYPE, "jks");
requestContext.put(ClientConstants.WSSEC_KEYSTORE_LOCATION,
"/scratch/vgarikip/view_storage/work/keys/mycompclient-keystore.jks");
requestContext.put(ClientConstants.WSSEC_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD,
"mypassword1");
469
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
requestContext.put(ClientConstants.WSSEC_RECIPIENT_KEY_ALIAS,
"cdrmkey");
requestContext.put(WSBindingProvider.USERNAME_PROPERTY,
"app_impl_consultant");
requestContext.put(WSBindingProvider.PASSWORD_PROPERTY, "mypassword1");
applicationsCoreSetupService.deployFlexAsync("PER_CITIZENSHIPS_DFF", "DFF",
false); //.deployPatchedFlexAsync(mode, pCustomizationId, pCustomizationSetLoc);
System.out.println("####END OF WS CALL");
Thread.sleep(10000);
Example callback web service start utility if you comment line no 58 in the previous program:
package com.ws.client;
import com.ws.client.callback.ApplicationsCoreSetupServiceResponseImpl;
import javax.xml.ws.Endpoint;
}
}
470
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Dene Lookups
Overview of Lookups
Lookups are lists of values in applications. You dene a list of values as a lookup type consisting of a set of lookup
codes, each code's translated meaning, and optionally a tag. End users see the list of translated meanings as the
available values for an object.
Lookups provide a means of validation and lists of values where valid values appear on a list with no duplicate values.
For example, an application might store the values Y and N in a column in a table, but when displaying those values in
the user interface, Yes or No (or their translated equivalents) should be available for end users to select. For example,
the two lookup codes Y and N are dened in the REQUIRED_INDICATOR lookup type.
The following table contains an example of a lookup type for marital status (MAR_STATUS) that has lookup codes for
users to specify married, single, or available legal partnerships.
In this case, tags are used for localizing the codes. All legislations list Married and Single. Only the Dutch legislation lists
Registered Partner. And all legislations except France and Australia also list Domestic Partner.
471
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
statuses in a report. The lookup code values include All, so that users can report by all statuses: Approved, Resubmied
for approval, Pending or rejected, and Rejected.
Conguration Level
The conguration level of a lookup type determines whether the lookups in that lookup type can be edited. This applies
data security to lookups.
Some lookup types are locked so no new codes and other changes can be added during implementation or later, as
needed. Depending on the conguration level of a lookup type, you may be able to change the codes or their meanings.
Some lookups are designated as extensible, so new lookup codes can be created during implementation, but the
predened lookup codes can't be modied. Some predened lookup codes can be changed during implementation or
later, as needed.
The conguration levels are user, extensible, and system. The following table shows the lookup management tasks
permied at each conguration level.
Updating start date, end date, Yes Yes, only if the code isn't No
and enabling the lookup code predened data
If a product depends on a lookup, the conguration level must be system or extensible to prevent deletion.
Once the conguration level is set for a lookup type, it can't be modied. The conguration level for newly created
lookup types is by default set at the User level.
472
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Standard lookups are the simplest form of lookup types consisting only of codes and their translated meaning. They
dier from common lookups only in being dened in the standard lookup view. Common lookups exist for reasons
of backward compatibility and dier from standard lookups only in being dened in the common lookup view. These
can also be lookups having aribute columns. Set-enabled lookup types store lookup codes that are enabled for
reference data sharing. At runtime, a set-enabled lookup code is visible because the value of the determinant identies
a reference data set in which the lookup code is present.
Accessing Lookups
Standard, set-enabled, and common lookups are dened in the Standard, Set-enabled, and Common views,
respectively. Applications development may dene lookups in an application view to restrict the UI pages where they
may appear.
In lookups management tasks, lookups may be associated with a module in the application taxonomy to provide
criteria for narrowing a search or limiting the number of lookups accessed by a product specic task such as Manage
Purchasing Lookups.
Enabling Lookups
A lookup type is reusable for aributes stored in multiple tables.
Enable lookups based on the following.
If you make changes to a lookup, users must sign out and back in before the changes take eect. When dening a list of
values for display rather than validation, limit the number of enabled lookup codes to a usable length.
To view the predened lookups and their lookup codes, use the following tasks in the Setup and Maintenance work
area:
Translating Lookups
You can translate the lookups that you dened to the preferred language(s) without changing the language session
of the application. Use the translation option available on the lookup code table. By default, for each lookup, all the
permied language rows in the translator dialog box appear in the source language (the current session language).
When you edit a particular language entry, you can modify the translated meaning and description to the language in
which you want the lookup to appear. Once the updates are made, the end-users can view the lookup in the translated
text.
473
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Note: You can add the translation for only as many languages as are permied by the administrator.
The functionality to limit the number of languages displayed on the dialog box is controlled through the
Translation Editor Languages prole option. It can be set at the SITE or USER level. If nothing is specied, all
active languages are displayed.
Related Topics
• How can I access predened lookups
• Enter or Edit Translated Text
Meaning Status
After you dene the lookup type, you need to dene the lookup codes and their related details. The following table lists
the lookup codes you dene for the COLORS lookup type.
BLUE Urgent No 4
474
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
The following table lists the meanings and the codes that were enabled. They appear in the order of the dened display
sequence.
Stop RED
Check YELLOW
Proceed GREEN
Analysis
The BLUE lookup code wasn't enabled and doesn't appear in the list of values. The display sequence of values in the list
of values is alphabetic, unless you enter a number manually to determine the order of appearance. Number 1 indicates
the rst value that appears in the list. Only lookups that are enabled and active between start and end dates are visible.
1 Jane RED
2 Bob YELLOW
3 Alice BLUE
The status for one user is BLUE because at the time they entered a value, BLUE was enabled. Disabling a lookup code
doesn't aect transaction records in which that code is stored. Data querying and reporting have access to disabled
lookup codes in transaction tables.
475
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
The following table elaborates the example, how these two reference data sets (US and EU) contain one lookup code
that's common, but each diering in its lookup meaning.
US RED Red
US YELLOW Yellow
US GREEN Green
EU RED Rouge
EU ORANGE Orange
Some lookup codes may be unique to one or another reference data set as the ORANGE lookup is to the EU reference
data set in the example.
In another example in the following table, a lookup type called HOLD_REASON provides a list of reasons for puing a
contract renewal on hold. Reference data sets determine which codes are included in the Hold Reason list of values.
476
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Referring to the example in the table, when end-users place a contract on hold in the US business unit, the three reason
codes in the US set are available. When placing a contract on hold in the China business unit, the two codes in the China
set are available.
Import Lookups
On each page pertaining to the tasks of managing the Standard, Common, and Set Enabled lookups, use the Import
option to import the lookup type and lookup code information.
Prerequisite
The separate les containing the lookup types and lookup codes are already available in the document repository of
Oracle WebCenter Content.
Importing Lookups
To import lookups:
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, go to the Manage Standard Lookups task. Depending on the lookup
you want to import, you may select the other lookup tasks.
2. In Search Results, from the Actions menu, select Import.
Note: If the import fails, click the link to the log le on the conrmation dialog box and examine the
cause of failure.
477
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
• Use a vertical bar or pipe ( | ) as a delimiter between elds for both header and value rows.
• Set the le encoding to UTF-8 without the Byte Order Mark (BOM), as per the Oracle WebCenter Content
specication.
The following sections contain details about the specic lookup types and codes.
Prerequisite
You must have worked with lookups in Oracle Cloud applications.
Here's a sample le that contains the header values at the beginning of the le, followed by line entries of the two
lookup types that are to be imported. For importing several lookup types, add more line entries in a similar format.
LookupType|Meaning|Description|ModuleType|ModuleKey
AFLOG_22APR_1|Log1|AFLOG_desc_1|APPLICATION|FND
PROD_22APR_2|Product1|PROD_desc_2|APPLICATION|FND
To create a le containing the lookup codes, include the following headers.
• Required headers:
• Optional headers:
◦ StartDateActive:Beginning of the date range during which the lookup code is active and visible on the
page. The format is dd/M/yyyy.
478
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
◦ EndDateActive:End of the date range during which the lookup code is active and visible on the page. The
format is dd/M/yyyy.
◦ Description: Description of the lookup code.
◦ Tag: Any tag associated with the lookup code that may be used for a quick reference or retrieval of
information.
◦ Seg: The name of the API used for a global segment dened for the descriptive exeld associated with
the lookup.
◦ CONTEXT_ATTRIBUTE: The context value specied in the CSV le for a particular descriptive exeld.
◦ ctxSeg: The name of the API for a context sensitive segment dened for a context aribute.
To create a le containing the set enabled lookup codes, include the following headers.
• Required headers:
• Optional headers:
◦ StartDateActive:Beginning of the date range during which the lookup code is active and visible on the
page. The format is dd/M/yyyy.
479
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
◦ EndDateActive:End of the date range during which the lookup code is active and visible on the page. The
format is dd/M/yyyy.
◦ Description: Description of the lookup code.
◦ Tag:Any tag associated with the lookup code that may be used for a quick reference or retrieval of
information.
Here's a sample le that contains the header values at the beginning and lists four set enabled lookup codes to be
imported. For importing several lookup codes, add more entries in the same format.
LookupType|LookupCode|DisplaySequence|EnabledFlag|StartDateActive|EndDateActive|Meaning|Description|Tag|
SetName
DATA_22APR_1|Code1_1|1|Y|25/12/2014|25/5/2015|DATA_22apr_1|Data_desc_1|Tag1_1|TEST SET CODE 2
DATA_22APR_1|Code1_2|2|N|25/1/2014|25/11/2015|DATA_22apr_2|Data_desc_2|Tag1_2|TEST SET CODE 3
DATA_22APR_2|code2_1|3|N|25/12/2012|25/7/2015|DATA_22qpr_2_1|Data_desc_2|tag2_1|TEST SET CODE 2
DATA_22APR_2|code2_2|3|Y|25/12/2012|25/7/2015|DATA_22qpr_2_2|Data_desc_2_2|tag2_2|TEST SET_ERR_CODE_Z
Related Topics
• Overview of Files for Import and Export
• Guidelines for File Import and Export
• Upload Files to WebCenter Content Server
Each task contains a predened set of lookup types that are classied and stored. Open a task to search and edit the
required lookup. However, you may not be able to edit a lookup if its conguration level doesn't support editing.
480
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Validation of values One to one match of meaning to code Validation by format or inclusion in a table
included in a lookup view, or through the
determinant of a reference data set
Length of value Text string up to 30 characters Any type of variable length from 1 to 4000
Both lookup types and value sets are used to create lists of values from which users select values.
A lookup type can't use a value from a value set. However, value sets can use standard, common, or set-enabled
lookups.
481
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Manage Messages
Messages
Messages provide users with information about business or application errors or warnings.
Typically, messages inform the users about the following:
• Missing or incorrect data
• Status of an application, page, or a business object
• Status of an ongoing process
• Result of a user action
Besides notifying users about the problem, messages provide guidance to users on taking corrective action. Messages
also warn users about the consequences of a certain action.
Oracle provides a set of predened messages that are stored in a message dictionary. You can create additional
messages or modify the existing ones using the Manage Messages task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Note: Don't delete predened messages unless you're sure that they aren't used anywhere.
Message Dictionary
The message dictionary stores messages that the application requires at run time. Messages are predened for specic
applications and modules, but a few are common messages that can be used in any application or module.
When you create messages, use the message text and the following components to cover additional details addressing
users and help desk personnel:
• User Details: A detailed explanation of the message short text meant for users.
• Administrator Details: Details of the identied problem meant for the help desk personnel. The end users don't
see this text.
• Cause: An end-user version of the cause of error.
• User Action: Instructions to users for addressing the identied problem. Where there is no guidance for end
users, they must approach the help desk.
• Administrator Action: Corrective action that help desk personnel must take to correct the problem. This
information isn't available to the end users.
482
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Message Types
All messages must be associated with a message type. You can select the message type based on the message severity.
The available message types are:
• Error
• Warning
• Information
• UI String
Error Messages
Use the Error message to inform users about, for example, entering incorrect data or performing actions that trigger
validation. Error messages also inform users how to correct the situation so that they can continue with their task.
For example: You can't specify a task without specifying the project.
Error messages also tell users about any serious problem with the application or process, and when they must seek
assistance from the help desk. Some error messages trigger incidents or logs and have a mechanism to notify the help
desk automatically.
Warning Messages
Use the Warning message type to inform users about an application condition or a situation that might require their
decision before they can continue.
Warning messages:
• Describe the reason for the warning and potential consequence of the selected or intended user action.
• Can be either a question or a statement.
For example: You delete the primary user. Do you want to continue?
Information Messages
The Information message type tells users about changes in the application, a page, or a business object. These
messages aren't triggered by users, and they don't have to take any immediate action in response.
For example: No events have been started or processed for this employee.
Use the Information message type to communicate information that's neither an error nor a warning.
UI String Messages
Use the UI string message type to store shorter messages such as UI prompts, titles, or translated text, in the message
dictionary.
483
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Message Groups
You can group messages by severity to internally dene logging and classifying incident policies. You can group by
category based on the functionality or program.
Category and severity values don't appear in logging entries, incidents, or on the UI.
Note: The values in both options are predened lookups but you can modify them. However, the maximum
size of this eld is 30 characters.
To group the messages, in the Setup and Maintenance work area, use the Manage Messages task.
Group by Category
Use this option to group messages that relate to one functionality, such as a scheduled process, together into one
category. Select one of the predened categories to enable automatic incident creation when the error message
activates. By default, the following categories are available:
• Product: Issues related to product functionality, setup, and maintenance. Such messages are typically intended
for functional administrators or product super users.
• System: Issues concerning the application, database, technology stack, and so on. Such messages are typically
intended for technical users such as application administrators or database administrators.
• Security: Issues concerning permissions, access, compliance, passwords, and so on. Such messages are
typically intended for security administrators.
Group by Severity
This grouping aribute is very specic and indicates the severity of the message. You must set the severity to High
to enable automatic incident creation for the message. The following are predened values, but you can add more if
required.
• High: Used for serious messages that completely stop the progress of an important business process or aect a
large user community, and require help desk's aention. Use this option to enable implicit incident creation for
the message.
• Medium: Used for less severe and more isolated messages.
• Low: Used when you can't determine whether the message has a negative impact on end users or business
processes.
Incidents collect information about the application errors for which users may require assistance from help desk. An
incident contains information about the state of the application at the time the problem occurred. Help desk can use the
information in the incidents to resolve the problems.
Related Topics
• What's an incident
• Run Diagnostic Tests
• Run Diagnostic Tests to Verify, Troubleshoot, and Analyze
484
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Creating a Message
To create a message, perform the following steps:
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, go to the Manage Messages task.
2. On the Manage Messages page, click the New icon.
3. On the Create Message page, enter details in each section.
4. In the Message Properties section:
a. Enter a unique message name that helps you nd the messages you create and avoid name conicts with
predened messages. Use underscore as a separator if the name contains multiple parts.
b. Select the application and module to associate the message with.
c. Enter a unique number that can be used as an identier for the message. Users can quote this number
when they contact the help desk for assistance.
Note: You can use any number between 10,000,000 and 10,999,999. This number range
is allocated for the messages you create. At runtime, this number appears along with the
application code after the message text, for example FND-2774.
d. In the Translation Notes eld, enter a description of the message indicating its use.
e. Select the relevant message type, category, and severity.
f. Select the Logging Enabled check box to create incidents or logs when messages appear on the UI.
5. In the Message Text section:
a. In the Short Text eld, provide the actual message text that appears on the page at runtime.
The short text can include tokens that are placeholders for displaying dynamic values at runtime.
However, to support easy translation, keep the message length (including values of tokens) within 160
characters in American English.
b. In the User Details eld, enter information for the users to know why the message appeared. You can also
include information for the users to resolve the issue themselves.
If your Short Text component has tokens that expand the text beyond the 160-character limit, move that
portion of text here.
c. In the Administrator Details eld, provide a detailed technical explanation of the message. This eld is
only visible to the help desk.
d. In the Cause eld, provide a concise explanation of why the message appears. This text is visible to the
users.
This information is optional and is only applicable to messages of type Error and Warning. However, if
you mention the cause, you must mention in the User Action eld the action that users must take.
e. In the User Action eld, enter the user action to guide the users with steps to respond to the message and
complete the task.
f. In the Administrator Action eld, provide information that the help desk can use to resolve the problem.
6. In the Message Tokens section, dene tokens that you want to use in this message.
7. Click Save and Close.
485
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Editing a Message
You can edit a predened message or a message that you created.
To edit a message, search for a message on the Manage Messages page and perform the following steps:
1. Select the existing message and click the Edit icon.
2. On the Edit Message page, modify the existing details according to the instructions provided in the Creating a
Message procedure.
Note: Don't edit the message number for predened messages.
Related Topics
• Enter or Edit Translated Text
Use the Manage Messages task in the Setup and Maintenance work area to create and manage tokens. You must edit a
message to dene tokens for it. You can create tokens for a message and also delete them. However, you can't edit or
delete the predened tokens.
Token Denition
To dene a token, you must provide the following information:
• A unique name for the token.
• The type of data that the token replaces at run time. Available types are Date, Number, or Text.
• A description about what the token represents at run time.
Guidelines
Follow these general guidelines while dening tokens:
• Use curly brackets and all uppercase leers for the token names.
• Use underscore as a separator for a name containing two words or more.
• Don't use a space between words.
486
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
The following table contains specic guidelines for each token data type.
Text Use tokens for substituting any variable text element that qualies as a noun.
Number Plan carefully while using tokens for numbers especially, where a token could refer to either a
singular or a plural number. You can use tokens for numbers representing an order, customer,
or any other business object bearing a numeric value.
Date Clearly dene the context of the date, such as the start date, or end date, or a date range.
Common Messages
Message names that begin with FND_CMN are common messages. Each common message can appear in multiple
places in any product family across Oracle Applications Cloud. For example, the FND_CMN_NEW_SRCH message can be
used for any search to indicate that no results were found. Common messages of type error or warning are part of the
message dictionary.
Common messages can be used in any application. Therefore, consider the ramications if you edit any aspect of the
message, including incident and logging seings. Changes would be reected in all instances where the message is
used. For example, if you change the message text, ensure that the text is generic and applies to the entire site of Oracle
Applications Cloud implementation.
Note: If you don't set any value to the prole option, the visibility of the message component is determined
by the default prole option seings.
487
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Note: Plan your document sequencing carefully before you start applying sequence numbers. Avoid
switching to a dierent mode after you saved your work on the Manage Document Sequences and Manage
Document Sequence Categories pages.
Automatic Sequencing
Automatic document sequencing assigns a unique number to each document automatically when the document is
generated. That unique number is stored in the database. You can set an initial value for the numbering sequence.
Thereafter, the numbering is sequential by date and time of creation. If you don't provide an initial value, the application
sets the default initial value as 1.
Manual Sequencing
Use the manual sequencing mode to assign a unique number to each document before the document is generated. In
manual sequencing, the numeric ordering and completeness of a transaction isn't automatically enforced. As a result,
users can skip or omit numbers when entering the sequence value. However, each time a user assigns a number, the
application validates its uniqueness.
Gapless Sequencing
Gapless sequencing is similar to automatic sequencing. It automatically generates a unique number for each document,
but does that only for successfully generated documents. Sequence numbers aren't assigned to incomplete or failed
documents. As a result, the sequence is maintained for all the successfully generated documents.
Additionally, you can control the gapless document sequencing by enforcing the Transaction Date Validation option.
When enabled, this option checks for the transaction date of a particular document and assigns the sequence number
accordingly, to chronologically maintain the documents. The sequence numbers and the transaction dates are
chronologically correlated to prevent any mismatch of a new document sequence assigned to an older document or an
older document sequence assigned to a new document.
Note: Use this type of sequencing only if necessary because it may aect the performance of the application
and slow down transaction processing.
Related Topics
• Modules in Application Taxonomy
488
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Note: Once a document sequence category is created, you can't change the application, the category code, or
the table name. Therefore, carefully consider these details and plan your document sequencing requirement
before you begin working with the application.
Once you create a document sequence category, it's available for use in the Document Sequences: Assignments
section on the Manage Document Sequences page. The Category eld contains the name of the document sequence
category. After you create a document sequence, you can assign it to a document sequence category.
• Determine beforehand the mode of document sequencing, because you can't switch to other types once a
sequence is in use.
• Note details such as the document sequence and document sequence category, for later reference.
• Identify if there are any restrictions or conguration prerequisites.
Note: Products that implement document sequencing have specications about its usage. Refer to the
corresponding product documentation for specic details and also to determine if there are any restrictions or
conguration prerequisites.
489
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Related Topics
• Guidelines for Managing Modules in Application Taxonomy
490
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
In the Setup and Maintenance work area, use any of the following tasks:
Manage Prole Options Create new prole options or modify existing prole options, except some which are
predened and restricted to prevent any modications.
Manage Prole Categories Group the prole options based on their functional similarities.
Manage Administrator Prole Values Set the prole values for the enabled prole options to control application behavior.
Related Topics
• How can I access predened prole options
After you create or edit a prole option on the Manage Prole Options page, you must enable it. You can enable it at
multiple levels. The seing at the highest enabled level takes precedence over the lower levels. User level is the highest
in the hierarchy and always takes precedence over the seings at the site level.
On the Manage Administrative Prole Values page, set the prole value at any of the enabled levels of the prole option.
491
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
For this example, there are two users, John and Lisa. For John, the user-level prole value currency is set to US Dollar. If
the Currency prole option is enabled only at the site level, both John and Lisa would see Euro as the default currency. If
the prole option is enabled at the user level, users having a dierent currency set as their currency prole value would
see only that currency. In this case, John would see US Dollar as the default currency. If the Currency prole option is
enabled at the user level and there is no user level currency dened, the site level seing takes eect. When both site
and user levels are enabled, the value for the user level takes precedence over the site level value.
◦ Prole Level: Specify the level at which the prole value is to be set. If the prole value applies to the
entire site, select Site.
◦ Product Name: If you select Product as the prole level, select a product and specify the associated
prole value.
◦ User Name: If you select User as the prole level, select the user name and specify the associated prole
value.
◦ Prole Value: Select or enter the value corresponding to the selected prole level.
Note: For an existing entry, you can modify only the prole value.
4. Repeat step 3 to add more rows and set the prole values.
5. Click Save and Close.
Note: Changes in the prole values take eect for a user on the next sign in.
492
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Prerequisite
The le containing the prole values is available in the document repository of Oracle WebCenter Content.
Here's a sample le that contains the header values at the beginning of the le, followed by line entries of the two prole
values that are to be imported. For importing several prole values, add more line entries in a similar format.
ProfileOptionCode|LevelName|UserName|ProfileOptionValue
AFLOG_BUFFER_MODE|USER|APP_IMPL_CONSULTANT|TEST
AFLOG_LEVEL|USER|APPLICATION_DEVELOPER|FINEST
Related Topics
• Overview of Files for Import and Export
• Guidelines for File Import and Export
• Upload Files to WebCenter Content Server
493
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
As a result, on the Manage Administrator Prole Values page, the prole values Yes and No are
available for selection for that prole option.
◦ You can specify a date range to keep the prole option active during that period. Beyond the specied
duration, the prole option automatically becomes inactive. If you no longer require the prole option,
you must manually delete it from the Manage Prole Options page.
4. Click Save and Close.
5. On the Manage Prole Options page, search for the newly created prole option and from the results, select it.
6. In the Prole Option Levels section, do the following:
a. In Enabled, select the levels at which you want to enable the prole option.
Note: You can enable a prole option at multiple levels, but a higher-level prole value
overrides a lower-level value. Therefore, enable them only at the required levels.
b. In Updatable, select the prole level at which you want implementors to have update privileges. Leave
the check box deselected if you don't want the implementors to modify the prole values (they appear in
read-only mode).
7. Click Save and Close.
To edit a prole option that you created, search for it and edit the necessary details.
Note: While creating and editing prole options and prole categories, you can translate the details to the
preferred languages without changing the language session of the application. To specify the translations in
all the enabled language rows, use the Translation Editor option. Once the updates are made, users can view
the translated text for the specic details.
Related Topics
• Enter or Edit Translated Text
494
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Prole Categories
You can create prole categories to group prole options based on their functional similarities and their use. In the
Setup and Maintenance work area, use the Manage Prole Categories task.
Prole categories help administrators or implementors in retrieving prole options using a search criterion on the
Manage Administrator Prole Values page.
Note: While you can add a prole option to more than one category, some prole categories are predened
and restricted from any modications. So, you can't edit them or add prole options to them.
Prole Category Included Prole Option - Assigned Display Sequence of Prole Options in
Display Sequence the Search Results
Dene Aachments
Aachments
You can use aachments to provide supplementary information to specic business objects. Aachments can be
URLs, desktop les, text, or repository folders. For a business object you may view, create, delete, or edit aachments,
depending on your role and granted privileges. For more information on aachments, see the Oracle Fusion
Applications Developer's Guide.
Repository
Aachments are stored in a content management repository provided by Oracle WebCenter Content Server. Users
managing aachments can't interact with the repository unless the repository mode is enabled. When enabled, users
495
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
can share aachments among objects, update aachments, and perform other tasks. Access to the aachment les is
controlled by a digital signing mechanism.
Security
Data security applicable to a specic business object also applies to its aachments For example, if a user has no access
to a specic expense report, then that user can't access its aachments. You can also use aachment categories to
control access and actions on aachments, based on roles associated with that category. For more information on
securing aachments, see the Oracle Fusion Applications Developer's Guide.
Aachment Entities
An aachment entity is usually a database entity, for example a table or view, that represents a business object with
which aachments can be associated. Each aachment UI must be dened with a corresponding aachment entity.
Aachment entities are used only in the context of aachments and exist separately from the database entities that
they're based on.
In the Setup and Maintenance work area, use the Manage Aachment Entities task to edit and create aachment
entities. You can either use the predened aachment entities with aachment UIs or create entities, for example when
developing your own UIs.
The entity name should match the name of the table or view that represents the business object used for aachment.
The name is also used in the repository folder that's automatically created to store aachments for the entity.
The data security policies associated with the database resource dened for the aachment entity apply to aachments
for that entity. However, the security seing must be enabled for that entity. The database resource value must match
the value in the OBJ_NAME column in the FND_OBJECTS table for the business object that the entity represents.
Related Topics
• Modules in Application Taxonomy
• How Database Resources and Data Security Policies Work Together
Managing Entities
On the Manage Aachment Entities page, you determine which aachment categories are relevant to a particular entity.
Each entity must have at least one category. For a particular expense report page with aachments functionality, you
can specify which category to use for the aachment. Accordingly, the data security dened for each category is applied
to the aachments on that page if security is enabled.
496
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Managing Categories
If you create an aachment category and must assign it to multiple aachment entities, use the Manage Aachment
Categories page. The association is the same as that on the Manage Aachment Entities page.
Aachments Troubleshooting
Aachments UIs are very user-friendly and easy to work with. You may encounter issues in certain cases such as you
modify the aachments, for example create additional aachment categories, or implement data security on them.
• You can no longer see specic aachments that were earlier visible.
• You can no longer update or delete aachments.
• You get an error stating that you don't have permission to add aachments.
Resolution
Use the Manage Aachment Entities page to ensure that aachment categories are associated to the relevant
aachment entity. You might need to check with your system administrator or help desk to determine the exact entity
used on the page with the expenses aachments or what categories to assign.
If data security is implemented on the categories for the aachment entity, verify that the Enable Security check box
is selected in the Manage Aachment Entities page for that entity. Also, make sure that users have a role that has the
necessary privileges. The following table lists the privileges required to view, add, update, or delete aachments with a
specic aachment category.
Action Privilege
Add or Update Update Application Aachment (FND_ UPDATE_ APPLICATION_ ATTACHMENT_ DATA)
For example, if users have the Read Application Aachment privilege for all categories associated with the expense
report aachment entity, except the Receipts aachment category, then they can view all expense report aachments
except those created with the Receipts category. Likewise, if users don't have the Update Application Aachment
privilege for any aachment categories tied to the expense report aachment entity, then they can't create any
aachments for the expense reports.
For more information on aachment category data security, see the Oracle Fusion Applications Developer's Guide.
497
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 19
Implementing Global Human Resources Applications Core Conguration
Certain aachments UI have predened restrictions for users on categories. Your developers can also introduce
additional lters to determine which document categories are available for a specic page. Check with your developers
or help desk.
Resolution
When the aachment was added, at least one category existed for the corresponding aachment entity. Since then, the
entity was edited so that it no longer has any assigned categories, so the user can't see the category associated with
that aachment.
Use the Manage Aachment Entities page to reassign aachment categories to the relevant aachment entity. For
example, if users can no longer see the Receipts aachment category for an aachment to an expense report, then
search for the expense report aachment entity and assign to it the Receipts category. You may need to check with your
system administrator or help desk to determine the exact entity used on the page with the expenses aachments or any
additional categories to assign.
Certain aachments UI have predened restrictions for users on categories. Your developers can also introduce
additional lters to determine which document categories are available for a specic page. Check with your developers
or help desk.
Related Topics
• Modules in Application Taxonomy
498
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
20 Trees Setup
Overview
Trees are hierarchical data models that you can use to organize data, apply business rules, control data access, and
improve performance while querying. For example, an application maintains data of an organization called Vision
Corporation that has two departments: Marketing and Finance. The Finance department has two functional divisions:
Receivables and Payables. You can dene a tree for Vision Corporation to establish a hierarchy across its departments,
and their respective functional divisions. You can use the hierarchy to manage data at various levels of the organization.
To work with trees, in the Setup and Maintenance work area, use any of the following tasks:
• Manage Tree Structures: To create and update tree structures. You must rst dene a tree structure to create a
tree.
• Manage Trees and Tree Versions: To create and update trees and their versions.
• Manage Tree Labels: To create and update tree labels.
Tree Structures
As the name suggests, tree structures provide you the framework to organize data such that you can establish a
hierarchy for use by the tree. So, similar to a template, a tree structure guides the creation of a tree.
Tree
A tree is an instance of the tree structure. The root node is the highest nodal point of a tree. Child nodes branch o from
the root node. Child nodes at the same level, branching o from a common parent node, are called siblings. Leaves are
details branching o from a node but not extending further down the tree hierarchy. You can create trees for multiple
data sources and share them across applications.
Tree Versions
A tree by default has only one version. If required, you can create and maintain more than one editable tree version. At
any point, only one tree version must be active. If you edit an existing version, it changes from active to draft. To use it
again, you must set it to active. Similar to any other version control system, versions of trees are maintained to track all
the changes that a tree undergoes in its life cycle.
499
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Tree Labels
Tree labels are short names given to trees and tree structures. You can label the tree versions for beer accessibility and
information retrieval. When nodes are created in a tree, the existing tree labels are automatically assigned to the new
tree nodes. You can use any table to store the labels and register the label data source with the tree structure.
An administrator controls the access to tree structures through a set of rules that are periodically audited for validity.
Modication
You can modify the predened tree structures as well as those you create. However, modifying a predened tree
structure is restricted and permied through additional privileges. Modication is limited to specic tree nodes and
lower in the tree hierarchy.
500
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Status
When you change the status of a tree structure, the status of the trees and tree versions associated with that tree
structure also changes.
The following table lists the dierent statuses of a tree structure.
Status Meaning
Active In use, indicating that one or more trees or tree versions are created from the tree structure.
501
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Running an Audit
Seing the status of a tree structure to active automatically triggers an audit of that tree structure. To manually trigger
an audit, select Audit from the Actions menu on the Manage Tree Structures page. The Tree Structure Audit Result table
shows a list of validations that ran against the selected tree structure.
Audit Validators
The following table lists the validators used in the audit process and describes what each validator checks for. It also lists
possible causes for validation errors and suggests corrective actions.
Restrict By Set ID Manage Tree Even when the check If reference data set
Structures: Specify If you select the box is selected, one or restriction is required
Data Sources Reference Data Set more data source view for this tree structure,
check box for the objects doesn't contain include a reference
Restrict Tree Node a reference data set data set aribute
List of Values Based aribute. on all data sources.
on option, each of Otherwise, deselect the
its data source view check box.
objects must have
a reference data set
aribute.
502
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
table to
match the
new view
object
denition.
Row Flaened Table Manage Tree You must specify a • The specied Correct the row
Name Structures: Specify valid row aened table doesn't aened table
Performance Options table for the tree exist in the denition.
structure. It can either database.
be the standard row • The specied
aened table FND_ table doesn't
TREE_NODE_RF or contain
another table. the same
columns as the
FND_TREE_NODE_RF
table.
Available Data Sources Add Data Source Each data source view • Any of the • Correct the
object specied for the specied data specied data
tree structure must be source view source view
accessible, and all its objects doesn't object.
primary key aributes exist. • Correct the
must be valid. • When you dene duplicate
a data source column in the
view object, registered
keep the Use primary keys.
non-dened • Correct the
primary key primary keys
columns check of the specied
box deselected. data source view
The database object.
automatically • Correct any
registers the mismatch in
primary keys for data types.
the view object.
Select this check
box if you want
the database
to register the
primary keys
you specify.
However, if
the registered
primary keys
contain any
duplicates, this
validation fails.
• The Use non-
dened primary
key columns
check box is
selected in a
data source,
but the list
of specied
primary key
columns doesn't
match the
primary keys
503
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
dened in the
corresponding
data source view
object.
• Any common
aribute that
exists in both
the data source
view object and
the tree node
view object isn't
of the same data
type in both view
objects.
Column Flaened Manage Tree You must specify a • The specied Correct the column
Table Name Structures: Specify valid column aened table doesn't aened table
Performance Options table for the tree exist in the denition.
structure. It can either database.
be the standard row • The specied
aened table FND_ table doesn't
TREE_NODE_CF or contain
another table. the same
columns as the
FND_TREE_NODE_CF
table.
Restrict by Date Manage Tree Even when the check If the date restriction
Structures: Specify If you select the Date box is selected, one or is required for this tree
Data Sources Range check box for more of its data source structure, include the
the Restrict Tree view objects doesn't eective start date
Node List of Values contain eective start and eective end date
Based on option for date and end date aributes on all data
a tree structure, each aributes. sources. Otherwise,
of its data source view deselect the check box.
objects must have
eective start date and
end date aributes.
This validation doesn't
take place when
the check box isn't
selected.
Tree Node Table Name Manage Tree You must specify a • No table is Correct the tree node
Structures: Specify valid tree node table specied in table denition.
Denition for the tree structure. the Tree Node
It can either be the Table eld.
standard row aened • The specied
table FND_TREE_NODE table doesn't
or another table. exist in the
database.
• The specied
table doesn't
contain
the same
columns as the
FND_TREE_NODE
table.
504
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Tree Nodes
Tree nodes are points of data convergence where a tree branches into levels. Nodes are the building blocks of a tree
structure and are aached to tree versions. Whenever you create or edit a tree version, you need to specify its tree node.
In the Setup and Maintenance work area, open the panel tab and click Search to search for the Manage Trees and Tree
Versions task.
Node Levels
Usually, the nodes at a particular level represent similar information. For example, in a tree that reects the
organizational hierarchy, all nodes representing divisions appear at one level and all the department nodes on another.
Similarly, in a tree that organizes a user's product catalog, the nodes representing individual products might appear at
one level and the nodes representing product lines on the immediate higher level.
The following node levels are in use:
• Root node: The highest node in the tree structure
• Parent node: The node that branches o into other nodes
• Child node: The node that's connected to a node higher in hierarchy (parent node)
• Sibling node: Nodes that are at the same level and belong to the same parent node
• Leaf node: Entities branching o from a node but not extending further down the tree hierarchy
Node Types
A tree node has the following node types.
• Single: Indicates that the node is a value by itself.
• Range: Indicates that the node represents a range of values and possibly could have many children. For
example, a tree node representing account numbers 10000 to 99999.
• Referenced Tree: Indicates that the tree node is actually another version for the tree based on the same tree
structure, which isn't physically stored in the same tree. For example, a geographic hierarchy for the United
States can be referenced in a World geographic hierarchy.
505
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Access Control
Source data is mapped to tree nodes at dierent levels in the database. Therefore, the changes you make to the tree
nodes aect the source data. Access control set on trees prevents unwanted data modications in the database. Access
control can be applied to the tree nodes or anywhere in the tree hierarchy.
Labeling Schemes
Selecting a labeling scheme determines how the tree nodes are labeled. You may select a labeling scheme to assign at
the data source level, at the parent node level, or keep it open for customers assignment. You may also choose not to
have any labeling scheme. However, if you decide to use any of the labeling schemes, select the following additional
options, to restrict the list of values that appear in the selected tree node.
• Allow Ragged Nodes: To include nodes that have no child nodes, and are shorter than the remaining nodes in
the entire hierarchy.
• Allow Skip Level Nodes: To include nodes that are at the same level but have parent nodes at dierent levels.
The data source parameters are applied to any tree version belonging to that data source, when performing node
operations on the tree nodes. Data source parameters also provide an additional level of ltering for dierent tree
structures. The tree structure denition supports three data source parameter types.
• Bound Value: Captures any xed value, which is used as part of the view criteria condition.
• Variable: Captures and binds a dynamic value that is being used by the data source view object. This value is
used by the WHERE condition of the data ow.
• View Criteria: Captures the view criteria name, which is applied to the data source view object.
506
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
You can also specify which of the data source parameters are mandatory while creating or editing the tree structure.
View objects from the Oracle ADF business components are used as data sources. To associate the view object with the
tree structure, you can pick the code from Oracle ADF business component view objects and provide the fully qualied
name of the view object, for example, oracle.apps.fnd.applcore.trees.model.view.FndLabelVO.
• Row Flaening
• Column Flaening
• Column Flaened Entity Objects
• BI View Objects
Row Flaening
Row aening optimizes parent-child information for run-time performance by storing additional rows in a table for
instantly nding all descendants of a parent without initiating a CONNECT BY query. Row aening eliminates recursive
queries, which allows operations to perform across an entire subtree more eciently.
To store row aened data for the specic tree structure, users can either use the central FND_TREE_NODE_RF table or
they can register their own row aened table. For example, in a table, if Corporation is the parent of Sales Division
(Corporation-Sales Division), and Sales Division is the parent of Region (Sales Division-Region), a row-aened table
contains an additional row with Corporation directly being the parent of Region (Corporation-Region).
Column Flaening
Column aening optimizes parent-child information for runtime performance by storing an additional column in a
table for all parents of a child.
To store column aened data for the specic tree structure, users can either use the central FND_TREE_NODE_CF table or
they can register their own column aened table. For example, in a table, if Corporation is the parent of Sales Division
(Corporation-Sales Division), and Sales Division is the parent of Region (Sales Division-Region), a aened table in
addition to these columns, contains three new columns: Region, Sales Division, and Corporation. Although positioned
next to each other, the column Region functions at the lower level and Corporation at the higher level, retaining the data
hierarchy.
BI View Object
View objects from Business Intelligence can be used as data sources, eliminating the need to create new types of data
sources. This eld is to store the fully qualied name for the BI view object generated by the tree management for
business intelligence reporting and usage The BI view object is a combination of the tree data source and column
aened entity. Using this option prevents data redundancy and promotes greater reuse of existing data, thereby
improving the performance of the tree structure.
507
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Level Labels that are automatically assigned based on the data source to which the tree node
belongs. A level label points to a specic data source. For example, in a tree that reects
the organizational hierarchy of an enterprise, all division nodes appear on one level and all
department nodes on another.
Depth Labels that are automatically assigned based on the depth of the tree node within the tree. No
manual assignment is performed.
Note: In an unbalanced hierarchy, a level may not be equal to depth.
508
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Creating a tree involves specifying the tree denition and specifying the labels that are used on its nodes. If the
selected tree structure has data sources and parameters dened for it, they appear on the page allowing you to edit the
parameter values at the tree node level.
Note: Parameter values modied at the tree level will override the default values specied at the tree-
structure level.
When you edit a tree version bearing Active status, the status changes to Draft until the modications are saved or
canceled. To edit a tree version while keeping the status active select the Update tree nodes while keeping the tree
version active Check Box.
Running an Audit
An audit automatically runs whenever a tree version is set to active. You can also manually trigger an audit on the
Manage Trees and Tree Versions page, using Actions > Audit. If you run an audit on a tree version, which is in Draft
status, and want to change the status to Active after the audit is complete then select the Set tree version status to
active after audit is successfully complete Check Box.
The Tree Version Audit Result table shows a list of validations that ran against the selected tree version.
Validation Details
The following table lists the validators used in the audit process and describes what each validator checks for. It also lists
possible causes for validation errors and suggests corrective actions.
Validator Description (what's checked) Possible Cause for Validation Suggested Corrective Action
Failure
Eective Date The eective start and end The eective end date is set to Modify the eective start
dates of the tree version must a value that isn't greater than and end dates such that the
be valid. the eective start date. eective start date is earlier
than the eective end date.
Root Node Even if the check box is Modify the tree version such
On the Manage Tree deselected, the tree version that there is exactly one root
Structures: Specify Data has multiple root nodes. node.
Sources page, if the Allow
509
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Validator Description (what's checked) Possible Cause for Validation Suggested Corrective Action
Failure
Data Source Maximum Depth The tree version has data Modify the tree version such
For each data source in the at a depth greater than the that all nodes are at a depth
tree structure, on the Data specied depth limit on one or that complies with the data
Source dialog box, if the data more data sources. source depth limit.
source is depth-limited, the
data in the tree version must
adhere to the specied depth
limit. This validation doesn't
apply to data sources for
which the Maximum Depth
eld is set to Unlimited.
Duplicate Node Even when the check box is Remove any duplicate nodes
On the Data Source dialog deselected, the tree version from the tree version.
box, if the Allow Duplicates contains duplicate nodes.
check box isn't selected, the
tree version must not contain
more than one node with the
same primary key from the
data source. If the check box is
selected, duplicate nodes are
permied.
Available Node All nodes in the tree version • A node in the tree Remove any orphaned nodes
must be valid and available in version doesn't exist from the tree version. Update
the underlying data source. in the data source. tree reference nodes so that
Deleting data items they reference existing tree
from the data source versions.
without removing the
corresponding nodes
from the tree version
can result in orphaned
nodes in the tree
version. For example,
if you added node A
into your tree version,
and subsequently
deleted node A from
the data source without
removing it from
the tree version, the
validation fails.
• The tree version
contains a tree
reference node, which
references another tree
version that doesn't
exist.
510
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Validator Description (what's checked) Possible Cause for Validation Suggested Corrective Action
Failure
Node Relationship All nodes must adhere to the The tree structure has data Modify the tree version
relationships mandated by the sources arranged in a parent- such that the nodes adhere
data sources registered in the child relationship, but the to the same parent-child
tree structure. nodes in the tree don't adhere relationships as the data
to the same parent-child sources.
relationship. For example, if
the tree structure has a Project
data source with a Task data
source as its child, Task nodes
must always be within Project
nodes in the tree version.
This validation fails if there
are instances where a Project
node is added as the child of a
Task node.
SetID Restricted Node Even when the check box is Modify the tree version such
On the Manage Tree selected, the tree version has that all nodes in the tree have
Structures: Specify Data nodes whose data source data sources with reference
sources page, if the Set ID values belong to a dierent data set matching that of the
check box is selected to enable reference data set than the tree.
the Restrict Tree Node List tree.
of Values Based on option for
each tree node, the underlying
node in the data source must
belong to the same reference
data set as the tree itself. This
restriction doesn't apply when
the check box isn't selected.
Label Enabled Node The tree structure has a Assign a label to any node that
On the Manage Tree labeling scheme but the tree doesn't have a label.
Structures: Specify Data version has nodes without
Sources page, if a labeling labels.
scheme is specied for the
tree structure by selecting a
list item from the Labeling
Scheme list, all nodes must
have labels. This restriction
doesn't apply when you select
None from the Labeling
Scheme list.
Date Restricted Node Even when the check box is Ensure that all nodes in the
On the Manage Tree selected, there are data source tree version have eective
Structures: Specify Data nodes that have a date range date range for the eective
Sources page, if the Date beyond the tree version's date range for the tree
Range check box is selected eective date range. For version.
to enable the Restrict Tree example, if the tree version
Node List of Values Based is eective from Jan-01-2012
on option for a tree structure, to Dec-31-2012, all nodes
each node in the underlying in the tree version must be
data source must have an eective from Jan-01-2012 to
eective date range same as Dec-31-2012 at a minimum. It
the eective date range of the is acceptable for the nodes to
tree version. This restriction be eective for a date range
doesn't apply if the check box that extends partly beyond
isn't selected. the tree version's eective
date range (for example, the
511
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 20
Implementing Global Human Resources Trees Setup
Validator Description (what's checked) Possible Cause for Validation Suggested Corrective Action
Failure
Multiple Active Tree Version Even when the check box isn't Set no more than one tree
On the Manage Tree selected, there is more than version to Active within the
Structures: Specify Denition one active tree version in the same date range and set the
page, if the Allow Multiple tree for the same date range. others to inactive or draft
Active Tree Versions check status.
box isn't selected for the tree
structure, there must not be
more than one active tree
version for a tree at any time.
This restriction doesn't apply if
the check box is selected.
Range Based Node Even when the check box isn't Ensure that any range nodes
On the Data Source dialog selected, there are range- in your tree version are from a
box, if the Allow Range based nodes from a data data source that allows range
Children check box isn't source. children.
selected, range-based nodes
aren't permied from that
data source. This restriction
doesn't apply if the check box
is selected.
Terminal Node Even when the check box Modify the tree version such
On the Data Source dialog isn't selected, values from a that all terminal nodes are
box, if the Allow Use as data source are added as leaf from data sources for which
Leaves check box isn't nodes (terminal nodes). this check box is selected.
selected, values from that
data source can't be added as
leaves (terminal nodes) to the
tree version. This restriction
doesn't apply if the check box
is selected.
512
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
21 Flexelds Setup
Overview
A exeld is a set of placeholder elds associated with business objects and placed on the application pages to
contain additional data. You can use exelds to modify the business objects and meet enterprise data management
requirements without changing the data model or performing any database programming. Flexelds help you to
capture dierent data on the same database table and provide a means to modify the applications features.
For example, an airline manufacturer may require specic aributes for its orders that aren't predened. Using a
exeld for the order business object, you can create and congure the required aribute.
Types of Flexelds
Flexelds that you see on the application pages are predened. However, you can congure the exelds or modify
their properties. Users see these exelds as eld or information aributes on the UI pages. To manage exelds, use
any of the following tasks in the Setup and Maintenance work area:
• Manage Descriptive Flexelds: Expand the forms on the application page to accommodate additional
information that is important and unique to your business. You can use a descriptive exeld to collect invoice
details on a page displaying invoices.
• Manage Extensible Flexelds: Establish one-to-many data relationships and make application data context-
sensitive. The exelds appear only when the contextual data conditions are fullled. Thus, extensible exelds
provide more exibility than the descriptive exelds.
• Manage Key Flexelds: Store information combining several values, such as a number combination. The key
exelds represent objects such as accounting codes and asset categories.
• Manage Value Sets: Use a group of values to validate the data entered in the exelds.
Note: You can manage value sets within the Manage Descriptive Flexelds or Manage Extensible
Flexelds tasks.
Related Topics
• Overview of Descriptive Flexelds
• Overview of Extensible Flexelds
• Overview of Key Flexelds
• Modules in Application Taxonomy
Flexeld Components
A exeld is made up of several data entities that store and render information pertaining to exeld conguration.
Flexelds are made up of the following components:
• Segments
513
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
• Value Sets
• Contexts
• Structures
Segments
A segment is a eld within a exeld and represents a single table column of your database. When conguring a
exeld, dene the appearance and meaning of individual segments. Segments represent aributes of information.
Segments can appear globally wherever the exeld is implemented, or based on a structure or context. Each segment
captures a single atomic value and represents an aribute of information.
The characteristics of a segment vary based on the type of exeld in which it's used.
• In key exelds, a segment describes a characteristic of the entity. For example, a part number that contains
details about the type, color, and size of an item.
• In a descriptive or extensible exeld, a segment represents an information aribute on the application page.
For example, details about a device containing components, some of which are global while the remaining are
contextually dependent on the category of the device.
Value Sets
Users enter values into segments while using an application. A value set is a named group of values that validate the
content of a exeld segment. You congure a exeld segment with a value set to enforce entries of only valid values
for that segment.
Multiple segments within a exeld, or multiple exelds, can share a single value set.
Contexts
Context-sensitive exeld segments are available to an application based on a context value. You dene contexts as
part of conguring a exeld. Users see global segments as well as any context-sensitive segments that apply to the
selected context value.
In descriptive exelds and extensible exelds, you can reuse the context-sensitive segments that are based on the
database columns, in multiple contexts.
Structures
Key exelds have structures. Each key exeld structure is a specic conguration of segments. Adding or removing
segments, or rearranging their order, produces a dierent structure. You can reuse the segments that are based on the
database columns, in multiple structures.
Note: You can translate all these exeld components to the preferred languages without changing the
language session of the application. To specify the translations in all the enabled language rows, use the
Translation Editor option on the respective edit pages. Once the updates are made, users can view the
translated text for the specic exeld components at runtime.
514
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Related Topics
• Enter or Edit Translated Text
a. Use the Manage Extensible Flexelds or Manage Descriptive Flexelds tasks, or use the Congure
Flexeld icon buon directly on the page where the exeld is highlighted. For simple congurations,
use the Add Segment, Add Context Value, and Edit Segment icon buons directly on the page where
the exeld is highlighted.
b. Optionally, validate the exeld conguration.
c. Optionally, deploy the exeld to a sandbox for initial testing.
5. Deploy the exeld to the mainline metadata to display the aributes on the application pages and to make
them available for integration with other tools such as Oracle Business Intelligence.
6. Perform the necessary steps to integrate the aributes into the technology stack.
A simple conguration is limited to such actions as adding a format-only eld or adding a eld with a basic list of values.
4. Dene the value sets before conguring the key exeld segments by going to the Manage Value Sets task.
515
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
5. Dene the key exeld structures and their segments, and dene structure instances for each structure.
a. Use the Manage Key Flexelds task or the Congure Flexeld icon buon directly on the page where
the exeld is highlighted.
b. Optionally, validate the exeld conguration.
c. Optionally, deploy the exeld to a sandbox for initial testing.
6. Deploy the exeld to the mainline metadata to display it on the application pages and to make it available for
integration with other tools such as Oracle Business Intelligence.
7. Perform the necessary steps to integrate the exeld into the technology stack.
Related Topics
• Overview of Extensible Flexelds
• Overview of Key Flexelds
• Overview of Context Layers
• Overview of Conguration Life Cycle
Flexelds at Runtime
Business objects have an associated descriptive or extensible exeld. Using these, you can create aributes for the
business object at run time. Some business objects have an associated key exeld for conguring exible multiple part
keys.
To locate exelds on a page, in the global header, select your user name and in the Seings and Actions menu, select
Highlight Flexelds. The page renders in a special mode, displaying the location of exelds, if any, on the page. Do
the following:
• Hover over the Information icon to view exeld details.
• Click the Congure Flexeld icon to manage the exeld using the Manage Flexelds task.
• Click the Add Context Value, Add Segment, or Edit Segment icons to add a context value or edit a global or
context-sensitive exeld segment. This applies to both descriptive and extensible exelds.
Note: You can't create aributes on all exelds. For example, some exelds are protected, and you either
can't edit their congurations at all, or can do only limited changes to them. Consult the product-specic
documentation to verify whether there are any restrictions on using the exeld.
516
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
All segments of a single exeld are grouped together by default. The layout and positions of the exeld segments
depend on where the application developer places the exeld on the page. Flexelds may also be presented in a
separate section of the page, in a table, or on their own page or a dialog box. You can use Oracle Composer to edit the
layout, position, or other display features of the exeld segments.
When you no longer want to view the exelds on a page, select Unhighlight Flexelds from the Administration menu.
Note: Flexeld segments can't be edited using their individual component elements. They can only be edited
from the properties panel of the <descriptiveFlexfield> element they belong to. To nd these components,
open the properties panel of the descriptive exeld, switch to the relevant tab, and search using the unique
identifying information. For instance, if you need to nd a context sensitive segment, open the properties
panel for the exeld, go to the Flexeld Context Segments tab, and search for the segment using its Context
Value and Segment Code.
517
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
The following gure illustrates that the exeld denition consists of all the metadata dened during conguration and
stored in the database.
Oracle Fusion
Applications Database
Entity Table
Enabled for
Adding
Flexfield Flexfield Definition
Segments
Define Flexfields
Create Tasks for Configure
Define Flexfields Flexfield
flexfield. Application flexfield.
Tasks
Administrators
for Application
and
Developers
Implementation
Consultants
Flexfield Deployment
Attributes
on the entity display as
input fields in the user
interface.
Application developers create a exeld and register it so that it's available for conguration. Administrators and
implementation consultants congure segments and other properties of the available exelds. This information is
stored as additional exeld metadata in the database. Deploying the exeld generates ADF business components
based on the exeld metadata in the database.
The following aspects are important in understanding how exelds and Oracle Applications Cloud architecture work
together:
• Integration
• Deployment
518
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Integration
The aributes that you add by conguring exelds are available throughout the Oracle Fusion Middleware technology
stack. You can use the exeld segment's Application Programming Interface (API) to identify segments and integrate
the exelds in the following:
Deployment
The metadata for the exeld is stored in the application database as soon as you save your conguration changes.
Deploying the exeld generates the ADF business components so that the run time user interface reects the latest
exeld denition in the metadata.
Run Time
The latest denitions of a exeld reect on the user interface at run time only if the exeld is deployed. When the
user interface accesses a business object, the deployed exeld denition identies the aributes associated with the
captured values. On a page, if you add display congurations for a exeld using Oracle Composer, the same exeld
segments can appear dierently on dierent pages.
Patching
Flexeld congurations are preserved during patching and upgrading.
Flexeld Management
519
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
The following gure shows the processes involved in making exelds available to users. The tasks in the Dene
Flexelds activity let administrators congure and deploy exelds. After you congure and deploy a exeld to a
sandbox, deploy it again to the mainline metadata so that it's available to the users.
Configure
flexfield
Flexfield-
Deploy to
enabled
sandbox
sandbox
Flexfield is
available to users
520
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Registering Flexelds
A exeld must be registered before it can be congured. Therefore, application development registers exelds so
that they are available to administrators and implementation consultants for conguration. The registration involves
reserving columns of entity tables for use in exelds. For more information about registering exelds, see Oracle
Fusion Applications Developer's Guide.
Planning Flexelds
Before you begin planning exelds, determine what type is appropriate to your needs, and which business objects are
available for modifying exelds. All exelds consist of segments which represent aributes of an entity. The value a
user enters for an aribute is stored in a column of the entity table. Carefully plan exelds before conguring them.
Before conguring new segments for your exelds, be sure to plan their implementation carefully.
If you have determined that a business object supports exelds, and those exelds have been registered, you can
begin planning their conguration. Note the code name of the exeld you intend to congure so that you can nd it
easily in the Dene Flexeld activity. In some cases you can determine and congure how the exeld appears on the
page. See Oracle Applications Cloud Help for specic products to determine any restrictions on using product-specic
exelds.
Conguring Flexelds
Administrators or implementors congure exelds so they meet the needs of the enterprise. Some exelds require
conguration to make an application operate correctly. You can congure exelds using the following methods:
• Use the manage exeld tasks in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
• Use the Highlight Flexelds command in the Administration menu while viewing a run time page.
◦ Use the Congure Flexeld icon buon to manage all aspects of a exeld, such as change a segment's
sequence number or congure a exeld segment's business intelligence label.
◦ Use the Add Segment and Edit Segment icon buons to add and edit descriptive or extensible exeld
segments with simple congurations.
◦ Use the Add Context icon buon to add descriptive or extensible exeld context values.
521
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Tip: You can create value sets while creating descriptive and extensible exeld segments. However, dene
value sets before conguring key exeld segments that use them, because you assign existing value sets
while conguring key exeld segments.
When creating table-validated, independent, dependent, or subset value sets while creating descriptive and extensible
exeld segments, you can optionally specify to display the description of the selected value next to the segment at run
time. You can assign sequence order numbers to global segments and to context-sensitive segments in each context.
Segment display is always in a xed order based on the segments' sequence numbers. You cannot enter a number for
one segment that is already in use for a dierent segment. Therefore, you may consider numbering the segments in
multiples, such as 4, 5, or 10, to make it easy to insert new aributes.
A exeld column is assigned to a new segment automatically, but you can change the assignment before saving the
segment. If you must set a specic column assignment for a segment, create that segment rst to ensure that the
intended column isn't automatically assigned to a dierent segment.
Deploying Flexelds
Once you have congured a exeld, you must deploy it to make the latest denition available to run time users. In the
Dene Flexelds tasks, you can deploy a exeld using either of the following commands:
• The Deploy Flexeld command deploys a exeld to the mainline metadata. This command is for general use
in a test or production environment.
• The Deploy to Sandbox command deploys a exeld to sandbox. This command is for conrming that the
exeld is correctly congured before deploying it to the mainline metadata.
• Add Context, Add Segment, and Edit Segment tools for extensible exelds, use the Save command to save
your changes. Then use the Deploy command to deploy the exeld to the mainline metadata
• Add Segment and Edit Segment tools for descriptive exelds, use the Save and Deploy command to save
your changes. Then deploy the exeld to the mainline metadata
Once deployed, the deployment status indicates the state of the currently congured exeld relative to the last
deployed denition.
522
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
If the applications are running in dierent locales, you can provide dierent translations for translatable text, such as
prompts and descriptions. Enter translations using the locale that requires the translated text. In the global header,
click your user name and from the Seings and Actions menu, select Set Preferences. Then change the text to the
translated text for that locale.
Highlight Flexelds accesses the current exeld metadata denition. Use the highlighted exeld's Congure
Flexeld icon buon to manage exelds directly. Alternatively, note a highlighted exeld's name to search for it in
the tasks for managing exelds.
For more information about creating exelds and adding them to a UI page, see the Oracle Fusion Applications
Developer's Guide. For more information about modifying exeld segment appearance with Page Composer, see
guidance on modifying existing pages in the Oracle Applications Cloud Conguring and Extending Applications guide.
Related Topics
• Considerations for Managing Descriptive Flexelds
• Considerations for Managing Extensible Flexelds
• Considerations for Managing Key Flexelds
Display Properties
The following table summarizes display properties.
Property Description
523
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Property Description
Sequence The order the segment appears in relation to the other congured segments.
Prompt The string to be used for the segment's label in the user interface.
Selected and deselected values If the display type is check box, the actual values to save. For example, Y and N or 0 and 1.
Display height The height of the eld as measured in visible number of lines when the display type is a text
area.
Read only Whether the eld should display as read-only, not editable text.
Description help text The eld-level description help text to display for the eld. Use description help text to display
a eld-level description that expands on or claries the prompt provided for the eld.
If description help text is specied, a Help icon buon is displayed next to the eld in the run
time application. The description help text is displayed when the user hovers over the Help
icon buon.
Instruction help text The eld-level instruction help text to display for the eld.
Use instruction help text to provide directions on using the eld. If instruction help text is
specied, it's appears in an in-eld help note window when users move the cursor over the
eld.
• Segments must be congured for range validation in pairs, one with the low value and one with the high value.
• Both segments must be of the same data type.
524
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
• Both segments must be parts of the same structure in a key exeld or parts of the same context in a
descriptive exeld or extensible exeld.
• The low value segment must have a sequence number that's lesser than that of the high value segment.
• Non-range validated segments can exist between a range validated pair, but range validated pairs can't overlap
or be nested.
You can congure as many range validated pairs as you want within the same exeld. Your application automatically
detects and applies range validation to the segment pairs that you dene, in sequence order. It must detect a low value
segment rst, and the next range validated segment that it detects must be a high value segment. These two segments
are assumed to be a matching pair. The low value and the high value can be equal.
You can also use Groovy validation to set additional restrictions or requirements for what values are allowed for certain
aributes of business objects. This is useful when you need to use the same value set to validate multiple segments, but
the exact validation requirement changes with each case. These validators can be dened at the global segment level,
or at the context level, based on your business needs. They have a validator code, validation expression, error message,
and description. After adding a new validator, click the Groovy Expression Builder icon to open the expression builder
window where you dene your validation expression. Groovy validation is done when a user tries to save their values to
an aribute that has a Groovy validator. If the value for this aribute fails validation against the Groovy expression, the
text dened in the Error Message column is displayed as an error message.
When you congure a descriptive exeld segment, you can specify a constant to use for seing the initial value. The
initial value can be an available parameter. For every planned segment, list the constant value or parameter, if any, to
use for the initial value.
Naming Conventions
Enter a unique code, name, and description for the segment. These properties are for internal use and not displayed to
end users. You can't change the code after the segment is created.
The Application Programming Interface (API) name is a name for the segment that isn't exposed to users. The API name
is used to identify the segment in various integration points including web services, rules, and business intelligence. Use
alphanumeric characters only with a leading character. For example, enter a code consisting of the characters A-Z, a-z,
0-9 with a non-numeric leading character. The use of spaces, underscores, multi-byte characters, and leading numeric
characters isn't permied. You can't change the API name after the segment has been created.
Related Topics
• Considerations for Managing Extensible Flexelds
525
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
C CASCADE, CASE, CAST, CATCH, CATEGORY, CHAR, CHECK, CHILDREN, CLASS, CLONE,
CLOSE, CLUSTER, CLUSTERS, COALESCE, COLAUTH, COLUMN, COLUMNS, COMMENT,
COMMIT, COMPRESS, CONNECT, CONST, CONSTANT, CONSTRIANT, CONTAINS, CONTINUE,
COUNT, CRASH, CREATE, CURRENT, CURRENTROW, CURRVAL, CURSOR
E ELSE, ELSIF, EMPTY, ENABLED, ENABLEDSTRING, END, ENTRY, EQ, EQUALS, ERROR,
ESTIMATEDROWCOUNT, EXCEPTION, EXCLUSIVE, EXISTS, EXIT, EXTENDS
F FALSE, FETCH, FILE, FINAL, FINALIZE, FINALLY, FINDMODE, FLOAT, FOR, FORM, FROM,
FULLNAME, FUNCTION, FUTURE
526
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
J JAVA
K KEY
L LABEL, LABELS, LABELSET, LE, LEVEL, LIKE, LIMITED, LOCK, LONG, LOOP, LT
N NAME, NATIVE, NATURAL, NE, NEW, NEXTVAL, NOAUDIT, NOCOMPRESS, NOT, NOTFOUND,
NOTIFY, NOTIFYALL, NOWAIT, NULL, NULLIF, NUMBER
O OF, OFFLINE, ON, ONLINE, OPEN, OPERATIONENABLED, OPERATOR, OPTION, OR, ORDER,
ORDERBY, OTHERS, OUT, OUTER, OVERLAPS
T TABAUTH, TABLE, TABLES, TASK, TERMINATE, THEN, THIS, THROW, THROWS, TO,
TOOLTIP, TOSTRING, TRANSIENT, TRIGGER, TRUE, TRY, TYPE
V VALIDATE, VALUES, VAR, VARCHAR, VARCHAR2, VARIANCE, VIEW, VIEWS, VOID, VOLATILE
X XOR
527
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
The following gure contains the representation of a check box, a drop-down list, a list of values, and a search enabled
list of values.
A. Check Box
B. Drop-down List
C. List of Values
528
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
The following gure contains the representation of a radio buon group, text area, text box, date and time, and rich text
editor.
This gure contains the representation of a color palee and a static URL eld.
529
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
D Search Enabled List of Values The eld appears as a text eld with a
Search icon buon. The users can type
a value in the text eld or they can click
530
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
J Color
The eld displays a color palee for the
user to select a color at run time and
assign it to the segment. During setup,
this display type appears in the list for
selection only if:
531
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
You can assign a value set to any number of exeld segments in the same or dierent exelds. Value set usage
information indicates which exelds use the value set.
The following aspects are important in understanding how exelds and value sets work together:
Note: Ensure that changes to a shared value set are compatible with all exeld segments that use the value
set.
You can also dene global segments that are shown for all value sets. However, this would be quite unusual since it
would mean that you want to capture that aribute for all values for all value sets.
532
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Deployment
When you deploy a exeld, the value sets assigned to the segments of the exeld provide users with the valid values
for the aributes represented by the segments.
If your segment's default type is Groovy, you can set the Groovy expression you need using the expression builder. To
open the expression builder, select Groovy Expression as your Default Type and click the Groovy Expression Builder
icon. But you should know that Groovy defaulting doesn't support derivation when a dependent parameter changes.
The expression is evaluated only at segment creation.
The following table maps these dierent combinations. Initial runtime action corresponds to the row for the aribute
value being created in the entity table. If the default value is read only, it can't subsequently be changed through the
user interface. If the default value isn't read only, users can modify it. However, if the segment value is a derived value, a
user-modied segment value is overwrien when the derivation value changes.
Default Type Default value Derivation value Initial runtime action Runtime action after
specied? specied? parameter changes
533
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Default Type Default value Derivation value Initial runtime action Runtime action after
specied? specied? parameter changes
Parameter Yes Yes, and dierent from The default The changed
default value segment value is the parameter default
parameter's default value doesn't update
value segment value. Only
the changed derivation
value updates the
segment value.
Flexeld Usages
The exeld usage species the table with which the exeld and its segments are associated. A exeld can have
multiple usages. However, the rst table registered for a exeld indicates the master usage. Segments are based
on the master usage. Other usages of the same table for the same exeld use the same segment setup, though the
column names may have a dierentiating prex.
On the Manage Descriptive Flexelds and Manage Extensible Flexelds pages, click the Show Entity Usages icon for
a specic exeld to view its entity usage. On the Manage Value Sets page, you can view the exeld usages for a
selected value set.
Extensible Flexelds
For extensible exeld contexts, you can congure a dierent usage. The use of an extensible exeld context
determines the scenarios or user interfaces in which the segments of a context appear to users. For example, the
Supplier page displays an extensible exeld's supplier usage and the Buyer page for the same exeld displays the
buyer usage. Then, a context that is associated only with the supplier usage appears only on the Supplier page and not
on the Buyer page.
534
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Value Sets
The use of value sets species the exelds having segments where the identied value set is assigned.
Tip: If you don't know the exeld name or the code, use the Module eld to lter search
results.
3. Click a exeld to view its details.
For conguration that's not available through the manage exelds tasks and the UI, contact My Oracle Support at
hps://support.oracle.com.
Related Topics
• Update Existing Setup Data
535
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
A exeld's deployment status indicates whether the exeld segments are available to users. The exeld segments
that users see at run time correspond to the exeld denition last deployed successfully.
For information about registering exelds, see the Oracle Fusion Applications Developer's Guide. Some business
objects aren't designed to support exelds. For information about how to enable business objects with exeld
capability, see Geing Started with Flexelds in the Oracle Fusion Applications Developer's Guide.
To add aributes to these applications, you may use Application Composer. For more information, see the product-
specic documentation.
Flexeld Deployment
Overview of Flexeld Deployment
Deployment generates or refreshes the Application Development Framework (ADF) business component objects
that render the exeld in a user interface. The deployment process adds user-dened aributes to the Web Services
Description Language (WSDL) schemas exposed by Oracle ADF services and used by SOA composites. Flexelds are
deployed for the rst time during the application provisioning process. After you congure or change a exeld, you
must deploy it to make the latest denition available to users.
If a descriptive exeld is enabled for business intelligence, the deployment process redeploys the exeld's business
intelligence artifacts.
You can deploy a exeld to a sandbox for testing or to the mainline metadata for use in a test or production run time
environment. You can deploy extensible exelds as a background process.
After deployment, the user-dened aributes are available for incorporating into the SOA infrastructure, such as
business process and business rule integration. For example, you can now write business rules that depend on the user-
dened aributes. You must sign out and sign back in to Oracle Applications Cloud to see the changes you deployed at
run time.
536
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Deployment Status
Every exeld has a deployment status. Check the deployment status of your exeld after patching. The following
table lists the dierent deployment statuses a exeld can have.
Edited The exeld metadata denition hasn't been deployed yet. Updates of the metadata denition
aren't applied in the run time environment yet.
Patched The exeld metadata denition has been modied through a patch or a data migration
action, but the exeld hasn't yet been deployed. So, the updated denition isn't reected in
the run time environment.
Deployed to Sandbox The current metadata for the exeld is deployed in ADF artifacts and available as a exeld-
enabled sandbox. The status of the sandbox is managed by the Manage Sandboxes dialog box
available in the Seings and Actions menu.
Deployed The current metadata for the exeld is deployed in ADF artifacts and available to users. No
changes have been made to the exeld after being deployed to the mainline metadata.
Note: Whenever a value set denition changes, the deployment status of a exeld that uses that value
set changes to edited. If the change results from a patch, the deployment status of the exeld changes to
patched.
Metadata Validation
Use the Validate Metadata command to view possible metadata errors before aempting to deploy the exeld.
Metadata validation is the initial phase of all exeld deployment commands. By successfully validating metadata
before running the deployment commands, you can avoid failures in the metadata validation phase of a deployment
537
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
aempt. The deployment process ends if an error occurs during the metadata validation phase. Metadata validation
results don't aect the deployment status of a exeld.
Metadata Synchronization
When an extensible or descriptive exeld is deployed, the deployment process regenerates the XML schema denition
(XSD). As a result, the user-dened aributes are available to web services and the SOA infrastructure.
After deploying a exeld conguration, you must synchronize the updated XML schema denition (XSD) les in the
MDS repositories for each SOA application.
Note: To synchronize the updated XSD les in the MDS repositories in Oracle Cloud implementations, log a
service request using My Oracle Support at hp://support.com/
538
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
used in a exeld changes, changes the deployment status to Edited. If a exeld has never been deployed, its status is
Edited.
Note: When an application is provisioned, the provisioning framework aempts to deploy all exelds in that
application.
If you deploy the exeld to a sandbox successfully, the status is Deployed to Sandbox. The latest exeld metadata
denition in the application matches with the metadata denition that generated ADF business components in a
sandbox MDS Repository. Whether the sandbox is active or not doesn't aect the deployment status. If the exeld was
deployed to a sandbox and hasn't been edited or redeployed to the mainline metadata since then, the status remains
Deployed to Sandbox independent of whether the sandbox is active, or who is viewing the status.
If you deploy the exeld successfully to the mainline metadata, the status is Deployed. The latest exeld metadata
denition in the application matches the metadata denition that generated ADF business components in a mainline
MDS Repository. Change notications are sent when a exeld is deployed successfully to the mainline metadata.
If either type of deployment fails and that the current exeld denition isn't deployed, the status is Error. The
deployment error message gives details about the error. The latest exeld metadata denition in the application likely
diverges from the latest successfully deployed exeld denition.
If the exeld denition has been modied by a patch, the status is Patched. The latest exeld metadata denition in
the application diverges from the latest deployed exeld denition. If the exeld denition was Deployed before the
patch and then a patch was applied, the status changes to Patched. If the exeld denition was Edited before the patch
and then a patch was applied, the status remains at Edited to reect that there are still changes (outside of the patch)
that aren't yet in eect.
When a deployment aempt fails, you can access the Deployment Error Message for details.
Related Topics
• Considerations for Managing Extensible Flexelds
The following gure shows the two types of deployment available in the Manage Flexeld tasks of the Dene Flexelds
activity. Deploying a exeld to a sandbox creates a sandbox MDS Repository for the sole purpose of testing exeld
behavior. The sandbox is only accessible to the administrator who activates and accesses it, not to users generally.
Deploying a exeld to the mainline metadata applies the exeld denition to the mainline MDS Repository where
it is available to end users. After deploying the exeld to the mainline metadata, modify the page where the exeld
539
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
segments appear. Modications done to the page in the sandbox MDS Repository cannot be published to the mainline
MDS Repository.
Access
Deploy flexfield to
sandbox to
sandbox.
test flexfield.
Flexfield
Metadata in Yes
Flexfield Business
Oracle Fusion
Components in Metadata
Applications
Services (MDS) Flexfield-
Database
Test in sandbox? Repository Sandbox enabled
Sandbox
Define
Flexfields
MDS
Modifications?
Caution: Don't modify exeld segment display properties using Page Composer in a exeld-enabled
sandbox as these changes will be lost when deploying the exeld to the mainline metadata.
540
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Related Topics
• How You Manage Congurations in Classic Sandboxes
When you deploy a exeld to sandbox, the process reads the metadata about the segments from the database,
generates exeld Application Development Framework (ADF) business component artifacts based on that denition,
and stores in the sandbox only the generated artifacts derived from the denition.
When you deploy a exeld sandbox, the process generates the name of the exeld sandbox, and that exeld
sandbox is set as your current active sandbox. When you next sign in to the application, you can see the updated
exeld congurations. The Oracle Applications Cloud global header displays your current session sandbox.
Note: Unlike a standalone sandbox created using the Manage Sandboxes dialog box, the sandbox deployed
for a exeld contains only the single exeld. You can manage exeld sandboxes, such as seing an
existing exeld sandbox as active or deleting it, using the Manage Sandboxes dialog box.
When you deploy a exeld to the mainline metadata after having deployed it to the sandbox, the sandbox-enabled
exeld is automatically deleted.
You also can use the Manage Sandboxes dialog box in the Administrator menu of the Setup and Maintenance work area
to activate and access a exeld-enabled sandbox.
Note: Whether you use the Dene Flexelds or Manage Sandboxes task ows to access a exeld-enabled
sandbox, you must sign out and sign back in before you can see the changes you deployed in the run time.
541
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
You cannot publish the exeld from the sandbox to the mainline metadata. You must use the Dene Flexelds task
ow pages to deploy the exeld for access by users of the mainline metadata because the exeld conguration in the
mainline metadata is the single source of truth.
Related Topics
• How You Manage Congurations in Classic Sandboxes
For example, you can dene a required format, such as a ve-digit number, or a list of valid values, such as green, red,
and blue.
Flexeld segments are usually validated, and typically each segment in a given exeld uses a dierent value set. You
can assign a single value set to more than one segment, and you can share value sets among dierent exelds.
Note: Ensure that changes to a shared value set are compatible with all exelds segments using the value
set.
Validation
The following types of validation are available for value sets:
• Format only, where users enter data instead of selecting values from a list
• Independent, a list of values consisting of valid values you specify
• Dependent, a list of values where a valid value derives from the independent value of another segment
542
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
• Subset, where the list of values is a subset of the values in an existing independent value set
• Table, where the values derive from a column in an application table and the list of values is limited by a
WHERE clause
A segment that uses a format only value set doesn't present a list of valid values to users. If required, you may add table
validated value sets to the list of available value sets available for conguration.
Note: For the Accounting Key Flexeld value sets, you must use independent validation only. If you use other
validations, you can't use the full chart of accounts functionality, such as data security, reporting, and account
hierarchy integration.
Security
Value set security only works in conjunction with usage within exeld segments. You can specify that data security be
applied to the values in exeld segments that use a value set. Based on the roles provisioned to users, data security
policies determine which values of the exeld segment users can view or modify.
The application of value set security has the following conditions:
• At the value set level: The value set is the resource secured by data security policies. If a value set is secured,
every usage of it in any exeld is secured. Disabling security for individual usages of the same value set isn't
possible.
• Applies to independent, dependent, or table-validated value sets.
• Applies mainly when data is being created or updated, and to key exeld combinations tables for query
purposes. Value set security doesn't determine which descriptive exeld data is shown upon querying.
• Security conditions dened on value sets always use table aliases. When lters are used, table aliases are always
used by default. When predicates are dened for data security conditions, make sure that the predicates also
use table aliases.
For key exelds, the aributes in the view object corresponding to the account combination ID, structure instance
number (SIN), and data set number (DSN) can't be transient. They must exist in the database table. For key exelds,
the SIN segment is the discriminator aribute, and the account combination segment is the common aribute.
543
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
The following gure shows a value set used by a segment in a key exeld and the context segment of a descriptive
exeld.
For most value sets, when you enter values into a exeld segment, you can enter only values that already exist in the
value set assigned to that segment.
Global and context-sensitive segment require a value set. You can assign a value set to a descriptive exeld context
segment. If you specify only context values, not value sets for contexts, the set of valid values is equal to the set of
context values.
You can edit only value sets that are not marked as protected. You can't edit or delete protected value sets. If the value
set type supports values (such as independent, dependent or subset value sets), then you can't add, edit, or delete
values.
544
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Note: References to protected value sets aren't restricted. Value sets, protected or not, may be assigned
to any exeld segment. Likewise, other value sets may reference protected value sets; for example, an
unprotected dependent value set may reference a protected independent value set.
Related Topics
• Chart of Accounts Components
• What's the dierence between a lookup type and a value set
545
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
having rst dened an independent value set that you apply to another segment in the same exeld. Use a dependent
value set to limit the list of values for a given segment based on the value that the user has dened for a related
independent segment. The available values in a dependent list and the meaning of a given value depend on which value
was selected for the independently validated segment.
For example, you could dene an independent value set of the states in the USA with values such as CA, NY, and so on.
Then you dene a dependent value set of cities in the USA with values such as San Francisco and Los Angeles that are
valid for the independent value CA. Similarly, New York City and Albany are valid for the independent value NY. In the
UI, only the valid cities can be selected for a given state.
Because you dene a subset value set from an existing independent value set, you must dene the independent value
set rst. Users don't have to select a value for another segment rst to have access to the subset value set.
Independent, dependent, and subset value sets require a user-dened list of valid values. Use the Manage Values page
to create and manage a value set's valid values and the order in which they appear.
Tip: You can congure the Manage Value Sets page to capture additional aributes for each valid value by
adding context-sensitive segments in a new context for FND_VS_VALUES_B descriptive eld.
Table Validation
Typically, you use a table-validated set when the values you want to use are already maintained in an application table,
such as a table of supplier names. Specify the table column that contains the valid value. You can optionally specify the
description and ID columns, a WHERE clause to limit the values to use for your set, and an ORDER BY clause.
If you specify an ID column, then the exeld saves the ID value, instead of the value from the value column, in the
associated exeld segment. If the underlying table supports translations, you can enable the display of translated
text by basing the value set's value column on a translated aribute of the underlying table. You should also dene
an ID column that's based on an aribute that isn't language-dependent so that the value's invariant ID (an ID that
doesn't change) is saved in the transaction table. The run time displays the corresponding translated text from the value
column for the run time session's locale.
Table validation lets you enable a segment to depend on multiple prior segments in the same context structure. You
can't reference other exeld segments in the table-validated value set's WHERE clause. Which means, the WHERE
clause can't reference SEGMENT.segment_code or VALUESET.value_set_code.
Table-validated value sets have unique values across the table, irrespective of bind variables. The WHERE clause
fragment of the value set is considered if it doesn't have bind variables. If it has bind variables, the assumption is that
the values are unique in the value set. If you use table validated value sets for key exelds, then you can't use all
integration options supported for key exelds, such as:
• Data security
• Oracle Transactional Business Intelligence (OTBI)
• Extended Spread Sheet Database (ESSbase)
• Tree or hierarchy integration
To use these integration options for key exelds, you must use independent value sets only.
Range
In the case of format, independent, or dependent value sets, you can specify a range to limit which values are valid. You
can specify a range of values that are valid within a value set. You can also specify a range validated pair of segments
where one segment represents the low end of the range and another segment represents the high end of the range.
For example, you might specify a range for a format-only value set with format type Number where the user can enter
only values between 0 and 100.
546
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Security
In the case of independent and dependent values, you can specify that data security be applied to the values in
segments that use a value set. Based on the roles provisioned to users, data security policies determine which values of
the exeld segment users can view or modify.
To enable security on a value set, specify a database resource, typically the code value for the value set. Using the
Manage Database Security Policies task, specify conditions, such as lters or SQL predicates, and policies that associate
roles with conditions. You can use a lter for simple conditions. For more complex conditions, use a SQL predicate.
Value set data security policies and conditions dier from data security conditions and policies for business objects in
the following ways:
• You can grant only read access to users. You can't specify any other action.
• When dening a condition that's based on a SQL predicate, use VALUE, VALUE_NUMBER, VALUE_DATE,
VALUE_TIMESTAMP, or VALUE_ID to reference the value from a dependent, independent, or subset value set.
For table value sets, use a table alias to dene the table, such as &TABLE_ALIAS category=70.
When you enable security on table-validated value sets, the security rule that's dened is absolute and not contingent
upon the bind variables (if any) that may be used by the WHERE clause of the value set. For example, suppose a table-
validated value set has a bind variable to further lter the value list to x, y and z from a list of x, y, z, xx, yy, zz. The data
security rule or lter wrien against the value set must not assume anything about the bind variables. Instead the whole
list of values must be available and you write the rule, for example, to permit x, or to permit y and z. By default in data
security, all values are denied and show only rows to which access has been provided.
When you change an existing value set, the deployment status for all aected exelds changes to Edited. You must
redeploy all exelds that use that value set to make the exelds reect the changes. In the UI pages for managing
value sets, the value set's usages show which exelds are aected by the value set changes.
If your application has more than one language installed, or there is any possibility that you might install one or
more additional languages for your application in the future, select Translatable. This doesn't require you to provide
translated values now, but you can't change this option if you decide to provide them later.
547
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
List of Values
You can use one of the following types of lists to specify the valid values for a segment:
• Table column
• User-dened list. Also include a sub list.
• Dependent user-dened list
If the valid values exist in a table column, use a table value set to specify the list of values. To limit the valid values to a
subset of the values in the table, use a SQL WHERE clause. Table value sets also provide some advanced features, such
as enabling validation depending on other segments in the same structure.
Use an independent value set to specify a user-dened set of valid values. For example, you can use an independent
value set of Mon, Tue, Wed, and so forth to validate the day of the week. You can also specify a subset of an existing
independent value set as the valid values for a segment. For example, if you have an independent value set for the days
of the week, then a weekend subset can comprise entries for Saturday and Sunday.
Use a dependent value set when the available values in the list and the meaning of a given value depend on which
independent value was selected for a previously selected segment value. For example, the valid holidays depend on
which country you are in. A dependent value set is a collection of value subsets, with one subset for each value in a
corresponding independent value set.
For lists of values type value sets, you can additionally limit the valid values that an end user can select or enter
by specifying format, minimum value, and maximum value. For list of values type value sets, you can optionally
implement value set data security. If the applications are running in dierent locales, you might need to provide
dierent translations for the values and descriptions.
Plain Text
Use a format-only value set when you want to allow users to enter any value, as long as that value conforms to
formaing rules. For example, if you specify a maximum length of 3 and numeric-only, then end users can enter 456,
but not 4567 or 45A. You can also specify the minimum and maximum values, whether to align the text to either side,
and whether to zero-ll. With a format-only value set, no other types of validation are applied.
Value Ranges
You can use either a format-only, independent, or dependent value set to specify a range of values. For example, you
might create a format-only value set with Number as the format type where the end user can enter only the values
between 0 and 100. Or, you might create a format-only value set with Date as the format type where the end user can
enter only dates for a specic year, such as a range of 01-JAN-93 to 31-DEC-93. Because the minimum and maximum
values enforce these limits, you need not dene a value set that contains each of these individual numbers or dates.
Value Format
Flexeld segments commonly require some kind of format specication, regardless of validation type. Before creating a
value set, consider how you will specify the required format.
The following table shows options for validation type and value data type.
Option Description
Value subtype Text, Translated text, Numeric digits only, Time (20:08), Time (20:08:08).
548
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Option Description
An additional data type specication for the Character data type for the Dependent,
Independent, and Format validation types.
Maximum length Maximum number of characters or digits for Character data type.
Scale Maximum number of digits that can follow the decimal point.
Zero ll Automatic text alignment and zero-lling of entered numbers (aects values that include only
the digits 0-9).
Note: You cannot change the text value data type to a translated text value subtype after creating a value set.
If there is any chance you may need to translate displayed values into other languages, choose Translated
text. Selecting the Translated text subtype doesn't require you to provide translated values.
Security
When enabling security on a value set, the data security resource name is an existing value set or one that you want to
create. The name typically matches the code value for the value set. You cannot edit the data security resource name
after you save your changes.
Related Topics
• What's the dierence between a lookup type and a value set
• :{CONTEXT.<context_code>;SEGMENT.<segment_code>}
• :{VALUESET.<value_set_code>}
• :{FLEXFIELD.<internal_code>}
• :{PARAMETER.<parameter_code>}
549
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Segment Code
:{SEGMENT.<segment_code>}
This bind variable refers to the ID or value of a segment where <segment_code> identies the segment. Where referring
to the ID, the value set is ID-validated. Where referring to the value, the value set isn't ID-validated. The data type of the
bind value is the same as the data type of the segment's column.
For both descriptive and extensible exelds, the segment must be in the same context as the source segment. The
source segment contains the WHERE clause. For descriptive exelds, if the segment is global, then the source segment
must be global.
The segment must have a sequence number that's less than the sequence number of the target segment with this bind
variable. A matching segment must exist in the current exeld context.
This bind variable is useful when the set of valid values depends on the value in another segment. For example, the
values to select from a CITIES table might depend upon the selected country. If SEGMENT1 contains the country value,
then the WHERE clause for the CITIES table might be <country_code> = :{SEGMENT.SEGMENT1}.
Context Code
:{CONTEXT.<context_code>;SEGMENT.<segment_code>}
This bind variable, which is valid only for extensible exelds, refers to the ID (if the value set is ID-validated) or value
(if not ID-validated) of a segment that's in a dierent context than the target segment (the segment with the WHERE
clause).
• The <context_code> identies the context and must be in the same category or in an ancestor category. It can't
be a multiple-row context.
• The <segment_code> identies the segment. The data type of the bind value is the same as the data type of the
segment's column.
Note: The target segment should appear in the UI after the source segment to ensure the source segment
has a value. If the target segment's context is a single-row context, the source and target segments must be
on separate pages and the target page must follow the source page.
The framework of extensible exelds doesn't perform any additional validation related to mismatched values for
segments dened with cross context bind parameters. Administrators must populate the correct pair of segment values.
This bind variable is useful when the set of valid values depends on the value of a segment in another context. For
example, the values to select from a CERTIFICATION table for a segment in the Compliance and Certication context
might depend on the value of the country segment in the Manufacturing context.
This bind variable refers to the ID (if the value set is ID-validated) or value (if not ID-validated) of the segment that's
assigned to the value set that's identied by the value_set_code. The data type of the bind value is the same as the data
type of the segment's column.
The segment must have a sequence number that's less than the sequence number of the segment with this bind
variable. If more than one segment is assigned to the value set, the closest prior matching segment will be used to
resolve the bind expression. A matching segment must exist in the current exeld context.
This bind variable is useful when the set of valid values depends on the value in another segment and that segment
code can vary, such as when the value set is used for more than one context or exeld. For example, the values
550
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
to select from a CITIES table might depend upon the selected country. If the value set for the segment that
contains the country value is COUNTRIES, then the WHERE clause for the CITIES table might be <country_code> = :
{VALUESET.COUNTRIES}.
This bind variable refers to an internal code of the exeld in which the value set is used, or to a validation date. The
internal_code must be one of the following:
• APPLICATION_ID - the application ID of the exeld in which this value set is used. The data type of
APPLICATION_ID and its resulting bind value is NUMBER.
• DESCRIPTIVE_FLEXFIELD_CODE - the identifying code of the exeld in which this value set is used. The data
type of DESCRIPTIVE_FLEXFIELD_CODE and its resulting bind value is VARCHAR2. Note that you use this string
for both descriptive and extensible exelds.
• CONTEXT_CODE - the context code of the exeld context in which this value set is used. The data type of
CONTEXT_CODE and its resulting bind value is VARCHAR2.
• SEGMENT_CODE - the identifying code of the exeld segment in which this value set is used. The data type of
SEGMENT_CODE and its resulting bind value is VARCHAR2.
• VALIDATION_DATE - the current database date. The data type of VALIDATION_DATE and its resulting bind
value is DATE.
Flexeld Parameters
:{PARAMETER.<parameter_code>}
This bind variable refers to the value of a exeld parameter where parameter_code identies the parameter. The data
type of the resulting bind value is the same as the parameter's data type.
Note: You can't assign a table value set to a context segment if the WHERE clause uses
VALUESET.value_set_code or SEGMENT.segment_code bind variables.
Property Value
551
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Property Value
ID column lookup_code
After completing this task, you should have created your customer satisfaction value set for the Incentive
Compensation page of your implementation project.
552
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
553
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Related Topics
• Overview of Files for Import and Export
Prerequisite
Ensure that the web service FndManageImportExportFilesService is added to the Manage Application Flexeld Value Set
entitlement. Use the Security Console to perform this conguration on Oracle Entitlements Server. While conguring
the web service, provide the following details:
• Resource type: WebserviceResourceType
• Display name: ImportExport
• Name: hp://xmlns.oracle.com/oracle/apps/fnd/applcore/webservices/
FndManageImportExportFilesService#*
• Entitlement (In Default Policy Domain): Manage Application Flexeld Value Set
• Security policy: oracle/wss11_saml_or_username_token_with_message_protection_service_policy
5. Run the following command to generate the JAX-WS proxy for the FndManageImportExportFilesService web
service.
C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.7.0_04\bin>wsimport
-s "d:\wsimport\FndManageImportExport"
554
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
-d "d:\wsimport\FndManageImportExport" http://<host>:<port>/fndAppCoreServices/
FndManageImportExportFilesService?wsdl
parsing WSDL...
Generating code...
Compiling code...
package com.oracle.xmlns.oracle.apps.fnd.applcore.webservices;
import com.sun.xml.ws.developer.WSBindingProvider;
import java.io.File;
import java.io.IOException;
import java.util.List;
import java.util.Map;
import javax.xml.ws.BindingProvider;
import javax.xml.ws.WebServiceRef;
import javax.xml.ws.handler.Handler;
import oracle.webservices.ClientConstants;
import weblogic.wsee.jws.jaxws.owsm.SecurityPoliciesFeature;
// !THE CHANGES MADE TO THIS FILE WILL BE DESTROYED IF REGENERATED!
// This source file is generated by Oracle tools
// Contents may be subject to change
// For reporting problems, use the following
// Version = Oracle WebServices (11.1.1.0.0, build 130224.1947.04102)
requestContext.put(ClientConstants.WSSEC_KEYSTORE_TYPE,"jks");
555
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
String id = invokeUploadFiletoUCMMethod(fndManageImportExportFilesService);
if (id != null) {
invokevalueSetValuesDataLoader(fndManageImportExportFilesService, new Long(id));
}
}
try {
// Provide location of 'VS.txt' which contains ValueSet values data in prescribed format
byte[] content =
org.apache.commons.io.FileUtils.readFileToByteArray(new File("/home/user1/VS.txt"));
} catch (IOException e) {
System.out.println(e.getMessage());
}
catch(Exception e) {
System.out.println("Exception: "+e.getMessage());
}
try {
response = fndManageImportExportFilesService.uploadFiletoUCM(document);
System.out.println("Response: " + response);
} catch (ServiceException e) {
System.out.println(e.getMessage());
}
return response;
}
556
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
System.out.println(e.getMessage());
}
}
}
General Requirements
The rst line of the at le must contain the column names for the value set value data, including all mandatory
columns, and separated by the '|' (pipe) character. Each subsequent line should contain a row of data specied in the
same order as the column names, also separated by the '|' character.
The requirements for creating at les vary with the type of value sets:
ValueSetCode VARCHAR2(60)
Value VARCHAR2(150)
Examples:
• To upload values to a COLORS independent value set with the minimum columns, you can use the following
at le:
557
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
• To upload values to a STATES independent value set with more (optional) columns, you can use the following
at le:
Value VARCHAR2(150)
Example:
To upload values to a CITIES dependent value set (dependent on the STATES independent value set), you can use the
following at le:
ValueSetCode | IndependentValue | Value | EnabledFlag
CITIES | AK | Juneau | Y
CITIES | AK | Anchorage | Y
CITIES | CA | San Francisco | Y
CITIES | CA | Sacramento | Y
CITIES | CA | Los Angeles | Y
CITIES | CA | Oakland | Y
558
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Translated Value VARCHAR2(150), for use in value sets that are translatable
Description VARCHAR2(240)
Related Topics
• Overview of Files for Import and Export
You must create the at le containing the values data, and upload the at le to the content repository using the File
Import and Export page.
Parameters
Flat File Name
Enter the name of the at le you uploaded using the File Import and Export page.
Account
559
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
Select the user account containing the at le in the content repository to upload.
Related Topics
• Overview of Files for Import and Export
• Overview of Scheduled Processes
You can dene translations for a dependent value set or an independent value set, if the value set is of type Character
with a subtype Translated text. You dene the translations by seing the current session to the locale for which you
want to dene the translation. Then use the Manage Value Sets task to enter the translated values and descriptions for
that locale.
You can dene translated values for a table value set for which multiple languages are supported and that the value
set's value column is based on a translated aribute of the underlying table. For more information about using
multilanguage support features, see the Oracle Fusion Applications Developer's Guide.
For example, Western-region employees may choose only California, Nevada, Oregon, and so on as valid values. They
cannot select non-Western-region states. Eastern-region employees may choose only New York, New Jersey, Virginia,
and so on as valid values, but cannot select non-Eastern-region states. Value set security is implemented using Oracle
Applications Cloud data security.
560
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
You can set the default value to be a constant, if appropriate to the data type of the value set assigned to the segment.
In addition to an initial default value, you can set a derivation value for updating the aribute's value every time the
parameter value changes. The parameter you select identies the entity object source aribute. Any changes in the
value of the source aribute during run time are reected in the value of the segment.
If the display type of the segment is a check box, you can set whether the default value of the segment is checked or
unchecked.
561
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 21
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Setup
562
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
22 Flexelds Maintenance
Context
A descriptive exeld can have only one context segment to provide context sensitivity. The same underlying database
column can be used by dierent segments in dierent contexts.
For example, you can dene a Dimensions context that uses the following aributes:
You can also dene a Measurements context that uses the same columns for other aributes:
563
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
The following gure displays a descriptive exeld having one context segment called Category for which there are
three values: Resistor, Baery, and Capacitor. Additionally, the descriptive exeld comprises two global segments that
appear in each context, and three context-sensitive segments that only appear in the specic context.
Context-
Context Global sensitive
segment segments segments
Attributes: Category G1 G2 A3 A4 A5
Context: Context:
Resistor Capacitor
Context:
Battery
G1 G1
G2 G2
A3 A4
A4 A5
G1
G2
A3
A4
A5
Application development determines the number of segments available for conguring. During implementation,
congure the exeld by determining the following:
Value Sets
For each global and context-sensitive segment, you congure the values permied for the segment. Based on it, the
values that end users enter are validated, including interdependent validation among the segments.
564
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Related Topics
• Overview of Value Sets
• Considerations for Managing Flexelds
• How can I access predened exelds
565
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
depend on a condition of situation applying to a particular instance of the business object. Plan context-sensitive
segments to capture aributes that are relevant in the context.
There is only one context segment available for descriptive exelds. If you have more than one group of user-dened
aributes where you could use the context segment, you will have to pick one group over the others, based on your
company's needs and priorities, and add the other user-dened aributes as global segments.
Related Topics
• Flexeld Segment Properties
• Overview of Value Sets
• Default Segment Values
566
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Segments
You can assign sequence order numbers to global segments and to context-sensitive segments in each context.
Segment display is always in a xed order. You can't enter a number for a segment if that number is already in use for a
dierent segment.
Value sets are optional for context segments and follow specic guidelines:
• The value set that you specify for a context segment consists of a set of context codes.
• Each context code corresponds to a context that's appropriate for the descriptive exeld.
• The value set must be independent or table-validated.
• If table-validated, the WHERE clause must not use the VALUESET.value_set_code or SEGMENT.segment_code
bind variables.
• The value set must be of data type Character with the maximum length of values being stored no larger than
the context's column length.
• If you don't specify a value set for a context segment, the valid values for that context segment are derived
from the context codes. The denition of each context segment species the set of context-sensitive segments
that can be presented when that context code is selected by the end user.
• For reasons of data integrity, you can't delete an existing context. Instead, you can disable the associated
context value in its own value set by seing its end date to a date in the past.
567
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
• You can congure the individual global segments and context-sensitive segments in a descriptive exeld.
These segment types are dierentiated by their usage, but they're congured on application pages that use
most of the same properties.
Tip: After you add a context value, refresh the page to see the new value.
Usages
Descriptive exeld usages allow for the same denition to be applied to multiple entities or application tables, such as
a USER table and a USER_HISTORY table. Descriptive exeld tables dene the placeholder entity where the exeld
segment values are stored once you have congured the descriptive exeld. When you congure a exeld, the
conguration applies to all its usages.
Parameters
Some descriptive exelds provide parameters, which are aributes of the same or related entity objects. Parameters
are public arguments to a descriptive exeld. Parameters provide outside values in descriptive exeld validation.
568
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
You use parameters to set the initial value or derivation value of an aribute from external reference data, such as a
column value or a session variable, rather than from user input. Parameters can be referenced by the logic that derives
the default segment value, and by table-validated value set WHERE clauses.
Delimiters
A segment delimiter or separator visually separates segment values when the exeld is displayed as a string of
concatenated segments.
Initial Values
The SQL statement dening an initial value must be a valid statement that returns only one row and a value of the
correct type.
You can use two types of SQL statements:
• SQL statement with no binding. For example, select MIN(SALARY) from EMPLOYEES.
• SQL statement with bind variables. You can use these bind variables in the WHERE clause of the SQL
statement.
Business Intelligence
Selecting a global, context, or context-sensitive segment's BI Enabled check box species that the segment is available
for use in Oracle Business Intelligence.
When the exeld is imported into Oracle Business Intelligence, the label you selected from the BI Label drop-down list
equalizes the segment with segments in other contexts, and maps the segment to the logical object represented by the
label.
Related Topics
• Validation Type Options for Value Sets
• Default Segment Values
• Flexeld Segment Properties
• Why can't I edit my exeld or value set conguration
569
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
After you deploy a business intelligence-enabled exeld, use the Import Oracle Fusion Data Extensions for
Transactional Business Intelligence process to import the exeld changes into the Oracle Business Intelligence
repository. Users can make use of the newly-generated aributes in business intelligence applications. For example, a
user can generate a report that includes aributes added by the descriptive exeld. For additional information about
logical objects and import, refer to the Oracle Transactional Business Intelligence Administrator's Guide.
Flaening
When you deploy a business intelligence-enabled descriptive exeld, the deployment process generates an additional
set of aened Application Development Framework (ADF) business components in addition to the usual ADF
business components and ADF faces run time artifacts that are generated during deployment. The aened business
components include aributes for business intelligence-enabled segments only. Flaening means each user-dened
column in each context shows up as an aribute in an Oracle Business Intelligence folder.
Flaened components include one aribute for the BI-enabled context-segment, and one aribute for each business
intelligence-enabled global segment. For BI-enabled context-sensitive segments, consider the following:
• If you assigned a label to the segment, the aened components include an additional single aribute
representing segments with that label.
• If you didn't assign a label, the aened components include a discrete aribute for each BI-enabled context-
sensitive segment in each context.
If you assign a label to any set of context-sensitive segments that serve the same purpose in dierent contexts, you
can consolidate or equalize the segments into a single aribute. This prevents duplication and the extra workload and
complexity that result from the aening process. For example, a United States context might have a Passport segment
and a Canada context might have Visa segment. If you assign the NationalID segment label to both the Passport and
Visa segments, they are equalized into the same NationalID aribute in the aened business component.
Non-labeled context-sensitive segments aren't equalized across context values, so the aened components include a
separate aribute for each context-sensitive segment for each context value. It may not be possible to equalize similarly
labeled segments if they have incompatible data types or value set types.
Assign a label to a global segment, context segment, or context-sensitive segment to map the corresponding aribute
in the aened components to a logical object in Oracle Business Intelligence. Using labels to map segments to BI
logical objects minimizes the steps for importing the exeld into Oracle Business Intelligence.
Note: Assigning a label to a context-sensitive segment serves to equalize the aribute across contexts, as well
as map the equalized aribute to business intelligence.
Managing Labels
You may assign a predened label (if available) to segments or create new labels for assignment, as needed. Specify
a code, name, and description to identify each label. In the BI Object Name eld, enter the name of the logical object
in Oracle Business Intelligence to which the segment label should map during import. Specifying the BI logical object
570
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
minimizes the steps for importing the exeld into Oracle Business Intelligence and helps to equalize context-sensitive
segments across contexts.
If no labels are assigned to a BI-enabled segment, or the BI Object Name on the assigned label doesn't exist in business
intelligence, you must manually map the segment to the desired logical object when importing into Oracle Business
Intelligence.
In addition, context-sensitive segments without labels cannot be equalized across context values. The aened
components include a separate aribute for each non-labeled context-sensitive segment in each context.
To import exeld changes into the Oracle Business Intelligence repository in Oracle Cloud implementations, run the
Import Oracle Fusion Data Extensions for Transactional Business Intelligence process. For additional information about
import, refer to the Oracle Transactional Business Intelligence Administrator's Guide.
Note: When you import a exeld into the Oracle Business Intelligence repository, you see both <name>_ and
<name>_c aributes for each segment, along with some other optional aributes. The <name> aribute contains
the value. The <name>_c aribute contains the code of the value set that the value comes from, and is used for
linking to the value dimension. You must import both aributes.
• You can congure aributes in groups to form a context so that the aributes in the context always appear
together in the user interface.
• You can use existing hierarchical categories so that entities inherit the contexts that are congured for their
parents. Contexts are reusable throughout categories.
• Application development has registered some extensible exelds to support view and edit privileges. For such
exelds, you can specify view and edit privileges at the context level to control who sees the aributes and
who can change the aributes' values.
When you congure a context for multiple rows per entity, the segments are displayed as a table.
571
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Unlike descriptive exelds, the extension columns corresponding to extensible exelds segments are part of
extension tables, separate from the base application table. Unlike descriptive exeld contexts, the set of aributes in
an extensible exeld context remains constant and doesn't dier by context value. An extensible exeld describes an
application entity, with the run time ability to expand the database that implementation consultants can use to dene
the data structure that appears in the application. Extensible exelds support one-to-many relationships between
the entity and the extended aribute rows. To get a list of predened extensible exelds, use the Manage Extensible
Flexelds task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
Usages
Similar to the descriptive exelds, you can dene multiple usages for an extensible exeld, which enables several
application tables to share the same exeld.
For example, a exeld for shipping options can be used by both a Supplier table and a Buyer table. In addition, you can
associate a context with one, some, or all of the exeld's usages. Thus, with the shipping information example, you can
associate a warehouse context with the Supplier usage, a delivery location context with the Buyer usage, and a ship-via
context with all usages.
Usages include security information for applying no security to user access or enforcing view and edit privileges. Some
product-specic extensible exelds have specialized usage elds beyond those for security.
Categories
You can congure multiple extensible exeld contexts and group the contexts into categories. All extensible exelds
have at least one category. For some extensible exelds, you can congure a hierarchy of categories. A child category
in the hierarchy can inherit contexts from its parent category.
You can dene categories for extensible exelds, and you can associate any combination of contexts with a given
category.
For example, the Electronics and Computers category hierarchy might include a Home Entertainment category, which
in turn might include an Audio category and a TV category, and so on. The Home Entertainment product might have
contexts that specify voltage, dimensions, inputs and outputs. Contexts are reusable within a given extensible exeld.
For example, the dimensions context could be assigned to any category that needs to include dimensional information.
Pages
Extensible exelds let you combine contexts into groups known as pages, which serve to connect the contexts so they
will always be presented together in the application user interface.
Each application page corresponds to one extensible exeld category, with a separate region of the page for each
associated context.
Security
When you congure a exeld, you set the privileges for a context at the usage level by selecting actions for the view
and edit privileges of a context usage.
572
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
When an end user performs a search, the user interface displays only the aribute values of the contexts for which the
user has view privileges. The user can perform a search using all aributes for all contexts, regardless of view privileges.
If end users access a context through a web service, an exception is thrown if they perform an action for which they
don't have privileges.
All extensible exelds have a base data security resource. Some data security resources for extensible exelds
are precongured with actions that you can use to specify access privileges. If no action is precongured, a security
administrator can create actions and policies to support access control on the extensible exeld aributes.
Some extensible exelds have a translatable option; these exelds also have a translation data security resource.
If an extensible exeld is partially protected, then you can't edit the protected portions of the exeld's conguration.
For example:
• If an extensible exeld context is protected, you can't edit its:
◦ Context details
◦ Context segments
◦ Context usages
• If an extensible exeld page is protected, you can't:
◦ Edit the page details or delete the page
◦ Edit the contexts associated with the page
Note:
• There is no restriction on page references to protected contexts. The pages you create may contain any
context, whether protected or not.
• There is a restriction on category references to protected contexts. If a context is protected, you can't add it
to or delete it from any category.
Related Topics
• Overview of Flexeld Deployment
• Considerations for Managing Flexelds
• How can I access predened exelds
• Update Existing Setup Data
573
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
◦ Validation rules
◦ Initial values
◦ Security
◦ Aribute mapping to Oracle Business Intelligence objects.
• What is the data type: character, date, date and time, or number?
• Does the segment require any validation beyond data type and maximum length?
• Should a character type value be restricted to digits, or are alphabetic characters permied?
• Should alphabetic characters automatically be changed to uppercase?
• Should numeric values be zero-lled?
• How many digits can follow the radix separator of a numeric value? In base ten numeric systems, the radix
separator is a decimal point.
• Should the value be within a range?
574
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
• Should the value be selected from a list of valid values? If yes, consider the following questions:
◦ Can you use an existing application table from which to obtain the list of valid values, or do you have to
create a list?
◦ If you are using an existing table, do you have to limit the list of values using a WHERE clause?
◦ Does the list of valid values depend on the value in another exeld segment?
◦ Is the list of valid values a subset of another exeld segment's list of values?
Plan Security
Determine what privileges to set for view and edit access to context aributes, such as providing all users with view
access but only managers with edit access.
If your security restrictions apply to several contexts, you can create generic actions. At a minimum, create the generic
actions for the base data security resource. If the exeld has a translatable option and you plan to use translatable
contexts, then also create the generic actions for the translation data security resource. For example, the Item exeld
supports the translatable option and has a data security resource ITEM_EFF_VL in addition to the base data security
resource ITEM_EFF_B. Then, create actions for both data security resources, such as EDIT_NONTRANS_ATTRS for
ITEM_EFF_B and EDIT_TRANS_ATTRS for ITEM_EFF_VL.
If your security restrictions are more ne-grained, such as having to secure each context with a dierent privilege, then
you can create more ne-grained actions.
Related Topics
• Flexeld Segment Properties
1. Conguring contexts by creating each context segment and the context-sensitive segments for each context
segment, and providing the following for each segments:
a. Identifying information
b. Column assignment
c. Initial default value
d. Display properties
2. Conguring context usages and usage security by selecting actions to which users should have access:
◦ View
575
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
◦ Edit
◦ None, if no special privileges should be enforced.
3. Conguring categories and category details.
4. Associating contexts with a category.
5. Creating logical pages for a category.
The following aspects are important in understanding extensible exeld management:
For contexts that store multiple rows, you can uniquely identify each row by having the values in each row form a
unique key.
If exeld has a category hierarchy, then you can leverage the hierarchy to reuse contexts for similar entities, such as
similar items in a product catalog.
Set the context to translatable so that free-form text entered by end users is stored in the language of the user's locale,
and dierent translations of that text can be stored in other languages. Segments in the translated contexts should use
format-only value sets for storing free-form, user-entered text.
Set the context security to give an end user view or edit access to a context. The context's task ow and region appear
in the user interface only for users with view access. With edit access, an end user can edit the context's aribute values.
With no action specied for a usage, no special privileges are enforced through the context's conguration.
Dene logical pages to group contexts together in the user interface. For a given category, you may create one or more
logical pages. You may add one or more of the category's associated contexts to each of the category's logical pages.
576
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Categories
A category is a grouping of related data items that can be considered to belong together. You can associate any
combination of contexts with a given category. Extensible exelds with more than 30 categories must be deployed as a
background process.
A category hierarchy logically organizes a set of categories. For example, the Electronics and Computers category
hierarchy might include a Computer category and a Home Entertainment category, which in turn might include an
Audio category and a TV category, and so on.
A category can be a child or sibling of an existing category. The hierarchy can be as simple or as complex as desired,
with any combination of zero or more sibling categories and zero or more child categories. If no category is dened, the
data items are grouped in a single predened default category.
Each category has associated contexts that store relevant information about a data item in that category. For example, a
Home Entertainment product has contexts that specify Voltage, Dimensions, Inputs and Outputs. Contexts are reusable
within a given extensible exeld. Then, the Dimensions context could be assigned to any category that needs to
include dimensional information.
If a hierarchy includes child categories, each child category inherits the contexts from its parent category; for example,
the Home Entertainment category inherits Voltage and Dimensions from the Electronics and Computers category.
Each extensible exeld is associated with a particular category hierarchy. Consider category hierarchies to be dening
framework for extensible exelds and their contexts. A category hierarchy species which contexts are valid for each
category.
An extensible exeld can include multiple contexts which you dene to support a given category. These contexts can
be suitable for various purposes, but within a particular category, some contexts might be considered to be related to,
or dependent on, each other. You can combine these contexts into groups known as logical pages, and determine the
sequence in which the pages appear. This serves to connect the contexts so they will always be presented together and
in a particular order in the application user interface.
For example, the Home Entertainment category might have an Electrical Specications page that contains the Voltage,
Inputs and Outputs contexts, and a Physical Specications page that contains the Dimensions and Form Factor
contexts.
Initial Values
The SQL statement dening an initial value must be a valid statement that returns only one row and a value of the
correct type.
You can use two types of SQL statements:
• SQL statement with no binding. For example, select MIN(SALARY) from EMPLOYEES.
• SQL statement with bind variables. You can use these bind variables in the WHERE clause of the SQL
statement.
577
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Tip: After you add a context value, refresh the page to see the new value.
Indexed Segments
You can designate an extensible exeld segment as indexed so that it's one of the selectively required aributes a
user can use in an aribute search. If you indicate in the Manage Extensible Flexeld UI page that a segment should
be indexed, the column representing the segment must be added to the database index. Commonly, a database
administrator (DBA) adds columns to the database index.
When an extensible exeld with indexed segments is deployed, search task ows are generated along with the other
exeld artifacts and specify the indexed aributes as selectively required. In the deployed extensible exeld's search
task ow, an end user must specify at least one of the indexed aributes in the search criteria. This prevents non-
selective searches, which could cause performance issues.
578
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
For example, if you index the memory and processor aributes and ensure that the corresponding columns in the
database are indexed, a user can search an item catalog for computers by entering processor or memory or both as a
search criteria. No search is performed if an end user enters an aribute that isn't indexed as a search criterion.
Security
An extensible exeld's base data security resource typically has a name with an _B sux. The translation data security
resource is a view of a translation table that typically has a name with an _VL sux.
If a exeld supports the translatable option and has a translation data security resource, make sure that you create the
action for the appropriate data security resource.
• If you create a context-specic action for a nontranslatable context, add it to the base data security resource.
• If you create a context-specic action for a translatable context, add it to the translation data security resource.
Deployment
You can only deploy extensible exelds using the Manage Extensible Flexelds task. You can deploy extensible
exelds oine as a background process and continue working in the session without having to wait for the
deployment to complete. You can queue up several extensible exelds and deploy as a background process. The
exelds are deployed, one at a time, in the order that you deploy them to the queue. You must deploy extensible
exelds with more than 30 categories as a background process.
You can remove an extensible exeld from the deployment queue with the Cancel Background Deployment command.
When an extensible exeld is deployed in a background process, its oine status indicates that the exeld is in a
background deployment process. A exeld's oine status is cleared and it's deployment status updated when the
background deployment process has completed.
Note: The Oine Status column refreshes when you perform a new search in the Manage Extensible
Flexelds task.
Related Topics
• Why did my exeld changes not appear in the runtime UI
• Flexeld Usages
• Why can't I edit my exeld or value set conguration
After you deploy a business intelligence-enabled exeld, use the Import Oracle Fusion Data Extensions for
Transactional Business Intelligence process to import the exeld changes into the Oracle Business Intelligence
repository. Users can make use of the newly-generated aributes in business intelligence applications. For additional
information about logical objects and import, refer to the Oracle Transactional Business Intelligence Administrator's
Guide.
579
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Flaening
When you deploy a business intelligence-enabled extensible exeld, the deployment process generates an additional
set of aened business components for use in business intelligence. The aened business components include
aributes for business intelligence-enabled segment instances only.
If you assigned a label to a segment, the aened components include a single aribute representing all segment
instances with that label. If you didn't assign a label, the aened components include a discrete aribute for each BI-
enabled segment instance in each structure.
Tip: When you import a exeld into the Oracle Business Intelligence repository, you see both <name>_ and
<name>_c aributes for each segment, along with some other optional aributes. The <name>_ aribute contains
the value. The <name>_c aribute contains the code of the value set that the value comes from, and is used for
linking to the value dimension. You must import both aributes.
If you add a Dimensions context to the Computers category, thirty segments are available. But if you need to add more
than thirty aributes, create another context and associate it to the same category. You could now add an Electronics
Aributes context to the same Computers category in which you create another thirty segments. You can continue
creating more contexts and adding them to the Computers category. In this way your laptop computer item can be
extended with as many aributes as you need, because it is mapped to a category and you can keep adding contexts to
that category.
A descriptive exeld on an items table with thirty columns reserved for segments can only have a single context. Once
you congure the columns for that one context, you cannot create any more segments.
580
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Some products provide an activity or task for creating and maintaining categories for an extensible exeld. See
product-specic information to determine if you can create categories for the exeld.
You can view a exeld's category hierarchies by using either the Highlight Flexelds feature or the Manage Extensible
Flexelds task to nd and open the exeld for editing.
Disabling Categories
While conguring an extensible exeld, you can disable a category. The Enabled column in the Category table of the
Edit Extensible Flexeld page, indicates which categories are enabled.
Note: When you deploy an extensible exeld that has a disabled category, that category and its descendant
categories aren't deployed. Contexts and their segments are deployed only if they belong to at least one
enabled category.
Contexts
Group similar aributes into contexts. The group is displayed together in a region. The region's header is the context
value.
If a category hierarchy exists for the exeld, then you can leverage the hierarchy to reuse contexts for similar entities,
such as similar items in a product catalog.
The following gure shows the Item Extended Aributes exeld, which uses the category hierarchy feature to reuse
contexts. The exeld's Electronics and Computers category contains contexts for compliance and certication, voltage,
and materials and substances. The TV and Video subcategory and the Computer Products subcategory inherit the
Electronics and Computer contexts in addition to having their own contexts. The Materials and Substances context
belongs to both the Electronics and Computer Products category and the Tools, Auto, and Industrial Products category.
Computer Products
Compliance and
Computer Context Certification Context
TV and Video
Context
Materials and Materials and
Substances Context Substances Context
The following table shows an example of category hierarchy for an extensible exeld. To store voltage information for
all electronic and computer items, associate a Voltage context with the Electronics and Computers category. Both the
581
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
TV and Video subcategory and the Computers subcategory then inherit the Voltage context from the parent Electronics
and Computers category.
Oce Products and Supplies PROD_ OFFICE_ PRODUCTS_ SUPPLIES Oce Products and Supplies
Tools, Auto, and Industrial PROD_ TOOLS_ AUTO_ INDUSTRIAL Tools, Automotive, and Industrial
Scenario
The following list shows an example plan for computer aributes for the Item Extended Aributes exeld. In this
example, the Electronics Information page is inherited from the parent Electronics and Computers category.
• Page: Electronics Information
582
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
• Maximum voltage
• Current type
◦ Context: Materials and Substances, multiple rows
• Material
• Contain recyclate
• Percent unit mass
• Page: Computer Information
• Manufacturer
• CPU type
• Processor interface
• Processor class
• Processor speed
• Cores
The following gure shows a technical specications logical page in the user interface for the Electronics and
Computers category. It contains aributes in the context of Recovery and Recycling, Compliance and Certication,
583
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Operating Conditions, and Materials and Substances. The Materials and Substances context is congured for multiple
rows. Your users can select all the materials and substances required to make a single product.
Analysis
Use logical pages to determine how the contexts appear on the user interface. Use a context to store all the materials
and substances required to make a single product. You can congure a context to store multiple rows per entity. The
multiple rows are displayed in a table, like the Materials and Substances context.
The Technical Specications logical page contains the aributes for the four contexts.
584
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
The following gure is an example, where the Furniture category is congured to include a Furniture Specications
logical page and an Assembly Instructions logical page. The two categories (Electronics and Computers and Furniture)
share the Materials and Substances context.
The following table shows the privileges for the three exeld contexts.
585
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
In this example, anyone can view the contexts' aributes, but the edit privileges are restricted as follows:
• Voltage: Only voltage specialists can edit this value.
• Compliance and Certication: Only compliance specialists can edit this value.
• Materials and Substances: Only computer specialists can edit these aributes for items in the computer
category. Only television specialists can edit these aributes for items in the TV category.
To sum up, in this entire example, the Materials and Substances context is secured by a generic action with a condition
applied to restrict access by category. Voltage and Compliance and Certication are secured by actions specic to each
context.
Related Topics
• Why did my exeld changes not appear in the runtime UI
586
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Key exelds aren't optional. You must congure key exelds to ensure that your applications operate correctly. You
congure and maintain key exeld denitions with the Manage Key Flexelds task. To get a list of predened key
exelds, use the Manage Key Flexelds task in the Setup and Maintenance work area. For information about specic
key exelds, see the help for the product where the associated business component is implemented.
Architecture
Flexeld metadata is stored in the exeld metadata tables. When you congure a key exeld, you dene metadata
about the key exeld covering aspects such as:
• Segments are in a structure
• Structures in the exeld
• Value sets in each segment
Based on the exeld metadata, actual part numbers are captured at run time as a combination of segment values
and stored in a combinations table. A combinations table contains all the segment columns for a exeld, a unique
ID column, and a structure instance number column. The structure instance number column dierentiates multiple
arrangements of the segment columns. For example, a part number containing multiple segments can be represented
by a key exeld. A part number key exeld has a corresponding combinations table. In that table, the exeld stores a
list of the complete codes, with each segment of the code in a column, with the corresponding unique ID and structure
instance number for the code. When users dene a new part number or maintain existing part numbers in the parts
catalog, they directly maintain rows in the combinations table.
The foreign key table contains a dierent business entity than the combinations table. For example, the business entity
in the foreign key table is order lines or invoice lines that contain foreign key references to parts for ordering. Any
number of foreign key tables can reference a particular entity represented by a key exeld.
Applications identify a particular segment for some purpose such as security or computations. Segment name or
segment order cannot reliably identify a segment because key exeld segments can be congured to appear in any
order with any prompts. A segment label functions as a tag for a segment.
587
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
For example, the requirement is to identify which segment in the accounting exeld contains balancing information
and which segment contains natural account information. A segment label determines which segment you are using for
natural account information. When you dene your accounting exeld, you must specify which segment labels apply
to which segments. Some labels must be unique, and cannot be applied to more than one segment in each structure.
Other labels are required, and must be applied to at least one segment in each structure.
A segment label helps a user searching for segments, such as the Cost Center label for all segments across key exelds
that store a value for the cost center.
Structures
A key exeld structure denition includes the number of segments and their order.
In some applications, dierent users like to see dierent segment structures for the same exeld. A key exeld can
have multiple structures if registered to support more than one structure.
The exeld can display dierent elds for dierent users based on a data condition in your application data, such
as the value of another eld entered by the user or the user's role. For example, the correctly formaed local postal
address for customer service inquiries diers based on locale. A postal address key exeld could display dierent
segments and prompts for dierent users based on a location condition in your application data, such as the user's role
or a value entered by the user.
Each structure can have one or more segments. Thus a segment is a child of a structure. To store a particular segment,
such as Cost Center, in two dierent structures, you must dene the segment separately in each structure. Each
structure may have one or more structure instances. Each instance of a structure shares the same number and order of
segments, but diers in the values or value sets used in validating the segments.
The segments in a key exeld structure instance are segment instances. A segment instance is a segment with a
specic value set assigned to it. If a key exeld is registered with a tree structure, you can specify a tree code for a
segment instance.
Combinations
A combination is a complete code, or combination of segment values that makes up the code, that uniquely identies
an object.
For example, each part number is a single combination, such as PAD-YEL-11x14 or 01-COM-876-7BG-LTN. In these
combinations, the hyphen is the segment separator. If you have ten parts, dene ten combinations. A valid combination
is an existing or new combination that can be used because it's currently active and doesn't violate cross-validation
or security rules. A combination has dierent segments depending on the exeld structure being used for that
combination. Any combination is associated with only one particular exeld structure.
Many applications refer to a key exeld combination by using the name of the entity or the key exeld itself. For
example, Assets uses the asset key exeld and refers to one of its combinations as an asset key or asset key exeld.
In another example, Oracle Fusion General Ledger refers to combinations of the accounting exeld as account or GL
account.
Each key exeld has one corresponding table, known as the combinations table, where the exeld stores a list of the
complete codes, with one column for each segment of the code, together with the corresponding unique ID number (an
account combination ID) for that code. Then, other tables in the application have a column that stores just the unique
ID for the code. For example, you may have a part number code, such as PAD-YEL-11x14. The Parts combinations table
588
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
stores that code along with its ID, 57494. If your application lets you take orders for parts, you might then have an
Orders table that stores orders for parts. That Orders table would contain a single column that contains the part ID,
57494, instead of several columns for the complete code PAD-YEL-11x14. Typically, one combinations page maintains
the key exeld, where the key exeld is the representation of an entity in your application. Maintain individual
combinations, such as part numbers in the combinations page.
If your key exeld or certain usages or references of the key exeld don't permit dynamic combination creation,
you may control whether dynamic combination creation is enabled for each structure instance. If enabled, a user can
enter a new combination of segment values using the exeld window from a foreign key page. For example, when
entering a transaction, a GL user can enter a new expense account combination for an account that doesn't yet exist.
Your application creates the new account by inserting the new combination into the combinations table behind the
scenes. Assuming that the new combination satises any existing cross-validation rules, the exeld inserts the new
combination into the combinations table, even though the combinations table isn't the underlying table for the foreign
key page.
Related Topics
• Overview of Flexeld Deployment
• Considerations for Managing Flexelds
• How can I access predened exelds
• Update Existing Setup Data
589
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Restrictions
If you plan to use value sets, create them before conguring the exeld. Plan your key exeld conguration to scale
to your enterprise needs. For example, if you expect to disable old cost centers and enable new ones frequently, plan
a larger maximum size for your cost center value set so that you can have more available values. A 3-character value
set with one thousand available values provides more room for changes than a 2-character value set with 100 available
values.
Note the code name of the exeld you intend to congure so that you nd it easily in the tasks for managing key
exelds. In some cases you can congure how the exeld appears on the page. See product-specic documentation
to determine any restrictions on using product-specic key exelds.
Reporting
To report on your data by certain criteria or sub-entities, such as account number or project or region, consider making
that sub-entity a distinct segment, rather than combining it with another sub-entity. You can categorize and report on
smaller discrete units of information.
Related Topics
• Considerations for Planning Value Sets
Planning
Plan structures carefully and enable them for future needs. Don't change the number, order, and maximum length of
segments once you have acquired exeld data.
590
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Structure Delimiters
A delimiter separates the segments when they appear to users. The delimiter value of a structure species the character
used to visually separate segment values when the key exeld is displayed as a string of concatenated segments in the
UI.
Identify the delimiter value of your key exeld carefully so that it doesn't conict with the exeld data. For example,
if your data frequently contains periods, such as in monetary or numeric values, don't use a period as your segment
separator. Any character you expect to appear frequently in your segment values or descriptions isn't a good choice for
the delimiter. If you change the conguration of a key exeld, such as the delimiter, the change aects the previously
stored key exelds with that structure.
Security
Oracle Fusion data security enforces value set security.
Within key exelds, value set security applies to the selection of the individual segment values in the segment list of
values. When selecting a key exeld segment value from the combinations table, data security permits display of only
the combinations whose segment values you have access to. Applications development controls whether or not value
set security rules propagate to the foreign key table. By default they do.
• Combinations pages where the underlying entity objects use the combinations table itself
• Foreign key pages where the underlying entity objects contain a foreign key reference to the combinations
table
• Partial usage pages where some or all of the key exeld's segment columns are in a product table
The same key exeld can be used in dierent ways on dierent pages.
A page with a foreign key reference has a base table or view that contains a foreign key reference to a combinations
table with the actual exeld segment columns. This lets you manipulate rows containing account combination IDs
(account combination).
A page with partial usage of a key exeld presents segments that are dened on a product's transactional table in
addition to being dened on a combinations table. In the case of a partial usage page, only a part of the conguration is
likely to be visible. This enables the key exeld to act more like a descriptive exeld.
An account combination maintenance page or combinations page presents the combinations table. This enables
directly creating and maintaining account combinations. The combinations table contains all key exeld segment
columns and a unique ID column.
A typical application has only one combinations page. An application might not have a combinations page if it doesn't
support maintenance by administrators.
A page containing a search region enables users to select which aributes of the key exeld view object to use as
criteria to search for exeld metadata.
For example, you can congure seven segments for the Account key exeld. In a foreign key reference page, users
see the typical key exeld picker with all seven segments where they can search for combinations. In a partial usage
page using the same key exeld, users potentially could see only a single segment such as the Cost Center labeled
591
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
segment, or they might see multiple segments but displayed as individual segments rather than options for selecting
combinations.
For more information about key exeld pages, see the Oracle Fusion Applications Developer's Guide.
Related Topics
• Flexeld Usages
Enable segments to indicate that they are in use. A exeld doesn't display disabled segments in run time. To protect
the integrity of your data, disable a segment if you have already used it to enter data.
The dierences among structure instances include whether dynamic combination creation is permied. Likewise, at the
structure instance level, dierences among segment instances are based on the following:
• Value set
• Default type and default value
• Tree code
592
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
◦ Required
◦ Displayed
◦ Enabled for business intelligence
◦ Optional or required as a query criterion
For example, you can use one group of value sets for the US and another for France.
The following gure shows two structures instances for a part number structure.
Item Category
Type Item
Style
Part Number
Structure Instance A1 Color
Item Global Items
Part Number:
COM_512
Part Number Structure B Part Number Structure B
Structure Instance B1 Structure Instance B2
Segment Instances: Segment Instances:
APAC Value Sets US Value Sets
593
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
The structures dier in the number of segments and the segment separators used. The structure instances share all
the properties dened for that structure. However, the structure instances may vary if the properties are dened at the
structure instance or segment instance level. For example, the value set assigned to the segment instances.
For example, you mark the cost center and account aributes as query required and ensure that the corresponding
columns in the database are indexed. A user can search for combinations by entering cost center or account or both as
search criteria. No search is performed if a user doesn't enter at least one query required aribute as search criteria.
Tip: Index the Structure Instance Number column on your combinations table to improve run time
performance.
Dynamic Combinations
If a key exeld supports dynamic combination creation, you can select to enable this feature by selecting Dynamic
Combination Creation Allowed. As a result, users enter values at run time that produce new account combinations
for the exeld. If Dynamic Combination Creation Allowed isn't enabled, new valid combinations can only be entered
using the combinations table for the exeld.
Trees
You may dene a tree code for the value set assigned to the segment instance. When you assign the tree code to the
segment instance, tree hierarchy search operations are available on the segment values.
For a segment instance to be based on a tree, the following must be true.
• Application development registered the key exeld with a tree structure. The tree structure may be xed
across all segments in the exeld, or may vary across segments.
• A tree code for that tree structure exists.
• The tree code includes tree versions containing the values of the value set assigned to the segment instance.
• You assign the required tree code directly to the segment instance.
If these conditions are satised, you can assign the same or dierent tree codes to the dierent segment instances that
use the same value set.
Related Topics
• Flexeld Segment Properties
Cross-Validation Rules
You can control the creation of new key exeld code combinations by dening cross-validation rules. A cross-
validation rule denes validation across segments and enforces whether a value of a particular segment can be
combined with specic values of other segments to form a new combination.
594
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Segment validation Controls the values you can enter for a particular segment
Cross-segment validation Controls the combinations of values that administrators and end users can create for key
exelds
Note: You can use cross-validation rules for any key exeld that has cross-validation enabled. See the
documentation for your key exeld to determine if it supports cross validation.
Cross-validation rules prevent the creation of combinations with values that can't coexist in the same combination.
For example, your company requires that all revenue accounts must have a specic department. Therefore, account
combinations that have revenue account values, such as all values between 4000 and 5999, must have a corresponding
department value other than 000, which indicates no department is specied. You can dene cross-validation rules that
disallow creation of combinations with incompatible segments, such as 4100-000 or 5000-000.
Alternatively, suppose your accounting key exeld has an Organization segment with two possible values, 01 and 02.
You also have a Natural Account segment with many possible values, but company policy requires that Organization 01
uses the natural account values 001 to 499 and Organization 02 uses the natural account values 500 to 999. You can
create cross-validation rules to ensure that users cannot create a general ledger account with combinations of values
such as 02-342 or 01-750.
• Rule Denitions
• Enforcement
• Timing
Rule Denitions
The following table contains denitions used in cross-validation rules:
Error message Explains why the aempted combination violates the rule.
Start Date, End Date Indicates the period of time when the rule is in eect.
595
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Condition lter Determines the conditions in which an enabled cross-validation rule should be evaluated.
Validation lter Determines the validation that the rule enforces when that condition is met.
When the event specied in the condition lter is applicable, the validation lter condition must be satised before
the combination can be created. If the event specied in the condition lter isn't applicable, then the combination is
considered to pass the rule and the rule won't be evaluated even if it is enabled.
Note: If you don't specify any statement in the condition lter, then the condition is always true and the rule is
always evaluated.
Enforcement
Cross-validation prevents creation of invalid combinations by administrators using maintenance pages and end users
using dynamic insertion in foreign key pages.
Enabled rules are enforced when there is an aempt to create a new combination of segment values. Disabled rules are
ignored. Deleting the rule has the same eect, but you can re-enable a disabled rule.
Timing
When users aempt to create a new combination, the key exeld evaluates any cross-validation rules that are enabled
and in eect.
Note: Cross-validation rules have no eect on combinations that already exist. The exeld treats any
existing invalid combinations that pre-date the rule as valid.
If you want to prevent users from using previously existing combinations that are no longer valid according to your
cross-validation rules, manually disable those combinations using the combinations page for that key exeld.
When dening a cross-validation rule, specify a start and end date to limit the time when the rule is in eect. The rule is
valid for the time including the From and To dates.
• Filters
• Rule Complexity
• Maintenance
Filters
A cross-validation rule includes a condition lter and a validation lter. The rule is evaluated using the following logical
order: If the condition lter is satised, then apply the validation lter.
596
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
The condition lter describes the event when the rule is evaluated. If the event specied in the condition lter isn't
applicable, then the rule isn't evaluated, even if enabled. When the event specied in the condition lter is applicable,
the validation lter condition must be satised before the combination can be created.
For example, your organization has determined that a certain company value called Operations can't use a specic cost
center called Marketing. You can dene a cross-validation rule to validate your combinations.
Rule Complexity
For optimal performance and ease of understanding, dene several simple validation rules instead of using one
complex rule. Simple validation rules let you provide a more specic error message and are easier to maintain over time.
Avoid rules that control validation across more than two segments, where possible. While you can dene cross-
validation rules that span two or more segments, it becomes dicult to interpret cross-validation error messages and
rectify invalid key exeld combinations.
Maintenance
To maintain consistent validation, review existing key exelds when you update your cross-validation rules. Regardless
of your current validation rules, you can use an existing key exeld combination if it's enabled. Therefore, to ensure
accurate validation, you must review your existing combinations and disable any combinations that don't match the
criteria of your new rules.
Tip: To keep this type of key exeld maintenance to a minimum, decide upon your cross-validation rules
when you rst set up your key exeld structure. Dene cross-validation rules before creating combinations
and before combinations are used in transactions.
To prevent users from using existing combinations that are no longer valid according to your cross-validation rules,
disable them using the combinations page.
Scenario
Your organization has a cross-validation rule called Companies 131 and 151, which restricts account combinations for
those companies to department 40 and product 211. Account combinations for both companies should now include
department 30. To edit the cross-validation rule, perform these steps.
◦ Oering: Financials
597
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
The following gure shows the section of the Edit Cross-Validation Rules page with the condition and validation lter
details for companies 131 and 151. A condition is dened for company values equal to 131 or 151, and the validation
species the department value equals 40 and the product value equals 211.
The following gure shows the Validation Filter window with three validations: department equals 40, department
equals 30, and product equals 211.
6. Click OK.
7. Click Save.
598
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
The following gure shows the details for the updated validation on the Edit Cross-Validation Rules page. The validation
species departments equal to 30 or 40, and the product equal to 211.
8. To update the error message, search for and select the Manage Messages for General Ledger task. Query the
error message name for the cross-validation rule and edit the message to include department 30.
Related Topics
• Update Existing Setup Data
After you deploy a business intelligence-enabled exeld, use the Import Oracle Fusion Data Extensions for
Transactional Business Intelligence process to import the exeld changes into the Oracle Business Intelligence
repository. Users can make use of the newly-generated aributes in business intelligence applications. For additional
information about logical objects and import, refer to the Oracle Transactional Business Intelligence Administrator's
Guide.
Flaening
When you deploy a business intelligence-enabled key exeld, the deployment process generates an additional set of
aened business components for use in business intelligence. The aened business components include aributes
for business intelligence-enabled segment instances only.
599
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
If you assigned a label to a segment, the aened components include a single aribute representing all segment
instances with that label. If you didn't assign a label, the aened components include a discrete aribute for each BI-
enabled segment instance in each structure.
Non-labeled segments aren't equalized across context values, so the aened components include a separate
aribute for each segment for each structure. It may not be possible to equalize similarly labeled segments if they have
incompatible data types or value set types.
Assign a label to a segment to map the corresponding aribute in the aened components to a logical object in Oracle
Business Intelligence. Using labels to map segments to BI logical objects minimizes the steps for importing the exeld
into Oracle Business Intelligence. Assigning a label to a segment serves to equalize the aribute across structures, as
well as map the equalized aribute to business intelligence.
Managing Labels
You may assign a predened label (if available) to segments or create labels for assignment, as needed. Specify a code,
name, and description to identify each label. In the BI Object Name eld, enter the name of the logical object in Oracle
Business Intelligence to which the segment label should map during import. Specifying the BI logical object minimizes
the steps for importing the exeld into Oracle Business Intelligence and helps to equalize context-sensitive segments
across structures.
If no labels are assigned to a BI-enabled segment, or the BI Object Name on the assigned label doesn't exist in business
intelligence, you must manually map the segment to the required logical object when importing into Oracle Business
Intelligence. In addition, segments without labels cannot be equalized across structures. The aened components
include a separate aribute for each non-labeled segment in each structure.
To import exeld changes into the Oracle Business Intelligence repository in Oracle Cloud implementations, run the
Import Oracle Fusion Data Extensions for Transactional Business Intelligence process. For additional information about
import, refer to the Oracle Transactional Business Intelligence Administrator's Guide.
Note: When you import a exeld into the Oracle Business Intelligence repository, you see both <name>_ and
<name>_c aributes for each segment, along with some other optional aributes. The <name>_ aribute contains
the value. The <name>_c aribute contains the code of the value set that the value comes from, and is used for
linking to the value dimension. You must import both aributes.
600
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Scenario
When entering details for each expense, the user species an account to which the expense is charged.
Analysis
The expense account eld is a foreign key reference to a account combination (EXPENSE_LINES.EXPENSE_ACCOUNT =
ACCOUNT.COMBINATION).
601
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
The following gure shows the origin in the account combinations table of the account specied by the user. The
account combination ID record stores the information of the key exeld segments used to assemble the expense
account based on the key exeld conguration.
Expenses Table
Expense Other Structure Code
Number Columns Instance Combination ID
1001 US 100345
1002 100565
Combination Details
Segment Value Description
The combinations page, which is the maintenance page for the key exeld, is for managing rows in the combinations
table. In this example, managing the combinations means adding or editing account numbers that adhere to the key
exeld metadata rules.
The following gure shows the account combination details for the example expense account reected in the exeld
conguration and the account combinations table.
602
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Combination Details
Segment Value Description
If dynamic combination creation isn't enabled, then when entering an expense line, the user can only select an account
that already exists in the ACCOUNTS (combinations) table. If they require an account that doesn't exist, they must
consult with the appropriate application administrator who can add the account to the combinations table.
If dynamic combination creation is enabled, then when entering an expense line, the user can either select a preexisting
account, or type in a new account that is created dynamically on the y in the ACCOUNTS (combinations) table. Once
the new combination is created, the same user can refer to it on the expense line.
When managing employee information, the user species the cost center that the employee belongs to. The cost center
eld corresponds to a single, labeled segment of the Account Key Flexeld and has metadata dened such as the
allowable value set for that segment.
In the following gure, instead of specifying a cost center ID reference to an account, only the cost center segment is
used and the value is stored directly on the employee table.
603
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 22
Implementing Global Human Resources Flexelds Maintenance
Combination Details
Segment Value Description
Related Topics
• Example of One Chart of Accounts Structure with Many Instances
604
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
For more information about these setup tasks, see the Oracle Engagement Cloud Implementing Service Guide.
605
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Note: HR Help Desk Users that own SRs (for example, agents and managers) must be set up as Resources.
The way this happens is that during the creation of an Employee record in the Manage Users UI. Once you
save the new employee record with a selected Resource Role, a TCA party is created for the resource. A new
resource then shows up in the Resource Directory, which may or may not be associated with a Resource
Organization. From the Resource Directory, you can put the resource into the correct Resource Organization
at the correct level. Refer to "About Resources and Resource Management Explained."
Note: The predened Employee role does not inherit the HR Help Desk Service Request Creation duty role.
If you want employees to use this function, you must create a custom Employee role, add the duty role to the
role, and provision the custom Employee role to employees.
A complete list of privileges is available in the Security Console and an administrator can assign the appropriate roles to
users through the Security Console. For more information, see the Oracle Human Capital Management Cloud Securing
HCM guide.
Related Topics
• About Resources and Resource Management
• Oracle Engagement Cloud Implementing Service
• Oracle Human Capital Management Cloud Securing HCM
606
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
You must rst copy the standard layout to create the HR Help Desk layouts. After creating the HR Help Desk layout, you
can congure and activate the pages. You can create HR Help Desk layouts from the standard layouts of the following
layouts:
• Creation Page Layouts
• Details Page Layouts
• Service Request Spotlight Region
To congure and activate the HR Help Desk UI, follow these steps:
1. Sign in to Oracle HCM Cloud applications as an HCM Administrator.
2. Ensure you are working in a sandbox.
3. Select Navigator >Tools >Application Composer to open the Overview page.
4. Select the Service object tag from the Application list.
5. Expand Objects, and then expand Standard Objects.
6. Expand the Service Request object, and then click Pages to open the Service Request page.
7. In the Creation Page Layouts section, click to select the Standard layout row, and then click Duplicate from
the Actions menu.
8. Enter the new layout name.
9. In the Source Layout list, click Standard layout.
10. Click Save and Edit to open the layout page. In this page, you can congure what elds appear on the HR Help
Desk page.
11. Click the Edit icon.
12. Move elds from the Available Fields list to the Selected Fields list depending on what elds you want the
user to see.
13. Click Save and Close, and then click Done.
14. Click the Enter expression to determine which page layout to display icon in the Advanced Expression
column for the HR Help Desk layout you created. The Advanced Expression page is displayed.
15. Enter 1 StripeCd=="ORA_SVC_HCM" as the advanced expression for the page.
16. Click OK.
17. Select the check box in the Active column for the HR Help Desk layout you just completed.
18. In the Details Page Layouts section, click to select the Standard layout row, and then click Duplicate Layout.
19. Repeat the steps 8 through 17 for the Details Page layout.
20. In the Service Request Spotlight Region section, click to select the Standard layout row, and then click
Duplicate Layout.
21. Repeat the steps 8 through 17 for the Service Request Spotlight Region layout.
22. When you are ready to share your changes with all users, ensure that you publish the sandbox.
Related Topics
• Overview of Using Application Composer
607
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Related Topics
• Dening a Catalog for the Service Oering: Explained
To congure the HR Help Desk email channel, a number of conguration activities are recommended.
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, use the following:
◦ Oering: Service
◦ Functional Area: Communication Channels
◦ Task: Manage Outbound E-Mail Prole Options for HR Help Desk
2. Congure the following prole option types with the appropriate System Response Email Templates.
Note: If you do not have HR Help Desk-specic Email Templates, refer to the Related Links
section for links to Email Template documentation.
The following list shows prole codes that end in '_HRD' and are used in HR Help Desk service requests. Non-
HR Help Desk service requests can also use similar prole codes, but without '_HRD' at the end.
◦ SVC_SR_RESPONSE_TEMPLATE_NAME_HRD
◦ SVC_SR_FORWARD_TEMPLATE_NAME_HRD
◦ SVC_SR_SYSTEM_RESPONSE_TEMPLATE_NAME_HRD
608
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
is dierent from all other Email Channels,which in turn, ensures the security of Service Requests. All email addresses
included in email communications through the HR Help Desk Inbound Email Channel are added as contacts on an
associate's HR Help Desk Service Request (enabling communications about the service request. No other permissions
are granted to these associated contacts.
Now, you create a new email channel using the following procedure:
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, use the following:
◦ Oering: Service
◦ Functional Area: Communication Channels
◦ Task: Manage Communication Channels
2. Click the Create Channel buon.
3. In the Create Channel view, do the following:
a. Expand the Strip Code menu, and select HCM.
b. Expand the Channel Type menu and choose the channel type you would like to create, such as E-mail.
c. In the Account Name eld, provide the email address for which the channel is intended. For example,
[email protected].
d. In the Channel Code eld, specify a code channel that indicates the communication channel.
e. In the Display Name eld, enter the display name that you want for the channel. This is the value that
employee users see.
f. Expand the Business Unit menu and choose the correct business unit.
g. Enable the record by checking the Active box.
h. Click Save and Close.
609
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Related Topics
• Set Up an Oering with Scope
• Congure a Job to Process Inbound Emails
Dening HR service request assignment rules requires some forethought. Before beginning this procedure, you must
consider the following:
• The aributes of queues you want to use as criteria for your rule assignments.
• The aributes of service requests you want to use as criteria for your rule assignments.
• The aributes of the employee records that you want to use as criteria for your rule assignments. The available
aributes include:
610
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
When assigning work items to queues, follow these guidelines when dening your matching rules:
• The rule set must be dened with Number of Candidates = 1. The application allows only one queue to be
assigned to a service request.
• You have the option to select or deselect the Use Score option on a rule set. If you select Use Score, then for
every rule in the rule set, you must indicate the amount to increase the score when the rule is true. You must
then associate the rule set to queues that receive that score. All of the rules in a rule set are executed, and the
queue with the highest total score is selected.
• If the rule set has multiple rules and you did not select the Use Score option, you must dene the criteria
for each rule to be mutually exclusive from other rules in the rule set. This ensures that the resulting queue
assigned by the application is predictable in all situations.
611
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
4. Create rules for the rule set by clicking the Add icon in the <Rule Name> Rules work area.
The Create Rule screen appears.
5. Enter a name for the rule in the Name eld.
6. From the Rule Applies If drop-down list, select Any conditions met.
7. Add a condition by clicking the Add icon in the Conditions work area, and then dene the required aribute.
For HR Help Desk, select the HR Service Request Primary Contact object and the available employee
aributes are displayed in the aribute drop-down list.
If an aribute is hierarchical, such as Category Name and Product Group, Not In Including Children and In
Including Children operators are displayed as choices. They indicate the following.
◦ Not In Including Children: Indicates that the rule applies if the specied aribute value matches the
top level of the aribute. This option does not include the aribute values of the children of the
current aribute. For example, if the condition is set for the Category Name aribute with value Benet
Enrollment, the rule applies only if the value of the top-level aribute matches Benet Enrollment.
◦ In Including Children: Indicates that the rule applies if an aribute value matches with any of the
aributes in the parent-child hierarchy of the current aribute. For example, if the condition is set for the
Category Name aribute with value Benet Enrollment, the rule applies even if the value of any of the
child aributes matches Benet Enrollment.
8. Optionally, add more conditions.
9. Select a queue to which the service requests meeting the conditions must be assigned by clicking the Add icon
in the Action Assign Queue work area.
10. Click Save and Publish.
The service request assignment is dened.
Note: Republish the assignment rules each time the rule is changed. You also must republish
the rules each time the associated queue is deleted, enabled, or disabled.
Related Topics
• Dene Queue Assignment Rules
• Set Up an Oering with Scope
612
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Related Topics
• Dening a Catalog for the Service Oering: Explained
613
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Related Topics
• How You Monitor SR Milestones
Related Topics
• Use Knowledge with Service Requests
• Add Knowledge to Service Requests
Related Topics
• How You Implement Service Analytics
Related Topics
• Enable Productivity Tools for Service Requests
• Keyboard Shortcuts
• How You Manage SmartText Entries
Related Topics
• Management of Oracle Social Network Objects
• Enabling Oracle Social Network Objects for Service Requests: Explained
614
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Agents can aach action plans to an SR using an administrator-dened template, or by adding individual actions.
Actions can be tasks, activities, or appointments, and can be required or optional.
To use action plans with HR Help Desk service requests, see the Set up Action Plans chapter in the Engagement Cloud
Implementing Service guide.
Related Topics
• Action Plan Overview
Related Topics
• Outcomes and Resolutions
The following steps are required to insert a link (also known as a resource Catalog) to HCM pages:
1. Activate a Sandbox.
2. Open the HCM page that you want to congure in Page Composer.
3. From the Seings and Actions menu, select Edit Pages to open Page Composer.
4. In the Edit Pages window, select Edit for the Site layer.
5. Click OK.
The Page Composer toolbar displays.
6. Select Source from the View menu on the Page Composer toolbar.
7. Select the component on the page you want to edit by hovering over and clicking the component.
8. Click Edit on the Conrm Task Flow Edit window.
9. In the Source View region, select the container component in the selection pane. For example, if you are
editing the Biographical Information component, select <>panelGroupLayout: vertical.
10. Click Add in the Source view toolbar.
11. In the Add Content window, click Add in the Service Requests row.
615
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
A service request header with a link for Create Service Request now displays in the component.
13. Highlight the new service requests header for the component in the Page Composer toolbar. For example,
highlight <>showDetailFrame: Service Requests.
14. Click the Show Properties icon in the toolbar.
On the Component Properties: Service Requests window Parameters tab, the following aributes can be
passed to the service request. The elds are optional except SVC App Context, which is the stripe code that
must be populated with HCM.
Here, you can remove the Service Request header so that only the link for Create Service Request appears in
the component.
16. Deselect Display Header.
17. Select the Content Style tab.
Here, you can dene the style of the link. For example, color, font, or size of the text.
18. Click Apply.
19. Click OK.
20. Click Close on the Page Composer toolbar to close Page Composer.
You can now see the link displayed on the page. When the user clicks the Create Service Request link from that HCM
page, the Create Service Request page opens.
Note: When a user enters Create Service Request from a link on an HCM page, there is a Done buon on
the Create Service Request page. When the user clicks Done, they are taken back to the HCM page. If they
click Save and Close, they are returned to the HR Service Requests list page. A Done buon is also on the HR
Service Requests list page that returns the user to the HCM page.
Related Topics
• Customizing the Applications for Functional Administrators
616
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
For example, if a manager goes on vacation and wants to give access to an employee to logging service requests on
their behalf while they are away, they can delegate their role to that employee. The delegated person can use the
employee picker on the service request to select another employee in the manager's hierarchy as the primary point of
contact.
The remainder of this topic details the tasks an administrator must complete to enable the delegate role, how a
manager delegates the role, and what an employee must do to log a service request on behalf of their manager.
The following gure shows the ow of tasks required for seing up the delegation of users.
617
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
For more information about security console, refer to the Securing Oracle HCM Cloud guide at hp://docs.oracle.com.
Related Topics
• Securing Oracle HCM Cloud
618
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
• Segment SRs between BUs so that users can search and identify SRs from multiple BUs.
• Use product catalogs, categories, channels, and email templates specic to a BU.
• Assign SRs to queues by writing rules based on BU.
• Create service request BI reports specic to a BU.
Currently, the following objects aren't supported by multiple BUs in Service: accounts and contacts, users, resources,
and lookups.
For more detailed information about BUs, see the "Seing Up Multiple Business Units" chapter of the Implementing
Sales guide at: http://docs.oracle.com/cloud
For more detailed information about users and security, see the Geing Started with Your Sales Implementation guide
at: http://docs.oracle.com/cloud
To set up business units in Service, you must perform the following tasks in the given order.
Step Description
Manage Common Prole Options Set the prole options to enable the multiple-BU functionality in the Manage Common CRM
Business Unit Prole Options task.
Manage Internal Resource Dene internal resource organizations to be associated with the BU.
Organizations
Manage Resource Organization Add the internal resource organizations to the internal resource organization hierarchy.
Hierarchies
Create Business Unit Create a BU to be associated with the resource organization in the Manage Business Unit Task.
Associate Resource Organization to Associate the internal resource organization to the BU you created. Use the Resource
Business Unit Directory.
619
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Step Description
Create Employees Add users to the organization in the Users, Roles and Delegations task, and make one of the
resources a manager for the organization.
Reset Passwords for Users Reset the password for the users.
Set the Scope in Service Setup Tasks Set the scope for Service tasks and set up the remainder of the Service oering.
and complete Service Setup tasks.
Add additional BU elds in the SR if Change the layouts of the SR pages if required. Use Application Composer to include multiple
users are associated with multiple BU elds in the SRs.
BUs.
Note: Only required if a user is associated with multiple business units.
Related Topics
• Geing Started with Your Sales Implementation
• Implementing Sales
◦ Oering: Service
◦ Functional Area: Company Prole
◦ Task: Manage Common CRM Business Unit Prole Options
The Manage Common CRM Business Unit Prole Options page shows the two prole options.
2. Click the HZ_ENABLE_MULTIPLE_BU_CRM prole option.
3. In the HZ_ENABLE_MULTIPLE_BU_CRM: Prole Values region, set the Prole Value for the Site Prole Level
to Yes.
4. Click Save and Close.
5. Click the HZ_DEFAULT_BU_CRM prole option.
6. In the HZ_DEFAULT_BU_CRM: Prole Values region, specify the Prole Value for the Site Prole Level.
620
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Related Topics
• Update Existing Setup Data
• Set Up an Oering with Scope
◦ Oering: Service
◦ Functional Area: Users and Security
◦ Task: Manage Internal Resource Organizations
2. Click Create to add a new resource organization.
3. Select the Option 2: Create New Organization option to create a new organization.
4. Click Next.
5. On the Create Organization: Enter Basic Information page, enter a Name for the organization.
6. In the Organization Usages region, click Add Row.
7. From the Usage drop-down list, select Resource Organization.
8. Click Finish.
Related Topics
• Update Existing Setup Data
• Set Up an Oering with Scope
◦ Oering: Service
◦ Functional Area: Users and Security
◦ Task: Manage Resource Organization Hierarchies
2. In the Manage Resource Organization Hierarchies page, search for the resource organization that you created
in the "Managing Internal Resource Organizations for Service BU" procedure.
621
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
3. Click the link for the resource organization that you want to edit.
4. Select Edit This Hierarchy Version from the Actions menu.
5. Expand the organization list in the Internal Resource Organization Hierarchy region.
6. Select the organization that you created in the "Managing Internal Resource Organizations for Service BU"
procedure, to add it to the organization hierarchy.
7. Click Add.
8. In the Add Tree Node window, click Search.
9. In the Search Node window, search for the organization that you created in the Manage Internal Resource
Organizations task.
10. Click OK to add the organization.
To add more organizations, select the parent node to add a child node. Repeat the steps to search and add as
many times as needed.
11. Click Save and Close.
12. Click Yes on the warning message, which states that the hierarchy version is to be updated and the
corresponding reporting hierarchy regenerated.
Related Topics
• Update Existing Setup Data
• Set Up an Oering with Scope
To support the multiple-BU features, you must rst create the required BUs.
◦ Oering: Service
◦ Functional Area: Business Units
◦ Task: Manage Business Unit
2. In the Manage Business Unit page, click Create.
3. In the Create Business Unit page, enter a name for the BU.
4. In the Default Set drop-down list, click Search.
5. In the Reference Data Set Name eld, search for Common.
6. Select COMMON from the search results.
7. Click OK.
8. On the Create Business Unit page, click Save and Close.
To add another BU, select the Manage Business Unit task again and repeat the steps.
Related Topics
• Update Existing Setup Data
622
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Note: The rst BU with which you associate the resource organization becomes the primary
BU. If you associate the organization with more BUs, you can change the primary BU as
required.
10. To add more business units, click Save, and then click Add Row.
11. After you add the business units, click Save and Close.
12. Click Done.
623
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Note: This BU that you select is the BU of the employee, and not the BU of the resource
organization. They both may be dierent. What BU you select for the employee information
depends on how employees are organized.
10. In the Resource Information region, select the Resource Role from the drop-down list.
11. Search for and select an organization from the Organization drop-down list.
This organization is the one that you created earlier. The agent is associated with the BU through this
organization.
12. Click Autoprovision Roles. This gives the user any predened job roles.
13. Click Save and Close.
Repeat the steps to create another user who is the employee of the manager. The steps are the same except
that in the Resource Information region, you search for and add the Reporting Manager that you already
created.
14. When you have added all the users, click Autoprovision Roles.
15. Click Save and Close.
You can view everyone you created in the Resource Directory by using the Navigator.
Related Topics
• Overview of Seing Up Users and Security
• About Security Roles: Explained
• Resource Directory
624
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Note: When you go to the task list for the rst time, the scope may not be set and the Scope
column displays the Select link. After you set the scope once, that BU appears as a link in the
Scope column.
7. From the Business Unit drop-down list in the Select Scope dialog box, select Select and Add.
8. Click Apply and Go to Task.
9. On the Select and Add: Business Unit page, search for and select the BU that you want to set for the scope.
10. Click Save and Close.
The page opens for the task you're working with. On this page, you can choose to use the default Site Level
Value or select the Business Unit Prole Value.
11. To select a Business Unit Prole Value:
a. Deselect the Use Site Value check box.
b. In the Business Unit Prole Value eld, enter the prole value for the BU.
c. Click Done.
The task closes and now on the Setup page, the BU that you set for the Scope is populated for all tasks. Each task you
open now is the setup for the BU in the Scope column.
Note:
• After you set up the rst BU, the Business Unit drop-down list in the Select Scope window shows the BUs
that you already set up.
• For all tasks, the scope displays the BU that you're currently working with. To change the BU again, click the
BU in the Scope column for any of the tasks.
However, the previous statement isn't true for some tasks for multiple BUs. The following multiple-BU tasks aren't
related to prole options, so you must congure these tasks for each BU separately:
• Manage Service Categories for Business Units
• Manage HR Help Desk Service Categories for Business Units
• Manage Communication Channels for Business Units
625
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
Note: Categories and channels are restricted based on the BU set as the scope.
• When a new category or channel is created, it's automatically associated with the BU set in the scope. For
more information about seing the scope for tasks when seing up BUs, see "Set the Scope in Service BU
Setup".
• You can set the BU only for the top-level category. The BU on the child categories is automatically set based
on the BU of the root category.
Here's a list of the other Service optional setup tasks and the help topics that provide more information.
Manage Service Product Groups Dening a Catalog for the Service Oering: Explained
Usage for Business Unit
Associate Dierent Catalogs to Dierent Business Units
Manage HR Help Desk Product Group
Usage for Business Unit
Note: You must perform additional steps to complete the Manage Service
Email Templates for Business Unit task. In Functional Setup Manager, in the
Business Units functional area of the Service oering, show All Tasks. For
each task, click the Scope link and select the BU that you want. When you
nish, click the Select and Go to Task buon.
Manage Outbound Email Prole Congure Prole Options for Inbound and Outbound Email
Values for Business Unit
Related Topics
• Dening a Catalog for the Service Oering: Explained
626
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
627
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 23
Implementing Global Human Resources HR Help Desk Conguration
628
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
24 Eligibility Proles
Checklist Task
One may
be associated
with Total Compensation
Eligibility Criteria Statement
- Personal One is
- Employment associated
- Related Coverage Variable Rate or
with Coverage Profile
- Other One or more
may be
associated Benefits Object
User-Defined Eligibility
with - Program
Criteria Profile
- Plan Type
- Plan
- Option
Derived Factors
Individual
Compensation Object
- Plan
- Plan Option
Eligibility Criteria
You can add dierent types of eligibility criteria to an eligibility prole. For many common criteria, such as gender or
employment status, you can select from a list of predened criteria values. However, you must create user-dened
criteria and derived factors before you can add them to an eligibility prole.
Eligibility Prole
When you add an eligibility criterion to a prole, you dene how to use it to determine eligibility. For example, when you
add gender as a criterion, you must specify a gender value (male or female) and whether to include or exclude persons
who match that value.
629
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Object that Uses an Eligibility Prole Purpose Whether You Can Aach More Than
One Prole?
Variable rate or variable coverage prole Establish the criteria required to qualify for No
that rate or coverage
Goal plans or goal mass assignments Establish eligibility for the goal Yes
Derived Factors
Derived factors dene how to calculate certain eligibility criteria that change over time, such as a person's age or
length of service. You add derived factors to eligibility proles and then associate the proles with objects that restrict
eligibility.
630
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
• Length of service
• A combination of age and length of service
• Compensation
• Hours worked
• Full-time equivalent
Age derived Select a determination rule to specify the day on which to evaluate the person's calculated age
for eligibility.
Example: If the determination rule is set to the rst of the year, then the person's age as of the
rst of the year is used to determine eligibility.
Full-time equivalent Specify the minimum and maximum full-time equivalent percentage and whether to use the
primary assignment or the sum of all assignments when evaluating eligibility.
Example: If 90 to 100 percent is the percentage range for the sum of all assignments, then a
person who works 50 percent full-time on two dierent assignments is considered eligible.
For derived factors pertaining to time and monetary amounts, you can also set the following rules:
• Unit of measure
• Rounding rule
• Minimum and maximum time or amount
Age
Benets administrators frequently use age factors to determine:
• Dependent eligibility
• Life insurance rates
631
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Age factors typically dene a range of ages, referred to as age bands, and rules for evaluating the person's age. The
following table illustrates a set of age bands that could be used to determine eligibility for life insurance rates that vary
based on age.
Derived Factor Name Greater Than or Equal To Age Value Less Than Age Value
Age Under 25 1 25
Age 25 to 34 25 35
Age 35 to 44 35 45
Age 45 to 54 45 55
Age 55 to 64 55 65
Age 64 or Older 65 75
The determination rule and other seings for each age band can use the same values, as shown in the following table:
Field Value
Person's
Age to Use
Year
Units
None
Rounding
Length of Service
You use the length of service derived factor to determine eligibility based on an employee's length of service. For
example, you can create a derived factor to determine if an employee has completed 10 years of service. You can
specify the start date of the length of service period using any rule in the Period Start Date Rule list:
632
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
• Seniority date
If you select Seniority Date, you use the Seniority Date list to select the specic conguration rule, such as the grade
seniority date, to determine the date. If you have other special requirements to calculate the length of service, you can
use a formula. You indicate the end of the length of service period by using a determination rule, such as end of month,
rst of month, as of event date, or end of pay period. The following table shows an example of a set of length-of-service
bands.
A derived factor for length of service denes a range of values and rules for calculating an employee's length of service.
The following table shows an example of a set of length-of-service bands. You can use the length-of-service bands to
determine eligibility for compensation objects such as bonuses or severance pay.
Derived Factor Name Greater Than or Equal To Length of Less Than Length of Service Value
Service Value
Service 1 to 4 1 5
Service 5 to 9 5 10
Service 10 to 14 10 15
Service 15 to 19 15 20
Service 20 to 24 20 25
Service 25 to 29 25 30
The determination rule and other seings for each length-of-service band are the same:
Field Value
Date of hire
Period Start Date Rule
This sets the beginning of the period being measured.
End of year
Determination Rule
This sets the end of the period being measured.
Person's
Age to Use
633
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Field Value
Year
Units
None
Rounding
Compensation
A derived factor for compensation denes a range of values and rules for calculating an employee's compensation
amount. The following table shows an example of a set of compensation bands. You can use the compensation bands
to determine eligibility for compensation objects such as bonuses or stock options.
Derived Factor Name Greater Than or Equal To Compensation Less Than Compensation Value
Value
The determination rule and other seings for each compensation band are the same:
Field Value
First of year
Determination Rule
US Dollar
Unit of Measure
Stated compensation
Source
634
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Field Value
Person's Age
You usually use Person's as the Age to Use seing. With this seing, each person's own birth date is used to calculate
age for eligibility evaluation, as shown in the following table.
Scenario Result
Each dependent's eligibility is evaluated based on the age calculated from his or her own birth
You select Person's as the Age to date.
Use value, and associate the age
derived factor with a dependent
eligibility prole.
Scenario Result
Eligibility for all dependents is based on the age of the participant's oldest child. For example,
You select Person's oldest child as all dependents become ineligible when the oldest child reaches the maximum age of eligibility.
the Age to Use value, and associate
this derived factor with a dependent
eligibility prole.
Eligibility for all dependents is based on the date of birth as dened in the person extra
You select Inherited Age as the information exeld.
Age to Use value, and associate
this derived factor with a dependent
eligibility prole.
635
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
User-Dened Criteria
You can dene your own eligibility criteria that meet any special requirements of your organization. Associate your
criteria with eligibility proles.
This topic provides an example and discusses creating and using a user-dened criteria.
Example
Your organization wants to use work-at-home assignment as the eligibility criteria for a monthly telecommunications
allowance. The table and column already exist, but the data is not available from existing eligibility criteria tabs on the
Create Eligibility Prole page. Therefore, you must rst create the work-at-home criteria so that you can then use it with
an eligibility prole.
Person Aributes or Assignments 1. Select the table and table column from lists. You must understand the basic structure of
table these tables.
2. Select the lookup type to use to validate input values, including user-dened lookup
types that you created for either table.
For details, see the Seing Up Lookup-Based User-Dened Criteria: Worked Example
topic.
3. If the eld stores a numeric value or a date, specify a range of valid values.
Other tables 1. Use the Manage Fast Formulas task in the Setup and Maintenance work area.
2. Select your formula on the Create User-Dened Criteria page.
Related Topics
• Congure Your Own Criteria Based on Lookups
636
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Field Value
Person Aributes
Table
BEN_DIVE_DEPTH
Column
BEN_DIVE_DEPTH
Lookup
Selected
Enable range validation one
2. On either the create or edit page for the eligibility prole, add the user-dened criteria to an eligibility prole.
3. On the Other tab, User-Dened Criteria subtab, set the following values.
You might have to refresh the Meaning list before you see the choice that you want. To do so, click another
subtab, such as Formula, and then click the User-Dened Criteria tab again.
Field Value
330
Set 1 Meaning
9999
Set 1 To Meaning
Clear
Exclude
637
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Field Value
Clear
Enable range validation one
2. On either the create or edit page for the eligibility prole, add the user-dened criteria to an eligibility prole.
3. On the Other tab, User-Dened Criteria subtab, set the following values.
You might have to refresh the Meaning list before you see the choice that you want. To do so, click another
subtab, such as Formula, and then click the User-Dened Criteria tab again.
Field Value
Yes
Set 1 Meaning
Clear
Exclude
Field Value
Assignment
Table
638
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Field Value
Work_at_home
Column
YES_NO
Lookup
Clear
Enable range validation one
2. On either the create or edit page for the eligibility prole, add the user-dened criteria to an eligibility prole.
3. On the Other tab, User-Dened Criteria subtab, set the following values.
You might have to refresh the Meaning list before you see the choice that you want. To do so, click another
subtab, such as Formula, and then click the User-Dened Criteria tab again.
Field Value
Yes
Set 1 Meaning
Selected
Exclude
4. Associate the eligibility prole with the transportation allowance compensation object.
Related Topics
• Congure Your Own Criteria Based on Lookups
To do this, add two dierent ranges on the Range of Scheduled Hours subtab under the Employment tab of the create
or edit eligibility prole pages. Set the values for the weekly range as shown in the following table:
639
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Field Value
Sequence 1
Minimum Hours 30
Maximum Hours 40
Set the values for the monthly range as shown in this table:
Field Value
Sequence 2
Eligibility Proles
Create eligibility proles to dene criteria that determine whether a person qualies for objects that you associate the
prole with. You can associate eligibility proles with objects in a variety of business processes.
The following are key aspects of working with eligibility proles:
• Planning and prerequisites
• Specifying the prole type, usage, and assignment usage
• Dening eligibility criteria
• Excluding from eligibility
• Assigning sequence numbers
• Adding multiple criteria
• Viewing the criteria hierarchy
640
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
• If an eligibility prole uses any of the following to establish eligibility, you must create them before you create
the eligibility prole:
◦ Derived factors
◦ User-dened formulas
◦ User-dened criteria
• Consider whether to combine criteria into one prole or create separate proles depending on:
◦ Whether the object for which you're creating eligibility accepts only one eligibility prole or more than
one
◦ Performance considerations
• Use names that identify the criteria being dened rather than the object with which the prole is associated,
because eligibility proles are reusable.
Seing Description
Use only dependent proles for Benets plans or plan types when determining eligibility of
Prole Type participants' spouses, family members, or other individuals who qualify as dependents.
All other proles are participant proles.
Usage Determines the type of objects the participant prole can be associated with, such as benets
oerings and rates, compensation plans, checklist tasks, goal plans or mass goal assignments,
or performance documents.
Selecting Global makes the prole available to multiple business process usages.
Assignment to Use Determines the assignment that the eligibility process evaluates for the person
641
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Seing Description
Category Description
Personal Includes gender, person type, postal code ranges, and other person-specic criteria.
Employment Includes assignment status, hourly or salaried, job, grade, and other employment-specic
criteria.
Derived factors Includes age, compensation, length of service, hours worked, full-time equivalent, and a
combination of age and length of service.
Related coverage Includes criteria based on whether a person is covered by, eligible for, or enrolled in other
benets oerings.
Some criteria, such as gender, provide a xed set of choices. The choices for other criteria, such as person type, are
based on values dened in tables. You can dene multiple criteria for a given criteria type.
• Exclude certain age bands, then all age bands not explicitly excluded are automatically included.
• Include certain age bands, then all age bands not explicitly included are automatically excluded.
642
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
If you dene multiple values for the same criteria type, such as two postal code ranges, a person must satisfy at least
one of the criteria to be considered eligible. For example, a person who resides in either postal range is eligible.
If you include multiple criteria of dierent types, such as gender and age, a person must meet at least one criterion
dened for each criteria type.
The following table shows which objects permit only one prole and which permit more.
The following objects inherit the eligibility criteria associated with the program:
643
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
However, it's sometimes more ecient to create more than one prole and aach the proles at various levels in the
hierarchy. The following table illustrates applying successively restrictive exclusion criteria at dierent levels in the
hierarchy:
Plan type in program Exclude employees who do not have a full-time assignment.
Plan Exclude employees whose primary address is not within a dened service area.
Related Topics
• What happens if I include multiple criteria in an eligibility prole
• Best Practices for Seing Up Eligibility in a Benets Hierarchy
1. Create the eligibility prole using the Manage Eligibility Proles task, which is available in several work areas,
including the Setup and Maintenance work area and the Plan Conguration work area.
2. Associate the eligibility prole with the relevant object, such as a benet plan.
The following table provides the values for the eligibility prole denition.
644
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Field Value
Benets
Prole Usage
Participant
Prole Type
Bonus Eligibility
You oer a bonus to all employees who received the highest possible performance rating in all rating categories. Create
an eligibility prole to associate with your Bonus compensation object.
The following table provides the values for the eligibility prole denition.
Field Value
Compensation, or Global
Prole Usage
Participant
Prole Type
Specic Assignment
Assignment to Use
The following table provides the values for the eligibility criteria for each rating category.
645
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
The following table provides the values for the eligibility prole denition.
Field Value
Checklist
Prole Usage
Participant
Prole Type
The following table provides the values for the eligibility criteria.
Related Topics
• How can I restrict benets enrollment opportunities based on provider location
• How to Congure Grandfathered Benets
What type of object is associated with Variable rate for benets oering
this prole?
What types of eligibility criteria are Age derived factor (must have been previously dened)
dened in this prole?
Uses Tobacco criteria
646
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Prerequisite
Create participant
- Create derived factors eligibility profile
for age bands
Associate eligibility
Add criteria for
profile with variable
tobacco use
rate profile
In this example, you create one eligibility prole that denes the requirements for a single variable rate.
• Typically, you create a set of eligibility proles, one for each variable rate.
• Create a separate prole for each additional rate by repeating the steps in this example, varying the age and
tobacco use criteria.
Prerequisites
1. Create an age derived factor for ages less than 30.
1. In the Tasks panel drawer, click Manage Eligibility Proles to open the Manage Eligibility Proles page.
2. On the Create menu, select Create Participant Prole.
3. In the Eligibility Prole Denition section, complete the elds as shown in this table.
647
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Field Value
Benets
Prole Usage
Active
Status
Field Value
1
Sequence
Select the derived factor that you previously dened for ages under 30
Age
Field Value
1
Sequence
648
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
Field Value
None
Tobacco Use
1. In the Tasks panel drawer, click Manage Benets Rates to open the Manage Benets Rates page.
2. Select the Variable Rates tab.
3. Click Create.
4. In the Eligibility Prole eld, select the eligibility prole you just created.
5. Complete other elds as appropriate for the rate.
6. Click Save and Close.
Related Topics
• Create a Benet Variable Rate
649
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 24
Implementing Global Human Resources Eligibility Proles
650
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 25
Implementing Global Human Resources Predictive Models for HCM
If the volume of relevant transactions (such as transfers, hires, terminations, and promotions) is high in your enterprise,
then you can schedule the process to run weekly. At a minimum, you're recommended to run the process monthly to
take account of latest data trends. When scheduled, the process rebuilds and runs all predictive models.
If you add aributes to or remove aributes from a predictive model, and you want to include those changes in
predictions immediately, then you need to run the predictive model immediately. Don't wait for the next scheduled run
of Collect Data and Perform Data Mining for Predictive Analytics.
In Oracle Cloud environments, you can't create formula functions. Therefore, you may not be able to create predictive
aributes.
651
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 25
Implementing Global Human Resources Predictive Models for HCM
You can edit or delete any predictive aribute that you create. You can't edit or delete predened predictive aributes.
For any aribute, you can edit how the aribute appears in what-if analyses. For example, you can change the minimum
and maximum values on a slider scale.
Related Topics
• How Voluntary Termination Is Predicted
• How High Performance is Predicted
652
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
26 Process Conguration
Here's the list of tasks you can use to set up prole options and default process conguration groups.
Edit predened process conguration Default Group tab of the Manage Payroll Process Conguration page
groups
Create additional process Group Overrides tab on the Manage Process Conguration Group page
conguration groups
To open this page, use the Manage Payroll Process Conguration task from Quick Actions on the Home page.
Create a group with the logging parameters turned on to troubleshoot processes. You can also specify dierent
performance parameter values, such as chunk size and buer size, for running dierent processes.
Processing Parameters
The eects of seing values for specic parameters may be system-wide. When you submit a process that uses ows,
such as a batch upload, new hire, or report process, it reads values from the PAY_ACTION_PARAMETERS table.
653
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
Note: You should understand the concept of array processing and how this aects performance before
seing some parameters.
The application doesn’t allow a blank value for any parameter and you must delete the parameter row if the parameter
isn’t required.
The following table describes processing parameters and lists values and predened default values. These parameters
apply to HR applications including payroll and payroll interface.
Assignment ID to End Logging Assignment ID upon which logging ends. Default: All assignments
Assignment ID to Start Logging Assignment ID upon which logging starts. Default: All assignments
Balance Buer Size Buer size for array inserts and updates Maximum: 1000
of latest balances, based on one row per
balance. Minimum: 1
Note: If your trace les show Default: 500
dierences between execute and
retrieve timings, look at the buer
sizes you're using. Try seing each
of these to 100.
Batch Error Mode Determines error notications for payroll ALL = all rows
batch loader uploads.
ANY = any rows
NONE = no errors
Default: ANY
Disable Locking Code in Check Process Disables the locking code added to the Yes, No
Post-Populate Method post-populate method to improve check
process performance. Default: No
This parameter isn't available by default. Don't change this value unless advised by
To add the parameter, search for the Oracle Support.
lookup type PAY_ ACTION_ PARAMETER_
TYPE on the Manage Common Lookups
page and add the lookup code ORA_
DISABLE_ POST_POP_FIX.
Element Entry Buer Size Buer size that payroll runs use in the Maximum: 1000
initial array selects of element entries,
654
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
Formula Execution Logging Sets the logging level to investigate Delete the parameter row if the parameter
formula code problems. See also the isn’t required.
Logging Processing Parameters topic.
Logging Area Area where code logging is performed. The values correspond to C-code entries
See also the Logging Processing in the form PY_ENTRY, that includes the
Parameters topic. functional area that has logging enabled.
Logging Category Helps investigate problems with large You can set any number of categories
volumes of detailed data. See also the by specifying multiple values. For
Logging Processing Parameters topic. example, enter GMPE, for general
logging information, routing information,
performance information, and element
entry information.
Refer to the Logging Processing
Parameters topic in the Related Links
section for applicable values.
Delete the parameter row if the parameter
isn’t required.
Maximum File Size for View Report Output Maximum size in bytes of the report le to Must be a positive number.
show in the output window.
Default: 10000000
This parameter isn't available by default.
To add the parameter, search for the
lookup type PAY_ ACTION_ PARAMETER_
TYPE on the Manage Common Lookups
655
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
Maximum Iterations Allowed per Run Maximum number of iterations allowed Minimum: 0
Action per run action within net-to-gross
calculations within the payroll run. Default: 15
Multithreaded XML Generation for Generates XML for extracts using multiple Y, N
Extracts threads.
Default: N
New Hire Flow Paern Name of the customer-dened ow that’s Delete the parameter row if the parameter
triggered as part of the new hire process. isn’t required.
Payroll Batch Loader Encryption Type The type of encryption applied to source PGPSIGNED, PGPUNSIGNED,
les loaded using the payroll batch loader. PGPX509SIGNED, PGPX509UNSIGNED
Delete the parameter row if the parameter
isn’t required.
Payroll Criteria for Element Eligibility Enables eligibility by payroll for Yes, No
assignment-level elements.
Default: No
Remove Report Assignment Actions Removes report processing actions after Yes, No
generating reports.
Default: Yes
Run Result Buer Size Buer size for array inserts and updates, Maximum: 1000
based on 1 row for each payroll run result.
Minimum: 1
Default: 500
656
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
Default: No
Suppress Empty XML Tags in Extract Reduces the size of extract output for Y, N
Reports reports by excluding tags with blank
values in XML output les. Default: Y
Termination Flow Paern Name of the customer-dened ow Delete the parameter row if the parameter
that’s triggered as part of the termination isn’t required (No predened Termination
process. ow paern).
Accounting Date for Transfer to General The date to transfer and post journal E = Date Earned
Ledger entries for costing results to Oracle Fusion
General Ledger. P = Process Date
EVE = For the Partial Period Accrual
Reversal process, date earned is used. If
the date earned isn't dened for the time
657
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
Cost Buer Size Buer size for array insert and select Maximum: 1000
statements when calculating the costing
of the payroll run results. Minimum: 1
Default: 500
Date to Retrieve Assignment Status Date earned or date paid, used to E = Date earned
determine the eective date for checking
assignment status in payroll calculations. P = Date paid
Default: P
Earliest Retroactive Processing Date The earliest date that retroactive Date value in YYYY/MM/DD format
processes are calculated. Updates made
before this date aren’t recalculated.
Extract Data Group for Payroll Register Limits the records to include in the output Default: No data group
le based on the specied data group
name.
Override Location for Tax Libraries Directory location for Quantum tax There are no set values. Values must be
libraries. directory structures where the tax libraries
are stored.
Delete the parameter row if the parameter
isn’t required.
Default: $VERTEX_ TOP/lib
658
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
Wage Basis Rules Buer Size Used in array selects from the PAY_ Minimum: 100
TAXABILITY_ RULES table within the
Payroll Calculation process. Default: 500
Here’s a list of parameters that you can use for parallel processing.
When you submit a batch process, the Threads parameter determines the total number of subprocesses that run
concurrently. The number of subprocesses equals the Threads value minus 1.
Set this parameter to the value that provides optimal performance on your computer:
• The default value of 1 is set for a single-processor computer.
• Benchmark tests on multiprocessor computers show that the optimal value is approximately 2 processes per
processor.
For example, if the server has six processors, set the initial value to 12 and test the impact on performance of
variations on this value.
Chunk Size
This parameter doesn't apply to all processes, such as Generate Check Payments and Retroactive Pay.
To set the value of the Chunk Size parameter, consider the following points:
• Parameter values range from 1 to 16,000.
• The default value is 20, which was set as a result of benchmark tests.
659
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
Logging Parameters
Typically, you use this feature during your initial implementation and testing before you go live. In a normal operation
you should disable detailed logging.
Logging Area
The Logging Area parameter works with the Logging Category parameter to limit the code area for logging. Even if you
set the logging category, you must also set the logging area if you want to limit logging to a particular code area.
The values correspond to C-code entries in the form PY_ENTRY, which includes the functional area that will have
logging enabled.
Logging Category
Logging categories dene the type of information included in the log. You can set any number of categories by
specifying multiple values to focus on specic areas that you think may be causing a problem. The application doesn’t
allow a blank value and you must delete the parameter row if logging isn’t required.
This table explains each logging category. It provides the log output information to investigate the problems
encountered.
660
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
661
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
T and Z PL/SQL detail and PL/SQL output To obtain detailed information about
the PL/SQL calls made by the Payroll
application, use the combination of the T
parameter and the Z parameter.
This combination is typically useful for
obtaining information about payroll
processes that use a large amount of
PL/SQL code, such as prepayments and
archive.
Using this parameter, the process buers
output while it's running and places it
the end of the log le after processing is
complete. Each payroll process instance
has its own log le, located under the log
subdirectory for the particular process ID.
V (USA and Canada only) Vertex tax calculation information Provides output information that shows
the values passed in and out of a third-
party Vertex tax engine. This parameter
also provides a separate le in the Out
directory that shows the internal seings
of the Vertex engine. This logging option
is available to customers in the USA and
Canada only.
Formula execution logging is the code area where logging is performed. This processing parameter mechanism is only
available for formula logging in the payroll run. Specify parameter values as a character or combination of characters
to determine the area for logging. For example, the string di (the combination of d and i) corresponds to the logging of
database item cache access and formula input and output values. The default value is no logging.
662
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
Caution: Use the dump logging options in rare circumstances only. The T trace option, which generates
very large amounts of data, would signicantly slow down processing.
The following table lists formula execution logging parameter values and its details.
c Change contexts
m Miscellaneous
n Nested calls
T Trace (very large level that provides the inputs and outputs of every call made when executing
a formula)
663
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 26
Implementing Global Human Resources Process Conguration
664
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 27
Implementing Global Human Resources Country Extensions and Address Rules
Address Styles
The address style you select determines which address aributes are available and maintained in the application. The
combination of address style and address validation determines the level of validation.
Depending on the country or territory and the country extension you select, you have one or both of the following
address style options. Each address style provides its own validation.
Postal Address This address style provides the fundamental set of address aributes for a country or territory.
In some cases, this style adds supplemental aributes. For instance this address style might
include general address aributes that aren't relevant, such as State or Postal Code.
Use the Manage Features by Country or Territory task to see what's delivered for your country. Each country has a
default address style and the choice of the country extension determines whether you can change the default address
style.
Address validation is automatically enabled for some license and product extension combinations. For example,
for Canada, the default is Supplemental Taxation and Reporting Address. However, the address style and address
validation depends on the country extension, as shown in this table.
665
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 27
Implementing Global Human Resources Country Extensions and Address Rules
Human Resources No No
For Canada, if you have chosen to install Human Resources, the value for the Address Style can be modied to
either format. If you have chosen to install either Payroll Interface or Payroll, the value for the Address Style can't be
modied. It must be set to Supplemental Taxation and Reporting Address. Validations are implemented to enforce that
requirement.
Note: The Supplemental Taxation and Reporting Address style, once selected, impacts both the Person
and HCM Locations address styles. Ensure to test any changes you make to address style or validation for a
country or territory before you implement them in a production environment. If you provide data to a third
party, such as a payroll or benet provider, statutory recipients, or nancial institutions, you must test the
changes. Changes to validation or address styles may result in missing data or unrecognized data.
Tip: Use the Manage Address Formats task to review and congure how addresses appear in the application.
For some countries, the application prevents you from disabling the programmatic validation. For other countries and
territories, when you disable address validation, any existing validation rules for the selected address style, remains in
place.
Note: For Canada, when Payroll is the selected country extension, you can't disable the address validation.
For example, suppose you have chosen Human Resources with address validation enabled. During data conversion, you
want to temporarily bypass address validation rules to load a batch of worker data. You can achieve this by deselecting
the Address Validation check box before loading your data. After loading the batch, if the address validation remains
disabled, any new address data you enter later, could be potentially invalid. Errors may occur in subsequent processes
666
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 27
Implementing Global Human Resources Country Extensions and Address Rules
and reports. As a result, you must re-enable address validation and update your existing address data to resolve
validation errors.
The Vision enterprise has employees in several countries with dierent payroll arrangements:
• In the United States and United Kingdom, the enterprise pays employees using Oracle Fusion Global Payroll.
• In France, the enterprise extracts and sends payroll-related data to third-party payroll provider using Payroll
Interface extract denitions.
• In China, the enterprise stores only HR data in Oracle Fusion Applications and doesn't require any data for
payroll purposes.
The following table summarizes the key decisions to consider while deciding on the product usage for a country.
Do your plans include processing payrolls within Oracle Fusion for Yes, using Global Payroll in the US and UK
any country?
Do your plans include extracting or transferring payroll-related Yes, using Payroll Interface extracts in France
data to a third-party provider for any country?
Do your plans include processing only HR details? Yes, using Global HR in China
667
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 27
Implementing Global Human Resources Country Extensions and Address Rules
Country Extension
668
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
Required Tasks
Your business requirements and product usage determine which required tasks you must perform. The required tasks
include:
• Manage Elements
• Manage Payroll Denitions, which is usually required to support elements
• Manage Consolidation Groups, which is required for creating payroll denitions
If you use predened Payroll Interface extracts to transfer data to a third-party payroll provider, you may need to create
element subclassications, balances, organization payment methods, and object groups. Refer to the Global Payroll
Interface documentation for more information.
Manage Legal Entities Create payroll statutory units. Ensures that hiring employees
automatically creates payroll relationship
records.
Manage Legal Entity HCM Information Associate a legislative data group with As above.
each payroll statutory unit.
Manage Features by Country or Territory Select Payroll Interface as the extension Ensures that you use the appropriate
for any countries or territories where you element templates to create earnings.
669
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
Note: Complete this task before the other tasks in this task list.
Manage Elements
Use elements to communicate payment and distribution information to payroll applications from the source
applications listed in the following table.
Compensation • Earnings and deduction elements, Required for compensation plans and
such as bonuses, overtime base pay, no maer which HR and payroll
earnings, and voluntary deductions. applications you're using.
• Information elements to load
user-dened data to use during a
workforce compensation cycle.
Time and Labor Earnings elements with input value of Required if you pay worked time based on
Hours. time card entries.
670
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
Absence Management Earnings elements with input value of Required if you process absence
Hours. payments and book employer liability of
accrual balances through Global Payroll or
Global Payroll Interface.
671
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
Task Requirements
Manage Organization Payment If you want to record personal payment methods for your employees, you must create
Methods organization payment methods and associate them with your payroll denitions. Organization
payment methods dene the combination of payment type and currency to use for payments
to employees or external parties.
Manage Element Classications Primary element classications are predened. If you run the Calculate Gross Earnings process
(provided with Global Payroll Interface), you might create subclassications to feed user-
dened balances.
Manage Balance Denitions If you're using Global Payroll Interface, creating earnings elements creates balances
automatically. You can edit these generated balance denitions.
If you're using the Calculate Gross Earnings process, you may want to create additional
balances for extracts or reporting.
Manage Object Groups You can create object groups to specify subsets of elements or payroll relationships to include
in a report or process, such as the Calculate Gross Earnings process.
Related Topics
• Overview of Using Formulas
• Payroll Denitions
• Payroll Balance Denitions
• Implement Payroll Interface
• How Elements Hold Payroll Information for Multiple Features
Payroll Relationships
A payroll relationship represents the association between a person and a payroll statutory unit (PSU), which is the legal
entity responsible for employee payment. Payroll relationships group a person's employment assignment records
based on the payroll statutory calculation and reporting requirements. Payroll relationships facilitate the capture and
extraction of HR and payroll-related data sent to a third party, such as a payroll provider for payroll processing.
Payroll processing always occurs at the payroll relationship level. When you display the payroll process results for a
person, you rst select the person's payroll relationship record and then drill down to view details.
Payroll relationships aggregate balances at the payroll relationship level. Within a payroll relationship, payroll processes
can aggregate balances for multiple assignment records. Balances don't span payroll relationships.
672
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
Standard Person types mapped to this payroll relationship type are included in payroll runs.
Element Entry Only Person types mapped to this payroll relationship type have only element entries created for
them and are excluded from payroll processing.
Relationship mapping rules, which map system person types to payroll relationship types, can vary by country or
territory. The mapping rules are predened for each legislation.
This table shows the mapping between system person types and payroll relationship types applicable for Canada where
Contingent Worker type, Retiree, and Nonworker Unpaid type are excluded from payroll processing.
Employee Standard
A payroll relationship can't end while active employment assignments are present. When all employment assignments
are ended, a payroll relationship could either remain active or become end dated. A payroll relationship depends on the
legislation and the payroll relationship rules applicable for the legislation. For example:
• For the US, relationships that remain active enables future rehire within the same payroll relationship and PSU.
• For the UK, for a relationship that gets terminated, a new payroll relationship is created within the same payroll
relationship and PSU, for the rehire.
Related Topics
• Element Duration Dates
• Payroll Relationship Rules
673
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
674
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
Payroll Relationship
Work Relationship Work Relationship
Payroll Statutory Unit
Manufacturing Installation
Sun Power
Related Topics
• Payroll Employment Hierarchy Prole Options
• Employment Level Options for Elements
675
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
• Legislative rules
• Element classications
• Valid payment types
• Component groups
• Balance dimensions
• Legislative data groups
Legislative Rules
Legislative rules govern how to manage employee records when you rehire employees into your organization. For
example, for some countries, a rehire continues to be associated with the earlier payroll relationship, thereby having
access to prior data, such as all year-to-date balances. Yet for other countries, a rehire creates a new payroll relationship
record with no access to prior data. The statutory rules for your country or territory would determine the selections you
make, such as the starting month of the tax year.
The legislative rules you can congure include mappings between system person types and payroll relationship types.
This mapping controls which person types can be included in payroll calculation processing, such as the Calculate Gross
Earnings process.
Note: You can't undo payroll relationship type mapping. If you select an element entries only option for a
person type and then at a later date decide to use the Calculate Gross Earnings process, the process won't
generate results for that person type. Consider using a standard option to provide more exibility.
Element Classications
Element classications are collections of related elements. You select the primary classications you want to include
for your elements. You can provide new display names for element classications to match the terminology that's most
appropriate for the country or territory.
Component Groups
Component groups are logical sets of payroll components, which are the rates and rules that determine calculated
values for some earnings and deduction elements. You can provide new display names for the component groups you
want to support to match terminology that's most appropriate for the country or territory.
676
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
The Congure Legislations for Human Resources task creates a calculation card denition and payroll components for
each component group you enable. When you create elements in certain classications and categories, the element
template associates the element with a payroll component and creates calculation components that you can add to
workers' calculation cards. The calculation card creates the components for the component groups you selected. The
element template then associates these components with the statutory elements you create. Ensure that you associate
these components with your employees through element eligibility for calculation to be processed.
Depending on the legislative rules, if you enable the Federal or Social Insurance component groups and set your
country extension on the Manage Features by Country or Territory page to Payroll Interface for this country or territory,
hiring workers automatically creates a statutory deduction calculation card for them. Ensure that you create eligibility
records for your statutory deduction elements before hiring any workers.
Balance Dimensions
Balance dimensions identify the specic value of a balance at a particular point in time, based on a combination of
criteria, including time, employee relationship level, jurisdiction, and tax reporting unit. You can provide new display
names for the balance dimensions you want to support to match terminology that's appropriate for the country or
territory.
The Congure Legislations for Human Resources task creates some predened balances that the application uses
within the statement of earnings, such as Gross Earnings and Net Pay. Additionally, the Net Payment balance is required
to set up organization payment methods.
Related Topics
• Legislative Data Groups
Congure Legislations
Create the legislative content for a country or territory in the Setup and Maintenance work area as part of implementing
Oracle Human Resources. The Congure Legislations page shows which country extensions are predened or already
implemented or both. This procedure outlines the steps required to congure a legislation that isn't predened by
Oracle.
When you rst congure a legislation, the ow guides you through a series of setup steps for the objects necessary
to set up elements, balances, and other payroll-related data for implementations that don't use Oracle Fusion Global
Payroll.
677
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
3. Select the month and day of the typical tax year. For example, 01 for January and 01 for the rst day of the
month.
4. Select the currency to use by default for this country or territory.
5. Select a payroll relationship rule. This value determines how employment records are created when employees
are hired or rehired.
6. Review the mapping of the predened system person types to payroll relationship types.
7. Click Next.
Note: You can't undo payroll relationship type mapping. If you select an element entries only
option for a person type and decide at a later date to use a payroll calculation process, such
as Calculate Gross Earnings, the process won't generate results for that person type. If you
are certain that you won't perform any type of payroll calculation, you can select an element
entries only option. Selecting a standard option provides more exibility.
Payment types you select will be available when creating organization payment methods in legislative data
groups for this country or territory.
4. For each payment type you selected, optionally edit the value in the Display Name column, and then click Next.
5. Select the component groups to include.
6. For each component group you selected, optionally edit the value in the Display Name column, and then click
Next.
7. Add any balance denitions as needed that aren't already selected. The page displays all balance dimensions
available to your country or territory.
8. For each selected balance denition, optionally edit the value in the Display Name column.
9. Click Submit.
678
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
Tax Year Start Date Can't change after running a payroll process
Currency Can't change after initial conguration because it would impact generated balances
Payroll Relationship Type Mapping Can change, but aects only future person records, not existing person records
Object Restriction
Element Classication Can't delete if you have created an element of that primary classication
Payment Type Can't delete if you have created payment methods for that payment type
Component Group Can't delete if you have created calculation cards for that component group
Balance Dimension Can't delete if you have created balances with that dimension
• Element
• Payroll Relationship
• Work Relationship
Element Groups
Use Element groups to limit the elements processed for payroll, reporting, or cost distribution purposes.
679
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
Distribution group Denes the elements on which the cost results are distributed
Conguration group Restricts the elements that can be updated on the Element Entries page.
All element groups are static. You can select element classication to include in or exclude from the group. You can also
select specic elements to include in or exclude from the group.
1. Specify a payroll denition. Every group is limited to the payroll relationships assigned to a single payroll that
you select.
2. Optionally, dene the group to be either static or dynamic.
a. To dene a static group, select the payroll relationships and assignments to include in or exclude from
the group.
b. To dene a dynamic group, use a fast formula of type Payroll Relationship Group. The formula contains
the criteria to establish the payroll relationships and assignments included in the group. Then, you can
individually select additional payroll relationships and assignments to include in or exclude from the
group.
• In a static group, select the work relationships and assignments to include in or exclude from the group.
• In a dynamic group, use a fast formula of type Work Relationship Group. This formula contains the criteria
to establish the work relationships and assignments included in the group. Then, you can individually select
additional work relationships and assignments to include in or exclude from the group.
Related Topics
• Example of Writing a Fast Formula Using Expression Editor
• Restrict Payroll Processing
680
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
Use the Run Worker Data Validation Report process to list noncompliant or missing statutory information for a worker
by legal employer. For example, your report might list all workers in the legal employer with a missing date of birth, job,
or department.
Related Topics
• Add Rules to Data Validation Reports
681
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 28
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements, Balances, and Formulas Task List
682
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 29
Implementing Global Human Resources Organization Payment Methods
The model enables you to dene and keep track of all bank accounts in one place and explicitly grant account access to:
• multiple business units
• functions
• users
This eliminates the redundant duplicate bank account setup in dierent business units when these business units share
the same bank account.
Banks
Creating a bank is the rst step in the bank account creation. You can:
• Search for existing banks to view and update
• Create a new bank from an existing party
Branches
Once you have created your bank, the next step is creating a branch or branches associated to the bank. The matching
option is also available when creating branches. To create a new branch without using the matching option, manually
enter the required information. You can also dene other branch- related aributes in the same page.
If you don't use the matching option when an existing party is found, a branch with the same party name is created.
Accounts
The four areas associated with dening an account are:
• General information
• Control of the account
• Security and access to the account
• Business unit assignment
683
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 29
Implementing Global Human Resources Organization Payment Methods
Once the bank and branch are created, proceed to the bank account setup by doing the following:
• Select the bank branch you want to associate to your bank account.
• Assign the owner of the bank account.
Note: To create a bank account for Payables or Receivables, add the Business Unit Access rst for
the business units to use the bank account.
• The Oracle Fusion Account Payables or Receivables accounts are identied by the business unit.
• The Oracle Fusion Payroll accounts are identied by the legal entity.
• The program, Inactivates Banks and Bank Branches enables you to inactivate all banks and bank branches that
have no active internal and external bank accounts.
Related Topics
• Considerations When You Create Accounts
• Reconciliation Matching Rules
Approach Purpose
Manage Banks page and Manage View, create, or edit banks and branches centrally for outgoing payments or receiving
Bank Branches page payments
Manage Personal Payment Methods Create or edit employee bank account details to receive payments
page
Data Loader Load personal payment methods and employee bank account details using an integrated Excel
workbook
684
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 29
Implementing Global Human Resources Organization Payment Methods
Role Can Create Banks and Can Create Employee Bank Location
Branches? Account Details?
You can use a prole option to control access to create bank and branch data. On the Manage Cash Management
Prole Options page, set the Use Existing Banks and Branches prole option to either Yes or No.
• If you set the option to Yes, you can load bank and branch data. Administrators and employees select bank
details from a list of values on the Create Personal Payment Method page.
• If you set the option to No (default seing), you can't load any bank details. Administrators and employees
enter their bank and branch details as free text.
Related Topics
• Congure Payment Method Preferences
• Payroll User Interface Conguration Formula Type
Payment Types
When creating an organization payment method, you select a payment type.
685
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 29
Implementing Global Human Resources Organization Payment Methods
The exact list of payment types and their names can vary by country. Your enterprise may support a dierent range of
types that are appropriate for your localization. For example, in the US, the payment type for EFT is Direct Deposit; in
the UK it's BACS, and in Australia it's BECS.
Tip: When selecting the EFT payment type, you can enter EFT information at the payment method level, the
payment source level, or both. Entries at the payment source level take priority over entries at the organization
payment level. For example, if you dene details at the payment source level, then to use those details when
processing payments, you must enter the payment source when submiing the payment process.
Payment Sources
If you're using Oracle Fusion Global Payroll for payroll processing, you must dene at least one payment source for
each organization payment method. Oracle recommends one organization payment method, per payment type, per
currency. Each payment source must be associated with an active bank account in Oracle Fusion Cash Management.
If you dene additional details at the payment source level, then to use those details when processing payments, you
must enter the payment source name when submiing the payment process.
You can use the same bank account in dierent payment sources in more than one organization payment method, as in
this example.
Note: If you're costing your payments, enter cost account information on the Manage Costing of Payment
Sources page in the Accounting Distribution work area.
686
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 29
Implementing Global Human Resources Organization Payment Methods
The rst payment source that you add is the default payment source, but you can select another payment source as the
default, or not have a default payment source.
To understand the eect of having a default payment source, consider these examples that describe what happens
when a TRU changes, causing a payment rule to be invalid.
Approach Example
With a default payment source, the This approach might suit a company with multiple independent franchises, each with its own
payment process pays employees TRU. If a franchise holder sells the franchise, payments don't fail.
using the default payment source.
Without a default payment source, This approach might suit a company with strict policies about payment rule compliance.
the payments process issues error
notications to ensure that you use
the appropriate payment source to
fund the payment.
Related Topics
• How Payment Methods and Payroll Denitions Work Together
• Congure Payment Method Preferences
Prenotications
A prenotication or a prenote is typically an entry you must send at least 10 banking days prior to the rst live payroll
credit issued. The purpose of a prenote is to validate routing number and account numbers of the receiving bank or
credit union.
To set prenotication information, set the following options in the organization payment method for electronic funds
transfer or international transfer payment types:
• Prenotication Required: Select to designate the prenotication process is required for payments.
• Prenotication Days: Specify the duration of the prenotication wait period. Payment is issued by check
until the waiting period is completed. For example, if the prenotication period is 10 days for a weekly payroll,
depending on the timing, the payments processes might issue two paychecks before transfer starts.
687
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 29
Implementing Global Human Resources Organization Payment Methods
How many OPMs do you need? One method to pay by EFT in TRU1 currency.
How many payment sources do you need? Three. One default payment source for the TRU1, one source for
payments in TRU2, and one source for payments in TRU3.
How many bank accounts do you need? Three. One for each payment source.
What payment method rules do you need? Rules for bank accounts used as payment sources based on each
TRU.
Prerequisites
Verify you have completed these before you continue:
688
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 29
Implementing Global Human Resources Organization Payment Methods
Tip: Select a date that's on or before the eective date this payment method will be used by
the payroll denition or other objects.
5. Click Continue.
6. In the Basic Details section, complete the elds as shown in this table.
Field Value
Direct Deposit
Payment Type
Note: The available payment types for OPMs can vary by legislation.
Payment currency
Currency
7. Click Save.
Note: EFT le information entered at the payment source level takes priority over information entered at the
organization payment method level.
1. In the Payment Sources section under Payment Source Information, click Create.
2. On the Create Payment Source page, complete the elds in order, as shown in this table, and then click
Continue.
689
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 29
Implementing Global Human Resources Organization Payment Methods
Tip: Keep your payment source names unique and specic as possible for each scenario.
This naming convention helps you manage complicated combinations of OPMs and payment
rules.
No No
Default
TRU2 TRU3
Tax Reporting Unit
3. Click Submit.
Related Topics
• Considerations When You Create Accounts
• Derive Payment Sources by Department
• Payment Method Rules
690
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 30
Implementing Global Human Resources Payroll Denitions
30 Payroll Denitions
Payroll Denitions
Payroll denitions contain calendar and oset information used to determine when you calculate and cost payments.
Payroll period types, such as weekly or monthly, determine the interval at which you pay employees. Use the Manage
Payroll Denitions task in the Payroll Calculation work area to specify payment frequency, processing schedule, and
other parameters for a particular payroll.
Create at least one payroll denition for each payroll period type you use to pay employees. For example, to pay
employees semimonthly, create a payroll denition using the semimonthly payroll period type, ensuring that tax
calculations and other calculations produce correct results for those employees.
Each payroll must belong to a consolidation group, which the application requires for processing purposes and a
legislative data group so make sure these exist before creating your payroll denition.
Note: Payroll names in the payroll schedule are unique. You can edit the generated payroll names, but you
must ensure they're unique within the payroll denition.
Payroll Denitions
When you create or modify payroll denitions, the application generates a calendar of payroll periods based on your
selections. The choices you make for these values determine the resulting schedule of payroll periods:
691
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 30
Implementing Global Human Resources Payroll Denitions
The eective start date doesn't aect the generated calendar of payroll periods. The start date for the rst payroll period
is based on the rst period end date.
Number of Years
The number of years you enter represents how many years of time periods to generate starting from the beginning of
the rst payroll period, which is determined by the rst period end date. This table shows an example for a semimonthly
payroll denition.
Eective Start Date First Period End Date Number of Years Generated Time Periods
Once you save a payroll denition, you can later only increase but not reduce its number of years because a calendar of
time periods for the payroll was already generated.
Note: The application generates the calendar of payroll periods in increments of ten or fewer years. For
example, if you want a 12-year calendar of payroll periods, you rst enter 10 years and submit your changes.
Then you set the payroll denition number of years to 12.
Osets
Depending on the payroll period type, you can elect for your payroll cycle events to occur on specic dates, or to have
the application calculate dates based on osets from period start or end dates.
This table describes the predened payroll cycle events that you can oset.
Date Meaning
Cuto Date Final date that payroll information can be entered for the payroll period.
Payroll Run Date Date used by payroll calculation processes to retrieve eective values such as employee
details. The process date, if provided when submiing a payroll process, overrides this value.
This date is predened for your country or territory and is typically based on either date earned
or date paid that payroll calculation uses as the process date.
Date Earned Date on which the application processes element entries for the payroll run.
692
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 30
Implementing Global Human Resources Payroll Denitions
Date Meaning
The date earned must be within the eective dates of the payroll period.
Date Paid Date the employee is marked as paid. For check payments, this is the date that the check is
valid for cash or deposit. For electronic funds transfer (EFT) payments, it's the transfer date.
Planned Submission Date Date to inform the payroll administrator or payroll manager on the planned date to submit the
payroll run for each payroll period.
Dynamic Osets
When you create a payroll denition, you can use dynamic osets for payroll cycle events. All of the predened payroll
time periods you can use support dynamically generated dates for osets. Use dynamic osets to oset each payroll
cycle event by a specied number days before or after the start or end date, as shown in this table.
For example, you might want to set the cuto date three work days before the payroll end date. This oset
accommodates dierences in the number of days in the payroll period and also accounts for weekends and holidays.
Fixed-Date Osets
The predened Monthly (Calendar) payroll time period supports both dynamic osets and xed-date osets. Use xed
date to adjust the exact date of each of the payroll cycle events for the rst payroll period. Any adjustments that you
make are reected in the payroll calendar for subsequent payroll time periods. For example, if you set the cuto date as
the 25th of the month, then all payroll periods in the calendar will have those osets.
Related Topics
• Periodicity Conversion
• Statutory and Earning Periods
693
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 30
Implementing Global Human Resources Payroll Denitions
Prerequisites
1. Ensure that the legislative data group for your payrolls exists, such as InFusion LDG.
2. Ensure that organization payment methods exist for your payrolls, such as InFusion Employee Check and
InFusion Employee EFT.
3. Create a consolidation group named InFusion Employee Group assigned to the InFusion LDG.
Perform the following steps twice, rst using the semimonthly values and then using the monthly values.
In this example, the company hires all employees after the eective start date of this payroll denition, so there
is no issue with loading historical employee data.
5. In the Basic Details section, complete the elds as shown in this table, and then click Next.
694
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 30
Implementing Global Human Resources Payroll Denitions
Note: The application generates the calendar of payroll periods in increments of 10 or fewer
years. For example, if you want a 12-year calendar of payroll periods, you rst enter 10 years
and submit your changes. Then you edit the payroll denition, seing the number of years to
12.
7. For the semimonthly payroll, use dynamic variables to dene osets as shown in this table, and then click Next.
Field Falls Value Day Type Value Oset Value Base Date Value
8. For the monthly payroll, use xed dates to dene osets as shown in this table, and then click Next.
Field Value
695
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 30
Implementing Global Human Resources Payroll Denitions
Field Value
9. On the Payroll Calendar page, adjust payroll days to account for a bank holiday, as shown in this table.
Related Topics
• How Payment Methods and Payroll Denitions Work Together
696
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
31 Elements
697
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Absence Management
You can manage worker absences and corresponding entitlements. You can create absence types based on predened
absence paerns, and associate them with absence plans. You can associate an absence element with an absence plan
to transfer the following information for payroll processing:
• Payments for absent time, for example, during maternity or long term sickness.
• Accrual disbursement at the end of absence plan year
• Accrual disbursement when plan enrollment ends
• Absence liability amounts
You can process the payments in Oracle Fusion Global Payroll or use HCM extracts to transfer the information to a
third-party payroll application for processing.
Benets
Aach elements at various levels in the benets object hierarchy to create deductions and earnings that you can process
in a payroll run to calculate net pay.
Payroll
For Oracle Fusion Global Payroll, you dene earnings and deduction elements, such as bonus and overtime earnings
and involuntary deductions. These elements incorporate all the components required for payroll processing, including
formulas, balances, and formula result rules.
Related Topics
• Create Earnings Elements for Payroll
Elements
Some elements are predened. You can also create other elements to match your requirements. Each element belongs
to a primary classication, according to its purpose, which determines the template you use to create it. Use the
698
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
template to create the elements and depending on your country extension, you create the associated items required for
payroll processing.
Use the elements to represent these components:
Create Element
You can create as many earnings and deductions as you require using the Manage Elements task.
You select the element classication and category that determine the template of questions. You answer the questions
to specify the details of the element you want to create. The items that the template generates can include multiple
elements, input values, formulas, balances, and other items.
Note: The template you use to create elements also depends on the conguration selected for your country
or territory on the Manage Features by Country or Territory page. For example, if the country extension is
set to Payroll, you use a template that generates all the items required for payroll processing. If the country
extension is set to Human Resources or None, you use a basic template that generates the elements only.
However, if you select an element classication, such as Standard Earnings, Supplemental Earnings, Direct
Payments and Taxable Benets, the basis template creates input values for Amount, Periodicity, and Full-Time
Equivalent.
You can congure any of the generated items to match your specic business requirements. For example, you can
add input values, edit the formulas, or add a status processing rule to use a dierent formula for certain assignment
statuses. You must also create element eligibility records for the elements.
This table explains the purpose of the items that you use when creating element.
Items Purpose
Input Values Denes the entry values available on each entry of this element, such as hours worked or
amount.
Element Eligibility Records Denes the eligibility criteria a worker's employment record must meet to be eligible for the
element. For example you can use grade, payroll, salary basis, or organization as eligibility
criteria.
699
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Items Purpose
Status Processing Rules Identies the formula the payroll run uses to process the element, and how to handle the
formula results.
Related Formulas and Related Identies additional elements and formulas created by the template for payroll processing.
Elements
Related Balances Identies the balances created by the element template for this element.
Related Topics
• Create Earnings Elements for Payroll
• Formula Result Rules for Elements
Display Sequence Enter a number to control the display order of the entry value on element entries.
Special Purpose Select how the input value is to be used. For example, you can indicate that it holds a
percentage value, a rate, or third-party payee details. This value assists with processing the
input value based on what type of information it holds.
Unit of Measure Select the value that describes the type of value the entry value can hold, such as number or
character.
700
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Required
Select to make the input value a required entry value on the element entry. If you select
Required, you must also select Displayed and Allow User Entry.
Create a Database Item Select if you want to make the values available for formulas or HCM extract.
Rate Formula
Select a rate calculation formula, for example to return a value from a user-dened table. This
option only applies to the Primary input value for elements associated with rate denitions that
have the Element method and a contributor type of Amount. If you select a formula, you must
not select Allow User Entry.
Default Enter a value that appears as the default value for this entry value in element entries, if
needed.
Apply default at runtime Select to apply the default value when you run the payroll process, rather than when you
create the element entry. This selection ensures you use the latest value on the date of the
payroll run. You can manually override the default value on the element entry.
Validation Formula Enter a formula that validates the entry value entered on element entries, if needed.
Validation Source Use with the other input value options to select the valid validation method, such as lookups or
formulas.
Lookup Type Specify a lookup type to provide a list of values for an entry value. This option is available for
input values of type Character only.
Warning or Error Use when you're validating the input value or entering a minimum or maximum value. It
species whether a warning or an error displays if the entry fails the validation condition or
doesn't meet the minimum or maximum value indicated.
Reference
Use to associate a balance context with the run result.
For example, you can associate a context, such as jurisdiction, with an element. Create an input
value for jurisdiction and select the jurisdiction context in the Reference eld. Then the run
result value of the input value works as a context value when updating the balance.
If you select a reference, then the lookup type and validation source values should be
automatically set to the reference context. You must provide the Reference eld rst for the
validation source value to be automatically populated.
Value Set Specify a value set to provide a dynamic list of values for an entry value. This option is
available for input values of type Character only.
701
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Caution: Once an element is processed, you can't update certain input value aributes, such as unit of
measure. This restriction ensures that you can't change aributes that would invalidate prior results.
This table provides examples of the allowable formats, depending on the unit of measure (UOM) specied for the entry
value.
Character C Complete
702
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Note: Display values can be derived from the meaning aribute of the view object. For example if you enter
C as a value for the Character UOM, it displays as Complete. Conversion to display formats is based on the
prole option value and locale.
Related Topics
• How Element Setup Aects Entries and Their Values
• Create and Edit Prole Options
Assignment Level
Use this lowest level for elements that require dierent entries for dierent assignments, or when the element applies
only to specic assignments.
703
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
add new ones if you have created entries for the element. To add an input value to an element before you create any
element entries, set your eective date to the element's start date.
You can make these changes to an element that has been previously processed:
• Change a required input value to be optional.
• Alter the sequence in which input values appear on the Element Entries page.
• Change the input value validation rules for minimum, maximum, lookup, or formula.
• Change your specication of which input values create database items.
• Change the reporting name. However, the database items created for the element continue to use the original
name.
Element Eligibility
Element Eligibility
Element eligibility determines which people are eligible for an element. To determine eligibility, you select the criteria
that people must receive entries of the element.
Eligibility Criteria
You can dene element eligibility using these criteria.
704
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Note: You set up all the people groups that are appropriate for your enterprise. For
example, you could decide to group people by company within a multi-company
enterprise, and by union membership.
Location of person's oce
Position, which is a class of job performed in a particular organization, for example, associate
professor of chemistry, or nance department secretary.
Payroll
All payrolls eligible
Tip: You must dene element eligibility for every element, including predened elements. If you want the
element to be available to all workers, add an eligibility name and save the element eligibility record with
no additional criteria selected. This is the usual practice for compensation and benet elements where you
determine eligibility using eligibility proles.
For example, you can create one record for the combination of grade A and the job of accountant. However, you can't
create one record for grade A and a second for the job of accountant. These rules would imply that an accountant on
grade A is eligible for the same element twice.
If you have more than one element eligibility record, you can enter dierent default values and costing information for
each eligibility group.
705
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
UK Tax and NI
Pensions Automatic Enrollment
Note: There are no predened elements that require eligibility rules for Germany, Ireland, Switzerland, or
Hong Kong.
706
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Change the input value default values These changes aect all new entries, and updates to existing entries. Changes to runtime
and validation defaults aect existing entries too.
Delete the element eligibility record The application automatically ends all existing recurring entries when you end the element's
eligibility.
Note: You can't delete the element eligibility record if any nonrecurring entries exist
at the date you want to end the record. You must delete existing entries before you
end the element's eligibility.
Which rate should the calculate absence liability use? Liability Rate
707
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Which rate should the nal disbursement payment use? Final Disbursement Rate
Which rate should the partial disbursement payment use? Partial Disbursement Rate
Field Value
Absences
Primary Classication
4. Click Continue.
5. On the Create Element: Basic Information page, enter Vacation Payment in the Name and Reporting Name
elds.
6. In the Absence Plan Details section, complete the elds as shown in this table. Use default values for elds
unless the steps specify other values.
708
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Field Value
7. Click Next.
8. On the Create Elements: Additional Details page, in the Accrual Liability and Balance Payments section,
complete the elds as shown in this table. Use default values for elds unless the steps specify other values.
Field Value
Yes.
Calculate absence liability?
Liability rate.
Which rate should the liability
balance calculation use?
Yes
Does this plan enable balance
payments when enrollment ends?
Supplemental
How do you want Payout Amount
to be taxed?
Yes
Does this plan enable partial
payments of absences?
9. On the Create Elements: Additional Details page, in the Absence Payments section, complete the elds as
shown in this table. Use default values for elds unless the steps specify other values. For the purposes of this
worked example, all elds are being entered, however, only required elds must be entered and others may be
blank.
709
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Field Value
Absence payment.
Which rate should the absence
payment calculation use?
710
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
1. Specify the calculation units to use when reporting the absence, for example that's shown on the payslip, and
statement of earnings. Typically, you select Days or Hours for your reports that correspond to the units for your
absence plan. When creating an absence element, select the work calculation rule to calculate the absence rate.
2. Select the absence information to transfer to payroll based on the type of absence management plan.
Question Steps
Does this plan enable balance 1. Select Yes to congure a nal disbursement element and to maintain balances for the
payments when enrollment ends? disbursement hours and payments.
2. Optionally, select a rate to use for the calculation.
Does this plan enable partial payment 1. Select Yes to congure a discretionary disbursement element and to maintain balances
of balance? for disbursement hours and payments.
2. Optionally, select a rate to use for the calculation.
1. Select a method to reduce regular earnings if employees don't complete a time card.:
711
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
• The Reduce regular earnings option to reduce regular earnings by the absence payment. This
means that the employee is paid the same net amount as if they weren't absent.
• The Select rate to determine deduction amount option when the employee isn't due to be paid
for the absence at the same rate as their regular earnings. In this case, the absence deduction rate
that you select will be a rate that deducts 100% of the regular earnings. However, the absence
payment rate would be a dierent rate, for example 50%.
2. Optionally, select a rate to calculate the absence payment.
If you have standard earnings and absence elements in the same payroll run that reduce regular earnings, the
payroll calculation reduces earnings in this sequence:
Example: Amelia is due to be paid maternity payments after her termination. Select Yes in this question to set
the latest entry date of the entitlement elements to nal close. With this, the absence entitlement payments are
made to Amelia after her termination. When Amelia is terminated, change her employment assignment status
to Process When Earning. Also, set the TERM_INCLUDE_PR_LEVEL action parameter to Y, so that payroll
relationship level entries are considered for processing.
The template also congures additional elements, depending on the options selected in the template to transfer
absence information, as shown in this table.
Type of Absence Information to Optional Balance Payments Selected Additional Elements Congured
Transfer
712
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Type of Absence Information to Optional Balance Payments Selected Additional Elements Congured
Transfer
If your enterprise calculates cost distributions, specify costing for all the element eligibility records. For example, for an
accrual element, you do these steps
1. Dene element eligibility records for the accrual, accrual results, accrual retroactive, and accrual retroactive
results elements.
2. Specify costing for the accrual results and retroactive results elements.
The costing process costs the change in the liability balance since the last payroll period, debits the expense account
and credits the liability account.
Related Topics
• Element Costing Options
• Importing Absence Entries to Payroll: Procedure
• Rates Used to Calculate Absences in Payroll
713
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Which rate should the calculate absence liability use? Liability Rate
Which rate should the nal disbursement payment use? Final Disbursement Rate
Which rate should the partial disbursement payment use? Partial Disbursement Rate
Field Value
Absences
Primary Classication
4. Click Continue.
714
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
5. On the Create Element: Basic Information page, enter Vacation Payment in the Name and Reporting Name
elds.
6. In the Absence Plan Details section, complete the elds as shown in this table. Use default values for elds
unless the steps specify other values.
Field Value
7. Click Next.
8. On the Create Elements: Additional Details page, in the Accrual Liability and Balance Payments section,
complete the elds as shown in this table. Use default values for elds unless the steps specify other values.
Field Value
Yes.
Calculate absence liability?
Liability rate.
Which rate should the liability
balance calculation use?
Yes
Does this plan enable balance
payments when enrollment ends?
Supplemental
How do you want Payout Amount
to be taxed?
Yes
Does this plan enable partial
payments of absences?
9. On the Create Elements: Additional Details page, in the Absence Payments section, complete the elds as
shown in this table. Use default values for elds unless the steps specify other values. For the purposes of this
worked example, all elds are being entered, however, only required elds must be entered and others may be
blank.
715
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Field Value
Absence payment.
Which rate should the absence
payment calculation use?
Complete these steps to create an element using the time card template:
1. Create an earnings element on the Manage Elements page of the Payroll Calculation work area.
716
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Generate Data Dictionary Time Creates dependent payroll aributes for all element input values, such as hours and rate.
Aributes
You must run the Generate Data Dictionary Time Aributes process after making any changes
to time elements. Such changes include adding or deleting elements, editing input values, or
editing element eligibility records.
Caution: Failure to run the process might negatively impact the setup of time card
elds, the validation of payroll time types, or the transfer of time to payroll.
Generate Time Card Fields Creates time card elds using the data dictionary time aributions for the specied legislative
data group.
717
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
You can use the Manage Time Card Fields task to create time card elds for single and multiple
aributes.
If you're using a third-party time provider, create an HCM extract for the time card elements. The extract includes the
element's mapping ID that you specify in the XML le when you transfer the time entries to payroll.
As an example, the structure of your cost allocation key exeld might specify that the department segment is entered
at the element entry level. You could specify this additional aribute on the time card. Your employees can then specify
the department to charge for overtime hours worked while on loan to a dierent department. After you transfer the
time entries, the payroll calculation uses the department specied for the overtime hours to derive the costing results.
To view the results of the costing overrides transferred to payroll, perform these steps:
Related Topics
• Process Time Entries in Payroll
• Time Card Required Option
• Automatic entry
• Allow multiple entries in same period
• Additional entry
718
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Automatic Entry
When you create an element, you can select Yes for the question: Should every person eligible for the element
automatically receive it? This seing selects the Automatic entry option by default for all eligibility records you create
for that element. However, you can override the selection for any specic eligibility record before you save it.
When you select this option, saving the eligibility record initiates a payroll ow to create element entries for all eligible
workers. To monitor this ow, you do these tasks:
• View the progress of the process in the Automatic Entry Status eld. If the status shows that an error
occurred, you can save the eligibility record again to resubmit the ow.
• If you have access to payroll work areas, monitor the progress of the Generate Automatic Element Entries ow
on the Processes and Reports tab. You can navigate to the Processes and Reports tab through these work
areas: Payroll Dashboard, Payroll Checklist or Payroll Calculation.
Any updates to the employment records of eligible workers, including hires and terminations, automatically update,
create, or end the element entries, as appropriate.
Tip: If you select the Automatic entry option, you can't also select Allow multiple entries in same period.
Note: An element with the Automatic entry option selected can't allow multiple entries in the same period.
Additional Entry
This option enables you to add an occasional one-time entry for recurring elements. This additional entry can override
or add to the normal entry amount.
Related Topics
• Element Entry Methods
• Status of Flow Tasks
Final Close
Use this option to let the element stay open for entries beyond a person's last day worked. For example, you may want
the element to stay open to pay a severance package.
719
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Tip: If you select the last standard earning date option, also select proration for the element. This ensures that
the element is processed up to this date, even if it isn't active at the end of a payroll period.
Related Topics
• How Element Setup Aects Entries and Their Values
• Element Duration Dates
Related Topics
• How Element Setup Aects Entries and Their Values
720
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Element Details, or Element Validation Formula To validate one or more entry When you save the element
Eligibility values for the element based entry.
on entries in other entry
values.
Element Details, or Element Calculation Formula To provide values for one or When you save the element
Eligibility more entry values using a entry.
calculation that takes input
from these or other entry
values.
Element Details, or Element Defaulting Formula To provide default values for When you create the element
Eligibility one or more entry values. entry.
Input Value Validation Formula To validate one entry value When you enter the value.
independently of others.
Note: In all cases, a formula at the element eligibility level overrides an equivalent formula at the element
level.
Contexts
The following contexts are available to all formulas of this type:
• LEGISLATIVE_DATA_GROUP_ID
• DATE_EARNED
• EFFECTIVE_DATE
The following contexts are available to formulas at element or element eligibility level only, not to validation formulas at
the input value level:
• PERSON_ID
• PAYROLL_RELATIONSHIP_ID
• PAYROLL_TERM_ID
• PAYROLL_ASSIGNMENT_ID
• HR_RELATIONSHIP_ID
• HR_TERM_ID
721
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
• HR_ASSIGNMENT_ID
Input Variables
The following input variables are available to formulas of this type.
Validation formula at input value level entry_value Passes the value to be validated. You
must declare the input variable as the
appropriate type for the element input
value.
Validation formula at element or element Any element input value name that Replace spaces in the input value name
eligibility level corresponds to an entry value. with underscores in the input variable
name.
It doesn't maer whether you use
uppercase or lowercase for the name.
Calculation formula Any element input value name of an entry Replace spaces with underscores.
value.
You don't need to provide all of the
available entry values.
Return Values
The following return values are available to formulas of this type.
Validation formula at any level. formula_status Must be either 'S' (success) or 'E' (error).
Required.
Validation formula at any level. formula_ message Text of message passed to user if the
validation fails. Optional.
Defaulting formula Any element input value name of an entry A return value overrides any default value
value. provided on the input value in the element
or element eligibility record.
Calculation formula Any element input value name of an entry You don't need to return all of the
value. available entry values. You can return the
entry values that were passed in as input
variables, or other entry values.
722
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Sample Formula
This section contains the following sample formulas:
723
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Create value sets using the Manage Value Sets task. You select the Table validation type to dene a value set that lters
values from an existing table using a SQL statement.
This table provides the required values that you enter when you create a value set for use on the Manage Elements
page.
Field Value
Note: To enable the Value Set eld on the Manage Elements page you must select Character as the Unit of
Measure for the input value.
To improve the performance of your value set queries, use these contexts to lter the value set records:
• PayrollRelationshipId
• PersonId
• PayrollTermId
• PayrollAssignmentId
• LegDataGroupId
• LegCode
• SysEectiveDate
724
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Note: If you use these contexts in your value set SQL, make sure the WHERE clause parameter name matches
the context name.
In this example, an element contains input values for legislative data group and element name. The list of values for
element name is dependent on the selected legislative data group. As part of setup, you can select a default legislative
data group for the element, or for a specic element eligibility record.
Field Value
725
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Field Value
ID Column Length 18
4. Click Save.
Create a Value Set that Returns all Elements in the Legislative Data Group
1. On the Manage Value Sets page, click Create.
2. Complete the elds, as shown in this table.
Field Value
Description Elements
726
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Field Value
ID Column Length 18
3. Click Save.
You can override the default values on the Element Eligibility - Input Values page for a specic eligibility record.
727
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 31
Implementing Global Human Resources Elements
Related Topics
• Element Entry Methods
728
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
32 Fast Formulas
Note: You can use the Manage Fast Formulas task in the Setup and Maintenance work area of Workforce
Deployment, or in work areas relevant to the formula type, such as Payroll Calculation.
Calculate Payrolls
You can write payroll calculations and skip rules for elements to represent earnings and deductions.
For example, you can write a formula to calculate benets eligibility for those cases where the provided eligibility
criterion doesn't accommodate your particular requirements.
Note: For more information, see Benets Fast Formula Reference Guide (1456985.1) on My Oracle Support at
hps://support.oracle.com.
729
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
For more complex validations you can write a formula to check the entry. You can also use a formula to validate entries
in user tables.
When you create a payroll relationship group or work relationship group formula type, you can choose to use an
expression editor or a text editor. The expression editor makes it easy to build criteria to dene the group. For more
complex conditions, such as validations, you can select the text editor.
• Start and end dates for compensation allocations under individual compensation plans
• Person selection, hierarchy determination, column default values, and currency selection for workforce
compensation plans
• The source of items displayed in total compensation statements
When creating a rule template, you select a formula name, and then congure the parameter type and display name of
the parameters and variables. You don't have to redo the entire formula statement to determine what details to change
to achieve a particular outcome.
Here's what you can use formulas to apply in Time and Labor:
For example, the Period Maximum Hours Template uses the WFM_PERIOD_MAXIMUM_TIME_ENTRY_RULE formula to
compare reported time category hours to dened maximum hours.
Note: For more information, see Time and Labor Fast Formula Reference Guide (1990057.1) on My Oracle
Support at hps://support.oracle.com.
730
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
Is the formula for a specic legislative data group? No, this is a global formula that can be used by any legislative data
group.
What is the formula type for this formula? Range of Scheduled Hours
Fields for the Fast Formula Values for the Fast Formula
731
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
Fields for the Fast Formula Values for the Fast Formula
5. Click Continue.
6. Enter these formula details in the Formula Text section:
/* DATABASE ITEM DEFAULTS BEGIN */
DEFAULT FOR asg_job IS ' '
/* DATABASE ITEM DEFAULTS END */
JOB_1 = ASG_JOB
IF JOB_1 = 'Manager' then
(MIN_HOURS = 25
MAX_HOURS = 40
FREQUENCY = 'H')
else
(MIN_HOURS = 20
MAX_HOURS = 35
FREQUENCY = 'H')
return MIN_HOURS, MAX_HOURS, FREQUENCY
7. Click Compile.
8. Click Save.
What is the formula type for this formula? Payroll Relationship Group
732
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
4. Click Continue.
5. In the Formula Details section, click Add After to add a row and complete these elds:
6. Click Compile.
7. Click Save.
733
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
Syntax Error The formula text violates the grammatical rules for the formula language. For example, if you
use IF1 instead of IF in an IF statement.
Incorrect Statement Order ALIAS, DEFAULT, or INPUT statements come after other statements.
Misuse of ALIAS Statement You can use an ALIAS statement only for a database item.
Missing DEFAULT Statement A database item that species a default value must have a DEFAULT statement.
Misuse of DEFAULT Statement You specify a DEFAULT statement for a variable other than as an input or a database item.
Uninitialized Variable The compiler detects that a variable is uninitialized when used. The compiler can't do this in
all cases. This error often occurs when the formula includes a database item that requires
contexts that the formula type doesn't support. The formula treats the database item as a
local variable. For example, balance database items require the PAYROLL_ REL_ACTION_ID
PAYROLL_ ASSIGNMENT_ID and CALC_ BREAKDOWN_ ID contexts. Typically, you use these
statements in formulas of type Oracle Payroll.
Missing Function Call The compiler doesn't recognize a function call. The combination of return type, function name,
and parameter types doesn't match any available function.
Incorrect Operator Usage An instance of a formula operator use doesn't match the permied uses of that operator.
For example, the + operator has two permied uses. The operands are both of data type
NUMBER, or both of data type TEXT.
Inconsistent Data Type Usage The formula uses a formula variable of more than one data type. Or the formula uses a
database item or context with the wrong data type.
For example, Variable A is assigned a NUMBER value at the start of the formula, but is
assigned a TEXT value later in the formula.
EXIT Statement Not Within WHILE A condition that eventually becomes false or an EXIT call for exiting the loop doesn't exist.
Loop
734
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
For example, a formula assigns a value to AREA1 as an ordinary variable, but later uses AREA1
as a context in a GET_CONTEXT call.
Uninitialized Variable When the formula compiler can't fully determine if a variable or context is initialized, it
generates a code to test if the variable is initialized.
When the formula runs, the code displays an error if the variable or context isn't initialized.
No Data Found Raised when a non-array type database item unexpectedly fails to return any data. If the
database item can't return data, then it should provide a default value.
You can specify a default value using a DEFAULT statement. An error in formula function code
can also cause this error message.
Too Many Rows Raised when a non-array type database item unexpectedly returns more than a single row of
data. The cause is an incorrect assumption made about how the data is being accessed.
An error in the formula function code can also cause this error message.
NULL Data Found Raised when a database item unexpectedly returns a NULL data value. If the database item can
return a NULL value, then it provides a default value.
Note: Some database items can't return a NULL value. If the database items can
return a NULL value, then you can provide a default value for that database item.
Value Exceeded Allowable Range Raised for a number of reasons, such as exceeding the maximum allowable length of a string.
Invalid Number Raised when a formula aempts to convert a nonnumeric string to a number.
735
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
User Dened Function Error Raised from within a formula function. The error message text is provided as part of the
formula error message.
External Function Call Error A formula function returns an error, but doesn't provide any additional information to the
formula code. The function may have sent error information to the logging destination for the
executing code.
Too Many Iterations A single WHILE loop, or a combination of WHILE loops has exceeded the maximum number of
permied iterations. This error is raised to terminate loops that can never end, which indicates
a programming error within the formula.
Array Data Value Not Set The formula tries to access an array index that has no data value. This error occurs in the
formula code.
Invalid Type Parameter for You specify an invalid data type in the WSA_EXISTS call.
WSA_EXISTS
Incorrect Data Type For Stored Item When retrieving an item using WSA_GET, the actual data type doesn't match that of the stored
item. This error occurs within the calling formula.
Called Formula Not Found The called formula isn't found when aempting to call a formula from a formula. This error
may occur due to an issue in the calling formula, or because of installation issues.
Recursive Formula Call An aempt was made to call a formula from itself. The call could be made directly or indirectly
from another called formula. Calling a formula in a recursive manner isn't permied.
Input Data Has Dierent Types in When calling a formula from a formula, the input data type within the called formula doesn't
Called and Calling Formulas match the data type specied in the calling formula.
Output Has Dierent Types In Called When calling a formula from a formula, the output data type within the called formula doesn't
and Calling Formulas match the data type specied in the calling formula.
Too Many Formula Calls When a formula calls another formula in its text, resulting in a hierarchy. The maximum depth
of the hierarchy is 10.
736
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
737
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 32
Implementing Global Human Resources Fast Formulas
738
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
33 Rate Denitions
• Piece work where a worker gets 1.50 for each widget made.
• Meal allowance rate or mileage rates where the rate paid varies based on the number of miles traveled and the
type of vehicle.
Use the Manage Rate Denitions task from the Payroll Calculation work area to dene and manage rate denitions.
Categories
To create a new rate, select a category from this table.
Derived and Rate Retrieves values from one or more payroll balances or other rate denitions, including rates
that retrieve element entry values. Use this option to create a rate that retrieves a value from
one or more rate contributors.
Element
Retrieves a value from or posts to an element input value. The element input value must have
a special purpose of either a Primary Input Value or Factor.
• Select the Primary Input Value special purpose for an amount value, such as a salary
gure.
• Select the Factor special purpose for a factor value, such as a car allowance that you
calculate as 3 per cent of average earnings (factor = 0.03).
Value by Criteria Retrieves values from a single value by criteria denition. A value by criteria denition species
one or more evaluation conditions that determine a particular value or rate. You can specify
the conditions as a tree structure to dene the evaluation sequence.
Related Topics
• Values Dened by Criteria
• Examples to Manage Values Dened by Criteria
739
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
740
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Value by Criteria Name Value by Criteria If you select the Value by Criteria category
to dene a rate, you must select a Value
by Criteria name. A value by criteria
denition species one or more evaluation
conditions that determine a particular
value or rate.
741
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Select the Return FTE Rate check box to instruct the rate denition process to return a part-time value by applying an
employee's FTE to the rate value.
Periodicities
You must specify a periodicity, such as hourly or weekly, for the returned rate and each rate contributor. However, when
you use the rate in a formula, you can override the default periodicity.
The rate calculation converts each contributor to the periodicity specied on the rate contributor. It then adds or
subtracts the rate contributors, even if the periodicities are dierent. In most cases, they will be the same. Once the rate
contributors are summed up, the rate calculation then converts them into the return periodicity and currency.
For example, for a rate with a periodicity of weekly using the Standard Rate Annualized conversion formula, the rate
calculation does these actions.
1. Calculates an annual gure from the value and periodicity of each contributing earning and deduction.
2. Converts the annual gure into a weekly value.
By default, rates are converted using these predened rate conversion formulas.
If the values in the predened conversion rules don't meet your requirements, you can dene your own.
Factor Rules
You can apply a factor or multiplier to a calculated rate, or to an individual rate contributor. To apply a factor rule, do
these steps.
You can apply a factor rule to the rate denition, rate contributors, or both. For example, you can dene rate
contributors to calculate hourly values based on salary and bonus. You can then apply a factor of 1.0 or 100 percent
to the salary balance contributor and a factor of 0.5 or 50 percent to the bonus balance contributor. The factor rule is
applied to the rate before the periodicity conversion is applied.
742
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Use the Limit Violation Action eld to display an error, warning, or enforce the application to use minimum or
maximum value that you enter. For example, you can enter 500 as the minimum value and then select Enforce Rules. If
the returned value comes back as 400, the application uses 500 as the value.
This table explains the options for the minimum and maximum rate values.
Value Comments
Based on another rate Uses the calculated value of the rate denition that you select.
Be careful that you don't create a loop. For example, Rate A has minimum value that's based
on Rate B, which has a minimum value based on Rate A. This situation would result in a
runtime error.
Note: You can't dene override and defaulting rules if you select the Values by Criteria category to dene a
rate. But you can select a formula to validate any rate that's returned and also use formulas to create default
values. For example, you can use the HCM Rates Default Value formula type to dene the number of workdays
in a year for your organization.
workday = 250
periodicity = YEAR
return workday, periodicity, currency
In addition, you can use a value by criteria denition as the default type. Here, the process uses the value for the rst
record created and carries that value forward in subsequent records, unless it's manually overridden. The rate engine
reevaluates the rate that the value by criteria method creates for each subsequent record. So, this rate could change.
For example you could use a value by criteria denition to enable a default value of 10 percent for bonuses that are
targeted to all eligible employees.
743
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Contributor Rules
You can specify the periodicity for the contributor total. To process contributor totals as full-time equivalency amounts,
select Yes in the Process Contributor Total as FTE Amount eld. The nal rate value is converted from this status to
the Return Rate FTE status.
Information
In this section, enter text that explains the purpose of the rate, how the rate is calculated, or provides further details for
the rate. This section isn't available for rate denitions using the Value by Criteria categories.
Related Topics
• Congure Periodicity Conversion Rules
For example, if you dene a bonus rate which is 0.1 (10 percent) of average earnings, then you do these steps.
Base Rate Value from the employee's Base Rate Employment Level
Overall Salary Value from the employee's Overall Salary Employment Level
rate
744
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Reference Dates
You can select a reference date, which is the date the application uses to retrieve rate contributor information for the
rate calculation. The reference date species the context for the balance dimension.
For example, to retrieve a rate as of the actual start of an absence, select Absence Start Date. To retrieve a rate as of a
specic time period, select a specic time period.
The Reference Date eld lists only these types of time denitions:
• Time Span - a period of time, such as three months
• Retrieval Date - a type of time denition that's based on a database item
Note: If you don't select a reference date, the application uses the eective as-of date that's used by the rate
engine to calculate the rate.
A combination of earnings, such as Multiple, if salary and car allowance are stored as separate rate denitions
the sum of salary and car allowance
payments
Note: All balances and element entries that contribute to a rate must use the same currency.
745
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Example: Using multiple rate contributors, an hourly holiday pay rate could be based on adding together these values,
which are all paid at the end of the previous year.
• Salary
• Incentive bonus
• Seniority bonus
• Other changeable components of remuneration
Note: When creating elements for use in rate denitions, don't select Periodically. The Rate
Denition process is unable to convert rates with a periodicity of periodically to dierent
frequencies such as annual, weekly, and daily.
4. If the at amount is a full-time equivalent value, you must select Yes in the Default eld for the Full-Time
Equivalent input value.
5. Create element eligibility.
Field Value
Category Standard
746
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
4. Click Continue.
5. Enter a name, reporting name, and description.
6. Enter the eective date.
7. Answer the questions in the Duration and Standard Rules sections.
8. For the question, At which employment level should this element be aached?, select Assignment Level.
9. For the question, Does this element recur each payroll period, or does it require explicit entry? select Recurring.
10. Click Next.
11. In the Calculation Rules section, select Flat Amount and then click Next.
12. Click Submit.
13. On the Element Summary page under the Input Values folder, select Full-Time Equivalent.
14. Check that these values exist.
Displayed Selected
Required Deselected
Default No
747
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Displayed Selected
Required Deselected
6. On the Element Summary page under the Input Values folder, select Factor.
7. Check that the following elds and values exist.
Name Factor
Displayed Selected
Required Deselected
748
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
2 Manage Elements For the Flat Amount element, use the Pay
Value balance feed to enter an Eligible
Compensation balance for the Percentage
element.
4 Submit a Process or Report Enter a suitable period for the payroll you
selected in step 1.
6 View Payroll Process Results Check if the payroll results are correct.
What elements do I need to create • Salary (assignment level) - This element contains the salary value to be retrieved by the
before I dene the rate? rate denition. You must create it using the Flat Amount calculation rule.
• Car Allowance (assignment level) - This element contains the car allowance value to be
retrieved by the rate denition. You must create it using the Flat Amount calculation
rule.
• Absence - Use the Absence template to create the element. Enter Sickness as the
classication and Absence as the category.
Which balances hold the contributing • Salary is fed by the Salary element.
values? • Car Allowance is fed by the Car Allowance element.
749
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Field Value
Eective Start Date Select a date that's after the creation date of the objects that you're referencing
4. Click OK.
5. In the Basic Details section, enter these values.
Field Value
6. In the Returned Rate Details section, select Daily as the value for the Periodicity eld.
7. Click the Contributor Rules tab and then select Yes as the value for the Process Contributor Total as FTE
Amount eld.
The balances referenced need to be populated using payroll runs for the periods covered by the balance
dimension or the rate denition won't generate a meaningful value.
750
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Field Value
Periodicity Daily
Field Value
Periodicity Daily
Note: You will then need to pass the absence entry through to payroll using the absence
interface.
Related Topics
• Integrate Absence Management with Global Payroll
751
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
1. In the Payroll Administration work area, click the Manage Rate Denitions task.
2. Click Create.
3. Enter these values.
Field Value
Category Element
4. Click OK.
5. Enter these values.
Fields Value
6. In the Returned Rate Details section, select the Base Rate and complete the elds, as shown in this table.
Field Value
Periodicity Annual
752
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
7. Click Submit.
Should I include all pay for car No. Only include 50 percent of the amount paid for car allowance.
allowance in the overall salary?
Note: The overall salary rate denition is a derived rate. To populate the Overall Salary check box, select
a salary element in the Element name eld. You then add the regular salary rate and car allowance rate
contributors to the rate denition. The rate contributors that you add should be elements that you select from
the Rate Name eld on the Create Rate Contributor page.
Field Value
4. Click OK.
753
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Field Value
Field Value
Periodicity Weekly
Field Value
Periodicity Weekly
754
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
2. Enter Rate Denition in the Contributor Type eld and then click OK.
3. Enter these values.
Field Value
Periodicity Weekly
The application provides database items to support the rate batch process. These array database items return all rates
associated with a payroll relationship record as of a specic date.
The Generate HCM Rates process supports the database items listed in this table.
755
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
• Changes to the data referenced by the rate, which may include element entries, grade rates, and values dened
by criteria. This process only reports the rate values. It doesn't update, delete, create, or have any impact on the
underlying objects.
• Updates to rate denitions, such as when a new rate contributor is added or removed, or the rate is made
inactive.
• Changes to employee records that impact their salary rates, such as changes to job or grade.
756
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Note: You should run the process prior to any operation that depends on the values that are stored in the
table. For example, if you have a rate based on seniority, values could change simply by the passage of time.
1. In the Payroll Administration work area, select the Submit a Process or Report task.
2. Select your legislative data group.
3. Select the Generate HCM Rates ow paern.
4. Enter these values for the Process Mode eld.
Fast Uses the start and end date specied to This is the quickest but least accurate
calculate the rate value. If the rate value method to calculate rate values. It misses
is the same for both dates, it determines any changes if a rate value goes up and
that the rate value is the same over then back down to the same value that's
the entire period. If the start and end calculated at the start and end dates.
values are dierent, this method then
determines a value in the middle and
compares it with the start and nish
values to see where the change occurred.
This process repeats until the date of
the change is found. This is known as a
binary chop algorithm.
Full Calculates the rate for every day between Slowest but most accurate method.
the start and end date.
Periodic This method works the same as Fast The accuracy of this method is half-way
except you can specify the number between Fast and Full.
of days the process calculates rates
between the start and end dates.
5. Click Next.
6. Select a ow submission.
Note: If you select Using a schedule, you must also select a frequency, such as once, weekly
or daily.
757
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
• Optionally, pass other formula inputs, such as periodicity. This periodicity overrides the return periodicity
specied on the rate denition.
Absence Plan
In Oracle Fusion Absence Management, you can select a rate rule on the Entries and Balances tab of the Create Absence
Plan page. The rate rule calculates the units passed to payroll when you record an absence. You can select rate rules for
the absence payment, nal disbursement, discretionary disbursement, and liability balance calculation.
For third-party absence providers, the application transfers the rate information and override rates in the XML le
aached to the Load Absence Batch process.
Absence Element
If you don't specify rates in the absence plan, you can specify a rate when you create the absence elements. The type
of absence information determines the rates you can select. For example, for plans where you transfer accrual balances
and absences, you can select dierent rates for these calculations.
• Absence payments
• Discretionary disbursement
• Final disbursement
• Liability balance rate
As best practice, specify a rate in either the plan or the element. If you specify in both, ensure the rate for the element is
same as the rate you selected in the corresponding plan.
When you associate a payroll element to a salary basis, you specify an input value that holds the base pay on a worker's
element entry. The monetary amount or rate recorded in the element entry is the salary value in the worker's salary
information held on the assignment. If you specify a rate, the formula uses this rate if it doesn't nd one dened in the
absence plan or absence element.
Related Topics
• Dene Payroll Elements to Process Absences
758
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
Note: When the formula is called to calculate the rate, there is an option to override the return periodicity of
the rate.
759
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 33
Implementing Global Human Resources Rate Denitions
760
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Note: The values that the Generate HCM Rates process creates are stored on a rates table. You can extract
this information using the HCM Extract tool to send to your third-party payroll providers.
Use these examples to understand how you can calculate values dened by criteria for these elements of payroll.
Annual Salaries
You can calculate annual salaries for employees based on their position. For example:
Bonus Payments
You can chose to calculate bonus payments for employees that are weighted by their location. A more complicated
scenario would be to pay bonuses based on an employee's department, years of service, and annual salary.
• To pay a bonus based on department, years of service, and annual salary, you could set up criteria as follows:
◦ If an employee working in sales has less than or equal to 5 years of service and an annual salary over
45,000, pay a 2,000 bonus.
◦ If an employee working in sales has less than or equal to 10 years of service and an annual salary over
45,000, pay a 5,000 bonus.
761
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
◦ If an employee working in sales has greater than 10 years of service and an annual salary over 45,000,
pay a 9,000 bonus.
◦ For all other employees working in sales, pay a 7 percent bonus based on their annual salary.
Pension Contributions
Your pension plan may have rules that limit contributions based on an employee's annual salary. For example, in this
scenario you could set up criteria as follows:
• Employees making less than or equal to 25,000, limit maximum contributions to 2,500.
• Employees making less than or equal to 50,000, limit maximum contributions to 7,500.
• Employees making less than or equal to 100,000, limit maximum contributions to 12,500.
• Employees making greater than 100,000, limit maximum contributions to 14 percent of pay.
Hourly Rates
In the United States, labor law mandates to pay a higher rate when a locality's minimum wage is greater than the state
or federal minimum wage. To fulll this requirement, use the Manage Values Dened by Criteria task to set up pay rates
that a worker's state, county, and profession determines.
• Pay carpenters working in City 1 in County 1 greater than or equal to the rate of 15 per hour.
• Pay carpenters working in City 1 in County 2 greater than or equal to the rate of 17 per hour.
• Pay carpenters working in City 1 in County 3 greater than or equal to the rate of 19 per hour.
• For all other workers, pay rate of 12 USD per hour, the prevailing state wage for laborers.
Related Topics
• Generate HCM Rates
• Overview of Rate Denitions
762
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Component Requirement
Criteria Denition (evaluation At least one but you can have many.
condition)
Default Criteria Denition Should have at least one in most cases to cover all conditions.
If you have a situation that where the criteria you set up covers all conditions, then you don't
need a default criteria denition.
Name Refers to the name of the value denition. This eld is mandatory. This name must be unique
across all value denitions within a legislative data group. It's required to enable customers to
identify the parent record while you create the hierarchy through the HCM Data Loader.
Value Denition Group Grouping that helps you manage value denitions. This eld is mandatory.
Retrieval Date Determines whether the criteria denition uses the date earned or eective date to retrieve
information. The default value is eective date.
Display Name Refers to the name of the hierarchy record created within the context of the value denition.
This name doesn't need to be unique and is displayed in the value by criteria hierarchy record.
If you don't enter a display name, the database item description or name displays.
Value Denitions You can have multiple values included with a value denition. Each one is identied by the
value identier.
Literal Values
One per criteria denition.
Rate Used when you're creating a calculation value. If you select Flat Rate or Incremental Rate as the
calculation type, you must enter a rate in this eld.
763
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Value Denitions
After creating the criteria, create value denitions to hold the values for each criterion. This is where you enter the
calculation types and rates. If you're using a calculation type that's a at amount, at amount times multiplier, or
number, you can also specify a periodicity.
To view or modify the calculation values you entered, click the appropriate link to access the Manage Calculation Value
Denition task. On this page you can change from and to values, override the calculation type, add new rows, change
rates, and change currency. The From Value and To Value elds on this page are monetary.
You can capture multiple values for a single criterion if you specify a unique value identier for each value. The tree
structure shows this identier instead of the value denition name. For example you may want to pay employees
bonuses at dierent rates based on their annual salaries. In this case, you can use value identiers to dene dierent
rates for each salary range using the From Value and To Value elds.
Database Items
Each condition refers a database item to identify where the value is used. It also determines the data type of the value,
which is text, number, or date. Dene conditions using predened database items or the dynamically created database
items that are generated when certain data is created, such as balances and elements.
Here is a partial list of database items that you can refer in the new hire ow:
• Grade
• Job
• Job Code
• BU (Business Unit)
• Location
• Department
• Worker Category
• Assignment Category
• Employee Category
• Salary Basis
• Legal Employer
764
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Note: You can only refer database items for objects that are dened in the new hire ow, which are used to
calculate salary basis. If you refer other types of database items, the process either returns zero or it uses the
default criteria.
You can refer a wider range of database items if you dene a value by criteria for other purposes. For example,
calculating a time card or payroll rate.
You can refer any static or dynamic DBI that supports these contexts:
• HR_ASSIGNMENT_ID
• HR_TERM_ID
• PAYROLL_ASSIGNMENT_ID
• PAYROLL_TERM_ID
• PAYROLL_RELATIONSHIP_ID
• PERSON_ID
• CALC_BREAKDOWN_ID
• PAYROLL_ID
• EFFECTIVE_DATE
• DATE_EARNED
• LEGISLATIVE_DATA_GROUP_ID
Operands
You use operands when you're creating criteria. You can specify whether the value dened by the database item should
be equal to, greater than, less than, greater than or equal to, or less than or equal to the literal value.
To capture multiple values for the same criteria, use the In operand. For example if you want to give employees that
work in City 1 and City 2 the same bonus, you can create a single evaluation condition for both cities using the In
operand.
Value Sets
Specify a value set to provide a dynamic list of values from which you can select an entry. This option is available for
input values that provide text only.
Literal Values
If you specify a value set, you can select an entry from a list of values, which is based on the selected value. If you leave
the Value Set eld blank, you can enter any type of information that's appropriate for the value denition that you're
creating.
Related Topics
• Generate HCM Rates
• Overview of Rate Denitions
765
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
What ages and rates should be used? • Less than age 25, pay 10 percent
• Less than age 35, pay 14 percent to City 1 employees
• Less than age 35, pay 16 percent to City 2 employees
• All other locations and ages greater than 35, pay 5 percent
Are there any special conditions that Yes. In City 2 the general manager wants to pay a at amount of 15,000 for all employees
should be added? under the age of 35 who make over 100,000 per year.
766
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Field Value
Calculation Value Denition Name Bonus Rate Age Group 1 Bonus Rate Age Group 2
Sequence 1 2
767
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Literal Value 25 35
Field Value
Calculation Value Denition Name Bonus Range Age Group 2 Location 1 Bonus Range Age Group 2 Location 2
Sequence 1 2
Operand = =
768
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Field Value
Calculation Value Denition Name Bonus Rate Age Group 2 Location Default Rate
Field Value
Rate .10
5. Click OK.
769
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Field Value
Calculation Value Denition Name Bonus Rate Age Group 2 Location Rate 1
Rate .14
5. Click OK.
6. Select the row with the Location = City 2 criteria denition.
7. Click New.
8. Select Value and click OK.
9. Complete the elds as shown in this table.
Field Value
Calculation Value Denition Name Bonus Rate Age Group 2 Location Rate 2
Rate .16
770
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Field Value
Rate .05
5. Click OK.
6. To create a calculation value denition for employees that don't meet any criteria, select the row with the last
Default Criteria denition.
7. Repeat the steps described in this procedure except for the Calculation Value Denition Name eld. Enter
Bonus Default Rate instead.
8. Click OK.
Related Topics
• Generate HCM Rates
771
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
What salaries and contribution limits • Salary less than or equal to 50,000, limit pension contribution to 5,000
should be used? • Salary less than or equal to 100,000, limit pension contribution to 10,000
• All other salary amounts, limit pension contribution to 17 percent of annual salary
This example:
1. Creates the pension limits criteria denition
2. Creates salary criteria
3. Creates the value denition for salary amount 1
4. Creates the value denition for salary amount 2
5. Creates the value denition for the default criteria denition
Field Value
772
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Field Salary less than or equal to 50,000 Salary less than or equal to 100,000
Calculation Value Denition Name Salary less than or equal to 50,000 Salary less than or equal to 100,000
Sequence 1 2
Field Value
773
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Field Value
Periodicity Annually
5. Click OK.
Field Value
774
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
Field Value
Periodicity Annually
5. Click OK.
Field Value
Rate .17
5. Click OK.
Related Topics
• Generate HCM Rates
775
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 34
Implementing Global Human Resources Values Dened by Criteria
You can change the sequence of the criteria denitions at any time to suit your business needs and x processing
problems.
776
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
35 Base Pay
Overview
Congure compensation frequency values, grade rate validation data, and payroll elements for quoting and paying base
pay. Also manage lookups, actions, and action reasons related to base pay management. Application implementors and
compensation administrators use the Base Pay task list in the Compensation work area.
Using a descriptive name for the salary basis is a good practice if you require many salary bases in your organization.
Examples are CA Hourly Wages, UK Annual Salary with Components, and Adjunct Pay 3 Credit Courses.
Use the following questions to help determine how many salary bases you require.
Frequency
How many dierent frequencies for quoting base pay or overall salary rates are in use? Workers who have multiple
assignments or employment terms on dierent payroll frequencies require a dierent salary basis be associated
with each assignment or employment term. Salary bases that use rates can only be assigned to workers whose legal
employers store salary at the assignment level.
Annualization Factor
Do any of the frequencies have multiple annualization factors for base pay or overall salary rates? Your number of
salary bases increases by one for each additional annualization factor in each separate LDG.
777
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
Payroll Element
Do you want to use the same payroll element for dierent salary bases without rates? You can use the same payroll
element in more than one salary basis, if the element meets these requirements:
You can't include these elements in overall salary derived rate denitions or rate denitions of type Element.
• Congured for the same legislative data group
Currency
In how many currencies do you pay worker within a single LDG? You must have one payroll element for each currency
within an LDG. You must also have a separate salary basis for each base pay element or overall salary rate element.
Components
Do you want to itemize salary using components or rates? You require one additional salary basis for each additional
unique collection of components or rates.
Grade Rates
How many grade rates do you require? The number of salary bases increases by one for each additional grade rate in
use.
Related Topics
• Grade Rates
• Salary Component Lookups
• Create Compensation Payroll Elements
• Salary Basis Conguration Options
778
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
Payroll Element
You aach a single existing payroll element to each salary basis to hold base pay earnings. The elements that are
available to select meet the following criteria:
• Are valid for the selected legislative data group
• Are recurring
• Are classied as either Earning or Information
• Include eligibility denition
The required element eligibility denition may include eligibility criteria, but criteria aren't required.
• Are dened at either the Assignment or Employment Terms level
Restrictions
You can link recurring elements to multiple salary bases only if you classify them as earnings elements and congure
them to enable multiple entries in the same period. You might use the same payroll element when two salary bases with
the same frequency use dierent grade rates. Examples:
• Headquarters-based grades have base pay of X
• Grades for all other locations have base pay of X - 2 percent
Input Value
When you dene a base pay payroll element, you specify an input value that holds base pay on a worker's element
entry. For both base pay salary and hourly wages the element input value is Amount. Entering or updating a base pay
amount for a worker automatically updates the base pay element entry for that person.
The monetary amount or rate recorded in the element entry is the salary value in the worker's salary information held
on the assignment or employment terms. That amount is in the frequency of the worker's salary basis.
This table shows how the payroll formula processes the input values of base pay element entries received in the
frequency of the salary basis:
The resulting base pay earnings appear on the payslip for the payroll element associated with the salary basis.
Currency
The element currency automatically determines the salary basis currency, in which the worker is paid.
779
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
Periodicity Conversion
Rate conversion formulas convert amounts to dierent periodicities for payroll calculations. The following calculations
use rate conversion formulas:
• Proration
• Hours multiplied by rates calculation of an element run result
• Rates based on rate denitions
Predened Periods
Use the following predened periods when seing periodicity.
If these values don't meet your requirements, you can copy a predened rate conversion formula and edit its periodicity
values.
Annually Yes 1
Bimonthly Yes 6
Biweekly Yes 26
Daily No 365
Quarterly Yes 4
Semiannually Yes 2
Semimonthly Yes 24
780
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
Workday No 260
Weekly Yes 52
Dening Periodicity
Here's the dierent ways in which you can dene periodicity:
The following table lists the predened rate conversion formulas to change the periodicity of an amount.
781
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
Standard Rate Annualized Calculates the annual rate using the input To convert a weekly amount to a
periodicity and converts the amount to an semimonthly periodicity, the formula:
output periodicity and rate.
1. Multiplies the weekly amount by 52.
This rule uses default values, such as 2080
hours or 260 working days, to calculate 2. Divides the result by 24.
the annual rate. You select the day or
hourly basis during element denition.
Standard Rate Daily Calculates the daily rate using the input To convert an annual amount to daily
periodicity and converts the amount to an periodicity, the formula:
output periodicity and rate.
1. Divides the annual amount by 365.
This rule uses a default value, such as 260
working days a year, to calculate the daily 2. Multiplies the result by the number of
rate. days in the payroll period.
Standard Working Hours Rate Annualized Uses the employee's standard working The employee works 40 hours a week with
hours to convert the monetary value and a monthly salary of 1000:
working hours to an annual value before
calculating the rate. ((1000*12)/(40. 00*52) = 5.77 an hour
Assignment Working Hours Rate Uses the employee's working hours The employee works 40 hours a week,
Annualized to convert the monetary value and with 37.5 standard working hours a week,
working hours to an annual value before and a monthly salary of 1000:
calculating the rate.
((1000*12)/(37. 50*52) = 6.15 an hour
Periodic Work Schedule Rate Annualized Uses the employee's work schedule for
the payroll period for daily and hourly For an employee:
conversions.
• With a monthly salary of 1000
• Assigned a monthly payroll
782
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
Periodicity: The conversion rule for periodicity applies to Flat Amount, Hours * Rate, and Days * Rate calculation rules.
You can override the periodicity used as the default for the element denition at the element entry level.
Work Units: The Work Units conversion rule applies only to at amount calculation rules for standard and supplemental
earnings elements. The selection of which work units to use in reports and payslips determines the conversion
calculation. The application creates the element input values using the default values of the rate conversion formulas.
For example, the following table illustrates how the payroll process determines the standard work units for any given
pay period:
Proration: The element template includes a new question for proration units. Proration rate conversion rules replace
the previous proration methods in the element template. You have greater exibility, for example, to base proration on
calendar days when using work units for conversion.
Note: If the conversion rules don't meet your requirements, you can copy and edit the rules using the Manage
Fast Formulas task in the Payroll Calculation work area.
Related Topics
• Congure Periodicity Conversion Rules
• Overview of Using Formulas
• Options to Congure Rate Denitions
• Create Conversion Formulas for Proration
783
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
Component Conguration
This table identies key seings for salary basis congurations that include salary components.
Field Value
You can modify the available salary components by editing the CMP_SALARY_COMPONENTS lookup type using the
Manage Lookups task in the Compensation work area.
Component Processing
When salary component values change, the payroll element holds the new salary amount calculated from the
component adjustment. Payroll doesn't receive individual component values for processing.
Example
The worker's current salary is 31,200 USD. You enter component adjustment percentages and the application calculates
the monetary amounts using the percentages, as shown in this table. It then sums the monetary amounts and the
original salary amount to determine the new salary amount of 34,944 USD.
Merit 6 1,872
Promotion 4 1,248
Adjustment 2 624
784
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
To vary the validation for dierent groups of workers, you can enter validation criteria as part of the element eligibility
denition.
Related Topics
• Grade Rates
This topic lists the common assumptions and calculations for the following three scenarios:
Assumptions
All of the examples assume the following:
785
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
The standard working hours, working hours, and FTE come from the worker's employment record. You can view it using
the Manage Employment task in the Person Management work area. The annualization factor and the frequency for the
salary come from the salary basis associated with the worker's salary record.
FTE 1
Calculation:
• Annual salary: 15 x 2080 = 31,200 USD
• Annualized full-time salary: 15 x (2080/1) = 31,200 USD
FTE 0.5
Calculation:
• Annual salary: 15 x 2080 x 0.5 = 15,600 USD
786
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
The following table shows the inputs for this scenario for a monthly rate:
FTE 0.5
Annualization factor 12
Calculation:
The following table shows the inputs for this scenario for an annual rate:
FTE 0.5
Annualization factor 1
Calculation:
787
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
FTE 1.2
Annualization factor 1
Calculation:
FAQs
Where does the annualization factor for a salary basis that uses
payroll period frequency come from?
The period type on the payroll linked to a worker's assignment or employment terms determines the number of payroll
periods in a year.
Can I use the same payroll element in more than one salary basis?
Yes, if it's a recurring element that you classify as an earnings element and congure it to enable multiple entries in the
same period.
788
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
789
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 35
Implementing Global Human Resources Base Pay
790
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 36
Implementing Global Human Resources Individual Compensation Plans
Plans: Explained
Individual compensation plans dene compensation that managers can award to individual workers outside of the
regular compensation cycle, such as a spot bonus or education reimbursement. They also enable workers to manage
their own contributions to charitable or savings plans. Create individual compensation plans using the Manage Plans
task.
The following components comprise the details of a plan:
• Options
• Payroll elements and input values for each option
• Budget pool for each option
• Payment dates
• Eligibility
• Plan access restrictions
• Instruction text
Options
Each plan must have at least one option with which you associate:
• Payroll element details to communicate the payment or distribution details to the payroll processing application
• Optional eligibility requirements to limit who's eligible for the plan
Examples:
• A company car plan has options consisting of dierent compensation amounts for each vehicle model.
• A spot bonus plan has options consisting of dierent xed monetary amounts.
791
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 36
Implementing Global Human Resources Individual Compensation Plans
Example: You congure an input value to enter the vehicle mileage when issued for a company car plan.
Eligibility
Eligibility proles control in which compensation plans or options a particular worker is entitled to participate. If adding
multiple proles, you must mark at least one as required. You can aach eligibility proles to:
• A plan
• An option
• Both a plan and an option
Examples:
• Aach an eligibility prole to the company car plan to include only the sales department.
• Aach additional eligibility proles to the vehicle model options to restrict luxury models to only executive
positions.
Compensation eligibility evaluation processing also uses criteria dened at the element eligibility level to determine
whether a person is eligible for a compensation plan. The best practice is to control eligibility either with eligibility
proles or through the element eligibility and not to mix the two methods.
Payment Dates
Select from standard date rules that:
• Specify when plan payments start (and end for recurring compensation)
Example: Next payroll period start date
• Enable the manager or worker to enter start or end date
792
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 36
Implementing Global Human Resources Individual Compensation Plans
Instruction Text
You can compose optional instruction text to assist managers or workers using the plan as well as include hyperlinks to
relevant documents and websites.
No This plan becomes available to line managers and workers on all pages where you manage
individual compensation or personal contributions.
Yes To complete the plan access conguration, you must further dene the restriction by selecting
and adding actions and specifying any time constraints.
Restriction by Action
If you decide to restrict access, you must select at least one action. For each action added, you must specify the period
in which the user can start, update, or discontinue allocations or contributions.
• Specic HR actions
• Manage Individual Compensation
• Manage Contributions
• All
HR actions
Select one or more HR actions in which this plan should be available to the line manager or HR specialist for eligible
workers during the corresponding HR transaction. For example, add a transfer action to a moving allowance plan to
make it available when transferring a worker.
793
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 36
Implementing Global Human Resources Individual Compensation Plans
The following table shows examples of the Manage Individual Compensation action usage:
Add the Manage Individual Compensation action to provide alternative access to the spot
bonus plan for use as a hiring bonus.
Manage Contributions
Select this option if the plan is a worker contribution plan, such as a savings or charitable contribution plan. Also, specify
additional access details, such as a restricted period for enrolling in, modifying, or discontinuing the plan. This action
makes the plan available to eligible workers in their portrait.
All
Selecting this option is similar to not restricting access, except that you can specify access details that apply to all
actions. This option consists of all actions available in the list, including the Manage Contributions action, which makes
the plan available to all workers who are otherwise eligible for the plan.
Caution: Use this option with caution because it gives both workers and managers access to the plan. You
would rarely select this option.
Plans: Examples
You can use the Manage Plans task to create various individual compensation plans for one-time or ongoing payments
or contributions. These scenarios show you some typical plans and provide the basic steps to set them up.
794
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 36
Implementing Global Human Resources Individual Compensation Plans
Spot Bonus
Scenario: Create a plan to make a one-time spot bonus payment.
Example: Use derived factors to identify full-time employees with a minimum 1-year length of service.
5. Restrict access:
◦ By HR action; select the appropriate actions related to hiring, adding, and promoting workers.
◦ Add the Manage Individual Compensation action so that your managers can award the bonus in My
Teams.
Stock Grant
Scenario: Create a plan to make a one-time stock grant.
Example: Use derived factors to identify full-time employees with a minimum 5-year length of service.
5. Restrict access:
◦ By HR action; select the appropriate actions related to hiring, adding, and promoting workers.
◦ Add the Manage Individual Compensation action so that your managers can grant the stock in My
Teams.
Car Allowance
Scenario: Create an ongoing car allowance plan with 2 payment options.
Example: Your regional sales managers are eligible for a car allowance. The radius of their territory in relation to
headquarters determines the allowance amount. This table shows you the setup for each option.
795
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 36
Implementing Global Human Resources Individual Compensation Plans
Less than or equal to 100 miles 300 Recurring payroll element for territories
within a 100-mile radius and an input
value of 300
Greater than 100 miles 500 Recurring payroll element for territories
outside of a 100-mile radius and an input
value of 500.
796
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 36
Implementing Global Human Resources Individual Compensation Plans
FAQs
Why can't I add an action to restrict access to a plan?
When All is currently selected as the action value on the Create Individual Compensation Plan page, Plan Access tab,
the Add action is disabled. To make the plan available only for specic HR actions, replace the value of All by selecting a
specic action. After selecting the rst HR action, you can add rows and select additional actions. Specify access details
for each individual HR action that you select.
Use the All option with caution because it gives both workers and managers access to the plan. You would rarely select
this option. After you replace the value of All, the plan is available only in the transactions that you select.
797
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 36
Implementing Global Human Resources Individual Compensation Plans
798
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 37
Implementing Global Human Resources Compensation History
37 Compensation History
Salary
The following table shows the three rows of information for the Salary category.
Row Comments
Overall Salary For the current year, it's the most recent pay rate, shown in the frequency of the worker's
salary basis (such as hourly, monthly, or annually).
For previous years, it's the pay rate on 31 December of the given year.
Annualized rate Calculated using the worker's overall salary and the annualization factor of the salary basis
frequency as of 31 December of the given year.
Percentage change The dierence in the worker's overall salary from the previous year, if history exists.
In the summary table, click the base pay hyperlink to view detailed information about salary history, percentage change,
compa-ratio, and growth rate. The detail view includes links to individual base pay change records.
Stock
The Stock category displays a total for each grant type awarded in the unit granted, such as shares or options. In the
summary table, click the grant name to view information about grant date and price; granted, vested, and unvested
shares; and the estimated value of unvested shares as well as to access further details.
Other Compensation
The Other Compensation category displays nonrecurring monetary compensation such as commissions, bonuses,
overtime, and reimbursable expenses. In the summary table, click the compensation name to view eective date,
amount, currency, and grand total information about all awards.
799
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 37
Implementing Global Human Resources Compensation History
Recurring Payments
The Recurring Payments category includes the latest amount of recurring compensation, such as car allowances and
education assistance. In the summary table, click the payment name to view eective date, amount, currency, and
grand total information for an individual award or compensation amounts
800
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 37
Implementing Global Human Resources Compensation History
Caution: Don't delete or reorder template columns. The upload process might fail.
Caution: Don't select the Upload and then immediately download option when prompted during an upload.
The data that you uploaded immediately downloads back into the workbook, hiding any errors that occurred
during the upload.
Validating Changes
Open the Manage Stock Grants page and search for and view the imported stock grant data.
Resolve Errors
The upload process automatically updates the Status eld in each workbook row. If there are errors that require review,
the process:
1. Rolls back the change in the application.
2. Sets the workbook row status to Upload Failed
3. Continues to the next workbook row
To view and resolve an error:
1. Double-click Update Failed in the Status eld.
2. Fix any data issues in the workbook.
3. Upload the latest changes.
801
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 37
Implementing Global Human Resources Compensation History
• If you're reinstalling the Excel add-in and currently have a version older than 11.1.1.7.3 (4.0.0), then uninstall
the existing Oracle ADF Desktop Integration Add-In for Excel the same way you uninstall any program on your
computer.
Tip: You can nd the version in the control panel where you uninstall programs.
The add-in installer does check if you have these already, and would download and install them if needed. But,
you can manually install them rst, especially if you run into issues installing them as part of installing the Excel
add-in.
Caution: Avoid using the Windows Task Manager and clicking End Task to close Excel. Doing so might
disable the add-in.
Conventions
Some column headers in the integrated workbook might include [..]. This means that you can double-click or right-click
within any cell in the column to open a dialog box, which lets you select a value to insert into that cell.
802
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 37
Implementing Global Human Resources Compensation History
Statuses
To use the Status Viewer:
1. Open the tab for your task in the Ribbon, if available. For example, if you downloaded a workbook to create
expense items, the tab is called Create Expense Items.
2. Click Status Viewer.
3. In the worksheet, click any table row to see the status of the row, including messages for any errors. The Status
Viewer always shows the status of the entire worksheet.
Searches
Some integrated workbooks have searches. To search within the workbook, you must be signed in to the application.
When you click the search buon, the application prompts you to login if you haven't already logged in.
Related Topics
• How You Use Tables
803
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 37
Implementing Global Human Resources Compensation History
FAQs
How can I import stock data sent to me by my supplier?
On the Manage Stock Grants page, use the Prepare Import Spreadsheet buon to generate the stock table
spreadsheet. Enter your supplier's data, ensuring that each row contains a unique Grant Date, Grant ID, and Grant
Number. Upload the information into the stock table.
804
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
Contextual Addresses
Set Up the Mapping Service for Contextual Addresses
A contextual address is marked with an orange triangle, the More icon. When users hover over the triangle, an icon
appears that they can click to display the address on a map. The Mapping Service for Contextual Addresses prole
option determines the mapping service which you must use to display the map. In the Setup and Maintenance work
area, use the following:
• http://maps.live.com/default.aspx?where1=
• http://bing.com/maps/?v=2&encType=1&where1=
You can include parameters in the URL. For example, to avoid a locator box in Google Maps, add &iwloc=& to the
URL. So, you would enter http://maps.google.com/maps?iwloc=&&output=embed&q= as the prole value.
Related Topics
• Set Prole Option Values
• Why can't I see the map for contextual addresses
805
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
If prompted, select a context layer to determine the scope of users that your changes aect. After you complete your
changes, you can preview and test the changes, and then publish the sandbox to make your changes available to users.
Dene Seings
You can rename icons for infolet pages and other congurable pages in the page control, change their visibility seings,
and reorder them. On the Home Conguration page, you can:
• Click the infolet name or any other congurable page name to rename it.
• Click the Visible eld for an infolet or any other congurable page to change its visibility seing. You can show
or hide the icon for these pages in the page control on the home page. You can select one of the following
options:
◦ Yes: The icon appears in the page control.
◦ No: The icon doesn't appear in the page control.
◦ EL expression: The evaluation of the EL expression decides whether the icon appears in the page
control.
• Click the Default View eld for an available congurable page to specify whether the page should be set as the
default home view. You can select one of the following options:
◦ Yes: The page is set as the default home view.
◦ No: The page isn't set as the default home view.
◦ EL expression: The evaluation of the EL expression decides whether the page is set as the default home
view.
Note: Only specic congurable pages, such as Quick Actions, are available for you to set as the
default home view. When you click the Default View eld for such pages, you get the options to
select Yes, No, or EL Expression. These options aren't available for other pages that you can't set as
the default home view.
• Use the Move Up and Move Down icons to adjust the relative positions of the icons for the infolet pages or
other congurable pages in the page control on the home page.
You can use prole options to dene seings for the lmstrip, which you can nd above all pages:
• To enable users to use the lmstrip, set the Springboard Strip Enabled prole option (FND_USE_FILMSTRIP)
to Yes.
• If the FND_USE_FILMSTRIP prole option is set to Yes, then you can display the lmstrip as expanded by
default. To do so, set the Springboard Strip Expanded prole option (FND_EXPAND_FILMSTRIP) to Yes. A
user can still collapse or expand the strip on any page, and when done, this prole option is set by default for
subsequent sessions of that user.
806
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
Related Topics
• Examples of EL Expressions for Conguring Navigation
• Set Prole Option Values
• Overview of Sandboxes
• Create and Activate Unied Sandboxes
Dene Display Seings for Home Page with Panel or Banner Layout
If you selected the panel or banner layout on the Themes page, follow these steps to congure the display of
information in the various sections of your home page:
1. Click the Home Page Display tab.
2. Select one of these options to display on the home page:
Dene Display Seings for Home Page with News Feed Layout
If you selected the news feed layout on the Themes page, follow these steps to congure the display of information in
the various sections of your home page:
1. Click the Home Page Display tab.
2. In the Name column of the table, click any section name to rename it.
807
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
3. Click the Visible eld for a section to change its visibility seing. You can show or hide the section on the home
page:
Related Topics
• Manage Themes
• Overview of Conguring Themes and Home Page Seings
• Create Themes
• Overview of Sandboxes
If you congure an action, the changes will apply only to the congured tab. For example, if an action appears on both
My Team and My Client Groups tabs, and you modify the action on the My Team tab, the changes will be applied only to
the action on the My Team tab.
To congure an action:
1. In the Navigator, click the Structure task in the Conguration work area.
2. On the Navigation Conguration page, click the group (Me, My Team, or My Client Groups) that includes the
action you want to congure.
3. On the Edit Group <Group Name> page, click the Quick Actions tab.
4. From the list of quick actions, expand the required page name and click the action that you want to congure.
5. Change the name or the visibility of the action.
6. Click Save and Close.
To congure a quick action grouping:
1. In the Navigator, click the Structure task in the Conguration work area.
2. On the Navigation Conguration page, click the group (Me, My Team, or My Client Groups) that you want to
congure.
808
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
3. On the Edit Group <Group Name> page, click the Quick Actions tab
4. Click the name of the group you want to edit.
5. On the Edit Group: <Group Name> page, change the name of the group.
6. Click Save and Close.
7. On the Navigation Conguration page, under the Order column, click the Move Up or Move Down arrows to
change the sequence of the menu groups.
To congure frequently used actions:
1. In the Navigator, click the Structure task in the Conguration work area.
2. On the Navigation Conguration page, click the group (Me, My Team, or My Client Groups) that includes the
quick action you want to congure.
3. On the Edit Group <Group Name> page, click the Quick Action tab.
4. Select the action that you want to add as a quick link.
5. From the list of quick actions, expand the required page name and click the action that you want to congure
as a frequently used action.
6. On the Edit Quick actions page, select the Add as a quick action link on home page check box.
7. Click Save and Close.
8. On the Edit Group: <Group Name> page, under the Order column, click the Move Up or Move Down arrows to
change the sequence of the action.
Note: You must be in a sandbox to add or edit actions. Once you are done with your changes, publish the
sandbox. You need to assign the privilege PER_ACCESS_QUICK_ACTIONS_PRIV to access the quick actions.
The predened employee and contingent worker roles already have this privilege granted to them.
Create an Announcement
1. From the Navigator, select Tools > Announcements.
2. Click Create.
3. Specify the details, such as subject, start date, and end date.
4. Select a category. If you select User-Dened, a text box appears, where you can provide additional details.
5. Select any of these options:
6. Add the content in the text box. Add the content in the text box. You can format your text using the formaing
options.
7. Click Save and Close.
Your changes on the Announcements page apply immediately to all users, even if you saved your changes while a
sandbox is active and not yet published.
809
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
◦ Panel or Banner: Select Announcements from the home panel options, and then click Apply.
◦ News feed: Select Yes for News and Announcements, and then click Apply.
Your default home page layout also determines how the home page displays the announcement.
• Panel or Banner: The home page displays only the announcement content, not the subject or image.
• News feed: The home page displays the entire announcement along with the subject and image in the News
and Announcements section.
Related Topics
• Overview of Conguring Themes and Home Page Seings
• Why can't I see announcements on the Home page
Global Header
How do I dene whether the user image, name, or initials display
in the global header?
Set the User Image Display Enabled (FND_USER_PHOTO_ENABLED) prole option. If you select:
• Yes, then the user image is displayed in the global header only if the user uploaded a photo. Otherwise, the
user's initials are displayed. By default, this prole option is set to Yes.
• No, then only the user name is displayed in the global header.
810
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
Related Topics
• Change Your Photo
Privacy Statement
Set Privacy Statement URL
A privacy statement is legal content that tells you how a company collects and manages user data. You can add a link to
your company's statement in the About This Application dialog box.
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, go to the Manage Applications Core Administrator Prole Values
task in the Application Extensions functional area.
2. Search for the Privacy Statement URL (PRIVACY_PAGE) prole option.
3. In the Prole Values section, update the Prole Value eld with the full URL of the web page that has the
privacy content. By default, this prole value is N.
Caution: Don't enter any other value, such as Y, because that causes a broken link.
Access
Check with your security administrator that the appropriate users are assigned roles that inherit the following privileges:
• Record and View Issue (FND_RECORD_AND_VIEW_ISSUE_PRIV): To create a basic recording
• Set Issue Recording Advanced Options (FND_SET_ISSUE_RECORDING_ADVANCED_OPTIONS_PRIV): To
set advanced options before starting the recording
• View Version Information (FND_VIEW_VERSION_INFORMATION_PRIV): To see the versions that technical
components of the application are on
Number of Users
Recordings are stored on servers, and by default, up to ve users can record at the same time on each
server. For performance reasons, you can set the Maximum Number of Users Allowed to Record Issues
(ORA_FND_RECORD_ISSUE_MAX_USERS) prole option to a number lower than ve.
811
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
Related Topics
• Record Issues to Troubleshoot
• How can I view the version information of an application
• Set Prole Option Values
Note: If you don't see this task, then make sure that the Application Toolkit Component Maintenance feature
is enabled at the oering level in the Oerings work area.
On the Manage Application Toolkit Administrator Prole Values page, set the Welcome Dashboard Worklist Timeout
Interval prole option.
• If you don't set a value for this prole option, which is blank by default, then the region doesn't time out.
• Retrieving data for the Worklist region aects the performance of My Dashboard as a whole. So, select a value
for this prole option if your users have the Worklist region on My Dashboard and notice performance issues.
After the timeout, users can refresh the region to try retrieving the data again.
Related Topics
• Set Prole Option Values
• Congure Oerings
• Update Existing Setup Data
812
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
Deep Links
You can use deep links to open pages without navigating through the menu structure. Deep links come in handy if
you have corporate internal portals and you want to enable direct navigation from the portals into the Oracle Fusion
Applications. For example, you can enable direct navigation to the My Team page. Use the Deep Links work area to view
a complete list of the available deep links.
You can simply copy a URL from the Deep Links page and paste it in your external portals as is. You don't even need to
know the URL format.
You can hide unused or optional sections and elds on the redesigned actions and pages. For example, for the promote
action for the India legal employer, you can show the salary section if salary is adjusted when a worker is promoted, or
you can hide the position section and the position elds if you don't use position management.
You can create multiple rules for an action. The criteria help determine which rule applies to which employees. If an
employee meets multiple criteria for a page or action, then the rules are applied in the order displayed in the transaction
813
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
design studio. You can set a rule to be active or inactive. You can have only one active rule for any action at any time.
You can also
Prerequisites
1. You must activate a sandbox before dening a rule.
2. Enable page-level conguration at the Site level.
Add Rule
1. Click Add to add a new rule.
2. Enter these rule details:
Field Value
Name UK Promotion
814
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
Field Value
Action Promotion
Active Yes
Congure Rule
1. In the Show or Hide Regions section, scroll down to the Compensation row and select Not visible.
2. Scroll down to the Page Aributes region and select Promotion from the Region list.
3. In the Grade aribute row, select Not visible from the list.
4. Click Save.
FAQs
Does the Transaction Design Studio replace the Page Composer ?
No. The Transaction Design Studio doesn't replace the Page Composer completely but reduces the need to create EL
(Expression Language) expression to vary pages for dierent roles or legal employers. You can use either of the tools
depending on your requirement.
815
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 38
Implementing Global Human Resources Other Setup and Maintenance Tasks
816
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
Overview
The common reference objects are used by several setup tasks in the Setup and Maintenance work area. The common
reference objects become a part of the conguration package that's created for an implementation project. While
moving the application content, for example, moving from test to the production phase of an implementation, aend to
the nuances of these common reference objects.
Parameters
The common reference objects are represented as business objects. A single object can be referenced in multiple
setup tasks with dierent parameters. In the conguration package created for the implementation project, parameters
passed to a setup task are also passed to the business objects being moved. As a result, the scope of the setup tasks is
maintained intact during the movement.
Dependencies
Common reference objects may have internal references or dependencies among other common reference objects.
Therefore, you must note all the dependencies before moving the objects so that there are no broken references among
them.
Related Topics
• Overview of Setup Data Export and Import
• Setup Data Export and Import Using an Oering or a Functional Area
Choice of Parameters
The following table lists the business objects, the movement details, and the eect of the setup task parameter on the
scope of the movement.
Note:
• You can move only the translations in the current user language.
• You can move the Oracle Social Network business objects and the changes to the Navigator using the
conguration sets on the Conguration Set Migration page.
817
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
Business Object Name Moved Functional Item Eect on the Scope of Movement
Application Message Messages and associated tokens No parameters: All messages are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only messages belonging to the specied
module and its descendant modules in the
taxonomy hierarchy are moved.
Parameter messageName/ applicationId
Only the specied message is moved.
Application Taxonomy Application taxonomy modules and No parameters: All taxonomy modules
components and components are moved.
Application Aachment Entity Aachment entities No parameters: All aachment entities are
moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only aachment entities belonging to
the specied module and its descendant
modules in the taxonomy hierarchy are
moved.
Application Aachment Category Aachment categories and category-to- No parameters: All aachment categories
entity mappings and category-to-entity mappings are
moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only aachment categories belonging to
the specied module and its descendant
modules in the taxonomy hierarchy along
with the respective category-to-entity
mappings are moved.
Application Document Sequence Category Document sequence categories No parameters: All categories are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey Only
categories belonging to the specied
module and its descendant modules in the
taxonomy hierarchy are moved.
Parameter code/ applicationId Only the
specied document sequence category
code is moved.
Application Document Sequence Document sequences and their No parameters: All sequences are moved.
assignments
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only document sequences belonging to
the specied module and its descendant
modules in the taxonomy hierarchy are
moved
Parameter name: Only the specied
document sequence is moved.
818
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
Business Object Name Moved Functional Item Eect on the Scope of Movement
Application Descriptive Flexeld Descriptive exeld registration data and No parameters: All descriptive exelds
setup data are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only descriptive exelds belonging to
the specied module and its descendant
modules in the taxonomy hierarchy are
moved.
Parameter descriptiveFlexeldCode/
applicationId Only the specied
descriptive exeld is moved. Importing
the metadata of a exeld can change
its deployment status. Therefore,
you must redeploy if there are any
aected exelds. The import process
automatically submits aected exelds
for redeployment. Also only exelds
with a deployment status of Deployed or
Deployed to Sandbox are eligible to be
moved.
Application Extensible Flexeld Extensible exeld registration data and No parameters: All extensible exelds are
setup data, including categories moved
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only extensible exelds belonging to
the specied module and its descendant
modules in the taxonomy hierarchy are
moved.
Parameter extensibleFlexeldCode/
applicationId Only the specied extensible
exeld is moved. Importing the metadata
of a exeld can change its deployment
status and therefore, the aected
exelds must be redeployed. The import
process automatically submits aected
exelds for redeployment.
Also, only exelds with a deployment
status of Deployed or Deployed to
Sandbox are eligible to be moved.
Application Key Flexeld Key exeld registration data and setup No parameters: All key exelds are
data moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey Only
key exelds belonging to the specied
module and its descendant modules in the
taxonomy hierarchy are moved.
Parameter keyFlexeldCode/ applicationId
Only the specied key exeld is moved.
Importing the metadata of a exeld
can change its deployment status and
therefore, the aected exelds must
be redeployed. The import process
819
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
Business Object Name Moved Functional Item Eect on the Scope of Movement
Application Flexeld Value Set Value set setup data No parameters: All value sets are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only value sets belonging to the specied
module and its descendant modules in the
taxonomy hierarchy are moved.
Parameter valueSetCode: Only the
specied value set is moved.
Importing the metadata of a value set
can change the deployment status of
exelds that use the value set. Therefore,
you must redeploy if there are any
aected exelds. The import process
automatically submits aected exelds
for redeployment.
Application Reference Currency Currency data No parameters: All currencies are moved.
Application Reference ISO Language ISO language data No parameters: All ISO languages are
moved.
Application Reference Industry Industry data including industries in No parameters: All industries are moved.
territories data
Application Reference Language Language data No parameters: All languages are moved.
Application Reference Natural Language Natural language data No parameters: All natural languages are
moved.
Application Reference Territory Territory data No parameters: All territories are moved.
Application Reference Time zone Time zone data No parameters: All time zones are moved.
Application Standard Lookup Standard lookup types and their lookup No parameters: All standard lookups are
codes moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only standard lookups belonging to the
specied module and its descendant
modules in the taxonomy hierarchy are
moved.
820
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
Business Object Name Moved Functional Item Eect on the Scope of Movement
Application Common Lookup Common lookup types and their lookup No parameters: All common lookups are
codes moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only common lookups belonging to the
specied module and its descendant
modules in the taxonomy hierarchy are
moved.
Parameter lookupType: Only the specied
common lookup is moved.
Application Set-Enabled Lookup Set-enabled lookup types and their lookup No parameters: All set-enabled lookups
codes are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only set-enabled lookups belonging to
the specied module and its descendant
modules in the taxonomy hierarchy are
moved.
Parameter lookupType: Only the specied
set-enabled lookup is moved.
Application Prole Category Prole categories No parameters: All prole categories are
moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey Only
categories belonging to the specied
module and its descendant modules in the
taxonomy hierarchy are moved.
name/ applicationId Only the specied
category is moved.
Application Prole Option Prole options and their values No parameters: All prole options and
their values are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey Only
prole options and their values belonging
to the specied module are moved.
Parameter proleOptionName: Only the
specied prole option and its values are
moved.
Application Prole Value Prole options and their values No parameters: All proles and their
values are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey Only
proles and their values belonging to the
specied module are moved.
821
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
Business Object Name Moved Functional Item Eect on the Scope of Movement
Parameter categoryName/
categoryApplicationId Only proles and
their values belonging to the specied
category are moved.
Parameter proleOptionName: Only the
specied prole and its values are moved.
Application Reference Data Set Reference data sets No parameters: All sets are moved.
Application Reference Data Set Reference data set assignments Parameter determinantType: Only
Assignment assignments for the specied determinant
type are moved.
Parameter determinantType/
referenceGroupName Only assignments
for the specied determinant type and
reference group are moved.
Application Tree Structure Tree structures and any labels assigned to No parameters: All tree structures (and
the tree structure their labels) are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey Only
tree structures (and their labels) belonging
to the specied module are moved.
Parameter treeStructureCode: Only the
specied tree structure (with its labels) is
moved.
Application Tree Tree codes and versions No parameters: All trees are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey Only
trees belonging to the specied module
are moved.
Parameter treeStructureCode: Only trees
belonging to the specied tree structure
are moved.
Parameter TreeStructureCode/ TreeCode
Only trees belonging to the specied tree
structure and tree code are moved.
Application Tree Label Tree structures and any labels assigned to No parameters: All tree structures (and
the tree structure their labels) are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey
Only tree structures (and their labels)
belonging to the specied module and
its descendant modules in the taxonomy
hierarchy are moved.
Parameter treeStructureCode: Only the
specied tree structure (with its labels) is
moved.
822
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
Business Object Name Moved Functional Item Eect on the Scope of Movement
Application Data Security Policy Database resources, actions, conditions, No parameters: All database resources/
and data security policies actions/ conditions/ policies are moved.
Parameter moduleType/ moduleKey Only
database resources/ actions/ conditions/
policies belonging to the specied module
and its descendant modules in the
taxonomy hierarchy are moved.
Parameter objName: Only the specied
database resource along with its actions/
conditions/ policies is moved.
If the policies being moved contain
reference to newly created roles, move
the roles before moving the policies.
If the source and target systems use
dierent LDAPs, manually perform the
GUID reconciliation after moving the data
security policies.
Dependencies
The dependencies among the common reference objects may be caused by any of the following conditions.
You may decide to move one, some, or all of the business objects by including the ones you want to move in your
conguration package. For example, you may decide to move only value sets, or move both value sets and their lookups
as part of the same package. Whatever be the combination, Oracle recommends that during the movement of objects,
you follow an order that maintains the dependencies among the objects.
823
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
Movement Dependencies
The seed data interface moves only the setup metadata. For example, if you use Seed Data Framework to import
exeld metadata, the exeld setup metadata is imported into your database. However, you must initiate the exeld
deployment process separately after seed data import to regenerate the runtime exeld artifacts in the target
environment. Similarly, if you use Seed Data Framework to import data security metadata, you must rst move any new
referenced roles and then manually run the GUID reconciliation where required.
To ensure that the reference data isn't lost during the movement, certain guidelines are prescribed. It's recommended
that you perform the movement of object data exactly in the following order:
1. Move created taxonomy modules before moving any objects that reference them, such as exelds, lookups,
proles, aachments, reference data sets, document sequences, messages, and data security.
2. Move created currencies before moving any objects that reference them, such as territories.
3. Move created territories before moving any objects that reference them, such as languages and natural
languages.
4. Move created ISO languages before moving any objects that reference them, such as languages, natural
languages, and industries.
5. Move created tree structures before moving any objects that reference them, such as trees or tree labels.
6. Move created prole options before moving any objects that reference them, such as prole categories or
prole values.
824
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
7. Move created aachment entities before moving any objects that reference them, such as aachment
categories that reference them.
8. Move created reference data sets before moving any objects that reference them, such as reference data set
assignments and set-enabled lookups.
9. Move created document sequence categories before moving any objects that reference them, such as
document sequences.
10. Move created tree labels before moving any objects that reference them, such as trees.
11. Move created data security objects and policies before moving any objects that reference them, such as value
sets.
12. Move created value sets before moving any objects that reference them, such as exelds.
13. Move created trees before moving any objects that reference them, such as key exelds.
825
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Chapter 39
Implementing Global Human Resources Moving Common Reference Objects
826
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
Glossary
absence plan
A benefit that entitles workers to accrue time for the purpose of taking leave and receiving payments during absence
periods.
absence type
A grouping of absences, such as illness or personal business that is used for reporting, accrual, and compensation
calculations.
accounting flexfield
The structure that determines the chart of accounts, including the number and order of the individual segments, as well
as assigning the value sets to the segments.
action
Tracks changes to certain Human Capital Management (HCM) records, for example, changes to employment and
assignment records. You can create your own actions and associate them with the predefined action types. You can
optionally associate action reasons with actions.
action
The kind of access, such as view or edit, named in a security policy.
action reason
Action reasons provide further explanation to actions, for example, an action of transfer could have reasons such as
reorganization or career progression.
ADF
Application Developer Framework. A set of programming principles and rules for developing software applications.
analytics
Business intelligence objects such as analyses and dashboards that provide meaningful data to help with decision
making.
annualization factor
Multiplication factor used to convert base salary to an annualized amount
assignment
A set of information, including job, position, pay, compensation, managers, working hours, and work location, that
defines a worker's or nonworker's role in a legal employer.
827
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
assignment level
See sourcing assignment level.
assignment statement
A statement that formulas use to set a value for a local variable.
autosuggest
Suggestions that automatically appear for a search field, even before you finish typing your search term. You can select
any of the suggestions to run your search.
balance
Positive or negative accumulations of values over periods of time, typically generated by payroll runs. A balance can
sum pay values, time periods, or numbers.
balance dimension
The scope of a balance value, such as the period of time over which it accumulates, and whether it relates to an
assignment or a payroll relationship.
balancing segment
A chart of accounts segment used to automatically balance all journal entries for each value of this segment.
band
A specified range of values. Example: An age band defines a range of ages, such as 25 to 30, used to determine a
person's eligibility.
behaviors
The actions exhibited by employees to demonstrate a competency. Behaviors are also referred to as subcompetencies.
benefits offering
Any of an organization's nonsalary components of employee benefits packages, such as health, savings, life insurance,
recreation, goods, or services.
business function
A business process or an activity that can be performed by people working within a business unit. Describes how a
business unit is used.
828
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
business object
A resource in an enterprise database, such as an invoice or purchase order.
business unit
A unit of an enterprise that performs one or many business functions that can be rolled up in a management hierarchy.
Calculation Card
Captures values required for payroll calculations for some earnings and deductions, such as absence payments and
involuntary deductions. You can also create various types of cards to hold default values for tax reporting units or
payroll statutory units for some countries.
calendar event
A period that signifies an event, such as a public holiday or a training course, that impacts worker availability.
ceiling step
Highest step within a grade that a worker may progress to.
chart of accounts
The account structure your organization uses to record transactions and maintain account balances.
competency
Any measurable behavior required by an organization, job, or position that a person may demonstrate in the work
context. A competency can be a piece of knowledge, a skill, an attitude, or an attribute.
component group
Logical sets of payroll-related components, elements, and calculation rules required for the calculation of certain types
of earnings and deductions.
condition
The part of a data security policy that specifies what portions of a database resource are secured.
consolidation group
A grouping of payroll runs within the same period for the same payroll, for which you can run reporting, costing, and
post-run processing. You can specify a default consolidation group for each payroll definition.
829
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
content item
An individual quality, skill, or qualification within a content type that you track in profiles.
content library
A repository of the content types and individual content items that can be associated with person profiles and profiles
for workforce structures such as jobs and positions.
content type
An attribute such as a skill, quality, or qualification that is added to a profile.
context
A grouping of flexfield segments to store related information.
context segment
The flexfield segment used to store the context value. Each context value can be associated with a different set of
context-sensitive segments.
context-sensitive segment
A flexfield segment that may or may not appear depending upon a context. Context-sensitive segments are attributes
that apply to certain entity rows based on the value of the context segment.
contingent worker
A self-employed or agency-supplied worker. Contingent worker work relationships with legal employers are typically of
a specified duration. Any person who has a contingent worker work relationship with a legal employer is a contingent
worker.
cost center
A unit of activity or a group of employees used to assign costs for accounting purposes.
cost organization
A grouping of inventory organizations that indicates legal and financial ownership of inventory, and which establishes
common costing and accounting policies.
830
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
dashboard
A page that gives quick access to key tasks and summary information for a business process or object.
data model
The metadata that determines where data for a report comes from and how that data is retrieved.
data security
The control of access and action a user can take against which data.
database item
An item of information with special programming attached, which formulas and HCM extracts use to locate and retrieve
the data.
database resource
An applications data object at the instance, instance set, or global level, which is secured by data security policies.
department
A division of a business enterprise dealing with a particular area of activity.
derived factor
Calculated eligibility criterion that changes over time, such as age or length of service.
descriptive flexfield
Expandable fields used for capturing additional descriptive information or attributes about an entity, such as a customer
case. You may configure information collection and storage based on the context.
determinant
A value that specifies the use of a reference data set in a particular business context.
determinant type
An optional value that affects document sequencing in a transaction. The available determinant types are Business Unit,
Ledger, Legal Entity, and Tax Registration.
determinant type
The value that affects sharing of reference data in a transaction across organizations, such as a business unit or a cost
organization.
831
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
determinant value
A value specific to the selected determinant type of a document sequence. If Ledger is the determinant type for
a document sequence, the determinant value is the specific ledger number whose documents are numbered by
the document sequence. It is relevant in a document sequence assignment only if the document sequence has a
determinant type.
development goal
A goal that is geared toward facilitating the career growth of individuals so that they can perform better in their current
job or prepare themselves for advancement.
disability organization
An organization with which employee disabilities are registered.
division
A business-oriented subdivision within an enterprise. Each division is organized to deliver products and services or
address different markets.
document category
A high level grouping of person documents such as visas, licenses, and medical certificates. Document subcategories
provide further grouping of document categories.
document sequence
A unique number that is automatically or manually assigned to a created and saved document.
educational establishment
A school, college, university, or other learning institution.
elapsed schedule
Elapsed schedules define the number of hours to be worked on a day, but not the precise start and end times. For
example, all resources work eight hours on Monday, but some resources may start at 8 AM, while others start at 1 PM.
element
Component in the calculation of a person's pay. An element may represent a compensation or benefit type, such as
salary, wages, stock purchase plans, pension contributions, and medical insurance.
element classification
Provides various element controls, such as the processing order, balances feeds, costing, and taxation. Primary element
classifications and some secondary classifications are already defined. You can create other secondary classifications.
832
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
element eligibility
The association of an element to one or more components of a person's employment record. It establishes a person's
eligibility for that element. Persons are eligible for the element if their assignment components match the components
of the element eligibility.
element entry
The record controlling an employee's receipt of an element, including the period of time for which the employee
receives the element and its value.
element group
Group of one or more elements, which you define for running various payroll processes, reports, or for cost distribution
purposes. Use element groups to limit the elements processed by a payroll batch process.
eligibility profile
A user-defined set of criteria used to determine whether a person qualifies for a benefits offering, variable rate or
coverage, compensation plan, checklist task, or other object for which eligibility must be established.
enterprise
An organization having common control over one or more legal entities.
entitlement
Grant of access to functions and data. Oracle Fusion Middleware term for privilege.
extensible flexfield
Expandable fields that you can use to capture multiple sets of information in a context or in multiple contexts. Some
extensible flexfields let you group contexts into categories.
fast formula
A simple way to write formulas using English words and basic mathematical functions. Formulas are generic
expressions of calculations or comparisons that repeat with different input values.
feature
Business practices or methods applicable to the functional areas that enable the fine-tuning of business functionality.
filmstrip
The single strip of icons that you can use to open other pages. The strip appears between the global header and the
page title.
833
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
flexfield
A flexible data field that you can configure such that it contains one or more segments or stores additional information.
Each segment has a value and a meaning.
flexfield segment
An extensible data field that represents an attribute and captures a value corresponding to a predefined, single
extension column in the database. A segment appears globally or based on a context of other captured information.
FTE
Abbreviation for full-time equivalent, such as .5 for half-time work.
global header
The uppermost region in the user interface that remains the same no matter which page you're on.
global name
A person's name in a format and language that can be understood throughout a multinational enterprise.
global search
The search in the global header that lets you search across many business objects.
grade
A component of the employment model that defines the level of compensation for a worker.
grade ladder
A hierarchy used to group grades and define their sequence.
grade rate
Used to define pay values for grades in a legislative data group.
grade step
A level of increment within a grade.
Groovy
An object-oriented programming language for the Java Platform used as an alternative to the Java programming
language. Groovy can also be used dynamically as a scripting language.
834
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
HCM
Abbreviation for Human Capital Management.
headcount
A work measure recorded on an assignment. By default, the headcount of an organization is the total of primary
assignments in primary work relationships.
HR
Abbreviation for human resource.
HR status
Tracks worker's progress through the assignment, whether the assignment is active, suspended, or inactive.
incident
A collection of diagnostic information about a critical error, providing details about the state of the application when the
issue occurred.
individual compensation
Compensation awarded to individual workers outside of the regular compensation cycle, such as a spot bonus or
education reimbursement. Some compensation is worker allocated, such as a savings contribution percentage.
infolet
A small, interactive widget on the home page that provides key information and actions for a specific area, for example
social networking or your personal profile. Each infolet can have multiple views.
input value
Field defined for an element that holds information about an element entry that's needed for calculation. For example,
hours worked, an alternate payment rate, or the amount of a bonus or deduction.
interface table
Database table that stores data during data transfer between applications or between databases that reside inside and
outside of an Oracle Fusion application.
inventory organization
A logical or physical entity in the enterprise that tracks inventory transactions and balances, stores definitions of items,
and manufactures or distributes products.
835
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
item master
A collection of data that describes items and their attributes recorded in a database file.
job
A generic role that's independent of any single department or location. For example, the jobs Manager and Consultant
can occur in many departments.
job definition
The metadata that determines what a job does and what options are available to users when they submit the scheduled
process. A job is the executable for a scheduled process.
job family
A group of jobs having different but related functions, qualifications, and titles. For example, you may group a trust
analyst and an operations analyst into the Analyst job family.
job role
A role, such as an accounts payable manager or application implementation consultant, that usually identifies and
aggregates the duties or responsibilities that make up the job.
key flexfield
Configurable flexfield comprising multiple parts or segments, each of which has a meaning either individually or in
combination with other segments. Examples of key flexfields are part numbers, asset category, and accounts in the
chart of accounts.
LDG
Abbreviation for legislative data group.
legal authority
A government or legal body that is charged with powers such as the power to make laws, levy and collect fees and
taxes, and remit financial appropriations for a given jurisdiction.
836
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
legal employer
A legal entity that employs people.
legal entity
An entity identified and given rights and responsibilities by commercial law through the registration with country's
appropriate authority.
legal jurisdiction
A physical territory, such as a group of countries, single country, state, county, parish, or city, which comes in the
purview of a legal authority.
legislation
The base definition that governs certain rules so that Oracle Global Human Resources can perform differently for
different countries and territories in order to meet statutory requirements. Can be predefined by Oracle or defined
during implementation using the Manage Legislations for Human Resources task.
line of business
Set of one or more highly related products which service a particular customer transaction or business need. Refers to
an internal corporate business unit.
local name
A person's name in a format and language that are readily understood by users in a single country but that may not be
understood throughout a multinational enterprise.
lookup code
An option available within a lookup type, such as the lookup code BLUE within the lookup type COLORS.
lookup type
The label for a static list that has lookup codes as its values.
mainline metadata
The primary branch of metadata that a sandbox is published to. Once published, changes made in the sandbox become
available to all users.
837
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
model profile
A collection of the work requirements and required skills and qualifications of a workforce structure, such as a job or
position.
Navigator
The menu in the global header that you can use to open the work areas and dashboards that you have access to.
object group
User-defined set of elements or people that restrict the items you want to include in various processes and reports.
offering
A comprehensive grouping of business functions, such as Sales or Product Management, that is delivered as a unit to
support one or more business processes.
party
A physical entity, such as a person, organization or group, that the deploying company has an interest in tracking.
payroll relationship
Defines an association between a person and a payroll statutory unit based on payroll calculation and reporting
requirements.
payroll status
Indicates whether payroll runs process the assignment. Valid values are Process, Do not process, Process when earning,
and Process nonrecurring element entry.
838
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
performance document
Online document used to evaluate a worker for a specific time period. The document contains the content on which the
worker is evaluated, which could include goals, competencies, and questionnaires.
performance goal
A results-oriented goal, often using specific targets, to assess the level of a worker's achievement.
person number
A person ID that is unique in the enterprise, allocated automatically or manually, and valid throughout the enterprise for
all of a person's work and person-to-person relationships.
person profile
A collection of skills, experience, qualifications, work preferences, and career planning information for a worker.
person type
A subcategory of a system person type, which the enterprise can define. Person type is specified for a person at the
assignment level.
position
A specific occurrence of one job that's fixed within a department. It's also often restricted to one location. For example,
the position Finance Manager is an instance of the job Manager in the Finance Department.
primary ledger
Main record-keeping ledger.
privilege
A grant of access to functions and data; a single, real world action on a single business object.
profile option
User preferences and system configuration options that users can configure to control application behavior at different
levels of an enterprise.
839
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
profile type
A template that defines the content sections of a profile, role access for each section, and whether the profile is for a
person, or for a workforce structure such as a job or position.
question library
A central repository of reusable questions to include in questionnaires.
questionnaire
A set of questions presented in a specific order and format.
questionnaire library
A central repository of reusable questionnaires.
rating model
A scale used to measure the performance and proficiency of workers.
reference data
Data in application tables that is not transactional or high-volume, which an enterprise can share across multiple
organizations. For example, sales methods, transaction types, or payment terms.
reference group
A logical collection of reference data sets that correspond to logical entities, such as payment terms defined across
multiple tables or views. Based on the common partitioning requirements across entities, the reference data sets are
grouped to facilitate data sharing among them.
registration
The record of a party's identity related details with the appropriate government or legal authorities for the purpose of
claiming and ensuring legal and or commercial rights and responsibilities.
840
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
report
An output of select data in a predefined format that's optimized for printing.
retroactive process
A process that recalculates the amount to pay a person in the current period to account for retrospective changes that
occurred in previous payroll periods.
role
Controls access to application functions and data.
role provisioning
The automatic or manual allocation of a role to a user.
salary basis
Defines validation and payroll details for worker base pay. It identifies the currency and period of the quoted base
pay and the factor used to annualize base pay. It optionally identifies components or rates used to itemize salary
adjustments and the grade rate used to validate salary.
salary component
Change reasons that enable itemization of salary adjustments by entering amounts or percentages for one or more
components, such as merit or cost of living adjustment.
sandbox
A testing environment that isolates untested code changes from the mainline environment so that these changes don't
affect the mainline metadata or other sandboxes.
scheduled process
A program that you run to process data and, in some cases, generate output as a report.
segment
A segment is a single field within a flexfield and maps to a single table column in your database. When configuring a
flexfield, you define the appearance and meaning of individual segments.
set
Classified and grouped reference data that organizational entities share.
set enabled
A property that describes entities that an organization shares as reference data. For example, you can indicate a lookup,
customer, location, or document attachment as set enabled.
841
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
Style template
An .rtf template containing style information that's applied to report layout templates to achieve a consistent look and
feel across reports.
Subtemplate
An .rtf or .xsl format that is defined once and used multiple times within a single report layout template or across
multiple layout template files.
talent review
A series of meetings where organization managers evaluate trends, assess strengths, and address areas of risk for the
organization.
territory
A legally distinct region used in the country field of an address.
transfer
The movement of a person within the same legal employer.
tree
Information or data organized into a hierarchy with one or more root nodes connected to branches of nodes. A tree
must have a structure where each node corresponds to data from one or more data sources.
tree node
One of the branching points in a tree structure. It corresponds to a primary key in the view object of data.
tree structure
A set of guidelines or a framework applied to create a tree, include data, version a tree, or access a tree.
tree version
An instance of a tree that includes life cycle elements such as start and end dates, and indicates whether the tree is
active. If a tree is associated with a reference data set, all tree versions belong to one set.
842
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
user-defined criteria
Factors used to determine eligibility for objects such as benefits offerings and rates.
value set
A predefined set to validate the values that a user enters in the application. The set may be hierarchical.
work area
A set of pages containing the tasks, searches, and other content you need to accomplish a business goal.
work relationship
An association between a person and a legal employer, where the worker type determines whether the relationship is a
nonworker, contingent worker, or employee work relationship.
workflow
An automated process that passes a task from one user (or group of users) to another to view or act on. The task is
routed in a logical sequence to achieve an end result.
843
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Glossary
Implementing Global Human Resources
844